New Car Spec Toyota

2
EXTERIOR APPEARANCE
LIFT-UP TYPE BACK DOOR MODEL
147IN01
147IN02
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3
EXTERIOR APPEARANCE
SWING TYPE BACK DOOR MODEL
IN
147IN03
147IN04
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4
MODEL CODE
MODEL CODE
UZJ100 L - G N P E K W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BASIC MODEL CODE GEARSHIFT TYPE

FRONT 5 M : 5-Speed Manual, Floor
CODE ENGINE
SUSPENSION P : 4-Speed Automatic, Floor
FZJ100 1FZ-FE
1 UZJ100 2UZ-FE IFS*1
HDJ100 1HD-T or (Double Wishbone)
1HD-FTE GRADE
FZJ105 1FZ-FE RFS*2 R : STD
6
HZJ105 1HZ (Leading Arm) N : GX
E : VX
STEERING WHEEL POSITION

2 L : Left-Hand Drive ENGINE SPECIFICATION
R : Right-Hand Drive K : DOHC and EFI
7 S : Diesel
X : Turbocharger
Z : Multi Valve, Turbocharger and EFI
BODY TYPE
3
G : Station Wagon
DESTINATION
W: Europe
8 Q : Australia
BACK DOOR TYPE V : G.C.C. (Gulf Cooperation
4 C : Swing Back Door : Council) Countries
N : Lift-Up Back Door Bank: General Countries
*1: IFS (Independent Front Suspension)

*2: RFS (Rigid Axle Front Suspension)
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
5
MODEL LINE-UP
MODEL LINE-UP
IN
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
8
DEVELOPMENT OBJECTIVES
To continue the tradition of the King of 4 x 4s:
z Maintain high strength and durability performance
z Maintain offroad performance
To provide the luxury, quality, comfort, and the interior space that
are worthy of the Top of SUVs:
z Improve dynamic performance and quiet operation
z Improve riding comfort and provide excellent high-speed driving stability
z Increase interior space
Characteristics
DESIGN
Development focused on the themes
that are desired on the new Land
Cruiser: distinctive character, re-
finement, and sophistication.
EQUIPMENT
A full line of equipment is provided
in which the high levels of function-
ality and superior quality that are
worthy of a luxury SUV have been
integrated.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
9
To enable you to assess the overview of the new Land Cruiser in detail, this chapter de-
scribes the changes and the improvements of the new model over those of the previous
model by focusing on the following five key points: design, equipment, main mecha-
nisms, safety features, and environmental measures. MO
MAIN MECHANISMS
Equipped with the following features:
4.7-liter V8-cylinder gasoline engine,
independent front suspension (IFS), active
height control suspension and Skyhook
TEMS (AHC & Skyhook TEMS) and
anti-lock brake system (ABS).
ENVIRONMENTAL
MEASURES
Materials that are suited to re-
cycling are used in bumpers,
moldings and instrument panel,
etc.
SAFETY FEATURES
Equipped with the latest safety features:
crash-safety body, SRS airbags, seat
belts, head impact protection structure,
and ABS.
147MO16
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
30
ENVIRONMENTAL MEASURES
TSOP (The Super Olefin Polymer), which excels in recyclability, is used as the plastic materials for the areas
such as the front and rear bumpers, outside moldings, instrument panel, etc. Also, a hybrid inflator has been
adopted in the driver and front passenger airbags to address the environmental concerns associated with the
disposal of the airbags.
Rear Bumper
Front Bumper
Outside Molding
147MO12
Front Passenger Airbag
155MO34
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
10
DESIGN – EXTERIOR –
The exterior offers an innovative design with a changed look, in addition to continuing and improving the dis-
tinctive, powerful, and tough image that has been nurtured throughout the Land Cruiser’s history.
D The overfenders have been discontinued and the body has been widened (+10 mm).
D The tread has been increased (front: +25 mm, rear: +15 mm) to achieve a wide design that gives a sense of
stability.
SIDE DESIGN
The clean sweep that extends from the door surface to the optimally proportioned wheel flares, which do not
rely on retrofitted overfenders, expresses a sophisticated strength that distinguishes this model from the me-
dium-level SUVs.
147MO01
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
11
FRONT DESIGN
A powerful and distinctive front view has been realized through the adoption of the advanced, large-size head-
lights and the dimensional radiator grille shape.
D Discharge headlights for highbeam are provided for Australia and G.C.C. Countries as optional equipment.
D The turn-signal lights use amber light bulbs.
MO
Radiator Grille
Headlight
Turn-Signal Light
Front Bumper Foglight

147MO14
REAR DESIGN
The rear view consists of a plump form and a stable design through the use of large rear combination lights and
a large plastic composite bumper.
D The large rear combination lights provide a solid form and excellent visibility.
D The high-mounted stoplight is provided on the exterior of the back door.
High-Mounted Stoplight High-Mounted Stoplight
(LED Type) (Single Bulb Type)
Rear
Combination Rear Bumper
Light
Lift-Up Type Back Door Model Swing Type Back Door Model
156MO03 147MO02
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
12
DESIGN – INTERIOR –
INTERIOR DESIGN
D The functionality that is worthy of the King of the 4x4s and the abundant space are synergized at high levels
in order to create an attractive interior of the luxury SUV that enhances with use.
D The interior length and width have been considerably increased to realize a roomy interior space and lug-
gage area.
147MO21
TRIMS
The door trims express a functional beauty that achieves both the ample volume of a luxury vehicle and the
powerfulness of a 4WD.
156MO05
Power Window Type
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
13
INSTRUMENT PANEL
D Making the best use of the cabin space, the theme form that extends dynamically from the wide center cluster
to the console achieves a prestigious space that is worthy of the topmost model.
D The front console box and the instrument panel have been joined together. In addition, the front console box
and the rear console box have adopted an integrated-look shape by eliminating the offset, thus achieving a
sense of continuous flow and quality. MO
147MO03
COMBINATION METER
A combination meter that exudes high performance through its three-dimensional look is provided as standard
equipment.
147MO04
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
14
MAIN EQUIPMENT – EXTERIOR –

GLASS
UV reduction glass is used for the side glass as optional equipment to protect the vehicle interior and occupants
inside from the ultraviolet rays.
Glass Combination
Glass Position Front Door Window,, Rear Door Q
Quarter Window
A Windshield B C Back Door
Availability Rear Door Window, Quarter Window
Standard Green Green Green
Option Green Green, UV Reduction Green
B
A C
155MO08
OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR DISC WHEELS

The outside rearview mirrors have been shaped to D Aluminum disc wheels for use with wide tires are
achieve excellent aerodynamic characteristics, and newly provided. The center ornament is made of
a heater (for Europe only) and a power remote-con- plastic for weight reduction.
trol function have been provided as optional equip- D The 16 x 6.5JJ disc wheel has been changed from
ment to ensure their ease of use. the type with a side ring to a one-piece rim type
for improved NV performance.
Outside Rear View Mirror
Mirror Control Switch

155MO09 156MO10
Aluminum Disc Wheel
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
15
OUTSIDE MOLDINGS
D Two types of outside moldings are available, wide and narrow.
D The surface of the painted, wide-type outside moldings is made grainless to improve their looks, and uses
TSOP (The Super Olefin Polymer) as the plastic material to improve their recyclability.
MO
Wide Type
147MO05
Narrow Type
147MO06
BODY STRIPES
D Two types of body stripes are available as optional equipment, the high-grade type or the standard type.
D To match the character line, the high-grade type effects a change with its dotted mesh crack pattern over the
gold theme.
High-Grade Type
147MO07
Standard Type 147MO08
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
16
NEW EQUIPMENT – INTERIOR –

AIR CONDITIONER
Two types of air conditioners are available, single and dual, and each type is available as a manual or auto air
conditioner.
D Models equipped with rear heater are provided with a control panel on the back face of the rear console,
enabling the occupants in the rear seat to operate the rear heater’s airflow selector switch and temperature
control to realize improved ease of use.
D The dual auto air conditioner enables the temperature of the rear seat area to be adjusted at the rear seat inde-
pendently from the front seats, thus realizing improved comfort.
" Dual Auto Air Conditioner A
Air Conditioner
Air Conditioner Front Control Panel Rear Control Panel
(For Europe Model)
147MO09
Air Flow
147MO17
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
17
AUDIO SYSTEM
A radio with 2DIN or 1DIN configuration is available. The speakers are available as a 2-speaker, 4-speaker,
6-speaker or 7-speaker system.
D Improved acoustics have been realized through the optimal allocation of units and the combination of a
high-performance power amplifier and the latest model of radio.
D A CD auto changer for the rear console box is available as an option. MO
" 7-Speaker Type A Full-Range Speaker
CD Auto Changer
Tweeter Speaker
Power Pole Antenna
Woofer Speaker
Cassette Integrated
FM/AM Elecronic Full-Range Speaker
Tuner Tweeter Speaker
147MO15
Power Amplifier
CD AUTO CHANGER
The CD auto changer is equipped with magazines that accommodate up to 6 CDs, and the magazine moves up
when the slide is opened.
CD Magazine CD Auto Changer
147MO13
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
18

SEATS
High-quality seats have been achieved by providing a pleasant and distinctive character to the seats and en-
hancing their seating comfort.
D Genuine leather seat covers are available as optional equipment.
147MO18
FRONT SEATS
The front seats exude high quality through their comfortable feel, high level holding performance, and power-
ful and generous form.
" 4-Way Vertical Seat A Front Seat Types

Power Seat
Separate Seat 4-Way Vertical Seat
Normal Seat
Bench Seat —
147MO22
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
19
SECOND-ROW SEAT
Proper support and roominess are provided to ensure comfort on long drives.
D The split seats have adopted a 60/40 split configuration to facilitate the in-and-out access to the third-row
seat.
" Split Seat A Second-Row Seat Types MO

Split Seat
Bench Seat
156MO16
THIRD-ROW SEAT
The front-facing seat is the detachable type, and the floor looks neat and orderly after the seat has been re-
moved. In addition, it does not block rear visibility in the stored state.
D The large head rest is provided for Europe and Australia.
" Front-Facing Seat A Third-Row Seat Types

Front-Facing Seat
Parallel Seat
For G.C.C. and General Countries

156MO17
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
20

STEERING WHEEL & COLUMN
The steering wheel has been designed with a well
defined form that exudes sportiness and dimension-
ality.
D Two types of steering wheels are available: the
4-spoke type with airbag and the 3-spoke type
without airbag.
D A manual tilt steering is provided as standard
equipment and a power tilt & telescopic steering
column is available as an option for improved : Dimple Portion
ease of use.
4-Spoke, Leather-Wrapped
" Power Tilt & Telescopic Type A Steering Wheel 156MO13
6_
6_
42 mm
Tilt & Telescopic Switch
Tilt Mechanism Telescopic Mechanism
155MO18
POWER WINDOWS
D Power windows are provided on all models as standard or optional equipment.
D The power windows that are equipped with the one-touch up/down mechanism are provided with a jam
protection function as standard equipment to prevent accidents.
D The switches are the pull-up type, and are provided with illumination to enhance their ease of use and visibil-
ity.
Power Window Switches
155MO19
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
21
STORAGE SPACE
D Cup holders, storage compartments, and pockets are located in the various areas to improve ease of use.
D A small-size console for the model with a moon roof and a large-size console for the model without a moon
roof are provided.
1 Storage Compartments
2 Cup Holders
MO
3 Storage for Triangular
Emergency Marker
4 Storage for First Aid Kit
1 5 Storage for Tools and Jack
1
1 1
1
Large-size Console Small-size Console
2
1 1
3 4
2 1
2 2 1
3 2 (with Third-Row Seat)
2 4 5
Dual Air Conditioner Type, RH LH
147MO10
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
22
MAIN MECHANISMS
ENGINE
The new Land Cruiser is provided with two types of gasoline engines and three types of diesel engines.
No. of Cyls Maximum Maximum

Displacement
Engine Type & Output Torque Characteristic
cm3 (cu in.)
Arrangement kW @ rpm N.m @ rpm
173@4800*1 434@3400*1 Newly developed
88-Cylinder,
C li d
2UZ-FE 4664 (284.5) 170@4800*2 410@3400*2 Newly developed
V Type
Gasoline 186@4800*3 431@3400*3 Newly developed
E i
Engine
165@4600*2 387@3600*2 Improved performance;
6-Cylinder,
y ,
1FZ FE
1FZ-FE 4477 (273.1)
(273 1) complies with exhaust gas
In-Line 179@4600*3 407@3600*3 regulations
430@1400*1 Equipped with intercooler
6-Cylinder,
X
1HD-FTE 4164 (254.1) 150@3400*1 430@ and EFI (electronic fuel
In-Line
430@3200*1 injection)
Diesel 118@3600*2 360@2100*2
6-Cylinder,
y ,
Engine 1HD T
1HD-T 4164 (254.1)
(254 1) Continual application
In-Line 96@3800*2 285@2200*2
6-Cylinder,
1HZ 4164 (254.1) 100@3800*3 290@2200*3 Continual application
In-Line
*1: EEC (for Europe)
*2: SAE-NET (For Australia and General Countries)
*3: SAE-GROSS (For G.C.C. Countries)
" 2UZ-FE Engine A
Cross Section Drawing Performance Curve

For Europe Model kW
N.m 180
440
Torque
160
400
360 140
320 120
Output
100
80
60
40
20
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
155MO40
Engine Speed (rpm) 146MO15
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
23
" 1HD-FTE Engine A kW

Cross Section Drawing Performance Curve 160
1HD-FTE Engine
1HD-FT Engine 140
N.m
450 120
400 MO
Torque
100
Output
350
300 80
250
60
40
20
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 rpm
Engine Speed
147MO24 147MO25
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
An engine immobiliser system, which determines if an attempted theft is taking place and which prohibits the
ignition and the injection of fuel in the engine, is provided.
D The engine immobiliser system prevents vehicle theft by comparing the ID code that is stored in the engine
ECU (2UZ-FE engine model) or transponder key computer (except 2UZ-FE engine model) against the ID
code that is stored in the ignition key and permits ignition and the injection of fuel if the codes match.
" 2UZ-FE Engine Model A
Transponder Key Coil
Ignition Key
Cylinder Spark Plugs
Engine
Ignition
Transponder ECU
Fuel Injection
Chip Transponder Key Amplifier Injectors 155MO25
" 1FZ-FE and 1HD-FTE Engine Models A
Spark Plug
(1FZ-FE Engine Only)
Engine
ECU
Transponder Injector or
Key Computer Injection Nozzle 147MO19
" 1HZ and 1HD-T Engine Models A

FCV
Injection
Nozzle
Transponder
Key Computer Injection Pump 147MO20
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
23
" 1HD-FTE Engine A kW

Cross Section Drawing Performance Curve 160
1HD-FTE Engine
1HD-FT Engine 140
N.m
450 120
400 MO
Torque
100
Output
350
300 80
250
60
40
20
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 rpm
Engine Speed
147MO24 147MO25
ENGINE IMMOBILISER
An engine immobiliser system, which determines if an attempted theft is taking place and which prohibits the
ignition and the injection of fuel in the engine, is provided.
D The engine immobiliser system prevents vehicle theft by comparing the ID code that is stored in the engine
ECU (2UZ-FE engine model) or transponder key computer (except 2UZ-FE engine model) against the ID
code that is stored in the ignition key and permits ignition and the injection of fuel if the codes match.
" 2UZ-FE Engine Model A
Ignition Key
Cylinder Spark Plugs
Engine
Ignition
Transponder ECU
Fuel Injection
Chip Transponder Key Amplifier Injectors 155MO25
" 1FZ-FE and 1HD-FTE Engine Models A
Spark Plug
(1FZ-FE Engine Only)
Engine
ECU
Transponder Injector or
Key Computer Injection Nozzle 147MO19
" 1HZ and 1HD-T Engine Models A

FCV
Injection
Nozzle
Transponder
Key Computer Injection Pump 147MO20
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
24
MAIN MECHANISMS
SUSPENSION
The front suspension of the new model has adopted an independent front suspension (IFS) in addition to the
rigid front suspension (RFS) of the previous model.
D The IFS is available with AHC & Skyhook TEMS as optional equipment for controlling the vehicle height
and damping force.
" AHC A
D Operating the switch to lower the vehicle height quickly allows easy in-and-out access and raising the ve-
hicle height will make it difficult to occur the interference with the off-road surface.
D By maintaining the vehicle height at a constant level at all times regardless of the loading condition such as
the number of occupants, luggage, etc., the suspension strokes are used effectively and stable driving com-
fort are always ensured.
Dampening Mode Select
50 mm
40 mm
Approx.
10 – 15 seconds
Height Select
Switch
50 mm 40 mm
Approx.
3 – 8 seconds
Improved Ease of
In-and-Out Access
155MO26
" Skyhook TEMS (Toyota Electronic Modulated Suspension) A

Based on the signals received from the various sensors and switches, this mechanism adjusts the vehicle height
and controls the damping force of the suspension to achieve the high levels of both handling stability and riding
comfort. New Model
Conventional
Suspension Model (with AHC & Syhook TEMS)
Large Small
Passenger–Car like Ease of Driving and Stability
155MO27
Improved Vehicle Posture During Steering
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
25
Independent Front Suspension(IFS)

An Independent Front Suspension (IFS) system in which both wheels move independently according to the
road surface conditions has been adopted for the front wheels. This suspension greatly contributes to realizing
excellent riding comfort and driving stability.
MO
155MO37
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
26
SAFETY FEATURES
SRS AIRBAG
The SRS airbags that absorb the impact during a collision and help protect the occupants when used in conjunc-
tion with the seat belts are provided as standard or optional equipment for the front seat occupants.
155MO35
Head Impact Protection Structure

The pillar garnish has adopted a head impact protection structure to dampen the impact on the occupants’ head
portion.
Energy-Absorbing Panel
(Roof Side Inner Panel)
Plastic Ribs
156MO24
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
26
SAFETY FEATURES
SRS AIRBAG
The SRS airbags that absorb the impact during a collision and help protect the occupants when used in conjunc-
tion with the seat belts are provided as standard or optional equipment for the front seat occupants.
155MO35
Head Impact Protection Structure

The pillar garnish has adopted a head impact protection structure to dampen the impact on the occupants’ head
portion.
Energy-Absorbing Panel
(Roof Side Inner Panel)
Plastic Ribs
156MO24
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
27
SEAT BELTS
D The driver and front passenger seats are provided with a 3-point ELR seat belt with a pretensioner and force
limiter mechanism as standard or optional equipment.
D Seat belt adjustable anchors that can adjust the shoulder anchor position in 5 steps have been provided as
standard equipment for the seat belts for the front seats.
MO
Front Seat: Separate Seat

Second-Row Seat: Split Seat
Third-Row Seat: Front-Facing Seat
155MO29
CRASH SAFETY BODY

D IFS model uses the same ladder-shape frame that Side Rail Axial Compression Portion
is used on the previous model. In addition, the
crossmembers have been optimally allocated to
ensure an even higher level of crash safety.
D The siderail tips are made into axial-compression
type collapsible zones to ensure excellent ener-
gy-absorption characteristics.
155MO38
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
27
SEAT BELTS
D The driver and front passenger seats are provided with a 3-point ELR seat belt with a pretensioner and force
limiter mechanism as standard or optional equipment.
D Seat belt adjustable anchors that can adjust the shoulder anchor position in 5 steps have been provided as
standard equipment for the seat belts for the front seats.
MO
Front Seat: Separate Seat

Second-Row Seat: Split Seat
Third-Row Seat: Front-Facing Seat
155MO29
CRASH SAFETY BODY

D IFS model uses the same ladder-shape frame that Side Rail Axial Compression Portion
is used on the previous model. In addition, the
crossmembers have been optimally allocated to
ensure an even higher level of crash safety.
D The siderail tips are made into axial-compression
type collapsible zones to ensure excellent ener-
gy-absorption characteristics.
155MO38
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
28
SAFETY FEATURES
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
The vehicle is provided with an ABS system as standard or optional equipment that ensures the excellent han-
dling of the steering and the stability of the vehicle by preventing the wheels from locking during sudden brak-
ing or braking on slippery terrain.
ABS Equipped Vehicle
The brakes start to operate.
Non-ABS Equipped Vehicle
The illustration shows the image of ABS effect. 155MO31
Discharge Headlights
Discharge headlights provide approximately three times the brightness of the halogen headlights and offer ex-
cellent light diffusion characteristics to realize excellent nighttime visibility.
Low Bean
High Bean
Light Control Computer

147MO11
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
28
SAFETY FEATURES
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
The vehicle is provided with an ABS system as standard or optional equipment that ensures the excellent han-
dling of the steering and the stability of the vehicle by preventing the wheels from locking during sudden brak-
ing or braking on slippery terrain.
ABS Equipped Vehicle
The brakes start to operate.
Non-ABS Equipped Vehicle
The illustration shows the image of ABS effect. 155MO31
Discharge Headlights
Discharge headlights provide approximately three times the brightness of the halogen headlights and offer ex-
cellent light diffusion characteristics to realize excellent nighttime visibility.
Low Bean
High Bean
Light Control Computer

147MO11
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
29
QUIETER OPERATION
BODY
Silencer, asphalt sheet, and foam material have been effectively allocated in the various areas of the body to
improve the vehicle’s quietness.
" Areas Applied with Silencer A

MO
155MO32
2UZ-FE Engine Model
" Areas Applied with Asphalt Sheet A
156MO26
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
31
LIST OF EQUIPMENT
Europe
Grade
Equipment
VX
Halogen Headlights (Multi-Reflector) S
Headlight Cleaner S*1, O*2
Front O
Foglights
Rear S
MO
Remote Control S*2, S*3
Outside Rearview Mirror
Power Retraction Remote Control S*4
Window Glass Green with Top Band S
Side Glass Green S
Exterior
Power Door Lock S
Wireless Door Lock S
Outside Molding S
Mud Guards (front + rear) S
Tires 275 / 70R16 S
Rear Window Wiper S
Power Moon Roof O
Pintle Hook O
S : Standard equipment
O : Optional equipment
*1 : RHD model
*2 : LHD model
*3 : New Zealand model
*4 : RHD model other than New Zealand
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
32
Europe
Grade
Equipment
VX
Steering Wheel 4-Spoke, Leather-Wrapped S
Manual Tilt S
Steering Column
Power Tilt & Telescopic with Memory O
Overhead Console S
With Vanity Mirror Illumination,
Sunvisors S
Variable Mechanism
Cup Holders S
Bench (Russia only) S*1
Front Seat
Separate S
Second-Row Seat 60 / 40 Split S
Parallel (Russia only) S*1
Third-Row Seat Front-Facing P
None S
Genuine Leather O
Seat Covers
Moquette S
Interior Bench Seat ELR 3-2-3, Pretensioner + Force Limiter S*1
Front Seat Belts
Separate Seats ELR 3-3, Pretensioner + Force Limiter S
Second-
ELR 3-3-3 S
Row Seat Belts
Third-
ELR 3-3 S
Row Seat Belts
Single Auto O
Air Conditioner
Single D
SRS Airbag (for driver & front passenger) S
Cruise Control S
Memory System (front seat, steering column, Outside Rearview Mirror) O
Power Windows S
Illuminated Entry System S
Immobiliser System S
Power Outlets (center cluster, steering column) S
Wiring Harness for Trailer O
D : Dealer optional equipment
*1 : Manual transmission model on 1HD-FTE engine
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
33
LIST OF EQUIPMENT
Australia
Grade
Equipment
STD GX VX
Halogen S S S
Headlights Halogen (Low Beam) and Discharge
– – O
Headlight (High Beam)
Foglights – – O
Outside Rearview Standard S S – MO
Mirrors Remote Control – O S
Green S S –
Window Glass
Green with Top Band – O S
Green S S S
Side Glass
Exterior Green UV Reduction – O O
Power Door Lock – S S
Wireless Door Lock – – O
O O
Outside Molding –
(Narrow Type) (Wide Type)
Mud Guards (front + rear) S S S
275 / 70R16 – O S
Tires
235 / 85R16LT S S –
Rear Window Wiper S S S
Power Moon Roof – O O
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
34
Australia
Grade
Equipment
STD GX VX
3-Spoke, Urethane S S –
Steering Wheel 4-Spoke, Urethane O O –
4-Spoke, Leather-Wrapped – – S
Manual Tilt S S S
Steering Column
Power Tilt & Telescopic – – O
Overhead Console – O*2 S
Standard S S –
Sunvisors With Vanity Mirror Illumination, Variable
– O*2 S
Mechanism
Cup Holders S S S
Bench S – –
Front Seat Separate O S S
Separate, Power – – O
60 / 40 Split – S S
Second Row Seat
Second-Row
Fixed Solid S – –
Front-Facing – O S
Third Row Seat
Third-Row
None S S –
Genuine Leather – – O
Moquette – – S
Seat Covers
Interior Fabric O S –
Leather S – –
Bench ELR 3-2-3, Pretensioner S – –
Front Seat Seat ELR 3-2-3, Pretensioner + Force Limiter O – –
Belts Separate
p ELR 3-3, Pretensioner S S –
Seats ELR 3-3, Pretensioner + Force Limiter O O S
Second- Fixed ELR 3-2-3 S – –
Row Seat Split
Belts ELR 3-3-3 – S S
Reclining
Third-
Row Seat ELR 3-2-3 – S S
Belts
Single D O, D –
Air Conditioner Single Auto – – S
Dual Auto – – O
SRS Airbag (for driver & front passenger) O O S
Cruise Control – O*1 S
Power Windows S S S
Illuminated Entry System S S S
Immobiliser System S S S
Power Outlets (center cluster, rear quarter) O S S
D : Dealer optional equipment
*1 : 1FZ-FE engine model
*2 : Set option with moon roof
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
35
LIST OF EQUIPMENT
G.C.C. Countries
Grade
Equipment
G GX, GX-R VX-R
Halogen S S –
Multi-Reflector – – S
Headlights
Halogen (Low Beam) and Discharge
– – O
Headlight (High Beam)
Headlight Cleaner – – O MO
Foglights – – O
Grille Guard – – O
Outside Rearview Standard S – –
Mirrors Remote Control – S S
Green S S –
Window Glass
Exterior Green with Top Band – O S
Green S S S
Side Glass
Green UV Reduction – – O
Wireless Door Lock – O O
Outside Molding – S*1 S
275 / 70R16 – O S
Tires
235 / 85R16LT S S –
Rear Window Wiper O O S
*1 : GX-R grade
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
36
G.C.C. Countries
Grade
Equipment
G GX, GX-R VX-R
Steering Wheel 4-Spoke, Urethane O O S
4-Spoke, Leather-Wrapped – – O
Manual Tilt S S S
Steering Column
Standard S S –
Sunvisors With Vanity Mirror Illumination,
– O*1 S
Variable Mechanism
Cup Holders S S S
Bench S S*2 –
S*3
Front Seat Separate O S
O*2
60 / 40 Split – O*4 S
Second Row Seat
Second-Row
Fixed Solid S S –
S*5
Front-Facing – O
O*6
Third-Row Seat Parallel (swing-out type back doors model) O S*6 S*6
S*6
None S O
O*5
Seat Covers Moquette – – S
Interior
Fabric S S –
ELR 3-2-3 S S*2 –
Bench Seat ELR 3-2-3, Pretensioner + Force Limiter
O O*2 –
Front Seat (Outer seat)*7
Belts ELR 3-3 S S –
Separate Seats ELR 3-3, Pretensioner + Force Limiter
O O S
(Outer seat)*7
Second- Fixed ELR 3-2-3 S S –
Row Seat
Belts Split Reclining ELR 3-3-3 – S S
Parallel Seats Not available – – –
Third- Row
Third
Seat Belts Front- Facing
ELR 3-2-3 – S S
Seat
Single O O –
Single Auto – – S
Air Conditioner
Dual – O –
Dual Auto – – O
Cruise Control – – O
Power Windows – – –
Illuminated Entry System – – –
Immobiliser System – – –
S : Standard equipment *4 : Set option with front facing third-row seat
O : Optional equipment *5 : Liftgate type back door model
*1 : Set option with moon roof *6 : Swing-out type back doors model
*2 : Manual transmission model *7 : Set option with SRS airbag
*3 : Automatic transmission model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
37
LIST OF EQUIPMENT
General Countries
Grade
Equipment
STD GX VX
Halogen S S –
Headlights
Multi-Reflector O*1 O*1 S
Headlight Cleaner (Russia model only) S S –
Front – – O
Foglights MO
Rear (Russia model only) S S –
Grille Guard – – O
Outside Rearview Standard S S –
Mirrors Remote Control – O S
Green S S –
Window Glass
Green with Top Band – O S
Exterior Green S S S
Side Glass
Green UV Reduction – – O
Wireless Door Lock, TVSS – O O
O S
Outside Molding –
(Narrow Type) (Wide Type)
275 / 70R16 – O O
Tires
235 / 85R16LT S S S
Rear Window Wiper O O S
*1 : Russia model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
38
General Countries
Grade
Equipment
STD GX VX
Steering Wheel 4-Spoke, Urethane O O S
4-Spoke, Leather-Wrapped – – O
Manual Tilt S S S
Steering Column
Standard S S –
Sunvisors With Vanity Mirror Illumination, Variable
– O*1 S
Mechanism
Cup Holders S S S
Bench S S*2 S*3
,S*4,
Front Seat Separate O S
O*2
60 / 40 Split – O*5 ,S
Second Row Seat
Second-Row
Fixed Solid S S –
Front-Facing – O O
Third-Row Seat Parallel (swing-out type back doors model) O O S*3
None S S S
Moquette – – S
Seat Covers
Interior Fabric – S –
Leather S – –
ELR 3-2-3 S S S
Bench Seat
ELR 3-2-3, Pretensioner + Force Limiter*6 O – –
F tS
Front Seatt
ELR 3-3 S S –
Belts Separate
S t
ELR 3-3, Pretensioner – O*7 –
Seats
ELR 3-3, Pretensioner + Force Limiter*6 O O S
Second- Fixed ELR 3-2-3 S S –
Row Seat Split
Reclining
Third- Parallel Seats Not available – – –
Row Seat Front-
FacingSeat
Single O O O
Air Conditioner
Dual – – O
Power Windows – O S
Illuminated Entry System S S S
S*7
Immobiliser System – S*7
O
Wiring Harness for Trailer – – O
S : Standard equipment *4 : RHD model
O : Optional equipment *5 : Set option with front facing third-row seat
*1 : Set option with moon roof *6 : Set option with SRS airbag
*2 : LHD model *7 : South Africa model
*3 : Swing-out type back doors model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
40 ENGINE – 1FZ-FE ENGINE
ENGINE
1FZ-FE ENGINE
JDESCRIPTION
Various improvements have been made to the 1FZ-FE engine to improve engine performance, reduce noise
and vibration, and improve reliability. The 1FZ-F engine has been discontinued along with the model change.
147EG04
147EG03
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
ENGINE – 1FZ-FE ENGINE 41
JENGINE SPECIFICATIONS AND PERFORMANCE CURVES

Model New Previous
Engine
Item 1FZ-FE 1FZ-FE 1FZ-F
No. of Cyls. & Arrangement 6-Cylinder, In-Line

Valve Mechanism 24-Valve DOHC, Chain & Gear Drive
Combustion Chamber Pentroof Type
Manifolds Cross-Flow
Fuel System EFI z Carburetor
Displacement cm3 (cu. in.) 4477 (273.1) z z
100 x 95.0
Bore x Stroke mm (in.) z z
(3.97 x 3.74)
Compression Ratio 9.0 : 1 z 8.5
SAE-NET*1 165 kW @ 4600 rpm 158 kw @ 4600 rpm 145 kw @ 4400 rpm EG
Max Output
Max.
SAE-GROSS*2 179 kW @ 4600 rpm 171 kW @ 4600 rpm 157 kW @ 4600 rpm
SAE-NET*1 387 N.m @ 3600 rpm 373 N.m @ 3200 rpm 363 N.m @ 2800 rpm
Max Torque
Max.
SAE-GROSS*2 407 N.m @ 3600 rpm 392 N.m @ 3200 rpm 373 N.m @ 3000 rpm
Open 5_ BTDC z z
Intake
Valve Close 40_ ABDC z z
Timing Open 40_ BBDC z z
Exhaust
Close 5_ ATDC z z
Fuel Octane Number (RON) 91 z z
API SH EC-II, SJ EC
Oil Grade z z
or ILSAC
*1: For Australia and General Countries
*2: For G.C.C. Countries
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
" Australia and General Countries (SAE-NET) A
: New
: Previous (1FZ-FE) kW
180
N.m
400 160
380
360
Torque 340 140
320
300 120
280
Output
100
80
60
40
20
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 rpm

Engine Speed
147EG01
" G.C.C. Countries (SAE-GROSS) A
: New
: Previous (1FZ-FE) kW
N.m 180
420 160
400
380
Torque
360 140
340
320 120
300
Output
100
80
60
40
20
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 rpm
Engine Speed
147EG02
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JMAJOR DIFFERENCES
The following changes have been made to the 1FZ-FE engine.
System Features
D The engine performance has been improved by changing the shape of the
cylinder head’s combustion chamber and enlarging the intake port
diameter.
Engine Proper D Reinforcements have been added to the cylinder block ribs and skirts to
reduce noise and vibration.
D The shape of the piston has been changed for weight reduction and
improved reliability.
D The amount of valve has been increased (both intake and exhaust from
Valve Mechanism
8.3 mm to 8.7 mm) to improve engine performance.
D An aluminum radiator core is used for weight reduction.
D The shape of the portion of the cylinder block to which the water pump
is mounted has been optimized to improve the water flow EG
Cooling System
characteristics, thus improving the reliability of the engine.
D A step-up linear type temperature controlled fluid coupling has been
adopted.
D The shape of the intake manifold has been changed for weight reduction
and the capacity of the intake air chamber has been increased to improve
the engine performance.
Intake and Exhaust
D The methed for joining exhaust pipes together is changed from the
System
flange type to the clamp type. For details, see page 80.
D The exhaust pipe is made of stainless steel to improve its corrosion
resistance.
D 4-hole type fuel injectors have been adopted to improve the atomization
of fuel.
Fuel System D A quick connector is used to connect the fuel filter and the fuel hose
together to improve serviceabaility.
D The sub fuel tank system has been changed.
D The DIS (Direct Ignition System) is used to enhance the reliability of the
Ignition System
ignition system.
D The fuel injection system is changed from sequential multiport fuel
injection type to 3-group injection type.
Engine Control
D The ISC valve is changed from step moter type to rotary solenoid type.
System
D Engine immobiliser system is adopted.
D M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnosis) system is adopted.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JENGINE PROPER
1. Cylinder Head
D The shape of the combustion chamber in the cylinder head has been optimized to improve its volumetric
efficiency. As a result, the performance of the engine has been improved.
D The intake port diameter has been increased and the portion to which the intake valve seat is installed has
been optimized to improve engine performance.
" Cylinder Head Cross Section A
Intake
Side
Exhaust
Side
147EG10 147EG17
New Previous
" Combustion Chamber A
: Combustion Chamber
Exhaust Intake
Side Side
147EG11 147EG18
New Previous
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Piston
The piston has been made more compact in its skirt area for weight reduction and reduced friction loss.
147EG08
New Previous
EG
JCOOLING SYSTEM
1. Coupling Fan
A step-up linear type temperature controlled fluid
: Step-Up Linear Type
coupling has been adopted to realize both cooling : 3-Stage Type
performance and noise reduction.
Fan Speed (rpm) !
Temperature of Air Passing !

Through Radiator (_C)
147EG06
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Piston
The piston has been made more compact in its skirt area for weight reduction and reduced friction loss.
147EG08
New Previous
EG
JCOOLING SYSTEM
1. Coupling Fan
: Step-Up Linear Type
coupling has been adopted to realize both cooling : 3-Stage Type
performance and noise reduction.
Fan Speed (rpm) !

147EG06
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JINTAKE AND EXHAUST SYSTEM
1. Throttle Body
The throttle body has been made lightweight and
compact by shortening its length and adopting a
rotary solenoid type ISC valve.
ISC Valve
147EG45
2. Intake Manifold
The shape of the intake manifold has been revised for weight reduction. In addition, the capacity of the intake
air chamber has been increased to improve the engine performance.
Intake Air Chamber
Intake Air Chamber
Gasket
Gasket
Gasket
Intake Manifold
Intake Manifold
147EG09 147EG19
New Previous
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JFUEL SYSTEM
1. Injector
The injector has been made more compact and
lightweight. In addition, the injection nozzle has
been changed (from 2 to 4 holes) to improve the
atomization of the fuel.
147EG07
EG
2. Fuel Filter
A quick connector is used to connect the fuel filter
and the fuel hose together to improve serviceabili- Fuel Hose
ty.
Quick Connector
Clamp
Fuel Filter
156EG27
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Sub Fuel Tank System
General
The previous model used a system that transfers the fuel from the sub fuel tank to the main fuel tank. Howev-
er, on the new model, the switching of fuel supply between the main and sub fuel tanks is accomplished by
engaging the appropriate fuel pump (main or sub) and switching the fuel tank solenoid return valve. For
details, see page 58 in the Engine Control System section.
Furthermore, this system is designed so that the return fuel flows into the sub fuel tank at the time the engine
is started so that the amount of fuel in the sub fuel tank increases gradually.
Fuel Inlet
Charoal
Canister
One-Way Valve
Engine
Fuel Tank Solenoid

Return Valve
Fuel Pump Fuel Pump
Main Fuel Tank Sub Fuel Tank

147EG14
Fuel Inlet
On the previous model, fuel was filled into the
Fuel Supply Nozzle
desired fuel tank, main or sub, by switching the
fuel supply valve. However, on the new model,
the fuel supply nozzle is inserted into either of For Sub For Main
the two fuel inlets to fill the desired fuel tank. Fuel Tank Fuel Tank
Front Fuel Inlet
To Main Fuel Tank To Sub Fuel Tank

147EG15
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JIGNITION SYSTEM
1. General
A DIS (Direct Ignition System) has been adopted in the new 1FZ-FE engine. The DIS improves the ignition
timing accuracy, reduces high-voltage loss, and enhances the overall reliability of the ignition system by
eliminating the distributor.
The DIS in new 1FZ-FE engine is a 2-cylinder simultaneous ignition system which ignites 2 cylinders simul-
taneously with one ignition coil.
Igniter +B
Camshaft G2 IGT1 No.1 Cylinder

Position
Sensor IGF
No.6 Cylinder
Ignition Coil
Crankshaft NE
IGT2 No.2 Cylinder EG
Position Engine
Sensor ECU
No.5 Cylinder
IGT3 No.3 Cylinder

Various
Sensor No.4 Cylilnder
TAC
To Tachometer 147EG05
2. Ignition Coil
Construction
Construction of the DIS system of the 1FZ-FE engine consists of 3 sets of ignition coils integrated with the
igniter and with the high-tension cords attached directly to the ignition coil.
To High-Tension Cord
High-Tension Cords
Secondary Coil
Igniter
Plug Caps
Ignition Coils Connector

(with Igniter) Core Primary Coil
147EG33 147EG07
Ignition Coil Cross Section
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Operation
Prompted by the IGT signal received from the engine ECU, the power transistors in the igniter cut off the
current to the primary coil in the ignition coil. Accordingly, the high voltage generated in the secondary coil
is supplied simultaneously to the 2 spark plugs via the high-tension cords that are connected to the both ends
of the secondary coil. At the same time, the igniter also sends an ignition confirmation signal (IGF) as a
fail-safe function to the engine ECU.
Engine ECU +B
Ignition Coil
Igniter
IGT
Spark Plugs
IGF
141EG06
3. Spark Plugs
Twin ground electrode spark plugs are used on the 1FZ-FE engine. Due to the adoption of the DIS system,
the number of sparks produced is double that produced in the conventional ignition system. To maintain spark
plug durability, the ground electrodes have been made bipolar.
" Recommended Spark Plugs A
DENSO K16TR11
NGK BKR5EKB11
1.0 – 1.1 mm
Plug Gap
(0.039 – 0.043 in.)
141EG08
Ground Electrodes
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. General
The engine control system has been changed to the D-type EFI system and the 3-grope type fuel injection
system. In addition, the sub fuel tank control system, engine immobiliser system, and M-OBD (Multiplex
On-Board Diagnosis) system have been newly adopted.
The engine control system of the new 1FZ-FE engine and previous 1FZ-FE engine are compered below.
System Outline New Previous

A D-type EFI system is used, which indirectly detects
f —
intake air volume by manifold pressure sensor signal.
An L-type EFI system is used, which directly detects the
EFI — f
intake air mass with a hot-wire type air flow meter.
Electronic Fuel
The fuel injection system is a 3-group type, each of which
Injection f —
injects 2 cylinders simultaneously.
The fuel injection system is a sequential multiport fuel EG
— f
injection system.
Ignition timing is determined by the engine ECU based on
f f
signals from various sensors.
ESA It retards ignition timing to suppress knocking when it
f f
Electronic occurs.
Spark Advance In vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle, torque
control correction during gear shifting has been used to f f
minimize the shift shock.
A rotary solenoid type ISC system is used to control the fast
f —
ISC idle and idle speeds.
(Idle Speed Control) A step motor type ISC system controls the fast idle and idle
— f
speeds.
Under light engine loads, pump speed is low to reduce
Fuel Pump Control f —
electric power loss.
By controlling the air conditioner compressor in
Air Conditioner
accordance with the throttle valve opening angle and the f —
Cut-Off Control
vehicle speed, driveability is maintained.
Sub Fuel Tank Drivers use the fuel tank changeover switch to select the
f*1 —
Control fuel tank (main or sub) they wish to use.
Prohibits fuel delivery and ignition if an attempt is made to
Engine Immobiliser f*2 —
start the engine with an invalid ignition key.
When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine
f f
ECU diagnoses and memorizes the failed section.
Diagnosis A newly developed diagnostic system which utilizes a high
speed bi-directional communication line to provide f —
extended diagnostic capabilities and features.
When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine
Fail-Safe ECU stops or controls the engine according to the data f f
already stored in memory.
*1: Only on models equipped with sub tank system.
*2: Only on models equipped with the engine immobiliser system.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Construction
The configuration of the engine control system in the new 1FZ-FE engine is as shown in the following chart.
Shaded portions differ from the previous 1FZ-FE engine.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
PIM
MANIFOLD PRESSURE SENSOR EFI
#10
NO.1 AND NO.5 INJECTORS
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR #20
NE NO.2 AND NO.4 INJECTORS
D Engine Speed Signal #30
D Crankshaft Angle Signal NO.3 AND NO.6 INJECTORS
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR G2

ESA
D Crankshaft Angle Signal IGT1X3
THW IGNITERS
WATER TEMP. SENSOR IGF
IGNITION COILS
THA
INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR
SPARK PLUGS
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VTA
D Throttle Position Signal
ISC
RSD
IGNITION SWITCH STA CONTROL VALVE
D Starting Signal
SPD FUEL PUMP CONTROL

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Engine
ECU FC
VAF CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY
VARIABLE RESISTOR
KNK1
KNOCK SENSORS FUEL PUMP SPEED CONTROL
KNK2
FPR1
FUEL PUMP RELAY
NEUTRAL START SWITCH*3
NSW
D Neutral Start Signal
D Shift Lever Position Signal R, 2, L
AIR CONDITIONING CUT-OFF
AC1 CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING AMPLIFIER
ACT AIR CONDITIONING
STP AMPLIFIER
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
FUEL TANK CHANGEOVER SWITCH*1 FPMS FPLD SUB FUEL TANK INDICATOR
D Fuel Tank Changeover Signal LIGHT*1
FUEL PUMP SELECT RELAY*1

FPM1 SUB FUEL TANK CONTROL*1
D Main Fuel Pump Signal
D Sub Fuel Pump Signal FPM2
FPR2 SUB FUEL PUMP FORCING
IMI DRIVING RELAY
TRANSPONDER KEY COMPUTER*2
IMO
SIL W
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 CHECK ENGINE LAMP
TC
+B BATT
EFI MAIN RELAY BATTERY
*1: Only on models sub fuel tank system.

*2: Only on models with the engine immobiliser system.
*3: Applicable only to automatic transmission model.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Engine Control System Diagram
Circuit
Opening
Air Conditioning Relay
Amplifier Air Conditioning
Amplifier
Vehicle Speed Engine

Sensor ECU
Throttle Position
Sensor
Manifold
Pressure EG
Intake Air Temp. Sensor
Sensor
Chacoal Ignition Coil

Canister (with Igniter)
ISC Valve
Injector
Camshaft
Position
Sensor
Knock Sensor
Water Temp.
Sensor
Crankshaft Position Sensor
147EG12
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
54
ISC Valve
Manifold Pressure
Engine ECU Sensor
Throttle Position
Sensor
Intake Air
4. Layout of Components
Temp. Sensor
Variable Resister
Injector
ENGINE – 1FZ-FE ENGINE
Ignition Coils
(with Igniter)
DLC3
Crankshaft Position
Sensor
Neutral Start Switch* Fuel Pump Resister

Water Temp.
Sensor
Knock Sensors
Camshaft Position
Sensor
*: Applicable only to automatic transmission model 147EG36
LAND
NCF147E
CRUISER
4. Main Components of Engine Control System
General
The following table compares the main components of the new 1FZ-FE engine and previous 1FZ-FE en-
gine.
1FZ-FE Engine
New Previous
Components
Manifold Pressure Sensor Semiconductor Type —
Air Flow Meter — Hot-Wire Type
Crankshaft Position Sensor Pick-Up Coil Type, 1 —
Camshaft Position Sensor Pick-Up Coil Type, 1 —
Crankshaft Angle Sensor 3 Pick-Up Coil
Distributor —
and Engine Speed Sensor (G1, G2, NE)
Throttle Position Sensor Linear Type z EG
Built-In Piezoelectric
Knock Sensor z
Type, 2
Injector 4-Hole Type 2-Hole Type
ISC Valve Rotary Solenoid Type Step Motor Type
Manifold Pressure Sensor

The manifold pressure sensor consists of a semiconductor which utilizes the characteristic of a silicon chip
that changes its electrical resistance when pressure is applied to it. The sensor converts the manifold pres-
sure into an electrical signal, and sends it to the engine ECU in an amplified form.

V
5
Output Voltage
0
20 60 100 kPa
(150) (450) (750) (mm Hg)
Absolute Pressure
147EG32 147EG23
Output Characteristics
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Camshaft Position Sensor

The camshaft position sensor consists of a magnet, coil and iron core, and mounted onto the intake side of
the cylinder head. The timing rotor is integrated with the intake camshaft.
Each time when the camshaft rotates, the air gap between the camshaft position sensor and the protrusion
integrated onto the camshaft is varied. This causes the magnetic flux passing through the pickup coil to in-
crease and decrease, generating an electromotive force. Since the voltage generated when the camshaft pro-
trusion approaches the pickup coil is the opposite of when it departs, an alternating electrical current is pro-
duced.
Camshaft Position Front

Sensor Timing Rotor
Protrusion Magnet Coil
Iron Core
147EG31 140EG33
Camshaft Position Sensor Cross Section

The crankshaft position sensor also consists of a magnet, coil and iron core, and is mounted on the No.1
oil pan as illustrated below.
The timing rotor is integrated with the crankshaft pulley. The rotor’s teeth are spaced 10_ apart, according
to crankshaft angle, but since there are 2 teeth missing, as illustrated below, there is a total of 34 teeth.
Accordingly, the engine ECU can detect the crankshaft angle in addition to the crankshaft speed.
Crankshaft Magnet Coil

Position
Sensor Rotor
Pump Drive
Shaft Gear
No.1 Oil Pan Crankshaft

Position Sensor
Iron Core
147EG35 147EG20
Crankshaft Position Sensor Cross Section
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
ISC Valve
A lightweight and compact rotary solenoid type ISC valve has been adopted. Also, a 1-coil type ISC valve
with a built-in driver has been adopted to simplify the system.
Engine ECU
ISC Valve
RSD
Driver
EG
141EG30
6. EFI (Electronic Fuel Injection)
1) Fuel Injection Pattern

The previous sequential multiport fuel injection system has been changed to the 3-group injection system
in which fuel is injected simultaneously into 2 cylinder each time the engine makes 2 revolutions.
Cylinder Ignition Fuel Injection Intake Stroke
No.1
No.5
No.3
No.6
No.2
No.4
0 360_ 720_
Crankshaft Angle 147EG13
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
7. Sub Fuel Tank Control
General
D By activating the fuel pump of the fuel tank (main or sub) that was selected by the fuel tank changeover
switch, and by changing over the fuel return valve, fuel is supplied to the engine from the fuel tank se-
lected by the driver.
D If a problem occurs in the electrical circuitry, the indicator light flashes to inform the driver.
D A diagnosis function is included for this system.
Indicator From EFI

Engine ECU Light Main Relay
FPLD Fuel Tank +B
Changeover Switch
FPMS
Fuel Pump Circuit Ignition
Fuel Tank Resistor Opening Relay
Select Relay Switch
FPM
FPMR Sub Fuel
Fuel Pump Relay Tank Forcing
FC Driving Relay
FPR
FPR2
Engine
Fuel Fuel Fuel Tank Solenoid

Pump Pump Return Valve
Main Fuel Tank Sub Fuel Tank
147EG16
Operation
D Turning the fuel tank changeover switch ON causes the fuel tank select relay to turn ON. This causes the
fuel pump for the sub fuel tank to operate and supply the fuel in the sub fuel tank to the engine. At the
same time, the fuel tank solenoid return valve turns ON to return the fuel to the sub fuel tank.
In addition, the engine ECU turns on the indicator light to inform the driver that fuel is being supplied
from the sub fuel tank.
D After the engine has started, if the engine coolant temperature is below a specified value, the engine ECU
turns ON the sub fuel pump. This forces the driving relay to operate the sub fuel pump for a given time,
thus preventing the sub fuel pump from seizure.
Because the fuel tank solenoid return valve is also turned ON at this time, the return fuel is supplied to
the sub fuel tank.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Diagnosis
If malfunction occurs in electrical circuity, the Indicator Light
indicator light will blinks and alert the driver that
a malfunction has occurred. The ECU will also
store the codes of the malfunctions. For the diag-
nostic code check method, diagnostic code and
diagnostic code clearance, see the 1FZ-FE En-
gine Repair Manual Supplement (Pub. No.
RM619E).
147EG34
EG
8. Engine Immobiliser System
The engine immobiliser system has been designed to prevent the vehicle from being stolen. This system uses
a transponder key computer that stores the ID code of the authorized ignition key. If an attempt is made to
start the engine using an unauthorized key, the transponder key computer emits a signal to the engine ECU
to prohibit fuel delivery and ignition, effectively disabling the engine. For details, see page 277 in the Engine
Immobiliser System section.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
9. Diagnosis System
The M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnostic) system that has been adopted in the 1FZ-FE engine is the sys-
tem that has been improved upon the previous diagnostic system in order to perform troubleshooting in a
more efficient and accurate manner.
The functions of the M-OBD system can be fully utilized through the use of a hand-held tester.
The following table compares the M-OBD system and previous diagnostic system.
System
M-OBD Previous Diagnostic
Item
The DLC3 (Data Lilnk Connector 3) The check connector is provided.
has been newly provided. In addition,
the check connector terminals TE1,
TE2, and IG have been discontinued.
" DLC3 A " Check Connector A
TE2
TC TAC E1 IG
TE1
Check Connector and

Data Link Connector
SIL CG
140EG127 VF1 VF2
140EG39
CG: Chassis Ground

SIL: Provides communication
between the engine ECU and
the hand-held tester.
TAC: Outputs the engine speed signal.
TC: Provides the same function as
the previous TE1 terminal.
After connecting terminals TC and CG After connecting terminals TE1 and E1
Diagnostic Trouble of the DLC3, displays the code on of the check connector, displays the
Code Check Method CHECK Engine Lamp in the code on CHECK Engine Lamp in the
combination meter. combination meter.
The engine ECU’s control data can be The engine ECU’s control data can be
Output Engine ECU output by connecting the hand-held output by connecting the hand-held
Date tester to the DLC3. tester to the check connector.
Output Date Speed: 9.6 kbps Output Date speed: 125 bps
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Furthermore, on the M-OBD system, the functions listed below can be utilized by connecting the hand-held
tester to the DLC3.
Function Details
The system can output 5-digit diagnostic trouble codes to the tester, which
are more detailed than the previous 2-digit diagnostic trouble codes, thus
making it easier to identify the location of the problem.
Diagnostic Trouble Example:
Code
Code 28 (Oxygen Sensor) P0130 (Oxygen Sensor)
P0135 (Oxygen Sensor Heater)
The system can output freeze-frame data to the tester. This data (which
depicts the condition of the engine control system and the vehicle) is stored
Freeze-Frame Data
in the engine ECU at the very moment when the engine ECU has detected
its last data of malfunction.
Through the use of the tester, the actuators (VSV, fuel pump, ISC valve, etc.)
EG
Active Test
can be activated to a desired state.
Through the use of the tester, trouble codes stored in the engine ECU can be
Trouble Code Clear
cleared.
D For details of the diagnostic trouble codes, active test, etc. described above, refer to the 1FZ-FE Engine
Repair Manual Supplement (Pub. No. RM619E).
D For details of the hand-held tester, refer to the Hand-Held Tester Operator’s Manual.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
62 ENGINE – 2UZ-FE ENGINE
2UZ-FE ENGINE
JDESCRIPTION
A new V8, 4.7-liter, 32-valve DOHC engine that has been developed to realize high performance, quieter
operation, and improved fuel economy, the 2UZ-FE engine features the ETCS-i (Electronic Throttle Control
System-intelligent) to ensure excellent controllability of the vehicle and improve its comfort.
156EG23
156EG24
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
ENGINE – 2UZ-FE ENGINE 63
JENGINE SPECIFICATIONS AND PERFORMANCE CURVES
Engine
2UZ-FE
Item
No. of Cyls. & Arrangement 8-Cylinder, V Type
Valve Mechanism 32-Valve DOHC, Belt & Gear Drive
Combustion Chamber Pentroof Type
Manifolds Cross-Flow
Fuel System EFI
Displacement cm3 (cu. in.) 4664 (284.5)
Bore X Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31)
Compression Ratio 9.6 : 1
Europe 173 kW @ 4800 rpm (EEC)
Australia and
Max. Output
General Countries
170 kW @ 4800 rpm (SAE-NET) EG
G.C.C. Countries 186 kW @ 4800 rpm (SAE-GROSS)
Europe 434 N.m @ 3400 rpm (EEC)
Australia and
Max. Torque 410 N.m @ 3400 rpm (SAE-NET)
General Countries
G.C.C. Countries 431 N.m @ 3400 rpm (SAE-GROSS)
Open 3_ BTDC
Intake
Valve Close 36_ ABDC
Timing Open 46_ BBDC
Exhaust
Close 3_ ATDC
Fuel Octane Number RON 95*1, 91*2
Oil Grade API SH EC-II, SJ EC or ILSAC
*1: For Europe
*2: For Australia, G.C.C. Countries and General Countries
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
" Europe A
kW
180
N.m
440
420 160
400
Torque
380 140
360
340
320 120
300
100
Output
80
60
40
20
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 rpm 147EG21
Engine Speed
" Australia, General Countries and G.C.C. Countries* A
kW
180
N.m
420
400 160
380
Torque
360 140
340
320
300 120
280
100
Output
80
60
40
20
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 rpm

147EG22
Engine Speed
*: Because the figures for the G.C.C. countries are indicated in SAE-NET, they appear to be lower than the
SAE-GROSS figures.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JFEATURES OF 2UZ-FE ENGINE

Features of the 2UZ-FE engine are listed below.
System Features
D An upright intake port has been adopted to improve the intake efficiency.
D A taper squish configuration has been adopted to improve the combustion
efficiency.
D A steel laminate type cylinder head gasket has been adopted to improve
Engine Proper its reliability.
D An aluminum oil pan that is integrated with stiffeners has been adopted
to reduce noise and vibration.
D The skirt portion of the piston has been applied with ting plating to reduce
friction.
D Inner shim type valve lifters have been adopted.
Valve Mechanism D Large-diameter intake and exhaust valves have been adopted to reduce the
intake and exhaust resistance. EG
D A long port intake manifold is used to improve the engine’s torque in the
Intake and Exhaust low-to mid speed range.
System D A 2-way exhaust control system has been adopted to improve engine
performance and to ensure an even quieter operation.
D 4-hole type fuel injectors have been adopted to improve the atomization
of fuel.
D A quick connector is used to connect the fuel filter and the fuel hose
Fuel System together to improve serviceability.
D A fuel pump inertia switch, which stops the fuel pump if an extremely
strong impact such as that of a collision is detected, has been adopted to
realize excellent safety performance.*1
D The DIS (Direct Ignition System) is used to enhance the reliability of the
Ignition System ignition system.
D Iridium-tipped spark plugs have been adopted to improve ignition.*2
D ETCS-i has been adopted to realize excellent controllability and comfort
of the vehicle.
Engine Control
D The cruise control system and the engine immobiliser system have been
System
integrated with the engine ECU.
D M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnosis) system is adopted.
*1: Only for Europe Model
*2: Only for Europe and Australia Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JENGINE PROPER
1. Cylinder Head Cover

D Lightweight yet high-strength aluminum head covers are used.
D An adaptor has been provided on the left bank cylinder head cover to improve the serviceability when fill-
ing the engine oil.
D The cylinder head cover gaskets have adopted a double-bead cross-sectional construction to improve their
reliability.
D A large V-bank cover has been adopted for improved design effect.
V-Bank Cover
For Right Bank

Adaptor
Double-Bead
151EG33
Cylinder Head Cover

For Left Bank 156EG32
Gasket Cross Section
2. Cylinder Head Gasket

3-layer cylinder head gaskets with shims have been adopted to improve reliability and to minimize the de-
formation of the cylinder bore. This resulted in improved fuel economy and reduced the consumption rate
of engine oil and the emission of exhaust gases.
Bead Plate
Inner Plate
A A’ B B’ Shim A – A’ Cross Section
Inner Plate
Bead Plate
B – B’ Cross Section
156EG33
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Cylinder Head
D The cylinder head, which is made of aluminum, has adopted a pentroof-type combustion chamber. The
spark plug has been located in the center of the combustion chamber in order to improve the engine’s anti-
knocking performance.
D The angle of the intake and exhaust valves is narrowed and set at 21.55_ to permit a compact cylinder head.
D Uplight intake port have been adopted to improve the intake efficiency.
D A taper squish combustion chamber has been adopted to improve anti-knocking performance and intake
efficiency. In addition, engine performance and fuel economy have been improved.
D Plastic region tightening bolt is used for the cylinder head bolts for good axial tension.
Valve Angle
21.55_
EG
Uplight
Intake Intake Side
Port
Taper Squish
Area Exhaust Side
156EG34 156EG35
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Cylinder Block
D The cylinder block is made of cast iron.
D The cylinder block has a bank angle of 90_, a bank offset of 21 mm (0.827 in.) and a bore pitch of 105.5
mm (4.15 in.), resulting in a compact block in its length and width even for its displacement.
D Part of the volute chamber of the water pump is incorporated into the cylinder block to shorten the engine
length.
D Installation bosses of the two knock sensors are located on the inner side of left and right banks.
D The plastic region tightening bolts are used, for the crankshaft bearing caps.
D The starter is located inside the V-bank.
Bank Angle 90_

Starter Fitting
Volute Chamber
Bore Pitch
105.5 mm (4.15 in.)
156EG36
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
5. Piston
D The piston is made of aluminum alloy.
D The piston head portion has adopted a taper
squish to improve the fuel combustion efficien-
cy.
D The piston ring grooves have been treated with
alumite coating to improve the piston’s wear re- Tin
sistance. Plating
D The piston skirt has been applied with tin plat-
ing to reduce friction loss.
156EG02
D Semi floating type piston pinsare used.
EG
6. Connecting Rod
D The sintered and forged connecting rod is very rigid and has little weight fluctuation.
D A weight-adjusting boss is provided at the big end to reduce fluctuation of weight and balance the engine
assembly.
D The connecting rod cap is held by plastic region tightening bolts.
D The connecting rods for the right and left banks are placed in opposite directions with the outer marks fac-
ing the crankshaft.
D The connecting rod bearing is made of aluminum alloy.
Left Bank
Right Bank
Connecting Rod
Connecting Rod
Outer
Mark
Crankshaft
Front
Outer Mark Outer Marks (Projected)

Weight Adjusting Boss
156EG03 156EG09
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
7. Crankshaft
D A crankshaft made of steel, which excels in ri-
gidity and wear resistance, has been adopted.
D The crankshaft has 5 jounals and 8 counter
weights.
D The crankshaft bearing is made of aluminum
alloy.
156EG25
NOTE: The positions of the crankshaft pins and pistons are illustrated below. The numbers of the crankshaft
and the pistons are shown on the right.
Right Bank Left Bank
No.8 No.7
Cylinder Cylinder
No.6
Cylinder No.5
Cylinder
No.4
Cylinder No.3
Front Cylinder
No.2
Cylinder No.1
Cylinder
Bank Angle
90_
Front
Nos. 1, 2 TDC
Nos. 3, 4
Nos. 5, 6 BDC
Nos. 7, 8
Pin Position
156EG10
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
D Crankshaft angles and engine strokes (intake, compression, combustion and exhaust) are shown in the
table below. The firing order is 1 – 8 – 4 – 3 – 6 – 5 – 7 – 2.
Ignition
Cylinder
No.1 Combustion
Exhaust Intake Compression
Combustion
Exhaust
No.8
No.4
No.3
No.6
No.5
No.7 EG
No.2
0_ 180_ 360_ 540_ 720_
Crankshaft Angle
156EG11
8. Crankshaft Pully
The rigidity of the torsional damper rubber has
been optimized to reduce noise. Damper Rubber
156EG37
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JVALVE MECHANISM
1. General
D Each cylinder has 2 intake valves and 2 exhaust valves. Intake and exhaust efficiency is increased by means
of the larger total port areas.
D The valves are directly opened and closed by 4 camshafts.
D The intake camshafts are driven by a timing belt, while the exhaust camshafts are driven through gears
on the intake camshafts.
Exhaust Camshafts
Intake Camshafts
Timing Belt
156EG38
2. Camshafts
D The camshafts are made of cast iron alloy. The cam nose has been chill treated to increase its abrasion resis-
tance.
D The exhaust camshafts are driven by gears on the intake camshafts. The scissors gear mechanism is used
on the exhaust camshaft to control backlash and suppress gear noise.
Timing Pully Intake Camshaft
Exhaust Camshaft
Scissors Gear
Mechanism 156EG39
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Automatic Tensioner
The automatic tensioner is made up of a spring and Push Rod
oil damper, and maintains proper timing belt ten-
Oil Seal
sion at all time. The automatic tensioner sup-
presses noise generated by the timing belt.
Silicone Oil
Check Ball
Spring
156EG12
Automatic Tensioner
EG
4. Intake and Exhaust Valve and Valve Lifter
D Intake and exhaust valves with large-diameter valve face have been adopted to improve the intake and ex-
haust efficiency. In addition, narrower valve stems have been adopted to reduce the intake and exhaust
resistance and for weight reduction.
D Inner shim type valve adjusting shims, which allow a greater amount of valve lift, have been adopted.
D Valve lifters made of steel have been adopted.
The valve lifter, which has been made lighter and thinner, provides crowning on its side sliding portion
to reduce noise and friction.
Camshaft
Crowning
Valve
Adjusting
Shim
Valve Lifter
Valve
151EG34
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JLUBRICATION SYSTEM
1. General
D The lubrication circuit is fully pressurized and all oil passes through an oil filter.
D A trochid gear type oil pump is directly driven by crankshaft.
D The water-cooled type engine oil cooler is used to lower the oil temperature.
Oil Pump
Oil Strainer
Oil Cooler
Oil Filter
156EG40
MAIN OIL HOLE
RELIEF CYLINDER HEAD CRANKSHAFT CYLINDER HEAD

OIL FILTER
VALVE (FOR LEFT BANK) JOURNALS (FOR RIGHT BANK)
BY-PASS OIL EXHAUST INTAKE CRANKSHAFT INTAKE EXHAUST

HOLE COOLER CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT PINS CAMSHAFT CAMSHAFT
JOURNALS JOURNALS JOURNALS JOURNALS
RELIEF CONNECTING
OIL PUMP
VALVE ROD
OIL SCISSORS SCISSORS

PISTONS
STRAINER GEAR MECHANISM GEAR MECHANISM
OIL PAN
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Oil Pan
D The oil pan is made up of 2 pieces. No.1 oil pan is made of aluminum alloy and No.2 oil pan is made of
steel sheet.
D No.1 oil pan is secured to the cylinder block and the torque converter housing and is increasing rigidity.
D For Europe model, an oil level sensor is provided in the oil pan for efficient servicing.
When the oil level falls below the specified level, the oil level sensor causes the low engine oil level warn-
ing light inside the combination meter to light up.
Oil Strainer
EG
Baffle Plate
Oil Level
Sensor*
No.1 Oil Pan
No.2 Oil Pan
147EG113
*: Only for Europe Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JCOOLING SYSTEM
1. General
D The cooling system is a pressurized, forced-circulation type.
D A thermostat with a bypass valve is located on the water inlet housing to maintain suitable temperature
distribution in the cooling system.
From Heater
Throttle Body To Heater
Thermostat
Oil Cooler
156EG42
Throttle Valve
Thermostat Thermostat
Radiator
Water Pump
Oil Cooler
Heater Heater Valve

156EG43
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Water Pump
D The water pump has two volute chambers, and circulates coolant uniformly to the left and right banks of
the cylinder block.
D The water pump is driven by the back of the timing belt.
D The rotor is made of resin.
From Water
Inlet Housing
Rotor
Pulley Rotor
EG
Volute
Chambers
156EG13 156EG14
3. Coupling Fan
A 3-stage temperature-controlled coupling fan is used. It rotates at lower speeds when the engine is started
to minimize the fan noise.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
1. Throttle Body
D The adoption of the ETCS-i has realized excellent throttle control.
D The ISC system and cruise control system are controlled comprehensively by the ETCS-i.
Thus, the ISC valve has been discontinued.
D A thermostat is installed in the throttle body. The thermostat uses the thermal expansion of the wax to open
and close the valve to shut off the flow of warm coolant when the coolant temperature is high in the throttle
body’s warm coolant passage. This prevents the throttle body temperature from rising more than the need-
ed level, thus restraining the rise in the intake air temperature.
Wax Valve
To Throttle Body From Water Outlet
Thermostat Thermostat
147EG24 150EG21
2. Intake Manifold
The low-to mid-speed range torque has been improved by increasing the length of the intake manifold port.
Right Bank Passage
Left Bank Passage
Front
156EG44
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Intake Manifold Gasket

D A heat-barrier gasket has been adopted for use between the cylinder head and the intake manifold. This
gasket, which restrains the heat transfer from the cylinder head to the intake manifold, helps restrain the
intake air temperature and improve the charging efficiency.
D The construction of the gasket consists of resin that is sandwiched between metal gaskets.
Resin
Metal Gasket
EG
Cross Section
151EG69 144EG04
4. Exhaust Manifold
The exhaust manifolds are made of stainless steel for weight reduction.
Right Bank
Exhaust Manifold Gaskets
Left Bank
Exhaust Manifold 156EG04
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
5. Exhaust Pipe
General
D The exhaust pipe is made of stainless steel for improved rust resistance.
D A clamp type joint is used to join the center pipe and tail pipe to realize weight reduction.
D A 2-way exhaust control system has been adopted to improve engine performane and to ensure an even
quieter operation.
Sub Muffler
Main Muffler
TWCs*1 or Sub Mufflers*2
Clamp Type Joint
Illustaration shows an
*1: Europe Model European Model
*2: Except Europe Model
156EG05
Clamp
Gasket
Exhaust Pipe
Connecting Exhaust Pipe 156EG06
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2-Way Exhaust Control System

D A 2-way exhaust control system is used. This system reduces the back pressure by opening and closing
a variable valve that is enclosed in the main muffler, thus varying the exhaust gas passage.
D The valve opens steplessly in accordance with the operating condition of the engine, thus enabling a
quieter operation at lower engine speeds, and reducing back pressure at higher engine speeds.
1) Construction
The control valve is enclosed in the main muf-
fler. When the exhaust gas pressure overcom-
es the spring pressure, the control valve opens
Spring
steplessly in accordance with the exhaust gas
pressure.
Valve EG
156EG01
2) Operation
a. When Control Valve is Closed (low engine speed)

Since the pressure in the main muffler is low, the control valve is closed. Hence exhaust gas does not
pass the bypass passage, and exhaust noise is decreased by the main muffler.
b. When Control Valve is Open (middle to high engine speed)

The valve opens more as the engine speed and the back pressure in the muffler increase. This allows
alarge volume of exhaust gas to pass the bypass passage, thereby substantially decreasing the back pres-
sure.
Control Valve
(Closes) Bypass Control Valve (Open)
Exhaust Gas Exhaust Gas
Control Valve Closed Control Valve Open

156EG07 156EG08
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JFUEL SYSTEM
1. Fuel Pump Inertia Switch (Only for Europe Model)
General
D A fuel pump inertia switch, which stops the fuel pump if the vehicle is involved in a violent collision, has
been adopted to minimize fuel leakage.
D The fuel pump inertia switch maintains a circuit between the Engine ECU and the fuel pump ECU, and
if a collision is detected, it cuts off the circuit to the fuel pump ECU.
D By taking the ease of its operation into consideration, the fuel pump inertia switch has been located in the
vicinity of the instrument panel.
Reset
Switch
Fuel Pump Inertia Switch

Fuel Pump Inertia Switch
156EG22 156EG19
" System Diagram A
EFI Main
Relay Contact Point
+B FP+
Fuel
Pump Fuel Link
ECU FP– Pump
DI FPC Ball
Fuel Pump
Inertia Switch
Engine ECU
Cross Section
156EG18 156EG20
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Construction and Operation

The fuel pump inertia switch consists of a ball that detects a collision, link, contact point, and reset switch.
When the acceleration that is generated during a collision of the vehicle exceeds a predetermined value, the
ball moves, the link moves downward, and the contact point opens. As a result, the circuit to the fuel pump
ECU is cut off, and so the fuel pump stops.
Acceleration
Link
Contact Contact
Point Point
(ON) (OFF)
Ball Movement EG
Normal Detecting a Collision
156EG45 156EG46
NOTE: In the event that the fuel pump inertia switch has tripped, and the switch must be reinstated, push up
the reset switch for 1 second or longer.
2. Injector
A compact 4-hole type injector has been adopted
to improve the atomization of fuel.
156EG15
3. Quic Connector
A quick connector is used to connect the fuel filter Fuel Hose
and the fuel hose together to improve serviceabili-
ty.
Quick
Connector
156EG27
Fuel Filter
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JIGNITION SYSTEM
1. General
A DIS (Direct Ignition System) has been adopted in the 2UZ-FE engine. The DIS improves the ignition tim-
ing accuracy, reduces high-voltage loss, and enhances the overall reliability of the ignition system by elimi-
nating the distributor.
The DIS in 2UZ-FE engine is an independent ignition system which has one ignition coil for each cylinder.
Engine Ignition Coil (with Igniter)

ECU +B
Camshaft G2 IGT1
Position No.1 Cylinder
Sensor
IGT2 No.2 Cylinder
IGT3 No.3 Cylinder

Crankshaft NE IGT4 No.4 Cylinder
Position
Sensor IGT5 No.5 Cylinder
IGT6 No.6 Cylinder
IGT7 No.7 Cylinder

Various
Sensors IGT8 No.8 Cylinder
IGT1
IGT2
151EG05
2. Ignition Coil
The DIS provides 8 ignition coils, one for each
cylinder. The spark plug caps, which provide con- Igniter
tact to the spark plugs, are integrated with an igni-
tion coil. Also, an igniter is enclosed to simplify
the system. Secondary
Iron Core Coil
Primary Coil
Plug Cap
156EG16
Ignition Coil Cross Section
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Spark Plug (Only for Europe and Australia Models)

Iridium-tipped spark plugs have been adopted. Their center electrode is made of iridium, which excels in
wear resistance. As a result, the center electrode is made with a smaller diameter and improved the ignition
performance.
" Recommended Spark Plugs A
DENSO SK20R11
NGK IFR6A11
1.0 – 1.1 mm
Plug Gap
(0.039 – 0.043 in.)
EG
0.7 mm Iridium Tip

(0.028 in.)
Platinum Tip
151EG39
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JSERPENTINE BELT DRIVE SYSTEM
1. General
D The serpentine belt drive system drives accessory components with a single V-ribbed belt.
It reduces the overall engine length, weight and number of engine parts.
D An automatic tensioner eliminates the need for tension adjustment.
Belt Idler
Idler Pulley for
Automatic Tensioner
Cooling Fan Pulley
Power Steering
Pump Pulley Air Conditioning
Compressor Pulley
Alternator Pulley Crankshaft Pulley
156EG47
2. Automatic Tensioner
The tension of the V-ribbed belt is properly maintained by the torsion spring that is enclosed in the automatic
tensioner.
Spring
Bracket
Rotation Direction
Arm Bracket
Idler Pulley
Shaft
Spring
Idler
Force A
Pulley
Spring
156EG28 156EG29
Cross Section A: Fixed to the Arm

B: Fixed to the Bracket
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
1. General
D In addition to the EFI (Electronic Fuel Injection) system and the ESA (Electronic Spark Advance) system,
the engine control system has adopted the ETCS-i (Electronic Throttle Control System-intelligent) to en-
sure excellent controllability of the vehicle and improve its comfort.
D The M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnostic) system has been adopted to improve serviceability.
D The cruise control system and engine immobiliser system have been integrated with engine ECU.
The engine control system for the 2UZ-FE engine has following system.
System Outline
EFI D A L-type EFI system directly detects the intake air volume with a hot-wire
Electronic type air flow meter.
Fuel Injection D The fuel injection system is a sequential multiport fuel injection system.
D Ignition timing is determined by the engine ECU based on signals from EG
ESA various sensors. Corrects ignition timing in response to engine knocking.
Electronic Spark D The torque control correction during gear shifting has been used to
Advance minimize the shift shock.
D 2 knock sensors are used to further improve knock detection.
ETCS-i
Optimally controls the throttle valve opening in accordance with the amount
Electronic
of the accelerator pedal effort, and the conditions of the engine and the
Throttle Control
vehicle, and comprehensively controls the ISC, and cruise control.
System-intelligent
Fuel Pump Control Under light engine loads, pump speed is low to reduce electric power loss.
Maintains the temperature of the oxygen sensor at an appropriate level to
Oxygen Sensor
increase accuracy of detection of the oxygen concentration in the exhaust
Heater Control*1
gas.
Air Conditioning By controlling the air conditioning compressor ON or OFF in accordance
Cut-Off Control with the engine condition, drivability is maintained.
Evaporative The engine ECU controls the purge flow of evaporative emissions (HC) in
Emission Control the charcoal canister in accordance with engine conditions.
Sub Fuel Tank Drivers use the fuel tank changeover switch to select the fuel tank (main or
Control*2 sub) they wish to use.
Prohibits fuel delivery and ignition if an attempt is made to start the engine
Engine Immobiliser*3
with an invalid ignition key.
D When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine ECU diagnoses
and memorizes the failed section.
Diagnosis D A newly developed diagnostic system which utilizes a high speed
bi-directional communication line to provide extended diagnostic
capabilities and features.
When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine ECU stops or
Fail-Safe
controls the engine according to the data already stored in memory.
*1: Only for Europe Model
*2: Only on models equipped with sub tank system.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Construction
The configuration of the engine control system in the 2UZ-FE engine is as shown in the following chart.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
VG
AIR FLOW METER EFI
#10
#20 No.1 INJECTOR
CRANKSHAFT POSITION No.2 INJECTOR
SENSOR NE #30
No.3 INJECTOR
D Engine Speed Signal #40
D Crankshaft Angle Signal #50 No.4 INJECTOR
#60 No.5 INJECTOR
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR G2 #70 No.6 INJECTOR
D Crankshaft Angle Signal #80 No.7 INJECTOR
No.8 INJECTOR
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VTA
D Throttle Position Signal VTA2 IGT1,4,6,7
ESA
IGNITION COIL with IGNITER
ACCELERATOR PEDAL IGF1 Nos. 1, 4, 6 and 7
VPA
POSITION SENSOR IGT2,3,5,8
D Accelerator Pedal Position Signal VPA2 IGNITION COIL with IGNITER
IGF2 Nos. 2, 3, 5 and 8
THW
WATER TEMP. SENSOR
SPARK PLUGS SPARK PLUGS
THA Nos. 2, 3, 5 and 8 Nos. 1, 4, 6 and 7
INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR*1 OXL1 ETCS-i

(Bank 1, Sensor 1) M+, M–
Engine THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
ECU CL+, CL–
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR*1 OXR1 MAGNETIC CLUTCH
(Bank 2, Sensor 1)
FUEL PUMP CONTROL*1
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR*1 OXL2 FPC FUEL PUMP FUEL
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) ECU PUMP
DI
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR*1 OXR2
FUEL PUMP CONTROL*2
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) FC
CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY
VAF
VARIABLE RESISTOR*2
FUEL PUMP SPEED CONTROL*3
KNKL FPR
KNOCK SENSORS FUEL PUMP RELAY
KNKR
SPD FPLD
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SUB FUEL TANK INDICATOR LIGHT*3
IGNITION SWITCH SUB FUEL TANK CONTROL*3

STA FPR2
D Starting Signal (ST Terminal) SUB FUEL PUMP FORCING
D Ignition Signal (IG Terminal) IGSW DRIVING RELAY
NEUTRAL START SWITCH AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL

D Neutral Start Signal NSW ACT
AIR CONDITIONING ECU
D Shift Lever Position Signal R,D,2,L THWO
(Countinued)
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
FUEL TANK CHANGEOVER FPMS OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER

SWITCH*3 CONTROL
D Fuel Tank Changeover Signal HTL HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
HEATER (Bank 1, Sensor 1)
FUEL PUMP SELECT RELAY*3 FPM HTR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
D Main Fuel Pump Signal FPMR HEATER (Bank 2, Sensor 1)
D Sub Fuel Pump Signal
HTL2 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
A/C HEATER (Bank 1, Sensor 2)
AIR CONDITIONING ECU
HTR2
D A/ C Switch Signal HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
HEATER (Bank 2, Sensor 2)
ELS1
TALLIGHT RELAY
ELS2
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY EVAP CONTROL
PRG
ELS3 VSV
AHC MOTOR RELAY
EG
ELS4
ABS RELAY
STP IMLD THEFT DETERRENT
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
INDICATOR LIGHT*4
TXCT
TRANSPONDER KEY RXCK
AMPLIFIER*4 CODE MREL
EFI MAIN RELAY
KSW
UNLOCK WARNING SWITCH*4
SIL W
TC
+B BATT, BM
*1: Only for Europe

*2: Except for Europe
*3: Only on models equipped with sub fuel tank system.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Fuel Pump Relay*4 Fuel Pump Resister*4
Ignition Switch
Intake Air Fuel Filter

Fuel Pump
Temp. Sensor ECU*3
Air Charcoal
Flow Fuel Pump Canister
Meter
Accelerator
Pedal
Throttle Position
Control
Sensor VSV (for EVAP)
Motor
Throttle Position Ignition Coil

Sensor (with Igniter)
Injector
Injector
Camshaft
Position Sensor
Ignition Coil
(with Igniter) *1
*2 *2
TWC*3
TWC*3 Knock Sensor
Knock
*2 Sensor *2
Crankshaft Position
Sensor
Engine
ECU
Starter
Check
Engine Air
Lamp Conditioner
Battery Variable Vehicle Speed
Resistor Signal
DLC3
*1: Water Temp. Sensor 147EG25

Neutral Start Switch
*2: Heated Oxygen Sensor (Only for Europe)
*3: Only for Europe
*4: Except for Europe
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Ignition Coil VSV Heated Oxygen Sensor *1
(with Igniter) (for EVAP) (Bank 2, Sensor 1)
Neutral Start
Engine ECU Switch
Throttle Position
Sensor Injector
Fuel Pump *1
ECU
Air Flow Meter
Variable
Resister *2
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor
DLC3
ENGINE – 2UZ-FE ENGINE
Water Temp.
Sensor
Heated Oxygen Sensor *1
Throttle Position (Bank 1, Sensor 2)
Sensor Fuel Pump Resistor *2
Camshaft Position Knock Sensor

Sensor
Crankshaft Position
Heated Oxygen Sensor *1 Heated Oxygen Sensor *1
Sensor *1 : Only for Europe
(Bank 2, Sensor 1) (Bank 1, Sensor 1)
*2 : Except for Europe 147EG114
91
EG
LAND
NCF147E
CRUISER
General
The main components of the 2UZ-FE engine control system are as follows:
Components Outline
Air Flow Meter Hot-Wire Type
Crankshaft Position Sensor Pick-Up Coil Type, 1
Camshaft Position Sensor Pick-Up Coil Type, 1
Throttle Position Sensor Linear Type, 2
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Linear Type, 2
Knock Sensor Built-In Piezoelectric Type, 2
Heated Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1, Sensor 1)
Oxygen Sensor* (Bank 2, Sensor 1)
(Bank 1, Sensor 2)
(Bank 2, Sensor 2)
Injector 4-Hole Type
Air Flow Meter

The 2UZ-FE engine adopts the hot-wire type air
flow meter designed for direct electrical
measurement of the intake air mass flow.
This air flow meter offers superior measuring
precision and its plastic housing is shaped for
minimal flow resistance. It has the following
features:
D Compact and lightweight
The pressure loss caused by this sensor is Intake Air
Hot Wire
small and offers only slight intake air flow re- Temp. Sensor
sistance.
D Superior response and measuring accuracy
D Ability to measure a wide airflow range
D Having no mechanical functions, it offers a
superior durability. 140EG45
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E

The crankshaft position sensor is mounted on the Timing Rotor
oil pump body as illustrated.
The timing rotor is integrated with the crankshaft
pulley. The rotor’s teeth are spaced 10_ apart, ac-
cording to crankshaft angle, but since there are 2
teeth missing, as illustrated below, there is a total
of 34 teeth.
Accordingly, the engine ECU can detect the
crankshaft angle in addition to the crankshaft
speed.

151EG18
EG
The camshaft position sensor is mounted on the Timing Rotor
left bank cylinder head. To detect the camshaft
position, a protrusion that is provided on the tim-
ing pulley is used to generate 1 pulse for every 2
revolutions of the crankshaft.

156EG26
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
6. ETCS-i (Electronic Throttle Control System-intelligent)
General
D The ETCS-i system, which realizes excellent throttle control in all the operating ranges, has been adopted.
D In the conventional throttle body, the throttle valve opening is determined invariably by the amount of the
accelerator pedal effort. In contrast, the ETCS-i uses the engine ECU to calculate the optimal throttle valve
opening that is appropriate for the respective driving condition and uses a throttle control motor to control
the opening.
D The ETCS-i controls the ISC (Idle Speed Control) system and the cruise control system.
D A duplicate system is provided to ensure a high level of reliability, and the system shuts off in case of an
abnormal condition. Even when the system is shut off, the accelerator pedal can be used to operate the
vehicle in the limp mode.
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor
Throttle Valve
Throttle Position
Sensor
Throttle Control
Motor
Magnetic
Clutch
Engine ECU
150EG71
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Construction
Limp Mode Lever
Throttle Valve
Throttle Position Sensor
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor
Throttle Control EG
Motor
Magnetic Clutch 156EG30
1) Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

The accelerator pedal position sensor, which is mounted on the throttle body, is integrated with the
throttle lever, which is connected to the cable that extends from the accelerator pedal.
The accelerator pedal position sensor converts the amount of accelerator pedal effort into two types of
electrical signals with distinct output characteristics. The signals are then input into the engine ECU.
V
Close 5
Output Voltage
VPA2
Open
VPA
0
E2 VPA2 VPA VC Close Open
Accelerator Pedal Depressed Angle
150EG40 150EG39
2) Throttle Position Sensor

The throttle position sensor converts the throttle valve opening into an electrical signal and inputs into
the engine ECU. The output characteristics are the same as those of the accelerator pedal position sensor.
3) Throttle Control Motor

A DC motor with excellent response and minimal power consumption is used for the throttle control mo-
tor. The engine ECU performs the duty ratio control of the direction and the amperage of the current that
flows to the throttle control motor in order to regulate the opening of the throttle valve.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4) Magnetic Crutch
Ordinarily, the magnetic clutch engages the clutch to enable the throttle control motor to open and close
the throttle valve. In case that a malfunction occurs in the system, this clutch is disengaged to prevent
the throttle control motor to open and close the throttle valve.
Operation
The engine ECU drives the throttle control motor by determining the target throttle valve opening in accor-
dance with the respective operating condition.
1) Non-Linear Control
2) Idle Speed Control
3) Cruise Control
1) Non-Linear Control
Controls the throttle to an optimal throttle valve opening that is appropriate for the driving condition such
as the amount of the accelerator pedal effort and the engine speed in order to realize excellent throttle
control and comfort in all operating ranges.
" Control Examples During Acceleration and Deceleration A
: With Control
: No Control
"
Vehicle’s
Longitudinal G
0
"
Throttle Valve
Opening Angle
0
Time !
150EG37
2) Idle Speed Control

Previously, ISC valve was used to perform idle speed control such as fast idle during cold operating
conditions and idle-up. In conjunction with the adoption of the ETCS-i, idle speed control is now
performed by the throttle control motor, which controls the throttle valve opening.
3) Cruise Control
Previously, the vehicle speed was controlled by the cruise control actuator, which opened and closed the
throttle valve. Along with the adoption of the ETCS-i, the vehicle speed is now controlled by the throttle
control motor, which controls the throttle valve.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Fail-Safe
If an abnormal condition occurs with the ETCS-i, the CHECK ENGINE lamp illuminates to alert the driver.
At the same time, the current to the throttle control motor and magnetic clutch are cut off in order not to
operate the ETCS-i. This enables the return spring to close the throttle valve.
Even in this situation, the accelerator pedal can be used to operate the limp mode lever, which operates the
throttle valve to enable the vehicle to be driven in the limp mode.
Open Throttle Position Sensor

Limp Mode Lever
Throttle
Control
Motor
Magnetic EG
Clutch
Throttle
Valve
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor
150EG42
Diagnosis
If the diagnostic trouble code 89 is being output to the CHECK ENGINE lamp, it means that the engine ECU
has detected a malfunction in the ETCS-i, and outputs the diagnostic trouble code of the ETCS-i to the
“ETCS”*1 (or “2nd STRT”*2) indicator light.
Also, the diagnostic trouble code can be output to a hand-held tester via the data link connector 3.
For details, refer to the 2UZ-FE Engine Repair Manual (Pub. No RM630E).
*1: For Manual Transmission Model
*2: For Automatic Transmission Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
7. Fuel Pump Control (Only for Europe Model)

The fuel pump speed control has adopted a fuel pump ECU to execute 3-step fuel pump speed control.
" System Diagram A
Fuel Pump
EFI Main Relay FPC Signal
Speed
+B
5V
FPC Hi
0V
8.2 ms
Fuel FP+ 5V
Engine Mid
Pump
ECU Fuel Battery 0V
ECU
Pump 4.1 ms
5V
DI FP– Low
0V
E
5V
Stop
0V
152EG11 152EG12
8. Sub Fuel Tank Control

By activating the fuel pump of the fuel tank (main or sub) that was selected by the fuel tank changeover
switch, and by changing over the fuel return valve, fuel is supplied to the engine from the fuel tank selected
by the driver.
The construction and operation of the sub fuel tank control system is basically the same as the 1FZ-FE engine.
For detail, see page 58.

a engine ECU that stores the ID code of the authorized ignition key. If an attempt is made to start the engine
using an unauthorized key, the engine ECU prohibit fuel delivery and ignition, effectively disabling the
engine. For details see page 277 in the Engine Immobiliser System section.
10. Diagnosis
An M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnostic) system has been adopted to improve serviceability.
The operation of the M-OBD system is basically the same as the 1FZ-FE engine.
For details, see page 60.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
ENGINE – 1HZ AND 1HD-T ENGINES 99
1HZ AND 1HD-T ENGINES

JDESCRIPTION
In the 1HZ engine, the injection nozzles have been changed and the shape of the combustion chamber has been
changed to reduce exhaust emissions and the rigidity of the cylinder block has been improved to reduce noise
and vibration. Similar to the 1HZ engine, the rigidity of the cylinder block of the 1HD-T engine has been im-
proved to reduce noise and vibration.
" 1HZ Engine (Manual Transmission Model) A
EG
147EG37
147EG38
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
100 ENGINE – 1HZ AND 1HD-T ENGINES
" 1HD-T Engine (Manual Transmission Model) A
147EG39
147EG40
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JENGINE SPECIFICATIONS AND PERFORMANCE CURVE (1HZ ENGINE)
1HZ Engine
New Previous
Item
No. of Cyls. & Arrangement 6-Cylinder, In-Line z
12-Valve, OHC,
Valve Mechanism z
Gear and Belt Drive
Combustion Chamber Swirl Type z
Manifolds Cross-Flow z
Displacement cm3 (cu. in.) 4164 (254.0) z
Bore x Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) z
Compression Ratio 22.4 : 1 22.7 : 1
SAE-NET 96 kW @ 3800 rpm 96 kW @ 4000 rpm
Max Output
Max.
SAE-GROSS 100 kW @ 3800 rpm 100 kW @ 4000 rpm
SAE-NET 285 N.m @ 2200 rpm 280 N.m @ 2000 rpm EG
Max Torque
Max.
SAE-GROSS 290 N.m @ 2200 rpm 285 N.m @ 2000 rpm
Open 8_ BTDC z
Intake
Valve Close 36_ ABDC z
Timing Open 51_ BBDC z
Exhaust
Close 5_ ATDC z
Fuel Cetane Number 48 or higher z
Oil Grade API CF-4 API CD or Better
: New
: Previous kW
100
N.m
90
300
280
80
Torque
260
240
220 70
200
180 60
Output
50
40
30
20
10
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 rpm
Engine Speed 147EG29
The engine performance curve above is shown in SAE-NET figures.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JENGINE SPECIFICATIONS AND PERFORMANCE CURVE (1HD-T ENGINE)
1HD-T Engine
New Previous
Item
12-Valve, OHC,
Valve Mechanism z
Gear and Belt Drive
Combustion Chamber Direct Injection Type z
Compression Ratio 18.6 : 1 z
Max. Output SAE-NET 118 kW @ 3600 rpm z
Max. Torque SAE-NET 360 N.m @ 2100 rpm z
Open 8_ BTDC z
Intake
Valve Close 29_ ABDC z
Exhaust
Close 5_ ATDC z
: New
: Previous kW
120
N.m
110
380
100
340
Torque
300 90
260 80
220 70
Output
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 rpm
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JMAJOR DIFFERENCES
The following changes have been made to the 1HZ and 1HD-T engines.
D The changes described below are the same as those of the 1HD-FTE engine. For details, see the 1HD-FTE
engine section.
Item Details 1HZ 1HD-T

D The rigidity of the cylinder block has been improved
to reduce noise and vibration.
D The crankshaft has been made highly rigid to reduce
Engine Proper f f
noise and vibration.
D The crankshaft bearings have been machine-bored to
improve their reliability.
D An aluminum radiator core is used for weight
reduction.
Cooling System D A step-up linear type temperature controlled fluid f f
coupling has been adopted to improve cooling EG
performance.
D A high-performance oil filter element has been
adopted to improve the cleanliness of the engine oil.
f f
D A drip pan is provided on the oil cooler cover to
Lubrication System improve serviceability.
The oil capacity of the engine has been increased to
– f
improve its reliability.
D A ball joint has been adopted in the front exhaust pipe
Intake and to reduce noise and vibration.
– f
Exhaust System D A clamp type joint is used to join the center pipe and
tail pipe to realize weight reduction.
D In addition to those listed above, the following changes have been made to the 1HZ and 1HD-T engines.
Item Detail 1HZ 1HD-T

D The shape of the combustion chamber of the cylinder
head and the piston has been optimized to reduce
Engine Proper exhaust emissions. f –
D The inertial weight of the flywheel has been increased
to reduce the fluctuations in engine speed.
D A hydraulic type auto tensioner has been adopted to
achieve proper timing belt tension.
Valve Mechanism f f
D The shape of the timing gear cover has been changed
for quieter operation.
D The orifice of the injection nozzle has been increased
f –
to optimize the injection rate.
Fuel System D The injection pump is provided with FCVC (Fuel Cut
Valve Control) in conjunction with the adoption of the f f
engine immobiliser system.
D New glow plugs made of metal have been adopted and
Glow System the glow plug resistor and sub-relay have been f f
discontinued.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JENGINE PROPER (1HZ ENGINE)
1. Cylinder Head
The shape of the combustion chamber has been optimized to reduce exhaust emissions.
Glow Plug
Injection
Nozzle
Combustion
Chamber
147EG116
New Previous
2. Piston
D The piston is made of aluminum alloy that offers high temperature strength. The top ring groove has been
treated with MMC (Metal Matrix Composites) to improve its wear resistance.
D The shape of the piston skirt has been optimized to improve its rigidity. Accordingly, the steel strut has
been discontinued.
D The shape of the combustion chamber at the top of the piston has been changed. Along with the change
in the shape of the combustion chamber in the cylinder head, improved combustion efficiency has been
realized.
Previous New
MMC
FRM
Steel Strut
Previous New Top of Piston

147EG118
– REFERENCE –
MMC (Metal Matrix Composites)
It is a type of composite material that is made of a metal matrix for the purpose of obtaining characteristics
such as high strength, high elasticity, and low thermal expansion. Because of its excellent heat transmission
performance, this material helps to dissipate the piston’s heat through the piston ring to the cylinder block.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JVALVE MECHANISM
1. General
D The auto tensioner has been changed from the wear reducing type to the hydraulic type. As a result, proper
timing belt tension has been realized.
D For the timing belt cover gasket, a cover with integrated foam rubber has been adopted for improved ser-
viceability.
D The timing belt cover installation portion has adopted a floating construction to reduce noise.
Clamp
Bolt
EG
Idler Pulley Automatic
Tensioner
Automatic Tensioner Spring
New Previous 147EG121
Oil Seal
Timing
Belt Cover Bolt
Push Rod
Seal Washer
Gasket
Check Ball
Timing Belt Cover Installation Portion Hydraulic Automatic Tensioner
147EG122 147EG123
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Timing Gear Cover

The shape of the bottom of the timing gear cover has been changed to reduce the amount of sound that is
radiated towards the bottom of the engine.
Crankshaft Pulley
: Changed
Portion
JFUEL SYSTEM
1. Injection Nozzle (1HZ Engine)

The injection nozzle’s orifice has been changed in shape and enlarged to optimize the injection efficiency.
Nozzle Orifice
1.2 mm 1.0 mm
New Previous
147EG119
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Timing Gear Cover

The shape of the bottom of the timing gear cover has been changed to reduce the amount of sound that is
radiated towards the bottom of the engine.
Crankshaft Pulley
: Changed
Portion
JFUEL SYSTEM
1. Injection Nozzle (1HZ Engine)

The injection nozzle’s orifice has been changed in shape and enlarged to optimize the injection efficiency.
Nozzle Orifice
1.2 mm 1.0 mm
New Previous
147EG119
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Injection Pump
D Along with the changes made to the shape of its combustion chamber, the 1HZ engine has realized optimal
injection volume, injection characteristics, and injection timing.
D The injection pump is provided with FCVC (Fuel Cut Valve Control) in conjunction with the adoption of
the engine immobiliser system. Upon receiving communication from the transponder key computer, the
FCVC turns OFF the fuel cut valve to prohibit the engine from starting if an invalid ignition key is used
in an attempt to start the engine.
D A tampering-proof cap is placed over the full-load setting screw on the models for the General Countries.
Cap
Ignition FCVC
FCVC Switch
Transponder
Key Amplifier
EG
Battery Fuel
Cut
Valve
147EG125 147EG120
JGLOW SYSTEM
1. Glow Plug
D New glow plugs made of metal have been
adopted. Using an optimal control coil material Thermal coil
and providing a temperature control function in
the glow plug itself, the system has been
simplified by discontinuing the glow plug
resister and sub-relay.
Control Coil
147EG127
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Injection Pump
D Along with the changes made to the shape of its combustion chamber, the 1HZ engine has realized optimal
injection volume, injection characteristics, and injection timing.
D The injection pump is provided with FCVC (Fuel Cut Valve Control) in conjunction with the adoption of
the engine immobiliser system. Upon receiving communication from the transponder key computer, the
FCVC turns OFF the fuel cut valve to prohibit the engine from starting if an invalid ignition key is used
in an attempt to start the engine.
D A tampering-proof cap is placed over the full-load setting screw on the models for the General Countries.
Cap
Ignition FCVC
FCVC Switch
Transponder
Key Amplifier
EG
Battery Fuel
Cut
Valve
147EG125 147EG120
JGLOW SYSTEM
1. Glow Plug
D New glow plugs made of metal have been
adopted. Using an optimal control coil material Thermal coil
and providing a temperature control function in
the glow plug itself, the system has been
simplified by discontinuing the glow plug
resister and sub-relay.
Control Coil
147EG127
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
108 ENGINE – 1HD-FTE ENGINE
1HD-FTE ENGINE
JDESCRIPTION
Based on the previous 1HD-FT engine, the 1HD-FTE engine has adopted an electronically controlled injec-
tion pump and an intercooler and has undergone improvements in the various areas of the engine to improve
the engine performance and fuel economy while reducing exhaust emissions. At the same time, this engine
contributes to the vehicle’s quieter operation and improved reliability.
147EG28
147EG27
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
ENGINE – 1HD-FTE ENGINE 109
JENGINE SPECIFICATIONS AND PERFORMANCE CURVE
Engine
1HD-FTE 1HD-FT
Item
24-Valve, OHC,
Valve Mechanism z
Belt & Gear Drive
Combustion Chamber Direct Injection Type z
Distributor Type Distributor Type
Fuel System
(Electronically Controlled) (Mechanically Controlled)
Compression Ratio 18.8 : 1 18.6 : 1
Max. Output [EEC] 150 kW @ 3400 rpm 125 kW @ 3600 rpm EG
Max. Torque [EEC] 430 N.m @ 1400 X 3200 rpm 380 N.m @ 2500 rpm
Open 12_ BTDC z
Intake
Valve Close 24_ ABDC 32_ ABDC
Exhaust
Close 12_ ATDC z
Intercooler With N.A.
: 1HD-FTE
: 1HD-FT kW
160
140
N.m
450 120
400
Torque
100
350
Output
300 80
250
60
40
20
0
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 rpm
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JMAJOR DIFFERENCES
Major differences of the new 1HD-FTE engine and previous 1HD-FT engine are listed below.
Item Features
D A cylinder head cover made of resin has been adopted for weight
reduction and low-noise operation.
D The rigidity of the cylinder block has been improved to reduce noise and
vibration.
Engine Proper D Newly designed pistons have been adopted to improve the engine
performance and reliability.
D The crankshaft has been made highly rigid to reduce noise and vibration.
D The crankshaft bearings have been machine-bored to improve their
reliability.
Cooling System D A step-up linear type temperature controlled fluid coupling has been
adopted to improve cooling performance.
D A high-performance oil filter element has been adopted to improve the
cleanliness of the engine oil.
Lubrication System
D The oil capacity of the engine has been increased to improve its reliability.
D A drip pan is provided on the oil cooler cover to improving serviceability.
D A ball joint has been adopted in the front exhaust pipe to reduce noise and
Intake and Exhaust vibration.
System D An oxidation catalytic converter has been adopted in the front exhaust
pipe to reduce exhaust emissions.
D A compact turbocharger has been adopted to attain a widely ranging
Turbocharger System high-efficiency region from the low- to the high-speed range.
D An intercooler has been adopted to improve engine performance.
D A radial plunger type electronically controlled injection pump that
produces a high injection pressure has been adopted to improve the engine
Fuel System performance while reducing exhaust emissions.
D The injection nozzles have been optimized to improve the engine
performance and reduce exhaust emissions.
The 12/24 volt switchover system has been discontinued to simplify the
Starting System
wiring system.
Engine Control D An electronic fuel injection system has been adopted.
System D M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnosis) system is adopted.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JENGINE PROPER
1. Cylinder Head Cover

D The No.1 cylinder head cover is made of resin, adopts a curved shape, and has optimally allocated ribs
for weight reduction and reduced noise.
D Spaced bolts are used for fastening the cylinder head covers. In addition, vibration isolating washers con-
taining laminated layers of rubber and aluminum sheets have been adopted to achieve a floating retaining
construction that reduces noise and improves reliability.
D The blowby gas passage in the cylinder head cover has adopted a maze-like configuration to minimize the
consumption of engine oil through blowby gas.
D A No.2 cylinder head cover has been adopted. The No.2 cylinder head cover, which is made of iron sheet,
is completely covered with foam rubber on the inside. A vibration isolating rubber gasket is used to achieve
a floating retaining construction to improve sound insulation.
EG
Cylinder Head Cover No.2
Cylinder Head
Cover No.1
Blowby Gas Flow

Gasket
147EG46 147EG47
Rubber
Aluminum
Cinched Sheet
Adhesive
Film
Spaced Bolt
151EG33 Vibration Isolating Washer
Gasket Cross Section
147EG48
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Cylinder Head
D Similar to the previous 1HD-FT engine, the adoption of the 4-valve mechanism has made it possible to
position the injection nozzle perpendicularly over the center of the cylinder bore. Together with the adop-
tion of 2 intake ports of different shapes, this enables the generation of an optimal swirl and the introduc-
tion of an ample volume of intake air. As a result, the mixing of fuel and air has been accelerated to achieve
an appropriate combustion.
D The cooling performance has been improved by enlarging the water jacket around the exhaust valves and
the injection nozzles, thus improving the reliability of the engine.
D The exhaust valve seats have been changed to a type made of sintered alloy that excels in wear resistance.
Injection Nozzle
Intake
Exhaust
Port
Valve Seat
Front
Exhaust
147EG49
147EG102
3. Cylinder Head Gasket

D A 3-layer steel laminate type cylinder head gasket has been adopted.
D The gasket has adopted a bead construction at its cylinder bores, water holes, and oil holes. The periphery
of the gasket has been folded to accept bearing stress. This prevents unnecessary bearing stress from being
applied to the sealing portions such as at the bores, thus restraining the deformation of the bores over the
cylinder block.
Bead Around Bore
A A’ B
Bead Around Water Hole Folded

B’
A – A’ Cross Section B – B’ Cross Section
147EG50
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Cylinder Block
D Crankshaft bearing caps with a ladder frame construction have been adopted as in the previous model. To
accommodate the high performance engine, the ladder frame has been optimally designed to improve its
rigidity while restraining the increase of its weight, thus reducing noise and vibration.
D Along with the adoption of the engine control system, the hole for installing the crankshaft position sensor
is provided in the crankshaft bearing cap.
Cylinder Block
EG
Crankshaft Bearing
Cap

Installation Hole
147EG51
5. Connecting Rod
D The connecting rod is made of a lightweight
carbon steel that withstand higher speed and
high output operation.
D The small end of the connecting rods has been
given a tapered shape to reduce weight.
147EG52
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
6. Piston
D The piston is made of aluminum alloy that offers high temperature strength. The top ring groove has been
treated with MMC (Metal Matrix Composites) to improve its wear resistance.
D The combustion chamber has been designed with an optimal shape to improve the engine performance
while reducing exhaust emissions.
D The piston skirt has been designed with an optimal shape to reduce noise and vibration.
D The cross sectional area of the oil galley in the piston has been enlarged to improve the piston’s cooling
performance and reduce its temperature during high power output.
D A gas nitriding process has been applied to the piston ring surface to improve its durability and reduce the
piston ring tension, thus reducing the friction loss.
Combustion MMC
Chamber
Oil Galley MMC
No.1 Compression
Ring
No.2 Compression
Ring
Oil Ring
Striation Finish
1HD-FT 1HD-FTE
Engine Engine
147EG53
– REFERENCE –
MMC (Metal Matrix Composites)
It is a type of composite material that is made of a metal matrix for the purpose of obtaining characteristics
such as high strength, high elasticity, and low thermal expansion. Because of its excellent heat transmission
performance, this material helps to dissipate the piston’s heat through the piston ring to the cylinder block.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
7. Crankshaft
D As in the previous engine, a crankshaft with 7 forged journals and 12 balance weights has been adopted.
Along with the high performance of the engine, the rigidity of its arms and the balance rate of its weights
have been improved.
D Along with the adoption of the engine control system, a protrusion is provided for the crankshaft position
sensor.
D The inner surface of the crankshaft bearing has been machine-bored to provide minute crests and valleys
in the circumferential direction. This process helps to improve the bearing’s break-in and engine oil reten-
tion, thus improving the reliability of the engine.
Machine-Bored
: Reinforced Area EG
147EG54
Crankshaft Bearing
Cross Section
Protrusion
147EG55 147EG56
8. Crankshaft Pulley
A torsional damper pulley has been adopted to re-
duce noise and vibration. Air Conditioning Pulley Cooling Fan
The pulley for air conditioning, which had pre- Pulley
viously been retrofitted, has now been integrated
with the pulley for the cooling fan. At the same
time, the pulley’s inertial moment has been im- Damper
Damper Rubber
proved and a high-damping rubber damper has
Rubber
been adopted to further reduce noise and vibra-
tion.
147EG57
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JVALVE MECHANISM
1. Camshaft
D As in the previous engine, an assembled type
camshaft in which cam pieces that are pressed
over the knurled shaft has been adopted.
D The shaft is made of carbon steel and is hollow
for weight reduction.
Knurled
Cam Piece
Pressed
147EG59
2. Rocker Arm Shaft

The rocker arm shaft, to which the rocker arms,
nozzle clamps, and camshaft bearing caps are at- Camshaft Bearing Cap
tached, is mounted on the cylinder head via the
camshaft bearing caps. Nozzle Clamp
Rocker Arm No.2

Rocker Arm No.1
147EG60
3. Rocker Arm and Valve

D As in the previous engine, the rocker arms are
made of aluminum and use rollers to improve Rocker Arm Shaft
Oil
wear resistance and to reduce friction loss. Passage
Roller
D The length of the exhaust valve has been ex- Guide Pin
tended so that the valve in its fully closed state
is positioned closer to the piston in order to re- Valve Bride
duce the unnecessary amount of space in the
combustion chamber. As a result, the combus-
tion efficiency has been improved and exhaust
emissions have been reduced.
147EG61
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Timing Gear Train

D As in the previous engine, an OHC mechanism that is driven by a belt and gears has been adopted.
D The backlash between the crankshaft timing gear, idle gear, and the injection pump drive gear has been
reduced and the precision of the gear tooth flank has been improved to reduce noise.
D A bearing is used between the idle gear and the idler gear shaft to improve reliability.
D The timing belt cover has adopted a dual construction cross sectional shape containing an air layer and
the portion that attaches to the engine has adopted a floating construction to reduce noise.
D The timing belt cover gasket uses foam rubber that is integrated with the cover to improve serviceability.
D A hydraulic type automatic tensioner has been adopted.
Camshaft Timing Pulley No.1
Timing Belt
Idler Pulley EG
Camshaft Timing
Pulley No.2
Automatic Tensioner
Idler Gear Injection Pump

Drive Gear
Oil Pump Power Steering

Gear Pump Drive Gear
Dual Oil Pump Vacuum Pump

Construction Drive Gear Drive Gear
Crankshaft Timing Gear 147EG62
147EG64 Timing Belt Cover
Cross Section
Insulator
Timing Gear Case
Spaced Bolt
Rubber-Coated
Washer
Gasket
147EG65
Timing Gear Cover
147EG63
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JLUBRICATION SYSTEM
1. General
D The lubrication circuit is fully pressurized and all oil passes through an oil filter.
D A trochid gear type oil pump is directly driven by crankshaft.
D The water-cooled type engine oil cooler is used to lower the oil temperature.
147EG66
ROCKER ARM
IDLE GEAR ROCKER ARM
SHAFT
CYLINDER CAMSHAFT
VACUUM PUMP
HEAD JOURNAL
MAIN OIL HOLE
RELIEF BY-PASS
VALVE CHECK
CRANKSHAFT VALVE VALVE
OIL FILTER
JOURNAL
BY-PASS
CONNECTING VALVE
OIL COOLER OIL JET
ROD
OIL PUMP PISTON

RELIEF
VALVE
TURBO-
OIL STRAINER
CHARGER
OIL PAN
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Oil Pan and Oil Strainer

D As in the previous engine, a vibration damping steel plate is used for the oil pan for quieter operation. In
addition, an oil pan cover and an insulator have been installed for noise reduction.
D The curvature of the oil strainer pipe has been increased and the length of the pipe has been shortened to
reduce the oil intake resistance, thus improving the oil pressure build-up when the engine is started.
D An oil level sensor is provided in the oil pan for efficient servicing.
When the oil level falls below the specified level, the oil level sensor causes the low engine oil level warn-
ing light inside the combination meter to light up.
D The oil capacity of the oil pan has been increased by changing the shape of the oil pan.
Oil Strainer
EG
Oil Pan
Insulator
Oil Pan Cover Oil Level Sensor
147EG67
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Oil Cooler
D The water-cooled oil cooler is enclosed in the cylinder block.
D A drip pan is provided in the oil cooler cover to catch the oil that could drip when the oil filter is replaced.
Oil Cooler
Oil Cooler Cover
Oil Filter
Installation
Portion
Drip Pan
147EG68
4. Oil Filter
D A twin-element type oil filter, in which a full-
By-Pass Valve
flow and bypass elements are combined, is used By-Pass Valve Oil Filter
to increase the cleaning performance of the oil.
D The filter element uses newly developed filter Element
paper to improve the filter’s oil cleaning perfor- (Full Flow)
mance. Element
Check (By-Pass)
Valve Engine
Relief Oil Lubrica-
Valve Pump Relief Valve tion Area
Oil Pan
147EG42
" Oil Filter Element A
Microfilament
has been added
New Previous
147EG41
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JCOOLING SYSTEM
1. General
D The cooling system is a pressurized, forced-circulation type.
D A thermostat with a bypass valve is located on the water inlet housing to maintain suitable temperature
distribution in the cooling system.
D A viscous type power heater has been adopted on the cold specification model for Europe to promote the
warming of the engine and to improve the heating performance of the heater during extremely cold temper-
atures.
From
Heater
EG
To Heater
147EG69
Turbocharger
Radiator Cylinder Block

Water
Outlet
Oil Cooler
Heater
Water Inlet Thermostat Water Pump
147EG43
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Water Pump
As in the previous engine, the water pump housing
is made of aluminum and the rotor is made of resin Water Pump Housing
for weight reduction. In addition, the volute cham-
ber has been optimally designed to achieve a com- Rotor
pact shape.
147EG70
3. Coupling Fan
coupling has been adopted to realize both cooling : Step-Up Linear Type
performance and noise reduction. Fan Speed (rpm) ! : 3-Stage Type

147EG06
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Power Heater
A viscous type power heater has been adopted on the cold specification model for Europe. The power heater
increases the coolant temperature by utilizing the shear heat of the silicon oil and by increasing the engine
load.
Power Heater
Coolant
Heater Hose
Engine
Front Rear
Heater Heater
Magnet
Clutch Magnet IDLE-UP EG
Clutch Switch
Power Heater
147EG71
Air Conditioning Idle-Up
Magnet Clutch Signal Power
Engine Injection
Heater
Ignition Switch ECU Pump
Amp.
147EG72

D The power heater, which is located on top of the engine, is driven by a drive belt. Pressing the Idle-Up
switch provided in the instrument panel engages the magnetic clutch, causing the rotor in the power heat-
er to rotate and the silicon oil to mix. The shear heat that is thus generated heats the coolant.
D The power heater is controlled according to engine speed and coolant temperature as described below.
While the power heater is engaged, the engine idling speed increases to 1200 rpm.
Engine Speed Coolant Temp.

ON ON
OFF OFF
2000 2500 rpm 69 74 _C
(156) (165) (_F)
147EG44-1 147EG44-2
However, the power heater is turned OFF when the engine is started, the air conditioning is ON, or the
vehicle is accelerating (for 5 seconds while the vehicle speed is under 30 km/h (19 mph) and the throttle
opening angle is more than 45%).
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
1. Intake Manifold
D As in the previous engine, an intake manifold made of aluminum and integrated with the intake air cham-
ber has been adopted. In addition, a large-capacity intake air chamber and isometric intake ports have been
adopted to improve the engine performance.
D Insulators are provided at the area of the intake manifold that mounts onto the cylinder head for noise re-
duction.
D The intake manifold gasket is constructed of steel plates that are coated with foam rubber on both sides,
then riveted to the both sides of a stainless steel substrate. A composite gasket cinched with layered wash-
ers is provided for the areas that are tightened with bolts to achieve a floating retaining construction of the
intake manifold for noise reduction.
D Vibration isolating washers with a layered construction have been adopted for the washers used in instal-
ling the intake manifold.
Insulator
Gasket
Intake Manifold
147EG73
A A
Stainless Steel
Constant
Measurement
Tightening
Rubber Steel Foam

Steel Plate Plate Rubber
Layered Washer Portion Foam Rubber Portion 147EG74
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Intake Shutter
The intake manifold is provided with an intake
shutter which shuts out air to reduce vibration VSV
when stopping the engine.
Intake Shutter
Actuator
147EG75
EG
3. Exhaust Manifold
D As in the previous engine, an exhaust manifold
made of cast iron has been adopted.
D A 5-layer steel laminate type exhaust manifold
Exhaust Manifold
gasket has been adopted.
Gasket
147EG76
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Exhaust Pipe
D The exhaust pipe is made of stainless steel for improved rust resistance.
D An oxidation catalytic converter has been adopted for the front exhaust pipe to reduce exhaust emissions.
D A ball joint has been adopted for joining the turbocharger and the front exhaust pipe for weight reduction
and for reducing noise and vibration.
D A clamp type joint is used to join the center exhaust pipe and tail pipe to realize weight reduction.
Sub Muffler
Main Muffler
Ball Joint
Clamp Type Joint
Catalytic Converter 147EG89
Turbocharger
Outlet Elbow
Clamp
Gasket Gasket
Spring
Exhaust Pipe Exhaust Pipe
Ball Joint 147EG58 Connecting Exhaust Pipe 156EG06
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JTURBOCHARGER SYSTEM
1. Turbocharger
In place of the previous turbocharger, a compact and lightweight turbocharger that achieves a wide range of
high-efficiency region has been adopted.
: 1HD-FTE Engine
Turbine : 1HD-FT Engine
Wheel
Efficiency
Impeller
Wheel
Airflow Volume EG
Compressor Turbine Wheel Conceptual Drawing
Housing Housing
147EG90
147EG77
2. Intercooler
D An air-cooled type intercooler has been adopted to lower the intake air temperature. As a result, the volu-
metric efficiency has been improved to enhance the engine performance and reduce exhaust emissions.
D Through the adoption of an overlap type drawn cup, a high-density core, and optimally shaped fins, the
intercooler has been made more compact and lightweight while ensuring ample heat dissipating perfor-
mance.
Brazed Brazed
Portion Portion
Cap Plate
A A
Inner Fin
Overlap Type Ordinary

Drawn Cup Drawn Cup
A – A’ Cross Section
147EG78 147EG79
– REFERENCE –
Overlap Type Drawn Cup
It is a type of cup in which the vertical surface of the cup plate is brazed in order to effectively utilize the
brazed portion between the cup plates that ordinarily remains a dead space.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JFUEL SYSTEM
1. Injection Pump
General
An electronically controlled distributor type injection pump has been adopted. A radial plunger type that
produces a higher injection pressure than the previous axial plunger type has been adopted. As a result, it
has become possible for the injected fuel to become finely atomized in order to realize both improved engine
performance and reduced exhaust emissions.
In the axial plunger type pump, the rollers slip as they roll along the cam plate. Because this slippage does
not occur in a radial plunger type pump, it can inject fuel at a higher pressure.
147EG80
Radial Plunger Type Injection Pump

Shoe
Cam Cam Ring
Spill Control Cam Plate

During Valve Spill
Suction Control
Roller Roller
Valve
Cam Plate
Roller Suction
Plunger During Spilling Port
Roller
Distribution
Cam Ring Port
Radial Plunger Type 147EG92

Axial Plunger Type 147EG93
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Engine Speed Sensor
Spill Control Valve
Fuel Pump Calibration Unit

Feed Pump
Roller
ENGINE – 1HD-FTE ENGINE
Shoe
Plunger
Cam Ring
Timing Control Valve Timer Piston
147EG81
129
EG
LAND
NCF147E
CRUISER
1) Operation Outline
1 : The feed pump delivers the fuel from the fuel tank to the pump chamber and maintains its pressure
between 1.5 – 2.0 MPa.
2 : When the spill control valve opens, the fuel fills the pressure chamber.
3 : After the spill control valve closes, the fuel that is charged in the pressure chamber is compressed
by the plunger. Passing through the delivery valve and injection pipe, the pressurized fuel is pumped
to the injection nozzle and injection starts.
4 : As the spill control valve opens and the pressure in the pressure chamber drops, the injection of fuel
is completed.
Spill Control Valve
Pump Chamber
Delivery Valve
Feed Pump To Injection Nozzle
Pressure Chamber
Plunger
147EG82
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) High-Pressure Generation Mechanism

This mechanism consists of a cam ring, drive shaft, rollers, shoes and plungers. As the drive shaft rotates,
the shoes, rollers and the plungers that are attached to the shaft rotate along the inside of the cam ring.
At that time, the protrusions on the cam ring cause the 4 rollers and plungers to move simultaneously to
the center, causing the fuel pressure to increase.
Shoe
Cam Ring
Roller
Front
Drive
Shaft
EG
Plunger
During Generation of High Pressure During Suction 147EG83
3) Timer Mechanism
The movement of the timer piston, which is linked to the cam ring, causes the cam ring to oscillate. As
a result, the relational positions of the drive shaft and the cam ring change, which causes the plunger to
compress the fuel, thus changing the starting position (injection timing).
Front
Timer Piston
Most Retarded Timing During Operation 147EG84
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Injection Pipes
D Along with the adoption of the high-pressure injection, the seal portions at the both ends of the pipes have
been spherically shaped to improve their sealing performance.
D The pipes are clamped together up in the air adjacent to the injection pump. Also, at the areas where the
pipes are clamped to the intake manifold, rubber cushions are used to achieve a floating construction. As
a result, improved reliability and quieter operation have been realized.
Rubber
Pipe Sealing Portion

147EG85
3. Injection Nozzle
D As in the previous engine, 2-stage injection
nozzles are used. For this model, the amount of Over Flow Fuel
pre-lift has been decreased to reduce the com-
bustion sound.
D The VCO (Valve Covered Orifice) nozzles that From
provide excellent injection characteristics have Injection
been adopted to reduce white smoke and ex- Pump
haust odor.
D The nozzle needle seats more gently to improve
the nozzle’s durability.
1HD-FTE 1HD-FT 147EG86
Engine Engine
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Fuel Damper
A fuel damper has been adopted to reduce the
vibration of the fuel return pipe.
From
Injection
Pump
To Fuel
Tank
147EG128
JINTAKE HEATER EG
D An intake heater has been adopted to heat the intake air at low temperature to improve the cold starting
performance of the engine. The intake heater continues to operate for a prescribed length of time even after
the engine has started in order to reduce the generation of diesel knocks and white smoke immediately
following the starting of the engine.
D The intake heater uses a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) element and is controlled by the engine
ECU.
Intake Shutter
PTC Element
Intake Heater
Intake Heater
147EG87 147EG88
JSTARTING SYSTEM
The previous 12/24 volt switchover system has been discontinued to simplify the system. The resistance in
the wiring between the batteries and the starter is minimized by connecting the batteries in parallel in order
to ensure the same level of starting performance as that of the previous model.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Fuel Damper
From
Injection
Pump
To Fuel
Tank
147EG128
JINTAKE HEATER EG
ECU.
Intake Shutter
PTC Element
Intake Heater
Intake Heater
147EG87 147EG88
JSTARTING SYSTEM
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Fuel Damper
From
Injection
Pump
To Fuel
Tank
147EG128
JINTAKE HEATER EG
ECU.
Intake Shutter
PTC Element
Intake Heater
Intake Heater
147EG87 147EG88
JSTARTING SYSTEM
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
1. General
To operate the engine is an optimal condition. The engine control system of the 1HD-FTE engine have gener-
al control of the following functions: fuel injection volume control, fuel injection timing control and idle
speed control. In addition, a diagnosis function has been added to improve the serviceability of the engine.
Furthermore, the cruise control system has been enclosed in the engine ECU.
System Outline
D Based on the signals received from the sensors, the engine ECU deter-
Fuel Injection Volume mines the fuel injection volume in accordance with the engine condition.
Control D In vehicles equipped with automatic transmission, torque control com-
pensation during gear shifting is used to minimize the shift shock.
Fuel Injection Timing Based on the signals received from the sensors, the engine ECU determines
Control the fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine condition.
The engine ECU determines the idle speed in accordance with the engine
Idle Speed Control condition, and controls the fuel injection volume in order to achieve the tar-
get idle speed.
Corrects the fuel injection volume that is directed to each cylinder during id-
Stable Idling Control
ling, thus reducing engine vibration.
Controls the vehicle speed by regulating the injection volume in accordance
Cruise Control with the instructions received from the cruise control computer that is inte-
grated in the engine ECU.
Intake Constrictor
Shuts off the intake air to reduce the vibration when the engine stopped.
Control
Controls the length of time when the current is applied to the Intake Heater
Intake Heater Control
in accordance with the coolant temperature.
EGR Control Controls the engine EGR volume in accordance with the engine condition.
D By controlling the air conditioning compressor ON or OFF in accordance
Air Conditioning with the engine condition, drivability is maintained.
Cut-Off Control D Also controls the power heater on the models equipped with a power heat-
er.
Prohibits fuel delivery if an attempt is made to start the engine with an invalid
Engine Immobiliser
ignition key.
D When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine ECU diagnoses
and memorizes the failed section.
Diagnosis D A newly developed diagnostic system which utilizes a high speed bi-
directional communication line to provide extended diagnostic capabili-
ties and features.
When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine ECU stops or con-
Fail-Safe
trols the engine according to the data already stored in memory.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Construction
The configuration of the engine control system which can be broadly divided into three groups: the engine
ECU, the sensors and the actuators, is shown in the following chart.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR PIM FUEL INJECTION VOLUME
D Intake Manifold Pressure Signal CONTROL
SPVD
NE EDU
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR
SPVF
D Engine Speed Signal SPILL CONTROL VALVE
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR TDC
SVR
D Crankshaft Angle Signal SPILL CONTROL RELAY
THW
WATER TEMP. SENSOR
THA FUEL INJECTION TIMING
INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR CONTROL
THF TCV
FUEL TEMP. SENSOR TIMING CONTROL VALVE
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR EG

IDL INTAKE HEATER CONTROL
D Idling Signal VA, VAS GIND
D Accelerator Pedal Position Signal GLOW INDICATOR LAMP
IREL
ACCELERATOR PEDAL SWITCH PDL INTAKE HEATER RELAY
D Accelerator Pedal Fully Closed Signal
DATA INTAKE CONSTRICTOR
INJECTION PUMP
CALIBRATION UNIT CONTROL
CLK S / TH
VSV
IGNITION SWITCH STA
D Starting Signal (ST Terminal) Engine
D Ignition Signal (IG Terminal) IGSW ECU EGR CONTROL
EGR
COMBINATION METER SP1 VACUUM REGULATING VALVE
D Vehicle Speed Signal EGRC
VSV (for Cut-Off)
IDLE-UP SWITCH HSW
PA
D Idle-Up Switch Signal VSV (for Turbo Pressure Sensor)
AIR CONDITIONER AMPLIFIER AC1
AIR CONDITIONING CUT-OFF
D A/ C Switch Signal CONTROL
POWER HEATER AMPLIFIER VCH ACT AIR CONDITIONING
D Power Heater Signal THWO AMPLIFIER
NEUTRAL START SWITCH*1 NSW

POWER HEATER CUT-OFF
D Neutral Start Signal CONTROL
FSW VCT
1ST GEAR POSITION SWITCH*2 POWER HEATER AMPLIFIER
PS
POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
EFI+
ECT+ TRANSMISSION ECU*1
ECT ECU*2 EFI–
ECT–
IMI MREL
TRANSPONDER KEY COMPUTER MAIN RELAY
IMO
TC W
SIL
+B BATT
MAIN RELAY BATTERY
*1: Only for Automatic Transmission Model *2: Only for Manual Transmission Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
136
Spill Control Valve
Fuel Temp. Sensor

EDU
Intercooler
VSV
Engine Speed Actuator Intake Shuttter
Sensor
Intake Air Temp. Sensor
Intake Heater
Turbo Pressure
Sensor
EGR Valve
VSV
Timing Control Injection

Valve Pump
Calibra- VSV
tion Water Temp. Crankshaft Position
Unit Sensor Sensor
Vacuum Regulating Valve

1st Gear Engine ECU
Position Switch Accelerator
or Pedal Position Vacuum Pump
Neutral Start Sensor
Switch
Accelerator Pedal Switch
147EG94
LAND
NCF147E
CRUISER
Intake Air VSV
Turbo Pressure for Turbo
Temp. Sensor Sensor
Engine ECU Pressure Sensor
EGR Valve
Intake Heater
VSV
for Intake
Shutter
VSV (for EGR)

Vacuum Regulating Accelerator Pedal

Valve Position Sensor
Accelerator Pedal
Switch
Injection Pump
DLC3
Water Temp. Sensor
EDU
Crankshaft
Position Sensor
147EG101
137
EG
LAND
NCF147E
CRUISER
Turbo Pressure Sensor

The turbo pressure sensor consists of a semicon-
ductor which utilizes the characteristic of a sili- V
con chip that changes its electrical resistance 5
when pressure is applied to it. The sensor con-
Output Voltage
verts the intake air pressure into an electrical sig-
nal, and sends it to the engine ECU in an ampli-
fied form.
In addition, the atmospheric pressure can be de-
tected by switching the piping passage through
the operation of the VSV.
0
13.3 253.5 kPa
(100) (1900) (mm Hg)
147EG103
Turbo Pressure Sensor
Output Characteristics
Engine Speed Sensor

The engine speed sensor is attached to the roller ring in the injection pump to detect the engine speed.
The timing rotor is attached to the drive shaft. Missing 3 teeth at each of the 6 locations, the timing rotor
generates a signal every 7.5_ (crankshaft angle) with its 78 teeth.
Engine Speed
Sensor
Roller
Ring
360_CA*
Drive
Output Voltage
+ Shaft
"
0
#
– Timing
Rotor
147EG95
147EG98
*: CA (Crankshaft Angle)
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E

The crankshaft position sensor is attached to the
cylinder block. Using the protrusion that is pro-
vided on the crankshaft, the sensor generates 1
signal for every revolution. This signal is then
sent to the engine ECU as a crankshaft position
signal.
Crankshaft Position
Sensor
To
Engine
ECU
Protrusion
Crankshaft EG
147EG91
Fuel Temperature Sensor
The fuel temperature sensor is attached to the in-
jection pump, and uses an internal thermistor to
detect the fuel temperature.

To compensate for the shift in injection volume
and injection timing caused by the variances in
the injection pump itself, a correction is made by
using the data that is stored in the ROM in the
fuel pump calibration unit.
Fuel Temp.
Sensor

147EG97
Timing Control Valve

The timing control valve is attached to the injec-
tion pump. In accordance with the signals from Moving
Core Coil
the engine ECU, it opens the valve in the fuel Fuel Passage
passage between the pump chamber and the suc-
tion side, thus controlling the injection timing.
When the current flows to the coil of the timing
control valve, the starter core becomes an elec-
tromagnet to push and compress the spring. This
causes the moving core to retract and open the Valve
fuel passage. Spring Starter
Core
147EG99
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Spill Control Valve

The spill control valve is attached to the injection pump to control the fuel injection volume in a accordance
with the signals received from the engine ECU.
When the spill control valve is turned OFF, the passage between the high-pressure chamber and the pump
chamber opens, causing the pressure in the high-pressure chamber to drop. This completes the injection of
the fuel from the injection nozzle.
The length of time till the spill control valve is turned OFF becomes the fuel injection time. Thus, the fuel
injection volume is controlled by increasing or decreasing the length of time till the spill control valve is
turned OFF.
Engine ECU EDU

Spill Control Valve
Coil
Pump
Chamber
Valve
To
Injection
Nozzle Fuel Passage
Pressure Cross Section

Chamber
147EG96
147EG100
Acceleration Position Sensor

D The accelerator position sensor uses a Hall element that outputs voltage that changes linearly in relation
to the amount of pedal effort that is applied to the accelerator pedal.
The accelerator position sensor uses a duplex system to ensure its reliability.
D An idle switch that detects the fully closed condition of the accelerator pedal is enclosed in the accelerator
pedal position sensor.
Accelerator Pedal Switch

Attached to the accelerator pedal in addition to the accelerator pedal position sensor, the accelerator pedal
switch detects the fully closed condition of the accelerator pedal.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
EDU (Electronic Driving Unit)

D The EDU has been adopted to drive the spill control valve at high speeds. The EDU has realized high-
speed driving under high fuel pressure conditions through the use of a DC/DC converter that provides
a high-voltage, quick-charging system.
D The engine ECU constantly monitors the EDU and stops the engine in case an abnormal condition is de-
tected.
IJt Signal SPV+ Signal
V V
150
5 Time Time
0 0
DC / DC Converter
EG
Battery SPV+
Spill
Control
IJt Valve
Engine
ECU Controller SPV–
IJf
EDU
147EG126
Operation
The battery voltage is increased by the DC/DC converter. A voltage of approximately 150V is applied to
the spill control valve in accordance with the IJt signal received from the engine ECU. Also at this time,
the injection verification signal (IJf) is sent to the engine ECU.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
6. Fuel Injection Volume Control

D Based on sensor signals, the engine ECU controls the fuel injection volume by calculating the fuel injec-
tion volume that is appropriate for the engine condition.
D On the manual transmission model, the engine’s output is limited in 1st gear.
Engine Speed Signal
Spill EDU
Control
Valve
Injection Pump
Accelerator Pedal Position Signal
Intake Manifold Pressure Signal
Engine Intake Air Temp. Signal
ECU Fuel Temp. Signal
Water Temp. Signal
Vehicle Speed Signal
1st Gear Position Signal
Fuel Pump Calibration

Unit Signal
147EG106
Function of Engine ECU

The engine ECU calculates the basic injection volume based on the throttle opening and engine speed, and
the maximum injection volume for the engine condition. The two injection volumes are then compared, and
the lesser of the two is selected. A correction value, which is obtained via the correction resistors, is added
to that injection volume, thus determining the final injection volume.
1) Basic Injection Volume

Determined in accordance with the throttle opening and the engine speed.
2) Maximum Injection Volume

Based on the signals received from the sensors, correction values are added to the theoretically required
injection volume (basic maximum injection volume) to determine the maximum injection volume during
engine operation.
a. Basic Maximum Injection Volume

Determined in accordance with the engine speed.
b. Intake Manifold Pressure Correction

Corrects the basic maximum injection volume in accordance with the intake manifold pressure. The
higher the intake manifold pressure becomes, the larger the injection volume becomes.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
c. Intake Air Temperature Correction

Corrects the variance in the air-fuel ratio that is created by the difference in the density of the intake
air in accordance with the intake air temperature. The higher the intake air temperature becomes, the
smaller the injection volume becomes.
d. Fuel Temperature Correction

Corrects the variance in the injection volume that is created by the difference in the density of the fuel
in accordance with the fuel temperature. The higher the fuel temperature becomes, the smaller the injec-
tion volume becomes.
e. Water Temperature Correction

The lower the engine coolant temperature, the greater the injection volume becomes in order to ensure
drivability immediately following cold-starting.
3) Starting Injection Volume Control EG

Determines the fuel injection volume during starting in accordance with the starting signal and the water
temperature signal. When the engine is cold, the lower the coolant temperature becomes, the larger the
injection volume becomes.
4) Split Injection Control

Split injection is performed when starting the engine at extremely low temperatures in order to improve
the startability and greatly reduce the emission of white smoke and black smoke. In contrast to the ordi-
nary injection that occurs once, fuel is injected twice during split injection.
Spill Control Valve

0
Operating Current
Spill Control Valve Open
Cam Lift Injection
Nozzle Lift 0
147EG105
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
7. Fuel Injection Timing Control

Based on the signals received from the sensors, the engine ECU calculates and controls the fuel injection tim-
ing to be optimal for the engine condition.
Engine Speed Signal
Injection Pump
Accelerator Pedal Position Signal
Intake Manifold Pressure Signal
Engine Water Temp. Signal
ECU Intake Air Temp. Signal
Crankshaft Position Sensor Signal
Timing Control Valve Fuel Pump

Calibration
Unit Signal
147EG107

The engine ECU adds the corrections from the sensor signals to the basic fuel injection timing to calculate
the fuel injection timing that is optimal for the engine condition.
1) Basic Injection Timing

The basic injection timing is determined in accordance with the throttle opening and the engine speed.
2) Injection Timing Correction
a. Intake Manifold Pressure Correction

Corrects the basic fuel injection timing in accordance with the intake air pressure. The injection timing
is advanced when the intake air pressure is low in such the case as of high altitude areas.
b. Water Temperature Control

Corrects the basic fuel injection timing in accordance with the water temperature. The injection timing
is advanced when the water temperature is low.
3) Starting Injection Timing Control

The starting injection timing is determined in accordance with the starting signal, water temperature sig-
nal, and engine speed. The injection timing is advanced when the engine speed is high.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
8. Idle Speed Control

D In this system, the engine ECU calculates the target engine speed in accordance with the engine condition,
and determines the fuel injection volume, thus controlling the idle speed rpm.
D Increases the idle speed during the operation of the power heater to improve its heating performance.
Engine Speed Signal
Spill EDU
Control
Valve
Injection Pump
Water Temp. Signal
Engine Accelerator Pedal Position Signal
ECU A/ C Switch Signal EG
Staring Signal
Fuel Temp. Signal
Power Heater Switch Signal
Fuel Pump
Calibration 147EG106
Unit Signal
1) Feedback Control
During idling, the feedback control controls the injection volume to achieve the target idle speed, if there
is a difference between the target idle speed calculated by the engine ECU and the actual idle speed.
2) Warm-Up Control
Controls the injection volume during warm-up to achieve an optimal fast idle speed in accordance with wa-
ter temperature.
3) Engine Speed Change Estimate Control

Immediately after the air conditioning switch is engaged, the idle speed can be affected by the change in
the load that is applied to the engine. To prevent this symptom, the engine speed-change estimate control
increases or decreases the injection volume before the idle speed changes.
9. Stable Idling Control

Immediately after the air conditioning switch is turned ON or OFF, the load applied to the engine changes,
causing the idle speed to fluctuate. To prevent this symptom, the engine speed-change estimate control in-
creases or decreases the injection volume before the idle speed fluctuates.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
10. Cruise Control

In the previous cruise control system, the cruise control actuator moved the adjusting lever to control the ve-
hicle speed. On this model, however, the injection volume is controlled in accordance with the instructions
received from the cruise control computer that is integrated in the engine ECU in order to control the vehicle
speed.
11. Intake Air Control

When the engine is stopped, the intake air control system closes the intake shutter that is provided in the intake
pipe to shut off the intake air and reduce vibrations.
" System Diagram A
Actuator
Intake Shutter VSV

From Vacuum Pump
Atmospher
Engine
ECU Ignition Switch
147EG104
Operation
When the engine is stopped, the engine ECU turns the VSV ON to introduce air to the actuator, thus closing
the intake shutter.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
12. Intake Heater Control

Applies current to the intake heater during cold-starting to increase the intake air temperature and improve
the engine’s startability.
" System Diagram A
Intake Heater
Relay Intake Heater
Indicator Lamp
ST ON
Intake Ignition
Heater Switch
Engine ECU
EG
Water Temp.
Sensor Battery
147EG109
Operation
D When the engine coolant temperature is below 40_C, turning the ignition switch ON causes the intake
heater relay to turn ON, allowing the intake heater to operate. The intake heater operates until the engine
coolant temperature becomes higher than 40_C, or the maximum of 90 seconds.
D At the same time, the intake heater indicator lamp is illuminated in accordance with the engine coolant
temperature (maximum 10 seconds).
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
13. EGR Control

In the EGR control system, the engine ECU controls the vacuum regulating valve to recirculate an appropri-
ate amount of exhaust gas to the combustion chamber in accordance with the engine condition. This results
in slower combustion rate, lower combustion temperature, and reduced NOx emissions.
" System Diagram A
Intake Atomosphere
VSV
From Vacuum Pump
Vacuum
Regulating
Valve
Accelerator Pedal
Position Signal
Exhaust Engine
Engine Engine Speed Signal
ECU Water Temp. Signal
Intake Manifold
Pressure Signal
147EG110
Construction
1) Vacuum Regulating Valve

Controls the vacuum that is applied by the To
vacuum pump to the EGR valve in accordance From
EGR
Vacuum
with the signals from the engine ECU. Valve
Pump
Atmosphere
141EG51
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) VSV
Releases the vacuum that is applied to the
EGR valve when the EGR is OFF in order to
To EGR Valve
improve the response when the valve is
closed.
Atmosphere
147EG115
3) EGR Valve EG
D Using the vacuum from the vacuum regulat-
ing valve, the EGR valve opens and closes
the valve to introduce exhaust gas into the in- EGR Valve
take manifold.
D By providing the EGR valve in the intake
passage, the various parts in the EGR valve
are cooled by the intake air, thus enabling
EGR control at higher load conditions.
EGR Gas
Intake Air
147EG111
EGR Valve EGR Valve
1HD-FTE Engine Ordinary Engine
147EG112
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Operation
1) Based on the signals from the sensors, the engine ECU applies duty control to the current that is applied
to the vacuum regulating valve, thus regulating the vacuum that is applied to the EGR valve. Thus, the
EGR valve opening is controlled to provide the volume of EGR gas that is appropriate for the engine
condition.
2) The EGR function is stopped under the conditions given below to ensure drivability and to reduce diesel
smoke.
D The water temperature is low.
D The vehicle is driven under high load condition.
D During deceleration (The EGR operates at idle)

a engine ECU that stores the ID code of the authorized ignition key. If an attempt is made to start the engine
using an unauthorized key, the engine ECU to prohibit fuel delivery effectively in order to disable the engine.
For details, see page 277 in the Engine Immobiliser system section.
15. Diagnosis
D If the engine ECU detects any problem with a sensor or an electrical circuit, it turns ON the CHECK EN-
GINE lamp in the combination meter to inform the driver. In addition, the malfunction code will be stored
in memory.
D An M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnostic) System has been adopted to improve serviceability.
The operation of the M-OBD system is basically the same as the 1FZ-FE engine.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
CHASSIS – CLUTCH 151
CHASSIS
CLUTCH
JDESCRIPTION
D A dry, single-plate clutch operated by hydraulic pressure is used, which is matched to the performance of
the particular engine.
D The self-adjusting type clutch cover is used on the 1FZ-FE and 2UZ-FE engine models.
D A clutch accumulator is used on all models to reduce the vibration and noise that is transmitted to the clutch
pedal.
CH
147CH011–1
2UZ-FE Engine Model

" Specifications A
1HD-T
1FZ-FE 2UZ-FE 1HZ
1HD-FTE
Dry Type Single
Type Plate Clutch z z z
Clutch Diaphragm Spring
Operation Hydraulic z z z
Type Self-Adjusting z DST*1 z
Clutch Size mm (in.) 300 (11.81) z 275 (10.83) 300 (11.81)
C
Cover
Installed Load
8532 (870) z 5884 (600) 8336 (850)
N (kgf)
Facing Size*2 300 x 190 x 3.8 275 x 175 x 3.5 300 x 190 x 3.5
z
Clutch mm (in.) (11.81 x 7.48 x 0.15) (10.83 x 6.89 x 0.14) (11.81 x 7.48 x 0.14)
Disc Facing Area
423 (65.57) z 353 (54.72) 423 (65.57)
cm2 (in.2)
Type Conventional z z z
Master
Cylinder Cylinder Dia.
15.87 (0.62) 19.05 (0.75) z z
mm (in.)
Type Non-Adjustable z z z
Release
Cylinder Cylinder Dia.
19.05 (0.75) z 23.81 (0.94) z
mm (in.)
*1: DST (Diaphragm Spring Turnover)
*2: Outer Diameter x Inner Diameter x Thickness
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
152 CHASSIS – CLUTCH
JCLUTCH COVER
1. General
D High installed load clutch cover is applied for the 1HD-FTE engine model.
D The self-adjusting type clutch cover is used on the 1FZ-FE and 2UZ-FE engine models.
2. Self-Adjusting Type Clutch Cover
General
The self-adjusting type clutch cover maintains a constant diaphragm spring posture regardless of the
amount of the clutch disc wear. Consequently, it maintains the clutch pedal effort constant to ensure a com-
fortable clutch feel and to prolong the use life of the clutch disc.
Construction
Unlike the conventional clutch cover that uses a pivot ring to support the diaphragm spring, the self-adjust-
ing type clutch cover uses a sensor spring and an adjusting ring to support the diaphragm spring.
The adjusting ring provides a slanted portion to enable the pressure plate and the diaphragm spring to move
towards the clutch disc, and coil springs are provided between the cover and the adjusting ring.
In contrast to the conventional clutch cover in which the posture of the diaphragm spring changes as the
spring pivots on the pivot ring in accordance with the wearing of the clutch disc, the diaphragm spring of
the self-adjusting type clutch cover moves parallel to the clutch disc while maintaining a constant posture.
Clutch Cover
Diaphragm Spring
Adjust Ring
Coil Spring
147CH06
Pressure Plate Pressure Plate
Pivot Ring
Adjust Ring
Diaphragm Spring
Diaphragm Spring
Sensor Spring
Worn Part
New Part
Worn Part New Part
Self-Adjusting Type 147CH06 Conventional type 147CH07
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Operation
When the clutch disc becomes worn, the diaphragm spring moves forward together with the sensor spring.
Then, the clearance between the diaphragm spring and the clutch cover expands, and the coil springs cause
the adjust ring to push out by rotating in the circumferential direction, thus reducing the clearance. As a
result, the diaphragm spring constantly maintains a proper posture and load.
Pressure Plate Clutch Cover
Diaphragm Spring
Sensor Spring
Adjust Ring
Direction of
movement caused
by clutch disc wear A Coil Spring
147CH08 147CH05
CH
Coil Spring
Direction of adjust ring

movement (direction of
Adjust Ring diaphragm spring
Direction of adjust
ring rotation movement)
147CH09 147CH10
Before clutch disc wear Clutch Disc Wear
Exploded view of portion A
Service Tip
Make sure to replace the clutch cover whenever the clutch disc is replaced. If the clutch disc is replaced
without replacing the clutch cover, a proper diaphragm spring posture cannot be attained, which could
cause the clutch to slip and make it more difficult to operate the clutch.
Fully press the clutch pedal 10 times after replacing the clutch cover and the clutch disc in order to reset
the diaphragm spring posture to its initial setting. Although the clutch pedal could feel stiff immediately
after the replacement, this does not indicate an abnormal condition. A proper amount of pedal effort can
be attained by repeating the operation mentioned above.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JCLUTCH HOUSING
D The clutch housing for the 2UZ-FE engine
model splits into two, the front and rear Front Clutch Housing
Clutch Housing
sections, thus adopting a large-size clutch while
keeping compact the portion of the clutch
housing that is joined to the engine.
147CH01-2
D The shapes of the ribs, intake holes, and exhaust

holes of the clutch housing for all models have Exhaust Hole Rib
been optimized to improve the cooling
performance in the clutch housing in order to Inlet Hole
prolong the use life of the clutch disc.
147CH12
JCLUTCH DISC
The spiral characteristics of clutch disc have been
changed to reduce the noise and vibration of the New 1HD-FTE
drive line for the 1HD-FTE engine model. Engine Model
Torque
Previous
1HD-FT
Engine Model
Spiral Angle
147CH11
Spiral Characteristics of Clutch Disc
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JCLUTCH HOUSING
D The clutch housing for the 2UZ-FE engine
model splits into two, the front and rear Front Clutch Housing
Clutch Housing
sections, thus adopting a large-size clutch while
keeping compact the portion of the clutch
housing that is joined to the engine.
147CH01-2
D The shapes of the ribs, intake holes, and exhaust

holes of the clutch housing for all models have Exhaust Hole Rib
been optimized to improve the cooling
performance in the clutch housing in order to Inlet Hole
prolong the use life of the clutch disc.
147CH12
JCLUTCH DISC
The spiral characteristics of clutch disc have been
changed to reduce the noise and vibration of the New 1HD-FTE
drive line for the 1HD-FTE engine model. Engine Model
Torque
Previous
1HD-FT
Engine Model
Spiral Angle
147CH11
Spiral Characteristics of Clutch Disc
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JMASTER CYLINDER AND ACCUMULATOR

To reduce the noise and vibration that is transmitted to the clutch pedal, an accumulator is used on all models.
On the 1HD-T and 1HD-FTE engine models, an accumulator is used in the middle of the clutch pipe. On other
models, an accumulator that is integrated with the master cylinder is used. Further more, the clevis damper
is used for the 2UZ-FE and 1HZ engine models.
Clutch Housing
A’
A
147Ch03
Accumulator
CH
Release Cylinder 147CH02
Clevis Damper
Accumulator
147CH04
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
156 CHASSIS – MANUAL TRANSMISSION
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
JDESCRIPTION
The H151F manual transmission is used on the 1FZ-FE, 2UZ-FE, 1HD-T and 1HD-FTE engine models, and
the R151F manual transmission is used on the 1HZ engine model.
Both manual transmissions have adopted a triple-cone type synchromesh mechanism in the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd
gears, and a single-cone type synchromesh mechanism in the 4th, 5th, and reverse gears to ensure excellent
shift feeling. However, only H151F manual transmission is adopted triple-cone type synchromesh mecha-
nism for the reverse gear.
147CH13 147CH17
H151F Manual Transmission R151F Manual Transmission
" Specifications A
Transmission Type H151F R151F

Engine Type 1FZ-FE, 2UZ-FE
1HZ
Item 1HD-T, 1HD-FTE
1st 4.081 4.313
2nd 2.294 2.330
3rd 1.490 1.436
Gear Ratio
4th 1.000 z
5th 0.881 0.838
Reverse 4.313 4.220
Oil Capacity Liters (US qts, Imp. qts) 2.7 (2.9, 2.4) 2.2 (2.3, 1.9)
Oil Viscosity SAE 75W-90 z
Oil Grade API GL-4 or GL-5 z
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
CHASSIS – A343F AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 157
A343F AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

JDESCRIPTION
The A343F automatic transmission is used on the 2UZ-FE engine model for Europe. The A343F automatic
transmission features following characteristics;
D A torque converter and planetary gear unit that accommodate the high-performance 2UZ-FE engine have
been adopted.
D The engine ECU regulates the solenoid valve SLT to control the line pressure.
D An O/D direct clutch speed sensor has been adopted to detect the input shaft speed in order to realize
smooth shift characteristics.
CH
155CH01
" Specifications A
Transmission Type A343F

Engine Type
Item 2UZ-FE
1st 2.804
2nd 1.531
Gear Ratio 3rd 1.000
4th (Overdrive) 0.753
Reverse 2.393
Fluid Capacity Liters (US qts, Imp. qts) 12.0 (12.7, 10.6)
Fluid Type ATF D-II or DEXRON)III (DEXRON)II)
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
158 CHASSIS – A343F AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
JTORQUE CONVERTER AND PLANETARY GEAR UNIT

D The shape of the turbine blades in the torque converter has been optimized to accommodate the high-per-
formance 2UZ-FE engine.
D The rear planetary gears use 5 pinion gears to accommodate the high-performance 2UZ-FE engine.
" Specifications A
Engine Type
2UZ FE
2UZ-FE
Item
Converter
3-Element, 1-Step,
p 2-Phase,
Converter Type
Torque
with Lock-Up Mech

Stall Torque Ratio 1.770
C1 Forward Clutch 7
C2 Direct Clutch The No. of Discs 5
C0 OD Direct Clutch 2
B1 2nd Coast Brake Band Width mm (in.) 40 (1.57)
B2 2nd Brake 5
B3 1st & Reverse Brake The No. of Discs 7
B0 OD Brake 5
Planetary Gear Unit
F1 No.1 One-Way Clutch 22

F2 No.2 One-Way Clutch The No. of Sprags 28
F0 OD One-Way Clutch 24
The No. of Sun Gear Teeth 42
Front Planetary Gear The No. of Pinion Gear Teeth 19
The No. of Ring Gear Teeth 79
Rear Planetary Gear The No. of Pinion Gear Teeth 23
OD Planetary Gear The No. of Pinion Gear Teeth 33
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM
1. General
The electronic control system of the A343F automatic transmission consists of the controls listed below.
System Function
The optimum shift pattern is selected from 2 shift patterns in the engine &
ECT ECU by the pattern select switch. The engine & ECT ECU sends
Shift Timing Control
current to the solenoid valve No.1 and/or No.2 based on signals from each
sensor and shifts the gear.
The optimum lock-up pattern is selected from 2 lock-up patterns in the
Lock-Up Timing engine & ECT ECU by the pattern select switch.
Control The engine & ECT ECU sends current to the solenoid valve SL based on
signals from each sensor and engages or disengages the lock-up clutch.
Based on the throttle opening angle, the engine & ECT ECU sends a signal
Line-Pressure
to solenoid valve SLT to generate line pressure according to the engine
Control
output, to effect a smooth gear shift change.
“N” to “D” Squat When the shift lever is shifted from “N” to “D” range, the gear is temporarily
Control shifted to OD and then to 1st to reduce vehicle squat.
Engine Torque Retards the engine ignition timing temporarily to improve shift feeling CH
Control during up or down shifting.
Enabling the vehicle to take off in the 2nd gear and thus make it easy to take
2nd Start System
off on snowy, sandy or muddy terrain.
When the engine & ECT ECU detects the electrical circuit malfunctions, it
flashes the O/D OFF indicator light to alert the driver. In addition, the engine
& ECT ECU stores the codes of the malfunctions. Diagnosis code can be
confirmed with flashing of O/D OFF indicator light. As this system adapts
Self-Diagnosis
M-OBD, a hand-held tester can be connected to DLC3 to check the codes.
For details on the diagnostic code check method, diagnostic codes, and
diagnostic code clearance, see the Land Cruiser Chassis and Body Repair
Manual (Pub. No. RM616E).
Controls other normally operating components, permitting continued
Fail-Safe
driving when malfunctions occur in the electrical circuit.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Construction
The configuration of the electronic control system in the A343F is as shown in the following chart.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
VG S1
AIR FLOW METER SOLENOID VALVE No.1
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NE S2

D Engine Speed Signal SOLENOID VALVE No.2
D Crankshaft Angle Signal
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR G2 SL

SOLENOID VALVE SL
D Crankshaft Angle Signal
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VTA SLT+

SOLENOID VALVE SLT
D Throttle Position Signal VTA2 SLT–
ACCELERATOR PEDAL VPA

POSITION SENSOR ETCS-i
D Accelerator Pedal Position Signal VPA2 M+, M–
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
CL+, CL–
PWR MAGNETIC CLUTCH
PATTERN SELECT SWITCH
SNWI
NSW
NEUTRAL START SWITCH
R,D,2,L
Engine & ESA
TRANSFER NEUTRAL POSITION TFN IGT1X8
ECT ECU IGNITERS
SWITCH
IGF1, 2 IGNITION COILS
L4
L4 POSITION SWITCH
SPARK PLUGS
OD2
O/ D SWITCH
OD2
NO.1 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR O/ D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT
SPD
COMBINATION METER
SNWL
SP2 2nd START INDICATOR LIGHT
NO.2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
O/ D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED NCO OILW

SENSOR FLUID TEMP. WARNING LIGHT
STP
STOP LIGHT SWITCH PWR
POWER INDICATOR LIGHT
WATER TEMP. SENSOR THW
OIL SIL
FLUID TEMP. SENSOR DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Construction and Operation of Main Components
Solenoid Valve SLT

In order to provide a hydraulic pressure that is in proportion to the current that flows to the solenoid coil,
the solenoid valve SLT linearly controls the line pressure based on the signals it receives from the engine
& ECT ECU.
Solenoid Coil
! Hydraulic Pressure
Sleeve
Valve
! Current
155CH02 155CH03
CH
O/D Direct Clutch Speed Sensor

The O/D direct clutch speed sensor is fitted to
the transmission case to detect revolution of the O/D Direct Clutch Drum
transmission input shaft.
The sensor rotor is fitted to the O/D direct clutch Sensor Rotor
drum.
O/D Direct Clutch

Speed Sensor
155CH39
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Function of Engine & ECT ECU
Line Pressure Control

The previous mechanical control, which consisted of a throttle cable, cam, and throttle valve, has been
changed to an electronic control system that uses a solenoid valve SLT.
In order to obtain a predetermined line pressure characteristic according to the throttle position sensor
(VTA) signal the engine & ECT ECU activates the solenoid valve SLT to regulate the throttle pressure.
This makes it possible for the primary regulator valve to precisely and minutely control the line pressure,
in accordance with the engine output, and thus realize smoother shift characteristics.
And also, the engine & ECT ECU detects the speed of the transmission input shaft to determine whether
or not the transmission is shifting properly in order to ensure the smooth engagement of the clutch.
To ensure the optimal speed changes in the transmission input shaft, the engine & ECT ECU controls the
solenoid valve SLT to finely regulate the line pressure.
Hydraulic
Pressure
Solenoid
Control
Current
Current
Input Shaft
Engine
Throttle Pressure
Speed
& ECT
ECU
Time
O / D Direct
Clutch
Voltage
Speed
Sensor
Throttle Position Throttle
Solenoid Valve SLT Sensor Angle
Pressure
Line Pressure
Line
Throttle
Angle
Primary
Pump
Regulator
Valve
155CH04
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
A442F AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

JDESCRIPTION
No changes have been made to the A442F automatic transmission of the 1HZ and 1HD-T engine models.
The following changes have been made to the A442F automatic transmission of the 1FZ-FE, 2UZ-FE (except
models for Europe), and 1HD-FTE engine models:
D The planetary gear unit accommodates the high-performance engine in conjunction with the improve-
ments made to the 1FZ-FE engine and the adoption of the 2UZ-FE and 1HD-FTE engines.
D A torque converter has been changed for the 1HD-FTE engine model.
D The engine & ECT ECU regulats the solenoid valve SLT to control the line pressure for the 2UZ-FE and
the 1HD-FTE engine models.
D The fluid temperature sensor is used on the 2UZ-FE and the 1HD-FTE engine models.
D The timing to engage and release the clutches during 2nd-3rd shifting has been finely tuned according to
driving conditions in order to reduce the shift shock.
CH
147CH14
1HD-FTE Engine Model
" Specifications A
Transmission Type A442F

Engine Type
Item 1FZ-FE, 2UZ-FE*, 1HZ, 1HD-T, 1HD-FTE
1st 2.950
2nd 1.530
Gear Ratio 3rd 1.000
4th (Overdrive) 0.765
Reverse 2.678
Fluid Capacity Liters (US qts, Imp. qts) 13.0 (13.7, 11.4)*1, 14.0 (14.8, 12.3)*2
Fluid Type ATF D-II or DEXRON)III (DEXRON)II)
*: Except Models for Europe
*1: For 1FZ-FE, 2UZ-FE and 1HZ Engine Model
*2: For 1HD-T and 1HD-FTE Engine Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JTORQUE CONVERTER AND PLANETARY GEAR UNIT

D The blades of the torque converter pump, turbine, and stator of the 1HD-FTE engine model have been opti-
mized to achieve the torque converter characteristics that are optimized for the 1HD-FTE engine.
D In the automatic transmission of the 1FZ-FE, 2UZ-FE, and 1HD-FTE engine models, the various parts
of the planetary gear unit have been increased in strength.
Components Description of Changes

Pinion roller diameter increased, pinion pin diameter increased, pinion inner
OD Planetary Gear
diameter increased.
Pinion roller diameter increased, pinion gear width increased, pinion inner
Front Planetary Gear
diameter increased, pinion pin length and material changed.
Rear Planetary Gear Pinion pin material changed, pinion gear width increased.
OD Input Shaft Shot-peening treatment
Input Shaft Shot-peening treatment
Intermediate Shaft Shot-peening treatment
B2 Brake Plate sheet thickness increased.
" Specifications A
Engine Type 1FZ-FE 2UZ-FE 1HZ 1HD-T 1HD-FTE
3-Element, 1-Step, 2-Phase,

Converter
Converter Type
with Lock-Up Mechanism
Torque
Stall Torque Ratio 1.770 z z 1,840 z

C1 Forward Clutch 7 z 6 7 z
C2 Direct Clutch 5 z z z z
C0 OD Direct Clutch 3 z z z z
The No.
No of Discs
B2 2nd Brake 5 z 4 5 z
B3 1st & Reverse Brake 6 z z z z
B0 OD Brake 3 z z z z
F2 No.2 One-Way Clutch 46 z z z z
Planetary Gear Unit
The No.
No of Sprags
F0 OD One-Way Clutch 22 z z z z
The No. of Sun Gear Teeth 28 z z z z
Front Planetary Gear The No. of Pinion Gear Teeth 23 z z z z
The No. Ring Gear Teeth 75 z z z z
Rear Planetary Gear The No. of Pinion Gear Teeth 20 z z z z
The No. of Ring Gear Teeth 83 z z z z
OD Planetary Gear The No. of Pinion Gear Teeth 35 z z z z
The No. of Ring Gear Teeth 101 z z z z
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM
1. General
1HZ, 1HD-
System Function 1FZ-FE 2UZ-FE
1HD-T FTE
The optimum shift pattern is selected from 2 shift
patterns in the engine & ECT ECU or ECT ECU*
Shift
by the pattern select switch. The engine & ECT
Timing f f f f
ECU or ECT ECU* sends current to the solenoid
Control
valve No.1 and/or No.2 based on signals from
each sensor and shifts the gear.
The optimum lock-up pattern is selected from 2
lock-up patterns in the engine & ECT ECU or
Lock-Up ECT ECU* by the pattern select switch.
Timing The engine & ECT ECU or ECT ECU* sends cur- f f f f
Control rent to the solenoid valve SL based on signals
from each sensor and engages or disengages the
lock-up clutch.
Based on the throttle opening angle, the engine &
Line ECT ECU or ECT ECU* sends a signal to sole- CH
Pressure noid valve SLT to generate line pressure accord- – f – f
Control ing to the engine output, to effect a smooth gear
shift change.
“N” ro “D” When the shift lever is shifted from “N” to “D”
Squat range, the gear is temporarily shifted to 3rd and f f f f
Control then to 1st to reduce vehicle squat.
Retards the engine ignition timing temporarily to
f f – –
Engine
g improve shift feeling during up or down shifting.
Torque Effects engine torque control in accordance with
Control the fuel injection volume to reduce the shift – – – f
shock.
Enablilng the vehicle to take off in the 2nd gear
2nd Start
and thus make it easy to take off on snowy, sandy f f f f
System
or muddy terrain.
When the engine & ECT ECU or ECT ECU* de-
tects the electrical circuit malfunctions, it flashes
the O/D OFF indicator light to alert the driver. In
addition, the engine & ECT ECU or ECT ECU* f f f f
Self- stores the codes of the malfunctions. Diagnosis
Diagnosis code can be confirmed with flashing of O/D OFF
indicator light.
As the M-OBD system is supported, a hand-held
tester can be connected to DLC3 to check the f f – –
diagnostic codes.
Controls other normally operating components,
Fail-Safe permitting continued driving when malfunctions f f f f
occur in the electrical circuit.
*: For Diesel Engine Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2. Construction
The configuration of the electronic control system in the gasoline engine model’s A442F is as shown in the
following chart.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
VG S1
AIR FLOW METER*1 SOLENOID VALVE No.1
PIM
VACUUM SENSOR*2 S2
SOLENOID VALVE No.2
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR NE
D Engine Speed Signal SL
D Crankshaft Angle Signal SOLENOID VALVE SL
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR G2 ST

D Crankshaft Angle Signal SOLENOID VALVE ST
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VTA SLT+

SOLENOID VALVE SLT*1
D Throttle Position Signal VTA2*1 SLT–
ACCELERATOR PEDAL VPA ETCS-i*1

POSITION SENSOR*1 M+, M–
D Accelerator Pedal Position Signal VPA2 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
CL+, CL–
MAGNETIC CLUTCH
PWR
SNWI Engine
NSW & ECT
NEUTRAL START SWITCH ECU IGT1 X 3*2 ESA
R,D,2,L IGT1 X 8*1
IGNITERS
TRANSFER NEUTRAL POSITION TFN
IGF*2 IGNITION COILS
SWITCH IGF1, 2*1
L4 SPARK PLUGS
L4 POSITION SWITCH
OD2
O/ D SWITCH OD2
O/ D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT
SPD SNWL
2nd START INDICATOR LIGHT
COMBINATION METER
SP2
NO.2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR OILW
FLUID TEMP. WARNING LIGHT
STP
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
PWR
THW POWER INDICATOR LIGHT
WATER TEMP. SENSOR
OIL SIL
FLUID TEMP. SENSOR*1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3
*1: Only 2UZ-FE Engine Model

*2: Only 1FZ-FE Engine Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
The configuration of the electronic control system in the diesel engine model’s A442F is as shown in the fol-
lowing chart.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
NE S1
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR*1 SOLENOID VALVE No.1
VA
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR*1
S2
SOLENOID VALVE No.2
PWR
SNWI
SL
P, R, N SOLENOID VALVE SL
2,L
TRANSFER NEUTRAL POSITION TFN ST

SWITCH SOLENOID VALVE ST
L4
L4 POSITION SWITCH SLT+
SOLENOID VALVE SLT*2
OD2 ECT SLT– CH
O/ D SWITCH ECU
OD2
SP1 O/ D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT
SP2
NO.2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SNWO
A/C
A/ C AMPLIFIER*1
PWR
BK
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
TAC
WATER TEMP. SWITCH*1 TSW TACHOMETER*1
OIL2 DG
FLUID TEMP. SENSOR*2 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
NE EFI+, –
ECT+, –
Engine
ECU*2
*1: Except 1HD-FTE Engine Model
*2: For 1HD-FTE Engine Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Solenoid Valve SLT

The solenoid valve SLT is used to control the line pressure for the 2UZ-FE and the 1HD-FTE engine models.
The basic construction and operation are the same as in the A343F’s solenoid valve SLT. For details, see
page 161.
Fluid Temperature Sensor

A fluid temperature sensor is fixed onto in the valve body to detect the temperature of the fluid in the trans-
mission of the 2UZ-FE and 1HD-FTE engine models. Finely tuned shift control has been realized by moni-
toring the fluid temperature.
4. Function of Engine & ECT ECU or ECT ECU
Line Pressure Control

The previous mechanical control, which consisted of a throttle cable, cam, and throttle valve, has been
changed to an electronic control system that uses a solenoid valve SLT.
In order to obtain a predetermined line pressure characteristic according to the throttle position sensor
(VTA) signal the engine & ECT ECU or ECT ECU activates the solenoid valve SLT to regulate the throttle
pressure.
This makes it possible for the primary regulator valve to precisely and minutely control the line pressure,
in accordance with the engine output, and thus realize smoother shift characteristics.
Hydraulic
Pressure
Current
Solenoid Control
Current
Throttle Pressure
Engine & ECT ECU
or ECT ECU
Voltage
Throttle Position Throttle

Sensor Angle
Solenoid Valve SLT
Pressure
Line Pressure
Line
Throttle
Angle
Primary
Regulator Pump
Valve 147CH16
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Engine Torque Control (For 1HD-FTE Engine Model)

Engagement of the clutches and brakes of the planetary gear unit in the transmission is controlled smoothly
by momentarily reducing the fuel injection volume when gears are shifted up or down in the transmission.
When the ECT ECU judges a gear shift timing according to signals from various sensors, it activates the
shift control solenoid valves to perform gear shifting. When the gear shifting starts, the engine ECU reduces
the fuel injection volume to reduce the engine torque. As a result, engagement force of the clutches and
brakes of the planetary gear units is weakened and the gear shift change is performed smoothly.
Injection
Engine ECT
Volume
ECU ECU
Time
Injection Signal
Injection Shift
Pump
Signal
Without Torque
Control
With
Torque
CH
Torque
Output
Control
Time
Valve Body
147CH15
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
170 CHASSIS – TRANSFER
TRANSFER
JDESCRIPTION
As in the previous models, HF1A part-time 2-speed transfer and HF2A full-time 2-speed transfer are pro-
vided.
There is a type of HF1A transfer in which the 2WD/4WD selection is made by a transfer shift lever, and
another type in which the 2WD/4WD selection is made by a 2-4 select switch.
The HF2A transfer is equipped with a center differential lock mechanism.
The basic construction and operation are the same as in the previous model.
However, the gear teeth specification has been changed in order to accommodate the high-performance en-
gine and to reduce noise and vibration.
147CH20 155CH46
HF1A Transfer HF2A Transfer
" Specifications A
Transfer Type HF1A HF2A

Drive Type
Item Part-Time Full-Time
Reduction Gear Type Idler Gear z
H2 1.000 –
Gear Ratio H4 1.000 z
L4 2.488 z
Straight Bevel Gear
Center Differential Gear Type –
with Diff. Lock Mechanism
Oil Capacity Liters (US qts, Imp. qts) 1.5 (1.6, 1.3) 1.3 (1.4, 1.1)
Oil Viscosity SAE 75W-90 z
Oil Grade API GL-4 or GL-5 z
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
CHASSIS – PROPELLER SHAFT AND DIFFERENTIAL 171
PROPELLER SHAFT
JDESCRIPTION
As in the previous model, both front and rear propeller shafts have adopted the 2-joint type propeller shaft
with a center sliding mechanism.
DIFFERENTIAL
JDESCRIPTION
D The front differential of the previous model continues to be used on the models with the rigid-axle front
suspension.
D A front differential designed for independent front suspension has been provided in conjunction with the
introduction of the models with independent front suspension.
D Based on the rear differential of the previous model, various parts have been improved.
CH
155CH47 155CH48
Front Differential for Independent Suspension Rear Differential

" Specifications A
Differential Front Rear

Suspension Type
Item Rigid Axle Independent Rigid Axle
Ring Gear Size in. 8” z 9.5”
4.300
Differential Gear Ratio 4.300 3.909*1 z
4.100*2
No. of Differential Pinions 2 z 4
Oil Capacity 2.8 (3.0, 2.5) 3.3 (3.5, 2.9)
1.7 (1.8, 1.5)
Liters (US qts, Imp. qts) 2.65 (2.8, 2.3)*3 3.2 (3.4, 2.8)*3
SAE 90*4
Oil Viscosity z z
SAE 80W or 80W-90*5
Oil Grade API GL-5 z z
Hypoid
Oil Type Hypoid z
Hypoid for LSD*6
*1: 1HD-FTE Engine Model with Manual *3: With Differential Lock Mechanism
Transmission for Europe *4: Temperatures Above –18_C (0_F)
*2: 1HD-FTE Engine Model with Automatic *5: Temperatures Below –18_C (0_F)
Transmission for Europe *6: With LSD
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
CHASSIS – PROPELLER SHAFT AND DIFFERENTIAL 171
PROPELLER SHAFT
JDESCRIPTION
As in the previous model, both front and rear propeller shafts have adopted the 2-joint type propeller shaft
with a center sliding mechanism.
DIFFERENTIAL
JDESCRIPTION
D The front differential of the previous model continues to be used on the models with the rigid-axle front
suspension.
D A front differential designed for independent front suspension has been provided in conjunction with the
introduction of the models with independent front suspension.
D Based on the rear differential of the previous model, various parts have been improved.
CH
155CH47 155CH48
Front Differential for Independent Suspension Rear Differential

" Specifications A
Differential Front Rear

Suspension Type
Item Rigid Axle Independent Rigid Axle
Ring Gear Size in. 8” z 9.5”
4.300
Differential Gear Ratio 4.300 3.909*1 z
4.100*2
No. of Differential Pinions 2 z 4
Oil Capacity 2.8 (3.0, 2.5) 3.3 (3.5, 2.9)
1.7 (1.8, 1.5)
Liters (US qts, Imp. qts) 2.65 (2.8, 2.3)*3 3.2 (3.4, 2.8)*3
SAE 90*4
Oil Viscosity z z
SAE 80W or 80W-90*5
Oil Grade API GL-5 z z
Hypoid
Oil Type Hypoid z
Hypoid for LSD*6
*1: 1HD-FTE Engine Model with Manual *3: With Differential Lock Mechanism
Transmission for Europe *4: Temperatures Above –18_C (0_F)
*2: 1HD-FTE Engine Model with Automatic *5: Temperatures Below –18_C (0_F)
Transmission for Europe *6: With LSD
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
172 CHASSIS – PROPELLER SHAFT AND DIFFERENTIAL
JFRONT DIFFERENTIAL (FOR INDEPENDENT FRONT SUSPENSION)

D A front differential that supports the independent front suspension has been adopted.
D The differential carrier has adopted a tube configuration to equalize the lengths of the right and left drive
shafts.
D For the purpose of improving dust resistance, a type of oil seal with a side lip that contacts the dust cover
has been adopted.
Tube Configuration
Oil Seal
Side
Lip
Dust Cover
155CH13
JREAR DIFFERENTIAL
D The tooth configuration of the gears has been optimized to reduce noise and vibration.
D Similar to the front differential, a type of oil seal with a side lip that contacts the dust cover has been
adopted.
Dust Cover
Side Lip
Oil Seal 155CH49
155CH50 155CH51
With LSD With Differential Lock Mechanism
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
172 CHASSIS – PROPELLER SHAFT AND DIFFERENTIAL
JFRONT DIFFERENTIAL (FOR INDEPENDENT FRONT SUSPENSION)

D A front differential that supports the independent front suspension has been adopted.
D The differential carrier has adopted a tube configuration to equalize the lengths of the right and left drive
shafts.
D For the purpose of improving dust resistance, a type of oil seal with a side lip that contacts the dust cover
has been adopted.
Tube Configuration
Oil Seal
Side
Lip
Dust Cover
155CH13
JREAR DIFFERENTIAL
D The tooth configuration of the gears has been optimized to reduce noise and vibration.
D Similar to the front differential, a type of oil seal with a side lip that contacts the dust cover has been
adopted.
Dust Cover
Side Lip
Oil Seal 155CH49
155CH50 155CH51
With LSD With Differential Lock Mechanism
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
CHASSIS – DRIVE SHAFT AND AXLES 173
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

JDESCRIPTION
In conjunction with the adoption of the independent front suspension, drive shafts which use the double offset
type CVJ (Constant-Velocity Joint) on the differential side, and the Rzeppa type CVJ on the wheel side have
been adopted.
Double Offset Type CVJ Rzeppa Type CVJ
Differential
Side Wheel Side
155CH52
AXLES
JFRONT AXLE
D A full-floating type axle is used on all models.
D A needle bearing is used between the steering knuckle and the drive shaft on the independent front suspen-
sion model. CH
D A free wheel hub is available as an option on the part-time 4WD model.
D The hub bolt’s size, quantity, and PCD (Pitch Circle Diameter) have been changed.
Needle Bearing Hub Bolt
155CH53
Tapered Roller Bearings
Independent Front Suspension Model
" Specifications A
Model
New Previous
Item
Hub Bolt Size M14 x 1.5 M12 x 1.5
No. of the Hub Bolt 5 6
P.C.D. mm (in.) 150 (5.9) 139.7 (5.5)
Hub Nut Size (Width Across Flat) 22 21
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
CHASSIS – DRIVE SHAFT AND AXLES 173
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT

JDESCRIPTION
In conjunction with the adoption of the independent front suspension, drive shafts which use the double offset
type CVJ (Constant-Velocity Joint) on the differential side, and the Rzeppa type CVJ on the wheel side have
been adopted.
Double Offset Type CVJ Rzeppa Type CVJ
Differential
Side Wheel Side
155CH52
AXLES
JFRONT AXLE
D A full-floating type axle is used on all models.
D A needle bearing is used between the steering knuckle and the drive shaft on the independent front suspen-
sion model. CH
D A free wheel hub is available as an option on the part-time 4WD model.
D The hub bolt’s size, quantity, and PCD (Pitch Circle Diameter) have been changed.
Needle Bearing Hub Bolt
155CH53
" Specifications A
Model
New Previous
Item
Hub Bolt Size M14 x 1.5 M12 x 1.5
No. of the Hub Bolt 5 6
P.C.D. mm (in.) 150 (5.9) 139.7 (5.5)
Hub Nut Size (Width Across Flat) 22 21
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
174 CHASSIS – AXLES
JREAR AXLE
D The full-floating axle is used on the rigid axle front suspension model.
D The semi-floating axle is used on the independent front suspension model.
D The axle housing is provided with large reinforcements to realize excellent rigidity.
Unit Type
Double-Row
Angular Ball
Bearing
147CH19
155CH54
Rigid Front Suspension Model Independent Front Suspension Model
Reinforcement
155CH55
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
CHASSIS – BRAKES 175
BRAKES
JDESCRIPTION
The brakes of new model have following features.
D Four-piston opposed type calipers with reduced brake drag are used for the front brakes.
D As in the previous model, the leading trailing drum brakes are used on the rear drum brake model.
D The rear brakes of the rigid-axle front suspension model with rear disc brakes use FS14 type calipers and
the rear brakes of the independent front suspension model with rear disc brakes use FSX14 type calipers.
D The shape of the parking brake lever has been changed.
D A double-link type variable lever ratio brake pedal has been adopted.
D A hydraulic brake booster in which the ABS actuator and P&B valve are integrated is standard equipment
on the models for Europe and is optional equipment on other models except FZJ105R-GCMRKQ,
FZJ105R-GCMRK, HZJ105R-GCMRSQ, and HZJ105R-GCMRS.
CH
155CH16
LHD Model With Hydraulic Brake Booster
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
176 CHASSIS – BRAKES
" Specifications A
Front Suspension Type Rigid Axle Independent

ABS
Item Without With Without With
Single Single
Master Type Tandem Tandem
(Double Piston) (Double Piston)
Cylinder
Diameter mm (in.) 20.64 (0.81) 26.99 (1.06) 20.64 (0.81) 26.99 (1.06)
Vacuum Vacuum
Brake Type Hydraulic Hydraulic
Single Single
Booster
Size in. 9” – 9” –
Ventilated
Type z z z
Disc
S14 + 12
Caliper Type S15 + 13 S14 + 12 S15 + 13
S15 + 13*1
Front Pad Area cm2 (in.2) 60 (9.30) z z z
Brake 48.1 x 2 + 42.85 x 2
Wheel Cylinder 51.1 x 2 + 45.4 x 2 48.1 x 2 + 42.85 x 2 51.1 x 2 + 45.4 x 2 (1.89 x 2 + 1.69 x 2)
Diameter mm (in.) (2.04 x 2+ 1.79 x 2) (1.89 x 2 + 1.69 x 2) (2.04 x 2 + 1.79 x 2) 51.1 x 2 + 45.4 x 2*1
(2.04 x 2 + 1.79 x 2)
Rotor Size (D x T)*2 322 x 32 313 x 32

z z
mm (in.) (12.68 x 1.26) (12.32 x 1.26)
Leading Leading
Type – –
Trailing Drum Trailing Drum
Lining Area
Rear 178 (27.59) – 178 (27.59) –
cm2 (in.2)
Drum
Wheel Cyllinder
Brake 25.4 (1.00) – 25.4 (1.00) –
Diameter mm (in.)
Drum Inner Diameter
295 (11.61) – 295 (11.61) –
mm (in.)
Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated
Type
Disc*3, 4 Disc Disc*3 Disc
Rear Caliper Type FS14*3, 4 FS14 FSX 14*3, 4 FSX 14
Disc
Pad Area cm2 (in.2) 37 (5.74)*3, 4 37 (5.74) 34 (5.27)*3 34 (5.27)
Brake
Rotor Size (D x T)*2 335 x 18*3, 4 335 x 18 329.4 x 18*3 329.4 x 18
mm (in.) (13.19 x 0.71) (13.19 x 0.71) (12.97 x 0.71) (12.97 x 0.71)
Type Drum z z z
Parking 295 (11.61) 295 (11.61)
Size mm (in.) 230 (9.06) 230 (9.06)
Brake 230 (9.06)*5 230 (9.06)*5
Lever Type Center Lever z z z
Brake Control Valve Type LSP & BV P&B Valve*6 LSP & BV P & B Valve*6
*1: Models for Europe
*2: D: Outer Diameter, T: Thickness
*3: Option
*4: Standard for GX Gread Model for Australia
*5: Models with Rear Disc Brake
*6: Enclosed in Hydraulic Brake Booster
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JMASTER CYLINDER AND BRAKE BOOSTER

A small-diameter and long-stroke type master cylinder has been adopted on the models without ABS.
This has been combined with a bouble-link type variable lever ratio brake pedal to realize excellent brake
feeling.
Its construction is the same Lockheed type tandem master cylinder used in the previous model.
To prevent the increase in the total length due to the adoption of the long-stroke master cylinder as much as
possible, the brake booster has been constructed so that the master cylinder is partially enclosed in the booster.
CH
147CH18
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JFRONT BRAKE
The brake caliper with low brake drag is used on the new model. This caliper uses a stainless steel plate that
is secured onto the piston. The plate has hooks that insert into the brake pad, and pad clips are used to secure
the brake pad together with the rubber-coated shim onto the stainless steel plate.
When the brake is released, and as the piston retracts, this construction allows the brake pad to separate from
the disc rotor, thus reducing the brake drag.
Furthermore, the size of the piston seal groove has been revised to increase the amount of piston retraction.
Rubber-Coated Shim Pad Clip
Brake Pad Fixed
Brake
Pad
Pad
Clips
Stainless Piston
Steel Plate Rubber-
Stainless Coated
Hooks Steel Plate Shim
155CH56 155CH11 155CH12
JREAR BRAKE
The FSX14 type brake caliper is used on the inde- FSX14 Type Caliper
pendent front suspension model with rear disc
brake.
155CH57
JPARKING BRAKE
The shape of the parking brake lever’s cable re-
tractor has been changed to reduce the amount of
the lever travel and to improve the operating feel-
ing.
Cable Retractor 155CH58
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JFRONT BRAKE
Brake Pad Fixed
Brake
Pad
Pad
Clips
Stainless Piston
Steel Plate Rubber-
Stainless Coated
155CH56 155CH11 155CH12
JREAR BRAKE
brake.
155CH57
JPARKING BRAKE
ing.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JFRONT BRAKE
Brake Pad Fixed
Brake
Pad
Pad
Clips
Stainless Piston
Steel Plate Rubber-
Stainless Coated
155CH56 155CH11 155CH12
JREAR BRAKE
brake.
155CH57
JPARKING BRAKE
ing.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JBRAKE PEDAL
1. General
A double-link type variable lever ratio brake pedal Brake Pedal Lever
has been adopted to provide an excellent brake
feeling.
2. Construction
The bouble-link type variable lever ratio brake
pedal has adopted a construction in which the
brake pedal and brake pedal lever are joined by a
link to vary the lever ratio. Link
Brake Pedal
155CH59
3. Operation CH
Small Pedal Stroke
When the pedal stroke is small, the lever ratio is set small, assuming a normal gradual brake application.
Thus, the brake fluid is delivered quickly into the calipers to effect smooth braking.
Medium Pedal Stroke

When the pedal stroke is medium, the lever ratio is set large, assuming a full brake application such as sud-
den braking. Thus, the brake pedal effort is minimized.
Large Pedal Stroke

When the pedal stroke is large, the lever ratio is set small in order to provide an appropriate amount of pedal
rigidity. Thus, proper pedal response is realized.
Lever Ratio !
Pedal Stroke !
155CH60
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JABS
1. General
D The ABS actuator and the hydraulic brake booster have been integrated to form a compact actuator.
D The hydraulic brake booster uses the brake fluid that has been stored under high pressure to provide a pow-
er assist to the pedal effort that is applied to the brake pedal. Furthermore, the brake fluid that has been
stored under high pressure is also used as the hydraulic pressure for controlling the ABS.
D The M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnostic) system is supported.
2. System Diagram
Hydraulic Brake Booster

Brake Fluid Level Combination Meter
Warning Switch Brake Warning Light
ABS Warning Light

Switching Solenoid Valves Stop Light Switch
Warning Buzzer
Control Solenoid Valves
Rear Diff. Lock Position

Pump Solenoid Relay
ABS & Switch
Motor Pump Motor Relay
Hydraulic
Pump Motor Relay
Pressure Switches Brake Booster L4 Position Switch
(High and Low) ECU
Deceleration Sensor
Center Diff. Lock Indicator

Switch
Front Rear Wheel

Rear
Front Wheel Speed
Speed Sensor
Sensor
155CH10
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Stop Light Switch
ABS Warning Light
Brake Warning Light
Hydraulic Brake Booster Warning Buzzer
Rear Speed Sensor
Deceleration Sensor

Brake Fluid Level
Warning Switch
Pressure Switch
L4 Position Rear Diff. Lock Position Switch

Switch
Center Diff. Lock Indicator Switch
155CH45
ABS & Hydraulic Brake Booster ECU
Solenoid Relay
Front Speed Sensors
Pump Motor Relays
CH
4. Function of Components
Components Function
Speed Sensors Detect the wheel speed of each of four wheels.
Deceleration Sensor Detects the vehicle’s acceleration in the longitudinal direction.
Controls the operation of the ABS brake and the hydraulic brake booster based
ABS & Hydraulic Brake on the signals received from the speed sensors, the deceleration sensor, the
Booster ECU pressure switches, etc.
Brake Fluid Level
Warning Switch Detects the brake fluid level.
D Assists with the pedal effort applied to the brake pedal.

Hydraulic Brake D Changes the fluid path based on the signals from the ABS & hydraulic
Booster brake booster ECU during the operation of the ABS, in order to control
the fluid pressure that is applied to the wheel cylinders.
Pump Motor Relays Control the pump motor operation in the hydraulic brake booster.
Solenoid Relay Supply power to the solenoid valves in the hydraulic brake booster.
ABS Warning Light Lights up to alert the driver when the ECU detects the malfunction in the ABS.
Lights up to alert the driver when the ECU detects the malfunction in the brake
Brake Warning Light system.
Hydraulic Brake Booster Emits a continuous sound to inform the driver that the ECU detects a
Warning Buzzer malfunction in the hydraulic brake booster.
Stop Light Switch Detects the brake signal.
Rear Diff. Lock
Position Switch Detects the condition of the rear differential lock.
L4 Position Switch Detects the transfer shifted in the low.
Center Diff. Lock
Indicator Switch Detects the condition of the center differential lock.
Monitors the hydraulic pressure of the accumulator and outputs control signals
for the pump motor.
Pressure Switches There are two types: the pressure switch PH for controlling the pump, and the
pressure switch PL for giving a warning when the pressure is low.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Deceleration Sensor
A deceleration sensor that uses a semiconductor
Front
sensor is provided inside the center console.
When a force is applied to the deceleration sen-
sor, the semiconductor sensor flexes, and this
distortion is measured and converted into an
electric signal. Semiconductor
This semiconductor sensor is used to detect the Sensor
acceleration and deceleration rate in the ve-
hicle’s longitudinal direction.
155CH34

The hydraulic brake booster consists of the following components:
Components Function
Draws up the brake fluid from the reservoir tank and provides high
Pump and Pump Motor
hydraulic pressure to the accumulator.
Stores the hydraulic pressure that was generated by the pump. The
Accumulator
accumulator is filled with high-pressure nitrogen gas.
Monitors the hydraulic pressure of the accumulator and outputs control
signals for the pump motor.
Pressure Switches
There are two types: the pressure switch PH for controlling the pump, and
the pressure switch PL for giving a warning when the pressure is low.
Returns the brake fluid to the reservoir tank to prevent excessive pressure
Relief Valve if the pump operates continuously due to a malfunction of the pressure
switch, for example.
Reservoir Tank Stores the brake fluid.
Brake Fluid Level
Detects the low brake fluid level.
Warning Switch
Generates the hydraulic pressure that is provided to the wheel cylinders
Master Cylinder
during normal braking.
Regulates the accumulator pressure in accordance with the pedal effort that
Brake Booster is applied to the brake pedal and introduces this pressure to the booster
chamber in order to provide a power assist to the brakes.
Controls the hydraulic pressure of the rear brake system to achieve an
appropriate distribution of front/rear braking force. However, if the front
P & B Valve
brake system fails, the P & B valve does not control the hydraulic pressure
of the rear brake system.
Switching Solenoid Switches the brake hydraulic path when the ABS is activated, or normal
Valves (SA1, SA2) braking is applied.
Control Solenoid
Valves
Pressure Holding Controls the hydraulic pressure that is applied to the wheel cylinders during
Valves ABS control.
Pressure Reduction
Valves
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
" Hydraulic Circuit A
Brake Fluid Level

Warning Switch Reservoir High Pressure
Tank Nitrogen Gas
Accumulator
Check Valve
Pump & Pump Motor
Pressure Switch PH
Relief (High Pressure)
Valve Pressure Switch PL
(Low Pressure)
Switching
Master Cylinder Solenoid
& Brake Valves
Booster
CH
SA1 SA2
P & B Valve Pressure

Holding
Valves
Control
Solenoid
Valves
Pressure
Reduction
Valves
Rear Brakes Front Brakes
155CH61
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
1) Pump, Pump Motor, Accumulator, Pressure Switches and Relief Valve

If the accumulator pressure becomes lower than the pressure that is specified in the pressure switch PH,
which is used for detecting high pressure, the pressure switch PH turns OFF. Then, the ABS & hydraulic
brake booster ECU turns ON the pump motor relays to operate the pump motor and the pump.
The brake fluid that is discharged by the pump passes through the check valve and is stored in the accu-
mulator. The hydraulic pressure that is stored in the accumulator is used for providing the hydraulic
pressure that is needed for normal braking and for operating the ABS.
If the accumulator pressure becomes higher than the pressure that is specified in the pressure switch
PH, the pressure switch PH turns ON. Then, after several seconds, the ABS & hydraulic brake booster
ECU turns OFF the pump.
At this time, if the pressure switch PH malfunctions and causes the pump to operate continuously, the
relief valve opens to prevent excessive pressure from being generated.
Moreover, if the accumulator pressure becomes lower than the pressure that is specified in the pressure
switch PL, which is used for detecting low pressure, the pressure switch PL turns OFF. As a result, the
brake warning light turns ON and the brake warning buzzer activates.
As this time, the ABS is prohibited from operating.
Reservoir
Tank Accumulator
Pressure
Pressure ON
Switch PH OFF
Accumu- Pressure ON
lator Check Valve Switch PL OFF
To Master Relief
Cylinder and Valve Time
Solenoid
Valve Pressure Pressure
Switch Switch Pump and ON
PH Pump
PL Pump Motor Motor
OFF
ABS & Hydraulic
Pump Motor
Brake Booster
Relays
ECU
Relief Open
Brake Warning Valve
Light Close
Brake Warning
Buzzer Brake Warning ON
Light and Brake
Warning Buzzer OFF
155CH96 155CH97
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) Master Cylinder and Brake Booster
a. Construction
D This construction enables the hydraulic pressure that is generated by the brake booster to be applied
directly to the rear brakes.
D The master cylinder is the center port type single master cylinder, which is used for the front brakes
only.
D The brake booster is integrated with the master cylinder. The operating portion, master cylinder, and
regulator are positioned coaxially to achieve a simple and compact construction.
D The master cylinder and brake booster consists of an operating rod, a power piston, master cylinder
pistons, a regulator piston, a spool valve, a reaction rod and a rubber reaction disc.
D The operating rod and the power piston are linked directly to transmit the pedal effort that is applied
to the brake pedal.
D The regulator piston and the spool valve are linked directly. A forward (leftward) force generated
by the master cylinder pressure and a rearward (rightward) force generated by the power assist of
the booster are applied to the regulator piston. Both forces maintain a balance.
D The regulator piston’s return spring is provided for the regulator piston to ensure the return of the
spool valve.
D The master cylinder pistons have adopted a dual construction consisting of outer and inner pistons. CH
Ordinarily, the outer and inner pistons operate in unison. If the accumulator pressure is not applied,
only the inner piston operates to ensure braking force.
Reaction Master Cylinder

Rod Regulator Piston Outer Piston
Spool
Rubber Valve Master Cylinder
Reaction Return
Return Spring Inner Piston
Disc Spring
Power Piston
Operating Rod
Regulator Master Cylinder Operating Portion
155CH62
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
b. Operation
i) Pressure Increase (Low Pressure)

The pedal effort that is applied to the brake pedal is transmitted via the operating rod, power piston,
and master cylinder inner piston. However, because the load setting of the master cylinder’s return
spring is higher than that of the regulator piston’s return spring, the regulator piston gets pushed before
the volume in the master cylinder becomes compressed. As a result, the spool valve moves forward.
The spool valve closes the path A between the reservoir and the booster chamber (behind the power
piston) and opens the path B between the accumulator and the booster chamber. Then, the pressurized
brake fluid is introduced into the booster chamber to provide a power assist to the pedal effort.
When the pressure is introduced into the booster chamber, the power assist overcomes the force of the
master cylinder’s return spring. This causes the volume in the master cylinder to become compressed
and increases the pressure that is applied to the front brakes. At the same time, the pressure in the boost-
er chamber increases the pressure that is applied to the rear brakes.
During the initial stage of the brake operation, the booster pressure that is applied to the rubber reaction
disc is small. Therefore, a return force in the rightward direction does not apply to the spool valve via
the reaction rod.
From
Reaction Rod To Accumu- Regulator Piston From Power Piston
Reservoir lator Reservoir
Spool Valve
Rubber Operating
Reaction Rod
Disc
Return Booster Chamber

A B To To Return Master Master Cylinder
Spring
Rear Front Spring Cylinder Outer Piston
Brake Brake Inner Piston 155CH05
ii) Pressure Increase (High Pressure)

In contrast to the time when the pressure is low, when the pressure is high, the booster pressure that
is applied to the rubber reaction disc increases. Accordingly, the rubber reaction disc deforms and
causes a return force in the rightward direction to be applied to the spool valve via the reaction rod.
Therefore, in contrast to the time when the pressure is low, a greater reaction force is transmitted to
the brake pedal.
As a result, a variable servo mechanism is realized, in which the servo ratio is lower during high pres-
sure than during low pressure.
From
Reaction Rod To Accumu- Regulator From Power Piston
Reservoir lator Piston Reservoir
Rubber
Reaction
Disc
Master Booster Chamber

Spool Valve Cylinder
To To Master Cylinder
Rear Front Inner Piston Outer Piston 155CH06
Brake Brake
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
iii) Holding
This is a state in which the force that is applied via the brake pedal and the master cylinder pressure
are in balance.
The forces that are applied to the front and the rear of the regulator piston, in other words, forces that
are generated by the master cylinder pressure and the regulator pressure become balanced. This causes
the spool valve to close both path B from the booster chamber to the accumulator and path A to the
reservoir. As a result, the brake system is in the holding state.
From Regulator
To Accumu- Piston From
A B Spool
Valve To To CH
Rear Front
155CH07
Brake Brake
iv) Pressure Reduce

When the pressure that is applied to the brake pedal is relaxed, the master cylinder pressure decreases.
Then, the regulator piston’s return (rightward) force becomes relatively greater, causing the regulator
piston to retract and the spool valve to also retract. As a result, the path A between the reservoir and
the booster chamber opens.
The booster pressure becomes reduced in this state, creating a balance that corresponds to the force
that is newly applied via the brake pedal. This process is performed repetitively to reduce the booster
pressure and the master cylinder pressure in accordance with the force that is applied via the brake
pedal.
From
To Accumu- Regulator Piston To
A Spool Valve Booster Chamber

From From
Rear Front
Brake Brake 155CH08
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
v) During Power Supply Malfunction

If the accumulator pressure is affected due to some type of malfunction, no pressure will be supplied
by the regulator. Then, a power assist cannot be provided to the force that is applied via the brake pedal
and the pressure to the rear brakes cannot be increased.
Because the power assist is not applied to the master cylinder outer piston, the master cylinder outer
piston does not operate and remains in its initial position.
The pressure to the front brakes will be increased by the master cylinder inner piston in accordance
with the pedal effort applied to the brake pedal.
From
Reservoir
To Front
Brake 155CH09
3) Solenoid Valves
a. Switching Solenoid Valves

Two switching solenoid valves (SA1 and SA2) are provided.
The control signals from the ABS & hydraulic brake booster ECU open and close the switching solenoid
valves to switch the brake fluid paths.
The solenoid valves SA1 and SA2 switch during normal braking of the front brakes and during the ac-
tivation of the ABS. During normal braking, the path to the master cylinder side is opened, and the path
to the booster chamber side is opened during the activation of the ABS.
b. Control Solenoid Valves

The control solenoid valve consists of 3 pressure holding valves and 3 pressure reduction valves.
Each of the brake circuits consists of a pressure holding valve and a pressure reduction valve. The valves
are turned ON and OFF during the activation of the ABS. The pressure increase mode, the pressure
holding mode, and the pressure reduction mode are effected based on the combination of these valves
that are turned ON and OFF, in order to control the hydraulic pressure that is applied to each of the wheel
cylinders.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
c. System Operation
i) Normal Braking
During normal braking, all solenoid valves are turned OFF.
CH
OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
OFF OFF OFF
Rear Brakes Front Brakes
155CH17
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
ii) ABS Operation

The solenoid valves are turned ON and OFF as described below to switch the fluid paths in order to
control the brakes.
At this time, the hydraulic path between the master cylinder and the front brakes is shut off to prevent
the brake pedal from vibrating and to improve the feeling during brake application.
1 1
ON ON
Pressure Pressure
Holding Increase
Mode Mode
Pressure
Reduction 2 2 2
Mode OFF
ON ON
3 3 3
ON OFF OFF
Rear Brakes Front Brakes 155CH18
Mode Pressure Pressure Pressure

Solenoid Valves Reduction Mode Holding Mode Increase Mode
1 Solenoid Valve SA1, SA2 ON ON ON
Front 2 Pressure Holding Valve ON ON OFF
Brake 3 Pressure Reduction Valve ON OFF OFF
Wheel Cylinder Pressure Reduction Hold Increase
2 Pressure Holding Valve ON ON OFF
Rear
3 Pressure Reduction Valve ON OFF OFF
Brake
Wheel Cylinder Pressure Reduction Hold Increase
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
CHASSIS – SUSPENSION 191
SUSPENSION
JDESCRIPTION
As in the previous model, the leading arm coil spring rigid axle suspension with lateral rod is used for the
front suspension.
A lower torsion bar spring type double-wishbone independent suspension has been newly adopted for the
front suspension.
The rear suspension uses a 4-link coil spring with lateral rod type suspension for all models as in the previous
model.
An active height control suspension and skyhook TEMS (Toyota Electronic Modulated Suspension) is op-
tional equipment for the independent front suspension model except swing type back door model for General
Countries.
CH
155CH63

" Specifications A
Front Suspension Type

Rigid Axle Independent Independent*1
Item
1620 (63.8)*2
Front mm (in.) 1605 (63.2) z
1640 (64.6)
Tread
1615 (63.6)*2
Rear mm (in.) 1600 (63.0) z
1635 (64.4)
1_40’*4, 2_30’*5 2_10’*7, 2_50’*5
Caster degrees 3_05’
2_10’*6 2_15’*9, 2_25’*10
Front Camber degrees 1_00’ 0_05’ 0_00’
Wheel
Toe-In mm (in.) 2 (0.08) 1 (0.04) 0
Alignment*3
Alignment
King Pin Inclination
13_00’ 12_10’ 12_15’
degrees
*1: Models with Active Height Control Suspension *6: Models for General Countries
and Skyhook TEMS *7: Models for Europe and Australia, and 2UZ-FE
*2: With 275/70 R 16 Tire Engine Model for General Countries
*3: Unloaded Vehicle Condition *8: 1FZ-FE Engine Model for G.C.C. Countries
*4: Models for Australia *9: 2UZ-FE Engine Model for G.C.C. Countries
*5: Models for G.C.C. Countries *10: 1HD-T Engine Model for General Countries
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
192 CHASSIS – SUSPENSION
JINDEPENDENT FRONT SUSPENSION (IFS)
1. General
A lower torsion bar type double-wishbone independent suspension is used.
The vehicle’s offroad drivability is maintained by optimizing the allocation of the various components, re-
sulting in excellent riding comfort, stability, and controllability.
Upper Arm
Stabilizer
Lower Arm
Torsion Bar Spring
Shock Absorber
155CH64
2. Geometry
The allocation of the upper and lower arms has been optimized to lower the roll center height during corner-
ing. Accordingly, a stable postural behavior has been ensured during cornering and excellent cornering per-
formance has been realized. In addition, the front suspension has adopted an anti-dive geometry to suppress
the front dive during braking.
3. Steering Knuckle
D A steering knuckle that positions the upper arm Kingpin Axis Tire Contact Center
higher has been adopted to maintain offroad
drivability while providing excellent riding
comfort, stability, and controllability.
A
D Through the adoption of this steering knuckle, Upper Arm
the A-B distance between the kingpin offset Steering B
and the axle center has been reduced. Accord- Knuckle Axle
ingly, the rotational torque that is generated at Center
the kingpin axis has been reduced, thus ensur-
ing the vehicle’s stability during braking. In
addition, the generation of flutter has been re- Lower Arm
strained.
Kingpin Offset
155CH65
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
D During cornering, the force from the tire is ap- Upper Arm
plied to the arms as illustrated. The force applied
to the upper arm
This force, which is applied to the arms, in-
fluences the distance between the upper and
lower arms, and has a tendency to decrease with The
distance
the increase in the distance between the arms. from the
Through the adoption of the steering knuckle lower ball
Lower Arm joint to
that positions the upper arm higher, the force the upper
that is applied to the arms has been reduced. In ball joint
addition, it enabled the suspension system to
sufficiently withstand the lateral force even
though a softer suspension arm bushing has The force
applied to
been adopted. This resulted in excellent riding the lower The lateral force
comfort, stability, and controllability. arm applied to the tire
155CH40
4. Upper Arm
By mounting the upper arm higher, the force that
is applied from the road has been reduced. Fur-
thermore, by adopting the type of ball joint that A’
is pressed into the arm, the offset between the CH
ball joint center and the upper arm center has
been minimized, thus reducing the torsional A
force that is applied to the upper arm.
155CH66
Accordingly, the construction of the upper arm
has been simplified to that of a pressed single- A – A’ Cross Section 155CH37
sheet product.
155CH38
5. Lower Arm
To ensure a long suspension stroke, a long lower
arm has been adopted. Also, to prevent road in-
terference, the lower arm has been mounted A’
higher.
The lower arm has adopted a closed cross section
to minimize damage in case of road interference.
As in the upper arm, the lower arm has adopted
the type of ball joint that is pressed into the arm, A
thus minimizing the offset between the ball joint 155CH67
center and the lower arm center and reducing the

torsional force that is applied to the lower arm. A – A’ Cross Section 155CH35
155CH36
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
6. Torsion Bar Spring

To obtain a longer suspension stroke a lower torsion bar spring has been adopted.
To prevent road interference, the torsion bar spring has been positioned higher than the under cover and the
bottom of the frame.
An anchor arm bracket, which is provided with an anchor arm, has been float-mounted to the anchor mem-
ber via a rubber bushing. Accordingly, a longitudinal compliance of the front suspension has been ensured
to provide excellent riding comfort.
Front
Torsion Bar Spring A
Under Cover Frame

155CH44
Anchor
Member
Torsion Bar Spring
Anchor Arm
Bracket
Anchor Member
Anchor Arm Rubber Bushing
155CH68
View A
7. Stabilizer
A solid bar type stabilizer is used to provide excellent riding comfort, stability and controllability.
8. Shock Absorber
As in the previous model, the shock absorbers inhibit cavitation and offer outstanding damping force char-
acteristics through the use of low-pressure nitrogen gas for models without active height control suspension
and skyhook TEMS.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JREAR SUSPENSION
As in the previous model, a 4-link coil spring with lateral rod type suspension is used.
However, the vehicle’s offroad drivability is maintained while providing excellent riding comfort, stability,
and controllability by increasing the suspension stroke, increasing the tread, optimizing the bushing shape
and characteristics, and optimizing the position of the control arms.
Upper Control Arm Lateral Rod
Coil Spring
Shock Absorber
Lower Control Arm CH
Stabilizer
155CH69
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JACTIVE HEIGHT CONTROL SUSPENSION AND SKYHOOK TEMS

(TOYOTA ELECTRONIC MODULATED SUSPENSION)
1. General
D The active height control suspension and skyhook TEMS is a suspension system in which comfort and
convenience have been significantly improved through the integration of a vehicle height adjustment sys-
tem and a damping force control system.
D The vehicle height adjustment system improves the occupants’ in-and-out access by quickly lowering the
vehicle height at the touch of a switch. Furthermore, by raising the vehicle height, the occurrence of road
interference can be minimized on unpaved roads. Also, by maintaining a constant vehicle height regard-
less of the load conditions such as the number of occupants or the weight of the cargo, under the prescribed
loading condition the suspension stroke can be utilized effectively to ensure constantly stable riding com-
fort.
D Based on the skyhook theory, the damping force control system controls the suspension to achieve an opti-
mal damping force in accordance with the bumpiness of the road surface. Furthermore, through the use
of the various types of sensors, this system detects the vehicle’s operating condition to obtain an optimal
damping force to provide excellent riding comfort, stability, and controllability.
D The M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnostic) system is supported.
2. System Function
Vehicle Height Control Function
1) Vehicle Height Selection Function

The following three types of vehicle heights can be selected by operating the switch: normal vehicle
height (N), low vehicle height (Lo), and high vehicle height (Hi).
Selected Height Position Lo N Hi

Approximately Standard Approximately
Front
–50 mm (–2.0 in.) Vehicle Height +40 mm (+1.6 in.)
Vehicle Height
Approximately Standard Approximately
Rear
–40 mm (–1.6 in.) Vehicle Height +50 mm (+2.0 in.)
Lo to N or N to Hi
Up Approximately 10 to 15 seconds*
Vehicle Height
(Main accumulator in the stored state)
Adjustment Speed
Hi to N or N to Lo
Down
Approximately 3 to 8 seconds*
*: Vehicle height control speed differs depending on the loaded condition.
2) Automatic Leveling Function

This function maintains the vehicle height constant regardless of the load conditions such as the number
of occupants or the weight of the cargo under the prescribed loading condition. It effects constant control
so that the vehicle height is maintained at a prescribed value when the normal vehicle height is selected.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3) Vehicle Speed Sensing Function

This function automatically adjusts the vehicle height in accordance with the vehicle speed in order to
ensure stability and riding comfort while driving.
During Lo Position During Hi Position During Hi Position*
HI HI HI
25 mm
N N N
LO LO LO
5 km / h Vehicle 30 km / h Vehicle 20 km / h 50 km / h Vehicle

(3 mph) speed (19 mph) speed (12.5 mph) (31 mph) Speed
155CH19 155CH20 155CH21
When the vehicle speed be- When the vehicle speed be- When the vehicle speed be-
comes higher than approxi- comes higher than approxi- comes higher than approxi-
mately 5 km/h (3 mph), the ve- mately 30 km/h (19 mph), the mately 50 km/h (31 mph), the
hicle height transfers to nor- vehicle height transfers to nor- vehicle height transfers to a
mal. The normal vehicle height mal. The normal vehicle height height that is approximately 25
is maintained even if the ve- is maintained even if the ve- mm (1 in.) higher than the nor- CH
hicle speed becomes lower than hicle speed becomes lower than mal vehicle height. When the
5 km/h (3 mph). 30 km/h (19 mph). vehicle speed becomes lower
than approximately 20 km/h
(12.5 mph), it returns to the
high vehicle height.
*: Transfer shifted in the low.
4) Extra High Mode

While driving on an unpaved road with the transfer shifted in the low range and the vehicle height set
to high, if one of the wheels freewheels, the vehicle height raises automatically by approximately 30 mm
(1.2 in.) at the front and approximately 20 mm (0.8 in.) at the rear.
5) Vehicle Height Adjustment Prohibition Control

When the vehicle is raised on a jack or is being towed, the vehicle adjustment can be prohibited by operat-
ing the height control switch. However, the prohibition control cancels automatically when the vehicle
speed becomes higher than approximately 80 km/h (50 mph) at the normal vehicle height, or higher than
approximately 30 km/h (19 mph) at the high or low vehicle height.
NOTE: Occasionally, the set vehicle height may not be maintained when the vehicle is carrying a load that
is heavier than a prescribed amount. At times, it might not be possible to raise the vehicle height even
by operating the switch.
D Up to 4 occupants* plus about 300 kg (661 lb.) in the normal mode.
D Up to 4 occupants* plus about 170 kg (375 lb.) in the high mode.
*: About 68 kg (150 lb.) for a person.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Damping Force Control Function
1) Float and Pitch Control (Skyhook Control)

Based on the skyhook theory to take semi-active control of the damping force, this function effects inde-
pendent front/rear control of the damping force in order to achieve an optimal damping force in accor-
dance with the bumpiness of the road surface.
The suspension control ECU calculates the relative speed between the body and the wheels based on the
signals received from the height control sensor and controls the actuators to maintain a flat and stable
vehicle posture in various road conditions.
a. Skyhook Theory
This theory proposes an imaginary shock ab- Imaginary
sorber suspended in the air. This imaginary Shock
shock absorber is inactive against any force Absorber
that is applied from the ground, but effec- Body Body
tively activates a damping force against Shock
body vibrations. Absorber
Spring
Spring
Conventional Skyhook
Suspension Suspension
155CH22
b. Semi-Active Control
The conditions in which the vehicle overcomes mild bumps are demonstrated through the use of a model
in the following four conditions:
1 The shock absorber contracts and the body moves upward.
2 The body keeps moving upward causing the shock absorber to elongate gradually.
3 The shock absorber keeps elongating and the body starts moving downward.
4 The body keeps moving downward causing the shock absorber to contract gradually.
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4
Body Movement Body Movement

Damping Force Body Movement Body Movement
Damping Force Damping Force
Damping Force
Easy to Contract Hard to Expand Easy to Expand Hard to

Contract
155CH23 155CH24 155CH25 155CH26
Assisting the Vibrations Suppressing the Vibrations Assisting the Vibrations Suppressing the Vibrations
Thus, during stages 1 and 3 the shock absorbers assist the vibration to create a softer damping
force, and during stages 2 and 4 the shock absorber suppress the vibration to create a hard damping
force, the shock absorbers are minutely controlled to suppress the vibration to restrain the movement
of the body and of the shock absorbers.
The above processes are performed independently between the front and rear wheels in order to stabi-
lize the vehicle to a flat posture.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) Thumping Sensitive Control

When the road surface condition does not require a damping force, this function controls the actuator so
that their damping force will not increase.
As a result, both flatness and a soft ride have been achieved.
3) Unsprung Vibration Control

If unsprung resonance is detected, this function controls so that the damping force will not decrease be-
low a certain level, in order to reduce the unsprung resonance.
As a result, excellent road-holding performance has been ensured without affecting riding comfort.
4) Speed Sensitive Control

To optimally balance the vehicle’s riding comfort and road-holding performance, the damping force is
increased along with the increase in vehicle speed, in order to ensure stability during high-speed driving.
5) Anti-Roll Control
During cornering, this function makes the damping force firmer, thus restrating the body roll speed in
order to provide excellent stability and controllability.
CH
6) Anti-Dive Control
During braking, this function makes the damping force firmer to restrain the body dive, thus ensuring
excellent stability and controllability.
7) Anti-Squat Control
During acceleration, this function makes the damping force firmer to minimize the changes in the vehicle
body posture to provide excellent stability and controllability.
8) Damping Force Control

The actuator uses a 16-step step motor to generate a continually variable damping force. This provides
a wide selection of damping force and enables a smooth transition of the damping force.
As a result, a minutely controlled damping force that accommodates various types of driving conditions
has been made possible.
Right-Left Wheel Communicating Function

Normally, an oil passage remains open between the shock absorbers for the right and left wheels. This en-
ables the suspension to contract and elongate smoothly when the right and left wheels move gradually at
opposite phases and provides excellent road-holding performance while driving on a winding road.
When the driver operates the steering wheel, the oil passage between the right and left shock absorbers
closes according to that condition. This restrains the increase of the vehicle body roll during cornering, thus
ensuring the vehicle’s stability and controllability.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Gas Chambers & Damping

Force Control Actuators Rear Height
Pump & Motor Control Sensor
Pump Attenuator
Shock Absorber
Front Height
Control Sensors
Shock Absorber
Height Control
Accumulator
Front Speed Sensor

Control Valve Assembly
155CH94
Steering Angle Sensor

Height Control Indicator Light
Height Control OFF Indicator Light
Suspension
Control ECU
Stop Light Switch
Height Select Switch

Height Control Switch
Damping Mode Select Switch
155CH95
LHD Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Function of Components
Components Function
Height Control Indicator Light Indicates the present vehicle height condition.
D Lights to inform the driver when the active height control sys-
tem is turned OFF by the height control switch.
Height Control OFF Indicator Light D Blinks to alert the driver when the ECU detects the malfunction
in the active height control suspension and skyhook TEMS.
D Indicates the diagnostic code.
Height Select Switch Selects the target vehicle height.
Height Control Switch Prohibits the adjustment of the vehicle height.
Damping Mode Select Switch Selects a damping force control mode.
Front Speed Sensors Detect the wheel speed.
Height Control Sensors Detect the vehicle height.
Steering Angle Sensor Detects the steering direction and angle of the steering wheel.
Generates the high hydraulic pressure that is necessary for raising
Pump and Motor
the vehicle height.
Maintains the amount of fluid that is returned during the low ve-
Reservoir Tank hicle height and the amount of fluid that is discharged during the
high vehicle height.
Opens and closes the oil passage between the control valve assem-
Return Valve
bly and the reservoir tank. CH
Pressure Sensor Detects the pump’s discharge pressure.
Temperature
Detects the fluid temperature.
Sensor
Dampens the hydraulic pulsation of the fluid that is discharged by
Pump Attenuator
the pump.
Stores the hydraulic pressure to accelerate the speed in which the
Height Control Accumulator
vehicle height is raised.
Open and close the oil passage between the pump and the gas
Control Leveling Valves
chambers of the wheels.
Valve
Assembly Gate Valves Open and close the oil passage between the right and left shock ab-
sorbers.
Perform the same functions as those of the gas chamber of the con-
Gas Chambers
ventional shock absorber.
Damping Force Control Actuators Switch the damping force.
Generate a damping force similar to the conventional shock ab-
Shock Absorbers
sorber.
Serves as the oil passage that links the gas chambers and the shock
High Pressure Hose
absorbers.
Controls the entire system by performing the calculations for
Suspension Control ECU height control and damping force control based on the signals re-
ceived from the sensors and switches.
Center Diff. Lock Position Switch Detects that the center differential is locked.
L4 Position Switch Detects the transfer shifted in the low.
Stop Light Switch Detects the brake signal.
Courtesy Switches Detects the open and closed condition of the doors.
Generator L Terminal Detects that the engine is operating.
AHC Main Relay Supplies power to the suspension system.
AHC Motor Relay Supplies power to the pump motor.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Indicator Lights
1) Height Control Indicator Light

The height control indicator light has been
provided below the tachometer in the com-
bination meter. It informs the driver by illumi-
nating the indicator light for the present ve-
hicle height position.
When the height select switch is pressed to ef-
fect height control, the indicator for the pres-
ent height position turns OFF and the indica-
tor light for the target height position blinks.
Height Control
After height control is completed, the indica- Height Control OFF Indicator
tor light for the height position that has been Indicator
attained illuminates.
155CH70
2) Height Control OFF Indicator Light
The height control OFF indicator light is located under the height control indicator light.
This indicator light lights up to inform the driver when the active height control system is turned off by
the height control switch.
This indicator light blinks to alert the driver when the ECU detects the malfunction in the active height
control suspension and skyhook TEMS.
By effecting the DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) check mode, the DTCs can be obtained from this indi-
cator light. For details, see the Land Cruiser Chassis and Body Repair Manual (Pub. No. RM616E).
Control Switches
The height select switch, the height control switch and the damping mode select switch are located in front
of the shift lever.
Damping Mode Select Switch
Height Control Switch
Height Select Switch 155CH43
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
1) Height Select Switch

A seesaw type momentary switch has been adopted for the height select switch that is used for selecting
a desired height. Pressing the Y (up) side of the switch once raises the vehicle height, and pressing the
B (down) side once lowers the vehicle height.
2) Height Control Switch

Pressing this switch prohibits the height control function. Pressing it again cancels the prohibition.
The prohibition cancels automatically when the vehicle speed becomes higher than 80 km/h (50 mph)
at the normal vehicle height, or higher than 30 km/h (19 mph) at any other vehicle height.
The state of height control prohibition is stored in memory even after the ignition switch has been turned
OFF.
3) Damping Mode Select Switch

As shown on the right, this control switch
enables the driver to select a desired damping HARD
force from the 4 modes.
Damping
Force
CH
SOFT
COMFORT SPORT 155CH27
Select Switch Position

Front Speed Sensors
The sensors detect the individual speeds of the front wheels. The wheel speed signals are then input into
the suspension control ECU via the ABS & hydraulic brake booster ECU.
Height Control Sensors

A total of 3 sliding resistance type height control sensors are provided: 1 in each of the right and left front
wheel housings and 1 in the center of the cross member located above the rear axle.
The sensor consists of a brush that is integrated with a shaft, which slides on the resistor that is formed on
a substrate. Because the resistance value between the brush and the resistor terminal varies in proportion
to the shaft’s rotational angle, a prescribed amount of voltage is applied to the resistor so that a change in
the rotational angle can be detected in the form of a voltage change.
Brush
Resistor
Brush
Rotational
Angle
Output
Voltage
155CH71 155CH41
Input Voltage
Cross Section Diagram of the Principle
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E

The steering angle sensor is fitted to the turn sig- Steering Angle Sensor
nal switch assembly and detects the steering
direction and angle.
The sensor contains 2 photo interrupters with
phases, and a slotted disc interrupts the light to
turn the photo transistor ON and OFF to detect
the steering direction and angle.
Turn Signal Switch Assembly Slotted Disc
155CH42
Pump and Motor
A system in which the pump, pump motor, reservoir tank, return valve, pressure sensor, and temperature
sensor are integrated has been adopted.
Pump Motor Pump Return Valve
A A’ A – A’ Cross Section B – B’ Cross Section
155CH72 155CH73 155CH28
B’ Temperature Sensor
Pressure Sensor
1) Pump
An external gear pump that contains less parts and excels in durability has been adopted. Also, the pump
is a pressure-loading type in which the discharge pressure of the pump itself is utilized and routed via
the gear case to push on the side of the pump gear in order to reduce the internal leakage, thus making
high-pressure discharge possible.
High Gear Case

Pressure
Pump Gear
Gear Case
Pump Gear 155CH75

Discharge
155CH74
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) Motor
A DC motor with 4-pole brushes has been adopted to realize excellent durability and high torque.
3) Return Valve
The return valve opens and closes the oil passage between the control valve assembly and the reservoir
tank. The return valve has been simplified by adopting a construction in which the valve is closed by the
flow of the discharged fluid.
Normally, a spring force is applied to the return valve to maintain the oil passage between the control
valve assembly and the reservoir tank open.
When the pump operates in order to raise the vehicle height, the pressure of the fluid that is discharged
by the pump causes the return valve to move to the left of the diagram as illustrated.
Accordingly, the oil passage between the control valve assembly and the reservoir tank closes, and the
fluid that is discharged from the pump flows towards the control valve assembly.
From Control To Control

Valve Assembly
Return Valve Return Valve Valve Assembly From Pump
“Open” “Close”
CH
155CH76
To Reservoir Tank
Normal Condition Pump in Operation
Pump Attenuator
The pump attenuator dampens the hydraulic
Bellows
pulsation of the fluid that is discharged by the
pump.
A bellows type accumulator that is made of stain-
less steel, which offers excellent gas penetration Oil Pressure !
resistance and good pulsation absorption perfor-
mance, has been adopted.
" Specifications A Nitrogen Gas
Sealed Gas Nitrogen Gas 155CH77
Gas Chamber Volume

2 (0.12)
cc (cu in.)
Sealed Gas Pressure 1.96
MPa (kgf/cm2, psi) (20, 284)
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E

A free piston type accumulator, which provides " Specifications A
a large gas chamber capacity, has been adopted
for the height control accumulator. Sealed Gas Nitrogen Gas
The height control accumulator consists of a cyl- Gas Chamber Volume
945 (57.7)
inder, free piston, and solenoid valve. When cc (cu in.)
raising the vehicle height, the accumulator dis- Sealed Gas Pressure 5.9
charges the stored fluid to accelerate the raising MPa (kgf/cm2, psi) (60, 853)
speed.
Normally, the solenoid valve remains closed.
When the vehicle height is being raised or the
fluid is being stored in the main accumulator, the
solenoid valve opens in accordance with the sig-
nal received from the suspension control ECU.
Free Piston
Solenoid Valve
Nitrogen Gas
155CH78
Control Valve Assembly

The control valve assembly consists of the leveling valves for adjusting the vehicle height and the gate
valves for controlling the right-left wheel communicating function. There are 4 valves each for the front
and rear.
Rear Gate Valve Front Gate Valve
A A’
Rear Leveling Front Leveling

Valve Valve
155CH79
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
1) Leveling Valve
This valve opens and closes the oil passage between the pump and the gas chamber located at each wheel.
Normally, the oil passage remains closed, and during vehicle height control, the oil passage opens in ac-
cordance with the signal received from the suspension control ECU.
Wheel Pump Wheel Pump

Side Side Side Side
Close Open
155CH80
2) Gate Valve
This valve opens and closes the oil passage between the right and left shock absorbers. Normally, the oil
passage remains open, connecting the right and left shock absorbers. When the suspension control ECU CH
determines that the oil passage between the right and left shock absorbers must be closed, the gate valve
activates to close the oil passage.
Left Right Left Right

Side Side Side Side
Open Close
155CH81
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Gas Chamber and Damping Force Control Actuator

A gas chamber (a substitute for the gas chamber
in the conventional shock absorber) and an ac- Gas Chamber
tuator to switch the damping force have been in- Damping Force
Control Actuator
tegrated.
The housing is provided with heat dissipating
fins to improve the dissipation of the heat that is
generated by the actuator.
Heat Dissipating Fins

155CH93
1) Gas Chamber
The gas chamber uses the bladder type hy- Nitrogen Gas
dropneumatic accumlator.
A resin membrane is sandwiched between
rubber layers to realize excellent gas penetra-
tion resistance.
The internal pressure of the gas chamber is
varied by allowing the fluid to flow in and out
of this gas chamber in order to raise or lower
the vehicle height.
" Specifications A
155CH82
Front Rear
Sealed Gas Nitrogen Gas z
Gas Chamber Volume 400 500
cc (cu in.) (24.4) (30.5)
Sealed Gas Pressure 2.26 2.65
MPa (kgf/cm2, psi) (23, 327) (27, 384)
2) Damping Force Control Actuator

This actuator consists of the 16 steps step motor, a screw mechanism (which converts the rotational
movement to a linear movement), a spool valve, a soft damping force valve and hard damping force
valve.
Signals from the suspension control ECU activate the actuator causing the spool valve to switch the oil
passage. Thus, the volume of oil that passes through each valve is varied in order to control the damping
force in 16 steps.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Soft Damping Force Valve

16 Steps Step Motor Hard Damping Force Valve
Screw Mechanism 155CH83
Spool Valve
: Flow of the Oil
CH
Contraction Expansion Contraction Expansion Contraction Expansion

Soft Hard
Damping Force 155CH84
Shock Absorber
The shock absorber has adopted a dual construction using a high-pressure main seal made of fluoroethylene
resin and a high-pressure oil seal made of nitrile rubber and provided with a backup ring in order to ensure
sealing performance and to reduce friction.
High Pressure
Oil Seal
High
Pressure
Main Seal
155CH29 155CH30 155CH14
Front Shock Absorber Rear Shock Absorber Seals
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Fluid
This system uses a fluid called the “Active Suspension Fluid AHC”.
Suspension Control ECU
1) General
The suspension control ECU is located in the driver’s side instrument panel.
Based on the signals received from the sensors and switches, the suspension control ECU detects the ve-
hicle height and vehicle conditions and outputs the control signals to the actuators and the pump.
Front Right Height Control Sensor Pump & Motor
Front Left Height Control Sensor Front Right Damping Force

Control Actuator
Rear Height Control Sensor Front Left Damping Force

Control Actuator
Steering Angle Sensor Rear Right Damping Force

Control Actuator
Pressure Sensor Rear Left Damping Force

Control Actuator
Temperature Sensor Height Control Accumulator

Solenoid Valve
ABS & Hydraulic Brake Booster ECU Control Valve Assembly

Suspen-
sion Front Leveling Valve
Alternator L Terminal Control
ECU
Center Diff. Lock Position Switch Front Gate Valve
Rear Leveling Valve

L4 Position Switch
Rear Gate Valve

Stop Light Switch
Courtesy Switches Height Control Indicator Light
Height Select Switch Height Control OFF Indicator Light
Height Control Switch Check Connector
Damping Mode Select Switch DLC3
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) Self-Diagnosis
If the suspension control ECU detects a malfunction in this system, it blinks the height control OFF indi-
cator light to alert the driver of the malfunction. The ECU will also store the codes of the malfunctions.
The diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) can be accessed through the blinking of the height control OFF indi-
cator light or the use of a hand-held tester. For details, see the Land Cruiser Chassis and Body Repair
Manual (Pub. No. RM616E).
3) Test Mode
The operation of the sensors and the switches can be inspected in the test mode. For details, see the Land
Cruiser Chassis and Body Repair Manual (Pub. No. RM616E).
4) Active Test
A Lexus hand-held tester can be used to activate the actuators for inspecting their operation. For details,
see the Land Cruiser Chassis and Body Repair Manual (Pub. No. RM616E).
5) Fail-Safe
If a malfunction occurs in any of the sensors or actuator, the ECU prohibits the vehicle height control
and the damping force control.
CH
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
6. System Operation
Normal Driving (Straightline Driving)

The high pressure in the gas chamber and the shock absorber is shut off with the leveling valve. The gate
valve remains open, and the right and left shock absorbers remain connected. The damping force is con-
trolled in accordance with road surface conditions.
Solenoid Valve
Height Control
Pressure Sensor Accumulator Gas Chamber and
Damping Force
Control Actuator
Reservoir Tank Return
Valve Leveling Gate
Valve
“Close”
Valve
“Open”
Pump
and
Motor
Leveling Gate Shock

Pump Valve Valve Absorbers
Attenuator “Close” “Open”
155CH85
Cornering
The high pressure in the gas chamber and the shock absorber is shut off with the leveling valve. The gate
valve is closed, and the right and left shock absorbers are shut off from each other. The damping force is
controlled in accordance with road surface conditions and the operating condition of the steering wheel.
Solenoid Valve
Height Control
Damping Force
Control Actuator
Valve Leveling Gate
Valve
“Close”
Valve
“Close”
Pump
and
Motor
Leveling Gate Shock

Valve Valve Absorbers
Pump
Attenuator “Close” “Close”
155CH85
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Raising the Vehicle Height

Operating the height select switch to raise the vehicle height activates the pump motor, which rotates the
pump. The fluid that is discharged by the pump is sent to the gas chambers and shock absorbers in order
to raise the vehicle height.
1) Vehicle Stopped
The solenoid valve of the height control accumulator is opened in order to use the fluid that is stored in
the height control accumulator, which accelerates the raising speed of the vehicle height.
To use the fluid that is stored in the accumulator, the front and rear leveling valves are opened simulta-
neously to raise all 4 wheels at the same time.
When the stored fluid has been depleted, the front and rear leveling valves are opened alternately to raise
the suspension of the front wheels and the rear wheels alternately.
2) Vehicle in Motion
When the vehicle speed is less than approximately 25 km/h (16 mph), the fluid that is stored in the height
control accumulator is used in the same way as when the vehicle is stopped.
When the vehicle speed is higher than approximately 25 km/h (16 mph), the vehicle height is raised using
only the fluid that is discharged by the pump, without using the height control accumulator. At this time,
the front and rear leveling valves are opened alternately to raise the suspension of the front wheels and
the rear wheels alternately. CH
When the vehicle height it at low, it is automatically raised to normal when the vehicle speed becomes
higher than approximately 5 km/h (3 mph). At this time, the fluid that is stored in the height control accu-
mulator is also used.
Solenoid Valve : Oil Flow
Height Control
Damping Force
Control Actuator

Valve Leveling
Valve Gate
Valve
Pump
and
Motor
Shock
Pump Leveling Gate
Absorbers
Attenuator Valve Valve
155CH86
Vehicle Stopped Vehicle in Motion

25 km / h
(16 mph) or less
Condition Use Height Not Use and at the time Except the
Control Height Control of using the left mentioned
Accumulator Accumulator height control condition
accumulator
Levelingg Valve Open Open and Close Open Open and Close
Control Front Gate Valve Open Open Open Open
Valve
Assemblyy Levelingg Valve Open Open and Close Open Open and Close
Rear Gate Valve Open Open Open Open
Height Control Accumulator Solenoid Valve Open Close Open Close
Pump and Motor Operation Operation Operation Operation
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Fluid Stored in Height Control Accumulator

Normally, the height control accumulator stores only the amount of fluid that is equivalent to that used in
raising the vehicle height once. Therefore, after the vehicle has been raised from low to normal, or from
normal to high, it is necessary to replenish the fluid in the height control accumulator.
At this time, the pump motor is operated to rotate the pump, the leveling valves are closed, the solenoid valve
of the height control accumulator is opened, and the fluid is stored in the height control accumulator.
When the vehicle height is raised while the fluid that is stored in the height control accumulator has not
reached a prescribed pressure, only the fluid that is discharged by the pump is used for raising the vehicle
height, without using the fluid in the height control accumulator.
Solenoid Valve
: Oil Flow
Height Control
Damping Force
Control Actuator

Valve Leveling
Valve Gate
Valve
Pump
and
Motor
Shock
Leveling Gate Absorbers
Pump Valve Valve
Attenuator
155CH87
Leveling Valve Close

Controll
C Front
Gate Valve Open
Valve
Leveling Valve Close
Assembly Rear
Gate Valve Open
Height Control Accumulator Solenoid Valve Open
Pump and Motor Operation
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Lowering the Vehicle Height
1) Vehicle Speed Under 5 km/h (3 mph)

When the height select switch is operated to lower the vehicle height from high to normal, or from normal
to low, the front and rear leveling valves are opened simultaneously to allow the fluid in the gas chambers
and the shock absorbers at the 4 wheels to return to the reservoir tank, causing the height of the suspension
at all 4 wheels to become lowered at the same time.
However, if the rear side is expected to become lower more quickly due to the load condition, and the
difference between the lowering of the front side and the rear side becomes greater than a prescribed val-
ue, the rear leveling valve closes once, allowing only the vehicle height to become lowered at the front
side. This feature prevents the headlights from being aimed upward.
2) Vehicle Speed Over 5 km/h (3 mph)

When the height select switch is operated to lower the vehicle height from high to normal, the front and
rear leveling valves are opened alternately to lower the suspension of the front wheels and the rear wheels
alternately.
When the vehicle speed is higher than approximately 5 km/h (3 mph), the vehicle height will not be low-
ered from normal to low.
Solenoid Valve
Height Control
: Oil Flow CH
Damping Force
Control Actuator

Valve Leveling
Valve Gate
Valve
Pump
and
Motor
Leveling Gate Shock

Pump Valve Valve Absorbers
Attenuator
155CH88
Under 5 km/h (3 mph)

When lowering Except lowering Over 5 km/h
Condition
the four wheels the four wheels (3 mph)
simultaneously simultaneously
Leveling Valve Open Open or Close Open and Close
Front
Control Gate Valve Open Open Open
Valve
Assemblyy Leveling Valve Open Open or Close Open and Close
Rear
Gate Valve Open Open Open
Close Close Close
Solenoid Valve
Pump and Motor Stop Stop Stop
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
216 CHASSIS – STEERING
STEERING
JDESCRIPTION
D As in the previous model, the engine revolution sensing type recirculating ball type power steering is used
for the rigid axle front suspension model.
D The engine revolution sensing type rack and pinion power steering is used for the independent front sus-
pension model.
D A compact and lightweight tilt mechanism is used.
D A power tilt and power telescopic mechanism is optional equipment for the independent front suspension
model except 1FZ-FE engine model for G.C.C. Countries and the swing type back door model for General
Countries.
D An energy absorbing plate type energy absorbing mechanism is used in the steering column.
Reservoir Tank
Steering
Column
Power
Steering
Pump
Steering Gear Box

156CH31
LHD Model with 2UZ-FE Engine
" Specifications A
Steering Gear Type Recirculating Ball Type Rack and Pinion Type
Gear Ratio (Overall) 18.59 19.8
No. of Turns Lock to Lock 3.4 3.8
Rack Stroke mm (in.) – 178 (7.01)
Fluid Type ATF Type DEXRON)II or III z
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
CHASSIS – STEERING 217
JRACK AND PINION POWER STEERING GEAR (FOR IFS)

D A compact and lightweight rack and pinion type steering gear has been adopted to provide a good steering
feeling.
D A cold-forged pinion gear with an improved precision of the gear tooth flank has been adopted to improve
the steering feeling.
D The hydraulic characteristics have been optimized to enable the steering to be handled easily during sta-
tionary and low-speed conditions and to provide substantial response in the medium- to high-speed range.
D Aroller type rack guide is used to realize smoother steering feeling and excellent steering response.
CH
A’ 155CH89
Roller Type
Rack Guide
Cold Forging
Pinion Gear
155CH92
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JTILT STEERING
A tilt mechanism consists of a column upper tube, lower tube, pawl, tilt retainer, tilt lever and tension springs
etc.
The pawl is attached to the column upper tube. Under spring tension, the pawl is pushed by the tilt retainer
against the ratchet in the lower tube, thus locking the tilt steering.
By operating the tilt lever, the tilt retainer moves in unison to release the pawl. The pawl disengages from
the ratchet in the lower tube, allowing the steering to tilt.
Column Upper Tube
Tension Spring
Column Lower Tube
Tilt Retainer
Pawl
Tilt Lever
156CH02
156CH03
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JPOWER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN
1. General
D A compact and lightweight power tilt and power telescopic steering column that uses ultrasonic motors
is available as an option.
D The auto set function has been adopted.
D The steering column can be set to 2 positions in conjunction with the driving position memory function
for Europian model.
D A self-diagnosis function is used. The M-OBD (Multiplex On-Board Diagnostic) system is supported.
2. System Diagram
Tilt and Telescopic

Manual Switch
Mirror ECU*
Tilt Motor and Unlock Warning Switch
Tilt Position Sensor (Ignition Switch)
Tilt & Instrument Panel
Telescopic ECU CH
ECU
Telescopic Motor and DLC3
Telescopic Position Sensor
Seat ECU*
Driving Position
Memory Switch*
155CH15
*: Models for Europe
3. Construction
Using ultrasonic motors that feature low-speed and high-torque characteristics, the power tilt and power tele-
scopic steering column has adopted a compact and light weight tilt and telescopic mechanism that does not
require a reduction mechanism.
Each of the ultrasonic motors contains a position sensor that uses a Hall IC and a magnet to detect the tilt
position or the telescopic position.
The tilt and telescopic mechanism uses a screw mechanism to convert the motor’s rotational movement to
a linear movement.
Screw
Telescopic Motor Tilt Motor
Mechanisms
155CH90
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Operation
Manual Operation
The tilt position and the telescopic position can be adjusted as desired by operating the tilt and telescopic
switch.
A stepless adjustment enables the tilt mechanism to be tilted 12_ vertically, and the telescopic mechanism
to be moved 42 mm (1.65 in.) longitudinally.
12_
42 mm (1.65 in.)
155CH91
Tilt Telescopic
Auto Set Function

When the ignition key is removed, the steering column moves forward away from the driver and also tilts
up for easy exit and entry.
When the ignition key is inserted in the ignition switch, the steering column returns to the previously set
position.
The auto set function can be prohibited by using a hand-held tester.
Position Detection
The rotation of the motor is sensed and the tilt and telescopic positions are detected by the position sensor
in the motor, which uses a Hall IC and a magnet.
Driving Position Memory Function (Models for Europe)

Pressing the driving position memory switch that is located in the driver’s door duplicates the tilt and tele-
scopic positions that have been previously stored in memory. Up to 2 sets of tilt and telescopic position can
be stored.
Self-Diagnosis Function
If the tilt and telescopic ECU detects a malfunction in the power tilt and power telescopic system, the ECU
stores the malfunction data in memory. Then, by connecting a hand-held tester to the DLC3 terminal, the
diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) can be accessed and an active test can be performed. For details, see the
Land Cruiser Chassis and Body Repair Manual (Pub. No. RM616E).
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JENERGY ABSORBING MECHANISM
1. Construction
The energy absorbing mechanism in the steering column consists of a lower bracket, breakaway bracket, en-
ergy absorbing plate and a contractile main shaft. The steering column is mounted onto the instrument panel
reinforcement via a lower bracket and breakaway bracket which is supported via a capsule and energy absorb-
ing plate. The steering column and the steering gear box are connected with an intermediate shaft that con-
tains a corrugated tube. In addition, the stoppers are provided on the lower bracket and the dash panel to regu-
late the amount of stroke against the impact applied from the gear box.
Energy Absorbing Plate
Lower Bracket
Dash Panel
Breakaway Bracket
Main Shaft
Stoppers
Steering Gear Box CH
Intermediate Shaft
156CH04

2. Operation
When the steering gear box moves during a collision (primary collision), the corrugated tube of intermediate
shaft deformes and, the main shaft contracts, thus reducing the steering column and the steering wheel from
protruding into the cabin.
When an impact is transmitted to the steering wheel in a collision (secondary collision), the steering wheel
and the steering wheel pad help absorb the impact. In addition, the breakaway bracket and the lower bracket
separate, causing the entire steering column to move forward.
At this time, the energy absorbing plate becomes deformed to help absorb the impact of the secondary colli-
sion.
Deform
(Energy Absorbing Plate)
Secondary
Collision
Separate
Separate
Contract
Primary
Collision
Deform
Independent Front Suspension Model 156CH05
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
222 BODY – HIGHLY RIGID BODY
BODY
HIGHLY RIGID BODY

The body of the Land Cruiser has been made lightweight and highly rigid through the refinement of the shape
and construction of each part, optimized allocation of reinforcements and members, and use of high strength
sheet steel.
JHIGH STRENGTH SHEET STEEL

High strength sheet steel is used for the hood and door panels, etc.
: High Strength Sheet Steel
155BO53
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
BODY – HIGHLY RIGID BODY 223
JBODY SHELL
D The areas that join the pillars to the roof side rail or the rocker are provided with reinforcements to ensure
a strong pillar construction. In addition, reinforcements are efficiently located throughout the body to real-
ize excellent body rigidity.
: Reinforcements
155BO29
D The side member panel has been integrated in order to realize excellent panel precision and joining rigidity. BO
155BO02 155BO03
New Previous
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JDOORS
D Pipe type side impact protection beams are mounted in the center space between the outer and inner door
panels.
D The inner and outer reinforcements are applied to the belt line area of the front and rear doors to make the
doors more energy absorbent.
Inner and Outer Reinforcements
Side Impact Protection Beams 155BO07
D The cross section of the door frame has been made smaller to improve the looks.
D The rigidity of the area of the door frame on which the door is installed has been improved and the wind
noise has been reduced by changing the shape of the frame reinforcement and adding a bracket.
A
Frame
Reinforcement
A’
Bracket
155BO31
155BO11 155BO12
New Previous
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JFRAME
D The shape of the various areas of the frame has been modified in order to realize excellent collision safety
performance, good driving stability and riding comfort.
D A continuous flange type construction has been adopted in the areas that join the side rails to the cross
members to realize excellent joining rigidity. Similarly, the continuous flange type construction has been
adopted in the areas that join the brackets.
155BO42
Models with Independent Front Suspension
BO
Continuous Flange
Cutout Flange
155BO43 155BO44
New Previous
View A
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JIMPACT ABSORBING STRUCTURE
1. General
The impact absorbing structure of the new Land Cruiser provides a body and frame construction that can ef-
fectively absorb the energy of impact in the event of a front, rear or side collision.
Also, an excellent occupant protection performance has been realized by adopting a frame construction that
effectively absorbs and disperses the impact energy, and a strong body construction has been made possible
through the use of the large and optimally allocated frame materials around the cabin.
2. Construction
Impact Absorbing Structure for Front Collision

Corner beads have been provided in the front area of the side rail. Also, the cross section area of the side
rail has been enlarged and reinforcements have been provided inside the side rail. Through these measures,
the deformation of the frame can be controlled in accordance with the impact energy that is applied during
a frontal collision, thus effectively absorbing the impact energy that is transmitted to the cabin and minimiz-
ing the deformation of the cabin.
Corner Beads Reinforcement
155BO04
Side Rail
Axial Compression Plane Bend Area

Area 155BO05
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Impact Absorbing Structure for Side Collision

D Impact energy of a side collision directed to the cabin area is dispersed throughout the body via pillar
reinforcements, side impact protection beams, floor cross members, etc. This dispersion of energy keeps
the energy directed to the cabin to a minimum level.
As a result, the deformation of the cabin is minimized.
D A Head Impact Protection Structure has been adopted. With this type of construction, if the occupant’s
head hits against the roof side rail and pillar in reaction to a collision, the inner ribs of the roof side rail
and pillars collapses to help reduce the impact.
" Impact Absorbing Structure for Side Collision A
155BO48
BO
" Head Impact Protection Structure A
Plastic Ribs Energy Absorbing Panel

Plastic Ribs
156BO04
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
228 BODY – RUST–RESISTANT BODY
RUST–RESISTANT BODY
Rust-resistant performance is increased by using anti-corrosion sheet steel and anti-corrosion treatment by ap-
plying wax, sealer, anti-chipping paint, etc. to easily corroded parts such as the hood, doors, rocker panels, etc.
JANTI–CORROSION SHEET STEEL

2 types of anti-corrosion sheet steel are used: galvannealed sheet steel and zinc-iron alloy double layer gal-
vannealed sheet steel. Galvannealed sheet steel is used for many inner panels and the engine compartment,
etc. Zinc-iron alloy double layer galvannealed sheet steel is used for major outer panels such as the hood,
doors and back door.
: Zinc-Iron Alloy Double Layer

Galvannealed Sheet Steel
: Galvannealed Sheet Steel
155BO49
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
BODY – RUST–RESISTANT BODY 229
JWAX AND SEALER

Wax and sealer are applied to the hemmed portions of the hood, door panels, hinge and etc. to improve rust-re-
sistant performance.
JUNDER COAT
PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) coating is applied to the under side of the body. The fender apron and other parts
which are subject to damage by flying stones, etc. given a thick coating to improve rust-resistant perfor-
mance.
: PVC Coating Area
: PVC Coating Area (Thick Coating)
: Edge Seal
155BO09 BO
JANTI–CHIPPING APPLICATION
PVC chipping primer is applied to the rocker panel area to protect them from flying stones Soft-chip primer
is applied to the hood and front end panels.
In addition, anti-chipping paint is applied to the lower door panel area on models without side step.
: Soft-Chip Primer
: Anti-Chipping Paint
: PVC Chipping Primer
156BO01
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JWAX AND SEALER

JUNDER COAT
mance.
: PVC Coating Area
: Edge Seal
155BO09 BO
: Soft-Chip Primer
156BO01
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JWAX AND SEALER

JUNDER COAT
mance.
: PVC Coating Area
: Edge Seal
155BO09 BO
: Soft-Chip Primer
156BO01
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
230 BODY – LOW VIBRATION, LOW NOISE BODY
LOW VIBRATION, LOW NOISE BODY

An effective application of vibration damping and noise suppresant materials reduces engine and road noise.
JSOUND ABSORBING AND VIBRATION DAMPING MATERIALS

D Resin binding asphalt sheets and asphalt sheets are optimally allocated to reduce engine and road noise
for quieter vehicle operation.
: Resin Binding Asphalt Sheet

: Asphalt Sheet
: Resin Binding Asphalt Sheet
(2UZ-FE Engine Model)
Asphalt Sheet
(Except 2UZ-FE Engine Model)
155BO08
D Foamed material is provided inside the pillar and the roof rail and urethane pad is provided at the bottom
of the pillars. As a result, the wind noise and the road noise that are transmitted to the rockers and the pillars
have been reduced.
: Foamed Material
: Urethane Pad
155BO01
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
BODY – LOW VIBRATION, LOW NOISE BODY 231
JCAB MOUNTING
D The allocation of the cab mounts have been revised and the characteristics of the rubber cushion of the
cab mounts have been optimized. Accordingly, the vehicle’s riding comfort has been improved and noise
and vibration have been reduced.
D The No.1 mount has been changed from the share-type to the compression type. The No.2 mount has been
changed from the compression type to the share type. The remaining cab mounts use the same mounts as
those of the previous model.
No.1 Cab Mounting No.3 Cab Mounting No.5 Cab Mounting

(Compression Type) (Compression Type) (Free Mount Type)
No.2 Cab Mounting No.4 Cab Mounting No.6 Cab Mounting

(Share Type) (Compression Type) (Share Type)
BO
155BO06
Rubber
Cushion
Rubber
Rubber Cushion
Cushion
155BO45 155BO46 155BO47
No.1 Mounting No.2 Mounting No.5 Mounting

(Compression Type) (Share Type) (Free Mount Type)
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
232 BODY – LOW VIBRATION, LOW NOISE BODY
JWINDOW
The fitting construction of the windshield glass and the quarter window glass has been changed. As a result,
the height variance between the body and the window has been decreased, thus reducing the wind noise.
A
Windshield
Moulding
A’
Windshield
Glass
155BO15
155BO30
Windshield Glass A – A’ Cross Section
A’ 155BO16
Quarter Window Glass
Quarter Window Quarter Window

Quarter Window Weatherstrip Weatherstrip
Glass Quarter Window
Glass
Quarter
Panel Quarter
Panel
155BO57 147BO09
Swing Type Fix Type
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
BODY – ENHANCEMENT OF PRODUCT APPEAL 233
ENHANCEMENT OF PRODUCT APPEAL

JBUMPER
D A one-piece resin bumper made of TSOP (The Super Olefin Polymer) that excels in recyclability is used
for both the front and rear bumpers.
Front 156BO02 Rear 156BO03
D Reinforcements and an absorber (foamed material) are provided in the front bumper to reduce the damage
to the body during a light collision.
Front Bumper
Cover BO
Absorber Reinforcement
(Foamed Material)
155BO50
D The rear bumper step has been integrated with the rear bumper cover through composite manufacturing
to improve the looks. Also, a step reinforcement has been provided inside the bumper cover to ensure the
level of rigidity that is necessary when using the bumper as a step.
Rear Bumper Step
Step Reinforcement
Rear Bumper
Cover
Frame
155BO51
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
234 BODY – ENHANCEMENT OF PRODUCT APPEAL
JMUD GUARD
The material of both the front and rear mud guard inserts has been changed from metal to resin for weight
reduction and improved corrosion resistance.
Resin
Metal
Insert
Insert
A’
155BO40 155BO41
Front Mud Guard New Previous
155BO13 A – A’ Cross Section
Resin
Metal
Insert
Insert
155BO40 155BO41
B’ Rear Mud Guard
New Previous
155BO14 B – B’ Cross Section
JTAILGATE STOPPER
The tailgate stopper has been changed from the folding-arm type to the cable type and a torsion bar has been
provided inside the tailgate. As a result, the tailgate can be opened and closed more smoothly.
Torsion Bar
Tailgate Tailgate Door

Stopper
155BO52
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JMUD GUARD
The material of both the front and rear mud guard inserts has been changed from metal to resin for weight
reduction and improved corrosion resistance.
Resin
Metal
Insert
Insert
A’
155BO40 155BO41
Front Mud Guard New Previous
155BO13 A – A’ Cross Section
Resin
Metal
Insert
Insert
155BO40 155BO41
B’ Rear Mud Guard
New Previous
155BO14 B – B’ Cross Section
JTAILGATE STOPPER
The tailgate stopper has been changed from the folding-arm type to the cable type and a torsion bar has been
provided inside the tailgate. As a result, the tailgate can be opened and closed more smoothly.
Torsion Bar
Tailgate Tailgate Door

Stopper
155BO52
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JDOOR CHECK (FRONT AND REAR DOORS)

D The fitting construction of the door check to the body has been changed from the pin-fitted type to the
bolt-fitted type. As a result, the appearance and the corrosion resistance of the area where the door check
is fitted have been improved.
D The construction of the door check has been changed from the shoe type to the roller type to ensure the
smoother operation of the door. In addition, an intermediate check mechanism to maintain the door open
at the midway point has been provided for improved convenience.
Intermediate
Check
Shoe
Roller
New Previous
155BO38 155BO39
JBACK DOOR LOCK

The position in which the back door lock is fitted has been changed from the outside of the back door to the BO
inside of the back door. Also, the control mechanism of the back door lock has been changed from the link
type to the cable type. As a result, the appearance of the back door lock area has been improved and the ease
of use of the lock control has been improved.
Back Door
Inner Panel Back Door
Inner Panel
Back Door Back Door

Back Door Lock Back Door Lock
Outer Panel Outer Panel
155BO55 155BO56
New Previous
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JDOOR CHECK (FRONT AND REAR DOORS)

D The fitting construction of the door check to the body has been changed from the pin-fitted type to the
bolt-fitted type. As a result, the appearance and the corrosion resistance of the area where the door check
is fitted have been improved.
D The construction of the door check has been changed from the shoe type to the roller type to ensure the
smoother operation of the door. In addition, an intermediate check mechanism to maintain the door open
at the midway point has been provided for improved convenience.
Intermediate
Check
Shoe
Roller
New Previous
155BO38 155BO39
JBACK DOOR LOCK

The position in which the back door lock is fitted has been changed from the outside of the back door to the BO
inside of the back door. Also, the control mechanism of the back door lock has been changed from the link
type to the cable type. As a result, the appearance of the back door lock area has been improved and the ease
of use of the lock control has been improved.
Back Door
Inner Panel Back Door
Inner Panel
Back Door Back Door

Back Door Lock Back Door Lock
Outer Panel Outer Panel
155BO55 155BO56
New Previous
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JSEAT BELT
1. General
D An adjustable shoulder belt anchor is provided for the front seat and the outer seat of No.1 rear seat.
D The center seat of the No.1 rear seat is provided with a 3-point ELR (Emergency Locking Retractor) seat
belt.
D The mechanical sensing type seat belt pretensioner or the electrically sensing type seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter are provided for the front seat belt of the new Land Cruiser as described on the chart be-
low.
F: Standard f: Option
Destination G.C.C. General
Europe Australia
Type Countries Countries
Mechanical Sensing Type Seat Belt
F*1 F*3
Pretensioner
Electrically Sensing Type Sear Belt
F F*2, f*1 F*2, f*1 F*2, f*1
Pretensioner and Force Limiter
*1: STD and GX Grade Model
*2: VX Grade Model
*3: Models for South Africa
2. Center Seat Belt of No.1 Rear Seat
General
D A 3-point ELR seat belt with its retractor enclosed in the seat back is provided as the center seat belt.
D Along with its enclosure in the seat back, the retractor has adopted a mechanism in which the deceleration
sensor for activating the ELR unlocks mechanically when the seat belt is fully retracted.
D A reclining detection function has been adopted to constantly maintain the deceleration speed in which
the center seat belt ELR activates when the seat back is reclined.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
1) ELR Mechanism
The ELR of the center seat belt has adopted a mechanism in which the deceleration sensor for activating
the ELR unlocks mechanically when the seat belt is fully retracted. As a result, the ease of tilting forward
or folding the seat back has been improved.
When a prescribed amount of the seat belt is pulled out, the deceleration sensor is released from its un-
locked state and the ELR assumes the normal ELR operation.
Unlocked State
Unlocked State ELR
Activation
ELR
Activation
Unlocked
State
Unlocked State
155BO33 155BO34 155BO35
Seat Back in the Tilted Normal State Reclined State

Forward or Folded State
2) Reclining Detection Mechanism

BO
a. Construction
The reclining detection mechanism consists of a retractor, a deceleration sensor for activating the ELR,
a reclining detector, and a control cable that connects the deceleration sensor with the reclining detec-
tion area. The reclining detector, which is installed on the reclining inner adjuster, detects the difference
in the angles of the seat back and the seat cushion.
Retractor
Seat Back
Seat Belt
Deceleration
Sensor
Reclining
Detector
Reclining Inner Seat Cushion

Adjuster
155BO32
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
b. Operation
When the seat back is reclined, the retractor moves along with the seat back movement. At the same
time, the point on which the control cable is attached to the reclining detector rotates together with the
movement of the seat back.
Accordingly, the deceleration sensor that is connected to the control cable rotates, without changing the
orientation of the sensor regardless of the reclining angle. Thus, the ELR activates at a prescribed decel-
eration rate regardless of the reclining angle of the seat back.
Orientation of Deceleration Sensor Orientation of Deceleration Sensor
Deceleration
Sensor Control Cable
Control Cable
Seat Back
Seat Back
Deceleration
Sensor
Reclining
Detector
Reclining
Detector
155BO36 155BO37
Normal State Reclined State
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Mechanical Sensing Type Seat Belt Pretensioner
General
In a collision, the pretensioner sensor detects the shock and if the front-to-rear shock is greater than a speci-
fied value, the seat belt pretensioner is activated instantaneously to pull in a predetermined length of the
seat belt.
– REFERENCE –
The mechanical sensing type seat belt pretensioner is equipped with an independent pretensioner sensor. For
this reason, depending on the circumstances of the collision, there is a case that either right or left seat belt
pretensioner alone operates.
1) General
The seat belt retractor with pretensioner consists of the pretensioner mechanism, retractor mechanism,
and ELR locking mechanism. The pretensioner mechanism consists of a pretensioner sensor, gas genera-
tor, rotor, gear clutch, key clutch, etc.. When the pretensioner is activated, the key clutch engages the rotor
to the gear clutch. Since the rotor and gear clutch are not normally engaged, the gear clutch and the shaft
can rotate freely, thus permitting normal seat belt operation.
ELR Locking
Mechanism
BO
Seat Belt
Retractor
Mechanism
Pretensioner Sensor
Gas Generator
147BO01
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) Pretensioner Sensor
The pretensioner sensor consists of an inertial mass, latch lever, sub-lever, firing pin, firing spring, etc.
The latch lever, sub-lever and firing pin are normally engaged with each other so that the firing pin is
not ejected. In addition, any unnecessary inertial mass movement is suppressed by the bias spring force
so that the seat belt pretensioner is not activated by mistake.
If a severe frontal collision occurs, the vehicle decelerates instantaneously. The inertial mass begins to
move despite the bias spring force. If rapid deceleration continues, the spring force of the firing spring
disengages the firing pin from the latch lever, ejects the firing pin, and ignites the primer. The flame
spreads instantaneously to the gas generator, and a large amount of gas is generated from the gas
generator.
" Non-Deployed State A " Deployed State A
Firing Pin Firing Spring
Bias Spring
Latch Lever
Inertial Mass
147BO02 147BO03
3) Pretensioner Mechanism
The large amount of gas generated by the gas generator flows from the accumulator in the housing to the
cylinder. The pressure of the gas introduced into the cylinder pushes the key clutch, which in turn meshes
with the teeth of the gear clutch, and causes the rotor and gear clutch to engage. After the internal pressure
of the cylinder increases further, the rotor and the gear clutch rotate together. Accordingly, the shaft that
is meshed to the teeth of the gear clutch also rotates. According to the rotation of the rotor, the shaft rotates
approximately a full turn in the wind-up direction of the seat belt and pulls in a predetermined length of
the belt to restrain the occupant. After the rotation of the rotor has been completed, the gas that caused
the rotation is discharged from the discharge port, and the internal pressure in the cylinder decreases.
After the internal pressure in the cylinder decreases, the key clutch is kept engaged with the teeth of the
gear clutch. As a results, the shaft will not be albe to rotate any further, so the seat belt is not pulled out.
Gear Clutch
Key Clutch
Rotor Gas Discharge Port
Gas Generator
147BO04 147BO05 147BO06
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4) Safety Device
In order to prevent unintended deployment when removing the seat belt or when handling the seat belt
pretensioner by itself, the seat belt pretensioner is equipped with a safety device that stops the operation
of the sensor.
To activate the safety device, pull up the safety pin and the safety pin must be pushed, which causes the
safety lever to turn 90_ clockwise. Accordingly, the stopper that is attached to the tip of the safety lever
moves to the position to restrain the movement of the latch lever. Therefore, even if a large deceleration
is applied to the inertial mass, the latch lever will not move and the pretensioner sensor will not activate.
" Safety Device Activation A
Inertial Mass
Latch Lever
Stopper
Safety Pin
Safety Pin
BO
147BO07 147BO08
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Electrically Sensing Type Seat Belt Pretensioner and Force Limiter
General
D In the beginning of a collision, the seat belt pretensioner instantly takes up the seat belt, thus realizing
the excellent belt’s effectiveness in restraining the occupant.
When the impact of a collision causes the tension of the seat belt that is applied to the occupant to reach
a predetermined level, the force limiter restrains the tension, thus reducing the force that is applied to the
occupant’s chest area.
D In accordance with the ignition signal received from the airbag sensor assembly, the seat belt pretensioner
activates simultaneously with the deployment of the SRS airbag for the driver and front passenger.
Seat Belt Pretensioner
1) Construction
The seat belt pretensioner consists of the pretensioner mechanism, retracting mechanism, and locking
mechanism. The pretensioner mechanism consists of a gas generator, strip, clutch mechanism and etc.
Belt Take-Up
Seat Belt Shaft
Strip
Clutch
Mechanism
155BO19
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
a. Clutch Mechanism
The clutch mechanism consists of a clutch sleeve, clutch pin, base, and clutch gear. The clutch gear is
integrated with the belt take-up shaft. The clutch sleeve has a strap wrapped around it.
Normally, the clutch pin is engaged with the base so that the rotation of the clutch gear is not obstructed.
The movement of the strap, which is prompted by the gas that is generated by the gas generator, causes
the clutch sleeve to rotate. Then, the clutch sleeve causes the clutch pin to shear off from the base, caus-
ing the clutch sleeve and clutch gear to engage. As a result, the clutch gear and shaft rotate together.
Clutch Pin Clutch Pin

Clutch Clutch
Clutch
Sleeve Sleeve
Gear
Clutch
Gear
Clutch Clutch
Pin Sleeve
Strip
Clutch
Gear
155BO21 155BO22
Before Activation During Activation BO

2) Operation
a. During Activation
According to the igniter signal received Seat Belt
from the airbag sensor, the gas generator Gas
generates a large volume of high-pressure
gas in the chamber.
Then, the strip that is wrapped around the
clutch sleeve expands, causing the clutch
Clutch
sleeve to rotate. Chamber Mechanism
Then, the movement of the clutch mecha-
nism causes the clutch gear and shaft to ro-
tate, thus taking up the seat belt.
Strip
155BO20
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
b. After Completing Activation

When the activation of the seat belt preten- Strip
sioner is completed and the seat belt is pulled
out by the movement of the occupant, the
locking mechanism activates to lock the
movement of the belt.
Thereafter, if the force limiter activates, the
seat belt is pulled out again, and the rotation
of the shaft causes the strip to be taken up by
the clutch sleeve.
Strip
155BO23
c. If the Activation Amount of the Force Limiter is Large

If the amount of seat belt that is pulled out by Strip
the activation of the force limiter is greater
than the amount of seat belt that is taken up Cutter
by the activation of the pretensioner, it
would prevent the strap from applying resis-
tance to the rotation of the shaft. Therefore,
the cutter cuts the strip.
Accordingly, the force limiter can be acti-
vated, so that the seat belt’s force to restrain
the occupant does not become excessive.
Cutter
Strip
155BO24
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Seat Belt Force Limiter
1) Construction
The seat belt force limiter consists of a spool, torsion bar, locking gear, and stopper. One end of the torsion
bar is secured to the locking base and the other end is integrated with the hexagon-shaped portion of the
spool. The stopper is coupled to the threaded portion of the locking base and rotates in unison with the
rotation of the spool.
Stopper Hexagon-Shaped
Seat
Belt Portion
Spool
Locking
Base
Torsion
Bar
155BO25
2) Operation
D When the ELR mechanism is activated, if a force that exceeds a predetermined load is applied to the BO
seat belt, the torsion bar becomes twisted, causing the spool to rotate and the belt to be released.
Seat Belt
Spool
Torsion
Bar
155BO26
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
D Along with the movement of the spool, the stopper moves while rotating on the threaded portion of the
locking base. The twisting force that is generated in the torsion bar along with the rotation of the spool
acts as a resistance against the pulling of the belt.
Seat Belt
Locking Spool
Base
Stopper
Torsion
Bar
155BO27
D When the stopper comes in contact with the top of the locking base, the stopper will not be able to rotate
any further. As a result, the spool will not rotate, thus stopping the pulling of the belt.
Spool
Locking
Base
Stopper
155BO28
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
BODY ELECTRICAL – LIGHTING 247
BODY ELECTRICAL
LIGHTING
JDESCRIPTION
The new Land Cruiser has the following systems:
System Outline
A 4-light headlight system with vertically laid out low and high-beams has
been adopted. On the VX grade models, the headlight construction has been
Headlights adopted to multi-reflector type headlights.
Also, Discharge headlights for high-beam are optional equipment on models
for Australia and G.C.C. Countries.
Daytime Running Light This system is designed to automatically activate the headlights during the
System daytime.
This system keeps the beam of the headlights adjusted to the appropriate level
in accordance with the number (weight) of passengers and volume of luggage.
Headlight Beam Level
The headlight beam level can be adjusted in stepless by operating the headlight
Control System
beam level control switch.
This system is optional equipment on models for Europe.
The rear fog light makes the car highly visible in the rain or fog to other drivers
Rear Fog Light driving behind.
This system is standard equipment on models for Europe.
When the ignition key is turned from ON to ACC or LOCK position and the
driver’s door is opened with the taillights and headlights turned on, this system
Light Auto Turn-Off
automatically turns them off.
System
This system is standard equipment on the GX and VX grade models for
Australia.
If there is no change in the condition of the vehicle during a prescribed length
Interior Light Reminder of time in which any of the interior lights such as the dome light or map light BE
System illuminate, this system automatically turns OFF the interior lights.
When the ignition key is turned from the ON or ACC to LOCK position while
the driver door is open with the taillights and headlights turned on, this system
Light Reminder System warns the driver that the lights remain on by sounding the buzzer.
This system is standard equipment on the VX grade models except models for
Australia.
When the headlight cleaner switch is turned on while the headlights are on,
Headlight Cleaner this system sprays washer fluid on the headlight lenses to wash the dirt off
them.
This system is useful when entering the vehicle, fastening the seat belts and
inserting the ignition key into the key cylinder in the dark.
2 types of this system are used in the Land Cruiser.
In the first type, when the driver’s or passenger’s door is opened, the
illuminated entry system turns on the illumination lights around the ignition
Illuminated Entry key cylinder, dome light (only when the control switch is at DOOR position)
System and courtesy light simultaneously. The illumination light around the ignition
key cylinder turn off in about 5 seconds. The dome light and courtesy light
fade out in about 15 seconds.
In the second type, when the driver’s or passenger’s door is opened, the
illuminated entry system turns on the dome light (only when the control switch
is at DOOR position). The dome light fades out in about 15 seconds.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
248 BODY ELECTRICAL – LIGHTING
JHEADLIGHTS
1. General
D A 4-light headlight system with vertically laid
out low and high beams has been adopted.
D The multi-reflector type headlight system has
been adopted on the VX grade models.
D Discharge headlights that realize a high level of
visibility are optional equipment for the high
beams on the VX grade model for the G.C.C.
countries and Australia.
147BE22
2. Construction
4-Light Headlight System

The low and high beam headlights and clearance light are integrated into one housing. The low-beam head-
light bulb is located in the upper part of this housing, and the high-beam headlight bulb in the lower part.
The parking light is enclosed in the outer side of the headlights.
B B’
A’
147BE22
Headlight
(Low-Beam)
Clearance Light
Headlight
Headlight (Low-Beam)
(High-Beam)
A – A’ Cross Section B – B’ Cross Section

156BE12 156BE11
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Multi-Reflector Type Headlight

Conventional headlights accomplish the dispersion and distribution of light which is emitted by the bulbs
through the lens cut pattern. However, with the multi-reflector type headlights, the light from the bulbs is
dispersed and distributed through multiple parabolic shaped reflectors. As a result, the lens cut pattern is
no longer provided in the center of the lens, thus realizing a clear look.
" Light Distribution Diagram A
Reflector
Reflector
(Rotating Parabolic
(Multiple Parabolic Headlight Bulb
Shape)
Shape)
Headlight Bulb
Lens Cut
Lens
Lens
Light Distribution
Light Distribution
155BE19 155BE20
Multi-Reflector Type Headlight Conventional Headlight
Discharge Headlight BE
1) General
The Discharge Headlight system applies high voltage to the electrodes on the light bulb to discharge arcs,
causing the metal atoms that are enclosed in the bulb to emit light.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) Construction and Operation

The Discharge Headlight system consists of metal halide bulbs and a light control computer.
a. Metal Halide Bulb
i) Construction
The metal halide bulb contains xenon gas, mercury, and metal halide.
ii) Operation
1 When high voltage (approximately 20,000 volts) is applied to the electrodes of the metal halide
bulb, the xenon gas in the bulb emits light.
2 As the temperature in the bulb rises, the mercury evaporates and causes arcs to be discharged.
3 As the temperature in the bulb rises even further, the metal halide in the mercury arc separates into
metal atoms and iodine atoms.
4 The separated metal atoms discharge light, which causes the bulb to emit light.
Light
Light
Xenon Gas Metal Halide
Bulb
Battery Light Control

Computer
Light Mercury
Evaporation
146BE11
b. Light Control Computer

The light control computer is an electronic control unit which is necessary for illuminating the metal
halide bulb. A light control computer is located under each headlight unit.
This computer provides the functions listed below.
D Generates the high voltage (approximately 20,000 volts) which is applied to the electrodes of the
bulbs to enable the Discharge headlights to start to illuminate.
D Optimally controls the amperage and voltage in order to quickly provide an optimal amount of light
immediately after the bulbs have been turned ON and to enable the bulbs to continue to illuminate
in a stable manner.
D A fail-safe function is provided as a countermeasure against the high voltage that is generated in case
that a problem occurs in the headlight system.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
i) Fail-Safe Function
The light control computer executes the fail-safe actions listed below in accordance with the item that
has been detected.
Item Outline
If the voltage that is input to the light control computer deviates
from the operating voltage (9-16 volts), the computer stops
illuminating the headlights, and resumes illuminating the
Detection of Abnormal
headlights once the voltage reverts to the operating voltage range.
Input Voltage
However, if the input voltage decreases after the headlights have
illuminated, the headlights will remain illuminated until the bulbs
are extinguished.
If an abnormal condition (open or short circuit) occurs in the
Detection of Abnormal
voltage that is output by the light control computer, or if the bulb
Output (Open Circuit or
flashes, the computer stops illuminating the headlights and will
Short Circuit) or Flashing
maintain this state until the power is reinstated (by turning the
Bulb
headlight control switch from OFF to ON).
If a bulb is not inserted in its socket, the computer stops
generating high voltage until the power source switch (headlight
control switch or ignition switch) turns from ON to OFF, the bulb
Detection of Bulb Open
is inserted correctly and the power is reinstated (by turning the
headlight control switch from OFF to ON or turning the ignition
switch from OFF to ON).
BE
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JINTERIOR LIGHT REMINDER SYSTEM
1. General
The interior light reminder system provides two functions: interior light cutoff function and the door courtesy
switch linked light cutoff function.
The interior light cutoff function turns OFF the light main relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF and
no changes have occurred in all the door courtesy light switches within 30 minutes.
When the ignition switch is turned OFF and if any of the doors remain open longer than 5 minutes, the door
courtesy switch-linked light cutoff function automatically turns OFF the lights that are linked to that door.
2. Layout of Interior Light
Front Door Rear Door

Courtesy Light Courtesy Light
Front Room Light Rear Room Light
Front Door Rear Door

Courtesy Light Courtesy Light
155BE16
3. Normal Operation
The interior lights that illuminate along with the opening of the doors are listed in the table below.
: ON (With Fade-Out), : ON, X: OFF
Interior Light Front Door Front Rear Door Rear

Courtesy Light Room Courtesy Light Room
Door to be opened Driver Passenger Light Left Right Light
Driver Side Front Door X X X
Passenger Side Front Door X X X
Left Side Rear Door X X X
Right Side Rear Door X X X
Back Door X X X
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Interior Light Cut Off Function

When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the instrument panel ECU monitors the condition of the door courte-
sy light switches and starts counting time. When 30 minutes have elapsed after no changes have occurred
in any of the door courtesy light switches, the instrument panel ECU turns OFF the light main relay to cut
off the current to the interior lights. As a result, the interior lights turn OFF.
As a result, the interior light turns OFF.
However, the activation of this function is canceled and the time count is reset if the condition of the vehicle
meets any of the items given below.
D The ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON position.
D Any of the doors is opened or closed.
These functions help prevent the light front being left ON.
ON
Ignition Switch OFF
Front Door ON
Courtesy Switch OFF
Rear Door ON
Courtesy Switch OFF
5 Min.
Fr Door Courtesy ON
Switch Front Map
OFF
Light 5 Min.
Rr Door Courtesy ON
5 Min.
Switch Rear Map

Light OFF
BE
Door Ajar Warning ON
Indicator OFF
30 Min. 30 Min.
ON
Light Main Relay
OFF
155BE11
5. Door Courtesy Switch Linked Light Cut Off Function

When the ignition switch is turned OFF and any of the doors are opened, the instrument panel ECU monitors
the condition of the door courtesy light switches and starts counting time. When 5 minutes have elapsed after
no changes have occurred in any of the door courtesy light switches, the instrument panel ECU turns OFF
the interior lights that are linked to the opening of a door.
However, the activation of this function is canceled and the time count is reset if the condition of the vehicle
meets any of the items given below.
D The ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON position.
D All doors are closed.
In addition, while the timer is counting time, if any of the previously closed doors are opened, the timer resets
itself and starts counting time.
These functions help prevent the interior lights from being left ON if a door is unintendedly left open.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
254 BODY ELECTRICAL – METER
METER
JCOMBINATION METER
The combination meter of new Land Cruiser has the following features:
D The meters and the gauges listed below are operated together by a single CPU.
1 Speedmeter
2 Tachometer
3 Fuel Gauge
4 Odometer and Trip Meter
D An electronic twin-trip meter and an electronic odometer are used for convenience and good visibility.
147BE15
D A level sensor is provided in the combination meter to detect the inclination of the vehicle. This sensor
prevents the fuel gauge from indicating erroneously due to the fluctuation of the fuel surface, which occurs
when driving on a slope.
" System Diagram A
Main Tank
Sender Gauge
Fuel Level
Gauge Sensor
Sub Tank
Sender Gauge
IC
Combination Meter
146BE19
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
BODY ELECTRICAL – METER 255
D The main fuel gauge and the sub fuel gauge have been integrated into a single gauge. The gauge can be
switched to function as the main fuel gauge or the sub fuel gauge by operating the sub fuel switch.
Indicator ON
147BE16 147BE17
Main Fuel Gauge Indication Sub Fuel Gauge Indication
BE
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
256 BODY ELECTRICAL – AIR CONDITIONING
AIR CONDITIONING
JDESCRIPTION
1. General
The air conditioning system in the Land Cruiser has the following features:
D The front heater and the front-and-rear heater are provided as standard or optional equipment as described
in the following table.
D Four types of air conditioners are provided as standard or optional equipment as described in the following
table. The rear air conditioner adopts a construction in which the rear heater and the rear cooler are sepa-
rate.
D A viscous type power heater that improves heating performance is provided as optional equipment for the
cold area specification model with 1HD-FTE engine for Europe.
D An easy-to-use rotary switch type front heater control panel is used.
D A rotary switch type rear heater control panel is used on models with rear heater or front and rear manual
air conditioner.
D A slide switch type rear cooler control panel is used on models with front and rear manual air conditioner.
D A push button type rear heater control panel has been adopted on the models with the front and rear auto-
matic air conditioner.
D A 3-flow level type heater unit, which features lower air flow resistance, is used.
D The construction of the evaporator, heater core, and blower fan has been changed.
D A sub-cool condenser, which cools the refrigerant twice, has been adopted.
" Availability (Heater) A

Europe Australia
Front Heater – F F F
Front and Rear Heater F f – f
" Availability (Air Conditioner) A


Europe Australia
Front Manual Air Conditioner – f*1 f*1, 2 f
Front and Rear Manual Air
– – f*1 f*3
Conditioner
Front Automatic Air Conditioner f F*3 F*3 –
Front and Rear Automatic
– f*3 f*3 –
Air Conditioner
*1: GX Grade Model
*2: STD Grade Model
*3: VX Grade Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
BODY ELECTRICAL – AIR CONDITIONING 257
2. Performance and Specifications
Front Heater and Front Air Conditioner
1) Models for Europe (LHD) and General Countries (LHD)

" Performance A
Model
New Previous
Item
4850 (4170) 4680 (4020)
Heat Output W (Kcal/h)
5000 (4300)*1 4750 (4090)*1
H t
Heater
Air Flow Volume m3 /h 290*1, 300 z
Power Consumption W 140 z
6100 (5250)*2, 3 5810 (5000)*3, 4
Air 5860 (5040)*5 5580 (4800)*6
Conditioner Air Flow Volume m3 /h 520 z
Power Consumption W 260 215
" Specifications A
Model
New Previous
Item
Type Multi-Flow Type Dimpled Tube Type
Ventilation and Heater
216.9 x 140 x 27 155.7 x 200 x 36

(8.5 x 5.5 x 1.1) (6.1 x 7.9 x 1.4)
Heater Core Size W x H x L mm (in.)
216.9 x 140 x 46*1 155.7 x 200 x 58*1
(8.5 x 5.5 x 1.8) (6.1 x 7.9 x 2.3)
Fin Pitch mm (in.) 1.8 (0.07) z
Motor Type S80FS12 S70F13T
Blower
Fan Size Dia. x H mm (in.) 158 x 80 (6.2 x 3.1) 150 x 65 (5.9 x 2.6) BE
Multi-Flow Type
Type 3-Passage Flow Type
(Sub-Cool Type)
444.8 x 570 x 16
(17.5 x 22.4 x 0.6)
Condenser 359.3 x 670 x 16*7, 9 362.8 x 706 x 22
Size W x H x L mm (in.)
Air Conditioner
(14.1 x 26.4 x 0.6) (14.3 x 27.8 x 0.9)

520.8 x 650 x 16*8
(20.5 x 25.6 x 0.6)
Fin Pitch mm (in.) 3.2 (0.13) 4.5 (0.18)
Type Drawn Cup Type z
266.2 x 255 x 90 279 x 260 x 105
Evaporator Size W x H x L mm (in.)
(10.5 x 10.0 x 3.5) (11.0 x 10.2 x 4.1)
10PA15*5, 7, 10PA17, 10PA15* 7, 10PA17,
6,
Compressor Type
10PA20*2 10PA20*3, 4, 8
*1: Cold Area Specification Models *6: 1HD-FT, 1HD-T and 1HZ Engines Model
*2: 2UZ-FE Engine Model *7: Models with Front Air Conditioner
*3: 1FZ-FE Engine Model *8: Models with Front and Rear Air Conditioner
*4: 1FZ-F Engine Model *9: Models with Rigid Axle Front Suspension
*5: 1HD-FTE, 1HD-T and 1HZ Engines Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) Models for Europe (RHD), Australia and General Countries (RHD)

" Performance A
Model
New Previous
Item
4850 (4170) 4680 (4020)
5000 (4300)*1 4750 (4090)*1
H t
Heater
6100 (5250)*2, 3 5810 (5000)*3, 4
Air 5860 (5040)*5 5580 (4800)*6
Conditioner Air Flow Volume m3 /h 520 z
" Specifications A
Model
New Previous
Item
169.7 x 180 x 27 155.7 x 200 x 36
(6.7 x 7.1 x 1.1) (6.1 x 7.9 x 1.4)

169.7 x 180 x 46*1 155.7 x 200 x 58*1
(6.7 x 7.1 x 1.8) (6.1 x 7.9 x 2.3)
Motor Type S80FS12T S70F14T
Blower 160 x 41 + 142 x 46 150 x 65
Fan Size Dia. x H mm (in.)
(6.3 x 1.6 + 5.6 x 1.8) (5.9 x 2.6)
Multi-Flow Type
(Sub-Cool Type)
444.8 x 570 x 16
(17.5 x 22.4 x 0.6)
Condenser 359.3 x 670 x 16*7, 9 362.8 x 706 x 22
Size W x H x L mm (in.)
(14.1 x 26.4 x 0.6)
Air Conditioner
(14.3 x 27.8 x 0.9)

520.8 x 650 x 16*8
(20.5 x 25.6 x 0.6)
Fin Pitch mm (in.) 3.2 (0.13) 4.5 (0.18)
266.2 x 255 x 90 279 x 260 x 105
(10.5 x 10.0 x 3.5) (11.0 x 10.2 x 4.1)
10PA15*5, 7, 10PA17, 10PA15*6, 7, 10PA17,
Compressor Type
10PA20*2 10PA20*3, 4, 8
*1: Cold Area Specification Models *6: 1HD-FT, 1HD-T and 1HZ Engines Model
*2: 2UZ-FE Engine Model *7: Models with Front Air Conditioner
*3: 1FZ-FE Engine Model *8: Models with Front and Rear Air Conditioner
*4: 1FZ-F Engine Model *9: Models with Rigid Axle Front Suspension
*5: 1HD-FTE, 1HD-T and 1HZ Engines Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3) Models for G.C.C. Countries

" Performance A
Model
New Previous
Item
4800 (4130) 4500 (3870)
5150 (4430)*1 5150 (4430)*1
Heater
Power Consumption W 195*1, 200 z
6510 (5600)*5, 7
Heat Output W (Kcal/h) 6600 (5680)
Air 6280 (5400)*6
Conditioner Air Flow Volume m3 /h 580 610
" Specifications A
Model
New Previous
Item
216.9 x 140 x 21 155.7 x 200 x 27

(8.5 x 5.5 x 0.8) (6.1 x 7.9 x 1.1)
216.9 x 140 x 27*1 155.7 x 200 x 36*1
(8.5 x 5.5 x 1.1) (6.1 x 7.9 x 1.4)
Motor Type S80F11.5T z
Blower
Fan Size Dia. x H mm (in.) 158 x 80 (6.2 x 3.1) 150 x 85 (5.9 x 3.3)
Multi-Flow Type
(Sub-Cool Type)
359.3 x 670 x 16*2 362.8 x 706 x 22*4
(14.1 x 26.4 x 0.6) (14.3 x 27.8 x 0.9) BE
Condenser Size W x H x L mm (in.)
520.8 x 650 x 16 362.8 x 706 x 32*3
(20.5 x 25.6 x 0.6) (14.3 x 27.8 x 1.3)
Air Conditioner
4.0 (0.16)*3,
Fin Pitch mm (in.) 3.2 (0.13)
4.5 (0.18)*4
266.2 x 255 x 90 279 x 260 x 105
(10.5 x 10.0 x 3.5) (11.0 x 10.2 x 4.1)
10PA15*4, 6, 10PA15* 6, 10PA17,
4,
Compressor Type
10PA17**3,4, 65 , 10PA20 10PA20*3, 5, 7
*1: Models with Automatic Air Conditioner
*2: Models with Front Air Conditioner and Rigid Axle Suspension
*3: Models with Front and Rear Air Conditioner
*4: Models with Front Air Conditioner
*5: 1FZ-FE Engine Model
*6: 1HZ Engine Model
*7: 1FZ-F Engine Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Rear Air Conditioner (Rear Heater and Rear Cooler)

" Performance of Rear Heater and Rear Cooler A
Model
New Previous
Item
Heat Output W (Kcal/h) 2100 (1800) 1860 (1600)
Rear Heater Air Flow Volume m3 /h 110 z
Heat Output W (Kcal/h) 3170 (2730) —
Rear Cooler Air Flow Volume m3 /h 285 —
Power Consumption W 170 —
" Specifications of Rear Heater and Rear Cooler A
Model
New Previous
Item
Type U-turn Flow Type Flat Tube Type
140 x 105.3 x 27 120 x 92.7 x 36
Rear Heater
(5.5 x 4.1 x 1.1) (4.7 x 3.6 x 1.4)

Fin Pitch mm (in.) 1.8 (0.07) 2.8 (0.11)
Motor Type S50FS 50F23T
Blower Fan Size Dia. x H
120 x 75 (4.7 x 3.0) 115.3 x 65 (4.5 x 2.6)
mm (in.)
Type Drawn Cup Type —
159 x 200 x 90
Evaporator Size W x H x L mm (in.) —
Rear Cooler
(6.3 x 7.9 x 3.5)

Fin Pitch mm (in.) 4.5 (0.18) —
Motor Type S70F12T —
Blower Fan Size Dia. x H
135 x 70 (5.3 x 2.8) —
mm (in.)
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JCONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION
1. Front Heater Control Panel

D An easy-to-use rotary switch type front heater control panel is used. The design of the switches has been
optimized to realize excellent ease of use.
D On models with automatic air condiitoner, an indicator is provided above the blower switch and the mode
switch so that the airflow volume and the air outlet mode can be verified in the automatic mode.
Indicator
147BE05
Automatic Air Conditioner Model
2. Air Conditioning Unit

The air conditioning unit incorporates a blower, heater and cooler units. This provides low ventilating resis-
tance and improves quietness and performance.
Blower Fan
A shroud fan has been adopted for the blower fan to achieve both increased airflow and decreased noise.
BE
Along with the adoption of the shroud fan, the air inlet at the bottom of the blower unit that was provided
in the previous model has been discontinued.
Heater Core
The flow of the heater water in the heater core has been changed from the previous U-turn flow to a full-path
flow. Due to the resulting improvement in the heat exchanging efficiency of the heater core, the heater core
itself could be made thinner.
155BE26 155BE27
New Previous
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Evaporator
By placing the tanks at the top and the bottom of the evaporator unit and by adopting an inner fin construc-
tion, the heat exchanging efficiency has been improved and the evaporator unit’s temperature distribution
has been made more uniform. As a result, it has become possible to realize a thinner evaporator construction.
Tanks
Inner Fin
155BE05 155BE06
New
Cross Rib
155BE29 155BE30
Previous
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Condenser
The Land Cruiser has newly adopted a sub-cool condenser in which a multi-flow condenser (consisting of
two cooling portions: a condensing portion and a super-cooling portion) and a gas-liquid separator (modula-
tor) have been integrated. This condenser has adopted the sub-cool cycle for its cooling cycle system to im-
prove the heat exchanging efficiency.
Sub-Cool Cycle
The receiver cycle of the previous condenser could not convert the gaseous refrigerant that was sent by the
compressor into a completely liquefied state in the condenser. Thus, a portion of the refrigerant remained
in the gaseous state as it was sent to the evaporator.
In the sub-cool cycle of the sub-cool condenser that has been adopted on the new model, after the refrigerant
passes through the condensing portion of the condenser, both the liquid refrigerant and the gaseous refriger-
ant that could not be liquefied are cooled again in the super-cooling portion. Thus, the refrigerant is sent
to the evaporator in an almost completely liquefied state.
Multi-Flow Condenser Condensing Portion
Gaseous
Refrigerant
BE
Liquid
Modulator Refrigerant
Super Cooling Portion

155BE04
Models with Front and Rear Air Conditioner
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
NOTE: The point at which the air bubbles disappear in the refrigerant of the sub-cool cycle is lower than the
proper amount of refrigerant with which the system must be filled. Therefore, if the system is re-
charged with refrigerant based on the point at which the air bubbles disappear, the amount of refriger-
ant would be insufficient. As a result, the cooling performance of the system will be affected.
For the proper method of verifying the amount of the refrigerant and to recharge the system with re-
frigerant, see the Land Cruiser Chassis and Body Repair Manual (Pub. No. RM616E).
High Pressure
Properly Recharged Amount
Point in which Bubbles Disappear
Amount of Refrigerant
155BE24
4. Power Heater
A viscous type power heater is provided as optional equipment for the cold area specification model with
1HD-FTE engine for Europe.
The power heater raises the coolant temperature by the shearing heat that is generated by the silicon oil when
the silicon oil that is sealed in the heater is stirred by a rotor. Consequently, the temperature of the coolant
that flows through the heater core becomes higher than normal, thus improving the output performance of
the heater.
5. Rear Heater Control Switch

On models with rear heater, a rear heater control switch is provided in the center console.
On the new model, the construction of the switch has been changed from the seesaw type of the previous
model to a momentary type.
156BE23 156BE24
New Previous
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
6. Rear Heater Control Panel

There are two types of rear heater control panels, depending on whether the vehicle is equipped with rear
heater or rear air conditioner.
The models with rear heater or rear manual air conditioner has adopted a push and rotary switch type heater
control panel. This control panel is located on the back of the rear console box.
The models with rear automatic air conditioner has adopted a push switch type heater control panel. This
control panel is provided on the ceiling above the No.2 rear seat.
A rear heater is not provided on the models for the G.C.C. countries. Therefore, the rear heater control panel
of the model with rear automatic air conditioner for the G.C.C. countries is not provided with a mode select
switch to switch between the rear cooler and the rear heater.
155BE25
Push and Rotary Switch Type Control Panel
Mode Select Switches
BE
146BE03 146BE04
Models for Australia Models for G.C.C. Countries
Push Switch Type Control Panel
" Mode Select Switches Control Unit A
Cooler and
Cooler Heater
Heater
146BE23
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
7. Rear Cooler Switch and Rear Cooler Control Panel

On models with rear manual air conditioner, a rear cooler switch is provided in the center cluster. Also, a slide
switch type rear cooler control panel is provide on the ceiling above the No.2 rear seat.
147BE20 147BE06
Rear Cooler Switch Rear Cooler Control Panel
8. Rear Air Conditioning Unit

The rear air conditioner is separated into the rear heater unit and the rear cooler unit.
Rear Cooler
Rear Heater 155BE17
Rear Heater Unit

D The rear heater unit is located under the front seat.
D The rear heater with a full-air mix type temperature control is used.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Rear Cooler Unit

D The rear cooler unit is mounted inside the right rear quarter trim.
D A suction-type rear cooler unit that provides a blower fan downstream from the evaporator has been
adopted to reduce noise.
Rear Cooler Unit

Blower Fan
Evaporator
155BE18
9. Duct
D The rear cooler ducts are enclosed entirely inside the pillar garnish and the roof lining for improved looks.
D The blower outlet of the rear cooler is located in front of the occupants. The occupants’ comfort has been
improved by directing the cool air from the front of the occupants, to their face level.
BE
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
268 BODY ELECTRICAL – ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
JDESCRIPTION
The new Land Cruiser includes the accessory systems shown in the following table.
System Outline
The power window system includes one-touch auto down and key-off
operation functions. The one-touch auto down function automatically opens
the driver’s door window fully. The key-off operation function makes it
possible to operate the power windows for approximately 45 seconds after
the ignition key is turned to the ACC or LOCK position, if the front doors
are not opened.
Power Window In addition, the models for Europe provides one-touch auto up and jam
System protection functions.
The one-touch auto up and down function automatically closes and opens the
driver’s side window fully.
A jam protection function automatically stops the power window and moves
it downward, if a foreign object becomes jammed in the window during
one-touch auto-up operation of the driver’s window.
This system has “key-linked lock and unlock” and “door lock control
Door Lock Control
switch” functions. All doors can be locked and unlocked simultaneously by
System
operation of the door key or door lock control switch.
The multi-function type wireless door lock remote control system has been
Wireless Door Lock
adopted. This system uses a transmitter that can be used to lock and unlock
Remote Control
all the doors, operate the panic alarm.
System
When an attempt is made to forcibly enter the vehicle or open the hood or
Theft Deterrent trunk lid without a key, or when the battery terminals are removed and
System reconnected, this system sounds the horn and flashes the headlights,
taillights and turn signal lights for about 1 minute to alert the owner.
This is a theft-deterrent system which disables the engine unless the ignition
Engine Immobiliser key used to start the engine has an ID code that matches the pre-registered
System code in the vehicle.
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) airbag is provided for the driver
and front passenger. The SRS airbag has been designed to lessen the shock
to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger with a frontal impact
in the even of a collision.
SRS Airbag
3 sensor type airbag system is used in which the detection of deceleration
during a collision as well as control of the airbag system is accomplished by
the front airbag sensor and airbag sensor assembly.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
BODY ELECTRICAL – ACCESSORIES 269
System Outline
Once it has been set at desired vehicle speed, this system automatically
adjusts the engine throttle position to maintain the vehicle speed at the
Cruise Control System
desired speed without operating the acceleration pedal.
A moon roof provides good ventilation and exhilarating open air driving.
This system includes “one-touch slide open and close (except models for
Moon Roof
Australia)” and “jam-protection” functions.
The power seats are power assisted by electric motors so that the seat
Power Seat
positions can be adjusted easily by a simple switch operation.
The desired seat position can be stored (as well as tilt and telescopic steering
and outside rear view mirror positions) in memory.
Memory System
2 different driving positions can be memorized in the power seat ECU.
This system is optional equipment on models for Europe.
The seat heater system improves the comfort of the driver and the front
passenger in a cold weather by heating the surface of the seats.
Seat Heater
Also, on the new Land Cruiser, the heating area of the seat cushion has been
extended to the sides of the cushion.
An electrical remote control type outside rear view mirror that enables mirror
angle to be adjusted by a switch operation is provided.
An internal heater which operates in conjunction with the rear window
Outside Rear View
defogger have been adopted on models for Europe.
Mirror
Also, on the RHD models for Europe provides the power retraction function
that retracts and reinstates the mirror bodies through a switch operation.
If the driver or the front passenger has not buckled the respective seat belt
when the ignition switch is turned ON, the seat belt warning system BE
Seat Belt Warning
illuminates the warning light and sounds the buzzer to inform the driver and
System
the front passenger that their seat belts have not been buckled.
When the driver’s door is opened with the ignition key in the ACC or LOCK
Key Reminder System position, this system sounds a buzzer to warn the driver that the ignition key
has not been removed.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JPOWER WINDOW
1. General
D The new model has adopted a one-touch auto-down function, which enable the door window to fully open
at a touch of the power window switch.
D On models for Europe, in addition to the one-touch auto-down function, a one-touch auto-up function has
been added, thus enabling the driver’s door window to fully close at the touch of the switch.
In conjunction with this function, a jam protection function has been newly added. If a foreign object
becomes jammed between the glass and the window frame during one-touch auto-up or key-off operation,
this function automatically stops the power window’s upward movement and moves it downward.
D All models are provided with a key-off operation function in which the power windows can be operated
for a prescribed length of time even after the ignition switch has been turned OFF.
The major function parts of jam protection function of the power window are shown below.
Power Window
Instrument Switch
Key Unlock Panel ECU
Warning Switch
Power Window
Regulator Assembly
Power Window
Switch
Power Window
Regulator Assembly
155BE40
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Wiring Diagram
IG Switch
Power
Window
Main Relay
Power Window Main Swich (Front LH)
Battery
Power 1 2 3
Power Power Power
Door Lock Window
Window Window Window
Motor Motor
Motor
Door Lock (Front LH) Motor Motor
(Front RH) (Rear RH) (Rear LH)
Control Relay
1 : Power Window Switch (Front RH)
2 : Power Window Switch (Rear RH)
3 : Power Window Switch (Rear LH)
156BE16
LHD Model
4. Construction
Pulse Sensor and Limit Switch

By way of the pulse plate that is attached to the reduction gear of the power window motor, the pulse sensor BE
outputs a pulse signal with an amplitude that is appropriate for the rpm of the motor to the controller.
In addition, a limit switch is enclosed in the reduction gear. This switch determines the neutral zone in which
the jam function does not operate.
Pulse Plate
Output Pulse
Signal
Output Pulse Signal

Power Window Motor
155BE21 155BE38
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Controller
Consisting of a pulse input circuit, jam judgment circuit, and motor drive circuit, the controller is integrated
with the power window master switch.
The jam judgment circuit detects if a foreign object is jammed in the window by sensing a change in the
signal that is output by the pulse sensor.
Power Window Master Switch

The power window master switch outputs control signals for the power window’s up, down, one-touch
auto-up, one-touch auto-down functions to the power window motor.
5. Operation
Normal Operation
During the normal operation of the power window, the power window motor rotates at a constant speed.
Accordingly, the width of the pulse signals that are output by the pulse sensor to the controller is uniform.
When the controller receives pulse signals with a uniform width, it determines that no jamming occurred.
Thus, the controller determines the power window movement according to the signal that is received by the
controller.
t1 t2
t1 = t2
Output Pulse Signal 155BE22
Jam Protection Operation

If an object becomes jammed between the glass and the window frame during one-touch auto-up operation,
the power window motor’s speed decreases ( 1 ). Accordingly, the width of the pulse signals that are output
by the pulse sensor to the controller increases. After the motor’s deceleration rate exceeds a predetermined
value, the jam judgment circuit determines that jamming occurred.
Then, the controller stops the upward movement of the window, and automatically moves the window
downward so that there will be a window opening of 200 mm (7.9 in.) or more ( 2 ).
The jam protection function operates only during a one-touch auto-up operation.
Foreign Object
Foreign Object Jammed

2
1
t1 t2
t1 < t2
155BE23
Output Pulse Signal
NOTE: Immediately before the window is fully closed, there is an area in which the jam protection function
does not operate.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JWIRELESS DOOR LOCK REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. General
The wireless door lock remote control system is a convenient system for locking and unlocking all the doors,
at a distance. This system in the Land Cruiser has the following features:
D A multi-function type wireless door lock remote control system that provides a lock/unlock function for
all doors, panic alarm operation function, etc. has been adopted.
D An easy-to-use key-integrated type transmitter has been adopted.
D An LED (Light Emitting Diode) is enclosed in the transmitter to monitor if the battery is discharged.
D A rolling code function has been adopted, which changes the recognition code each time the transmitter
is pressed.
D To facilitate the verification of its operation, this system flashes the parking lights and taillights upon
completion of each operation.
" System Diagram A
Key Unlock Door

Warning Courtesy
Switch Switch
Wireless Door Headlight and

Lock / Unlock Lock ECU Taillight Relay
Detection Signal
Theft
Door Lock
Control Relay Deterrent Transmitter BE
ECU
Theft
Door Lock
Deterrent
Motor Horn
156BE29
Models for General Countries
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
The major functional parts of the wireless door lock remote control system are shown below.
Key Unlock
Warning Switch Door Lock
Wireless Door Motor
Lock ECU
Door Courtesy
Switch
Door Lock
Motor
Door Lock Motor

Door Courtesy Switch 155BE41
LHD Model
3. Construction
Transmitter
D To accommodate the multiple functions pro-
vided in the wireless door lock remote control
system, the multi-function type transmitter
has been enclosed in the key grip. As a result,
a transmitter with excellent portability and
ease of use has been realized. Door Lock
Switch LED
D On models for General Countries, this trans-
mitter is equipped with a panic switch which
activates the security alarm of the theft deter-
rent system to activate.
D An LED (Light Emitting Diode) is enclosed in Door Unlock Panic
the key grip to monitor if the battery is dis- Switch Switch
charged.
156BE28
D The key mold portion and the transmitter Models for General Countries
module has been separated to improve their
serviceability.
Wireless Door Lock ECU

D An antenna that receives the signals from the transmitter is enclosed in the ECU.
D The ECU outputs the control signals to the integration relay, buzzer, etc., in accordance with the signals
received from the transmitter.
D The wireless door lock ECU is located in the instrument panel on the driver side.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Function
The wireless door lock remote control system in the Land Cruiser has the following functions.
" Availability A
Europe Australia
Function Countries Countries
All Doors Lock Function f f f f
All Doors Unlock Function f f f f
Panic Alarm Function – – – f
Operation Verification Light Function – f f f
Auto Lock Function f f f f
Transmitter Switch Misoperation
f f f f
Prevention Function
Repeat Function f f f f
Security Function f f f f
Transmitter Recognition Code
f f f f
Registration Function
Self-Diagnosis Function f f f f
All Doors Lock Function

Pressing the “door lock” switch of the transmitter locks all doors.
All Doors Unlock Function

Pressing the “door unlock” switch of the transmitter unlocks all doors.
Panic Alarm Function

Pressing the “panic” switch of the transmitter activates the alarm of the theft deterrent system (to sound the
horn and flash the headlights and taillights). BE
Operation Verification Light Function
When the doors are locked by the transmitter " Light Flash Patterns A
switch operation, the parking light and taillight
flashes once to confirm that the operation has ON 0.20 Sec.
Lock
been completed. Light
g OFF
Similarly, the parking light flashes twice when Flash ON
Unlock
the doors are unlocked. OFF
156BE27
Auto Lock Function
If none of the doors are opened within 30 seconds after they are unlocked by the wireless door lock remote
control, all the doors are locked again automatically.
Transmitter Switch Misoperation Prevention Function

When an ignition key is in the ignition key cylinder or any of the doors is not closed completely, the wireless
door lock remote control is temporarily cancelled to prevent misoperation.
Repeat Function
If a door is not locked in response to the locking operation of the transmitter, the wireless door lock ECU
will output a lock signal once after 2 seconds.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Security Function
An operation signal is transmitted by a rolling code function in which the recognition code is changed each
time the transmitter switch is pressed.
Transmitter Recognition Code Registration Function

The table below shows the 4 special coded ID registration function modes (rewrite mode, add mode, con-
firm mode and prohibit mode) through which up to 4 different codes can be registered. The codes are elec-
tronically registered (written to and stored) in the EEPROM.
For details of the recognition code registration procedure, refer to the Land Cruiser Chassis and Body Repair
Manual (Pub. No. RM616E) to register the codes correctly.
Mode Function
Erases all previously registered codes and registers only the newly received
Rewrite Mode codes. This mode is used whenever a transmitter or the wireless door lock
ECU is replaced.
Adds a newly received code while preserving any previously registered
codes.
Add Mode
This mode is used when adding a new transmitter. If the number of codes
exceeds 4, the oldest registered code is erased first.
Confirms how many codes are currently registered. When adding a new
Confirm Mode
code, this mode is used to check how many codes already exist.
To delete all the registered codes and to prohibit the wireless door lock
Prohibit Mode function.
This mode is used when the transmitter is lost.
Self-Diagnosis Function
Determines whether or not the signals received from the transmitter during the diagnostic mode is normal
and operates the taillights and the parking lights in accordance with the switches that have been pressed.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM
1. General
The engine immobiliser system is a theft-deterrent system which disables the engine from starting using the
ignition key with an ID code that matches with the pre-registered code in the vehicle.
2. System Outline
The engine immobiliser system compares the ID code that is registered in the transponder key computer with
the ID code of the transponder chip that is embedded in the ignition key. The immobiliser system unsets if
these ID codes match. Thus, on the 2UZ-FE, 1FZ-FE, and 1HD-FTE engine models, the transponder key
computer and the engine ECU communicate with each other to authorize fuel injection and ignition, enabling
the engine to start. On the 1HZ and 1HD-T engine models, the transponder key computer and FCVC (Fuel
Cutoff Valve Control) communicate with each other to authorize the delivery of fuel, enabling the engine to
start.
On the 2UZ-FE engine model, the transponder key computer and the engine ECU are integrated.
Transponder Chip
Spark Plug
Key
Cylinder
Engine
ECU
Ignition Key
Transponder Key Amplifier
Fuel Injector
2UZ-FE Engine Model 147BE01
BE
Transponder Chip
Key
Transponder
Cylinder Engine
Key
Computer ECU
Ignition Key
Transponder Key
Amplifier
*1 *2
Injection Pump
Injection Pump
147BE09
Diesel Engine Model
*1: 1HZ and 1HD-T Engines Model
*2: 1HD-FTE Engine Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Construction
The engine immobiliser system consists of the transponder key (ignition key), transponder key coil, trans-
ponder key amplifier, engine ECU (2UZ-FE engine model) and transponder key computer (except 2UZ-FE
engine model).
Transponder Key (Ignition Key)

A transponder chip is embedded in the grip of the
Transponder Chip
ignition key. Each transponder chip contains an
individual transponder key code (ID code). The
key does not need an internal battery to transmit
a key code.
156BE30
Transponder Key Coil and Transponder Key Amplifier

The transponder key coil is a ring-shaped coil installed around the ignition key cylinder. The transponder
key amplifier is installed in the back of the ignition cylinder.
On the 2UZ-FE engine model, in conjunction with the integration of the transponder key computer with
the engine ECU, the power circuit for the electricity to be supplied to the transponder key coil has been en-
closed in the amplifier.
Engine ECU (2UZ-FE Engine Model)

The transponder key computer has been integrated with the engine ECU. As a result, the wiring of the sys-
tem has been reduced. Also, the engine starting time has been reduced when the transponder key code did
not match, thus improving the vehicle’s theft deterrent performance.
A maximum of 10 different transponder key codes (master key: 7 types, sub key: 3 types) can be registered
in the engine ECU.
Transponder Key Computer (Except 2UZ-FE Engine Model)

The transponder key computer is mounted inside the passenger side instrument panel.
A maximum of 6 different transponder key codes (master key: 4 types, sub key: 2 types) can be registered
in the key computer.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Operation
Setting the Engine Immobiliser System

When the ignition key is removed from the key cylinder, the engine immobiliser system will be set.
Unsetting the Engine Immobiliser System
1) Gasoline Engine Model (2UZ-FE Engine Model)
1 When the ignition key is inserted in the key cylinder, the engine ECU instructs the transponder key
coil to supply the electromagnetic energy that enables the transponder chip to transmit a key-code sig-
nal. The condenser in the transponder chip converts and stores this energy as electrical energy. The
transponder chip then uses this electrical energy to transmit a key-code signal.
Electromagnetic Energy
Ignition Key Transponder Key Coil
Transponder Key-Code
Chip Signal Transponder Engine ECU
Key Amplifier
147BE02
2 The key code signal that has been received at the coil is amplified by the transponder key amplifier
and sent to the engine ECU. The key code that has been received by the engine ECU is then compared
to the key code that is stored in the engine ECU. The code comparison process takes place, and if the BE
codes match in a row, the engine ECU unsets the immobiliser system. As a result, the engine will be
able to start.
Code Memory Circuit

Spark Plug
Code
Comparison
Circuit
Key-Code Key-Code
Signal Key-Code Engine ECU
Transponder Key Injector
Amplifier
147BE03
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2) Gasoline Engine Model (Except 2UZ-FE Engine Model) and Diesel Engine Model
1 When the ignition key is inserted in the key cylinder, the transponder key computer instructs the trans-
ponder key coil to supply the electromagnetic energy that enables the transponder chip to transmit a
key-code signal. The condensor in the transponder chip converts and stores this energy as electrical
energy. The transponder chip then uses this electrical energy to transmit a key-code signal.
Electromagnetic
Ignition Key Energy
*1
Key
Cylinder Engine
ECU *1
Key-Code
Transponder Chip Transponder
Signal
Key Computer *3
*2
Injection Pump
Injection Pump
*1: 1FZ-FE Engine Model 147BE10
*2: 1HZ and 1HD-T Engine Model

2 The key code signal that has been received at the coil is amplified by the transponder key complifier
and sent to the computer. The key code that has been received by the computer is then compared to
the key code that is stored in the computer. The code comparison process takes place twice, and if the
codes match twice in a row, the computer unsets the immobiliser system.
Transponder Key Coil Code Memory Circuit
*1
Code
Engine
Comparison ECU *1
Circuit
Key-Code Key-Code Transponder

Key Computer *3
Signal
Transponder
Key Amplifier
*2
Injection Pump
Injection Pump
147BE11
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3 If the immobiliser system is unset, on the gasoline engine model, the engine ECU allows the current
to flow to the injectors and to the spark plugs to enable fuel delivery and ignition. On the diesel engine
model, the ECU allows the current to flow to the FCVC, thus enabling the injection pump to inject
fuel. As a result, the engine can be started.
Then the engine ECU generates a rolling code based on certain parameters and sends it to the comput-
er.
Rolling
Code
Spark Plug
Engine *1
ECU
*1 Injector
Transponder Key Rolling Rolling
Computer Code Code
*3
FCVC
*2
Injection Pump
Injection Pump
147BE12
4 Upon receiving the rolling code from the engine ECU, the computer converts the rolling code accord-
ing to certain parameters and sends it to the engine ECU. This communication between the computer
and the engine ECU will take place for a few seconds until the correct signal is sent by the computer
to the engine ECU. Within this time, if the correct signal is sent from the computer to the engine ECU,
the engine will continue to operate. However, if the correct signal is not sent by the computer within
this period, the engine ECU will prohibit fuel delivery and ignition (gasoline engine model only), thus
BE
disabling the engine.
Spark Plug
Engine *1
ECU
*1 Injector
Transponder Key Rolling
Computer Code
*2 *3
Rolling Rolling
Code
Code
Injection Pump FCVC

Injection Pump
147BE13
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
5. Functions
The engine immobiliser system provides the following functions:
Immobiliser Cancel Function

The immobiliser system is cancelled when the following condition is met, thus permitting authorized opera-
tion of the engine:
D The ignition key has been inserted in the key cylinder (after the transponder key computer reads the key
code of the transponder chip and that code matches the pre-registered key code).
New Transponder Key Code Registration Function

This function allows the registration of the key code of a new master or sub key to the transponder key com-
puter or engine ECU. On the 2UZ-FE engine model, a maximum of 10 different transponder key codes (7
for master keys and 3 for sub keys) can be registered in the engine ECU. On the other model, a maximum
of 6 different transponder key codes (4 for master keys and 2 for sub keys) can be registered in the transpond-
er key computer. This function is used if the transponder key computer is replaced with a new one.
Additional Transponder Key Code Registration Function

This function enables the registration of the key code for a new master key or sub key, while retaining the
key codes that are already registered. This function is used for the purpose of adding a new master or sub
key.
Transponder Key Code Delete Function

This function deletes all the transponder key codes that are registered in the transponder key computer ex-
cept for the key code of the master key that was used to execute the delete function.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JSRS AIRBAG
1. General
D The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) airbag is designed to help lessen the shock to the driver and
front passenger as a supplement to the seat belt.
In a collision, the airbag sensor detects the shock and if the front-to-rear shock is greater than a specified
value, the airbags stored in the steering wheel pad for the driver and above the glove box for the front pas-
senger inflate instantly to help reduce the likelihood of the driver’s or front passenger’s head and chest
directly hitting the steering wheel or instrument panel.
D A 3-sensor type airbag system is used, in which the detection of deceleration during a collision is accom-
plished by the front airbag sensor and airbag sensor enclosed in the airbag sensor assembly.
146BE01
" System Diagram A BE

The activation processes of the SRS airbag is as illustrated below.
Inflator
Initiator
Airbag Sensor Assembly
Power Safing Gas

Source Sensor Generator
Bag
Inflator (For Driver)
Airbag Sensor
Squib
Collision Impact
Front Airbag
Sensor Gas
Bag
To Seat Belt For Front
Pretensioner Passenger
146BE12
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
The major function parts of the airbag system are shown below.
SRS Warning
Light Right Side Front Inflator and Bag for Front
Airbag Sensor Passenger (Above the Glove Box)
Left Side Front

Airbag Sensor
Inflator and Bag for

Driver (In Steering
Wheel Pad)

147BE21
3. Wiring Diagram
ECU-B
SRS Warning Light
Back-Up
Check Connector
Power Source
ACC
CIG
Safing
IG Sensor
IG2
Squib
Initiator (For
Diagnosis (For Driver) Front
Circuit and Passenger)
CPU IG Control
Battery Monitor
Circuit Circuit
Spiral Cable
Airbag Drive
Sensor Circuit
To Seat Belt
Pretensioner
Left Side Right Side

Airbag Sensor Airbag Sensor 146BE13
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Construction and Operation
Front Airbag Sensor

The front airbag sensor consists of rotor, movable contact point and a stationary contact point.
The rotor is fixed by the initial set load of the movable contact point. At the same time, the movable contact
point restrains the movement of the rotor which is generated during vehicle deceleration, thus preventing
the unintended activation of the system.
If a sudden deceleration that exceeds a predetermined value occurs due to a collision of the vehicle, the rotor
will rotate. The rotational movement of the rotor pushes the movable contact point and causes the movable
and stationary contact points to come into contact. As a result, an ON signal is generated and transmitted
to the airbag sensor assembly.
Deceleration
Rotor
Movable
Stationary Contact
Contact Point Point
Normal Condition Activated Condition
146BE14 146BE15

BE
1) Description
The airbag sensor assembly is mounted on the center floor under the instrument panel. It receives signals
from the airbag sensor enclosed in the airbag sensor assembly and front airbag sensor and judges whether
the airbag and seat belt pretensioner must be activated or not, and then diagnoses system malfunctions.
2) Construction and Operation

The airbag sensor assembly consists of airbag sensor, safing sensor, ignition control circuit, diagnosis
circuit, etc.
a. Airbag Sensor, Ignition Control Circuit

D The airbag sensor is enclosed in the airbag sensor assembly. Based on the deceleration of the vehicle
that occurs during a collision, the distortion that is created in the sensor is converted into an electric
signal. This signal is a linear representation of the deceleration rate.
D The ignition control circuit performs a prescribed calculation based on the signal output by the airbag
sensor and the front airbag sensor. If these calculated values are larger than a predetermined value,
it activates the ignition operation.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
b. Safing Sensor
The safing sensor is enclosed in the airbag sensor assembly. The sensor turns ON and outputs an ON
signal to the airbag sensor assembly if a deceleration force that is higher than a predetermined value
is applied to the safing sensor as a result of a frontal collision.
c. Back-Up Power Source

The back-up power source consists of a power supply capacitor and a DC-DC converter. In case of a
power system failure during a collision, the power supply capacitor discharges and supplies electric
power to the system. The DC-DC converter is a boosting transformer when the battery voltage drops
below a certain level.
d. Diagnosis Circuit
This circuit constantly diagnoses the system for any malfunction. When a malfunction is detected, it
lights up the SRS warning light on the combination meter to alert the driver.
e. Memory Circuit
When a malfunction is detected by the diagnosis circuit, it is coded and stored in this memory circuit.
However, if the power supply is cut off by turning the ignition switch OFF or by disconnecting the bat-
tery terminal, the diagnosis code will be deleted from the memory circuit.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Inflator
1) For Driver
The inflator for driver is compraised of an initiator, enhancer, propellant grain, etc.
If the airbag sensor is activated by deceleration due to frontal collision, electric current then ignites the
initiator located in the inflator. The flame spreads instantaneously to the propellant grain, and a large
amount of nitrogen gas is generated from the propellant grain. The gas flows through the filter where
cinders are removed and the gas is cooled before filling the bag. Then, as it expands, the driver’s bag tears
open the wheel pad outer layer to expand further and to help to restrain the impact applied to the head
and chest of the driver.
Initiator Enhancer
Filter
Propellant Grain
To the Bag To the Bag
: Propagation of Fire
: Flow of Nitrogen Gas 146BE16
2) For Front Passenger

The inflator for front passenger is comprised of a squib, projectile, burst disk, propellant, high pressure
argon gas and etc. BE
If the airbag sensor is turned on by deceleration due to frontal collision, electric current then ignites the
squib located in the inflator. The projectile which fired by the ignition of the squib pierces through the
burst disk and collides with the actuator, which causes the primer to ignite. The flame of the primer
spreads instantaneously to the ignition booster and to the propellant. The gas which expanded by the heat
of the ignition of the propellant flows into the airbag via the gas release hole, thus inflating the airbag.
" Construction A
Squib Primer
Projectile Ignition Booster
Actuator
Gas Release Gas
Propellant
Hole Burst Disk
156BE06
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
" Operation A
Squib
Projectile
Actuator
Burst Disk 156BE07
Actuator Ignition Booster
Primer Propellant
Projectile 156BE08
Gas
Gas Release Hole
Propellant
156BE09
: Propagation of Fire
: Flow of Argon Gas
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
SRS Warning Light

The SRS warning light is located on the com-
bination meter.
It comes on to alert the driver about the system
trouble when a malfunction is detected in self-
diagnosis of the airbag sensor assembly and side
airbag sensor assembly. In normal operating
conditions when the ignition switch is turned to
the ACC or ON position, the light comes on for
about 6 seconds and then goes off.
147BE07
Ignition Judgement and Condition

D When the vehicle collides in the hatched are (Fig. 1) and the shock is larger than a predetermined level,
the airbag and the seat belt pretensioner are activated automatically. The airbag sensor is characteristical-
ly turned in such a way that can judge the need for ignition in collisions within the hatched area.
D The safing sensor is designed to be activated by a smaller deceleration rate than that of the airbag sensor.
As illustrated in Fig. 2 below, ignition is operated when current flows to the squib. This happens when
a safing sensor and the airbag sensor go on simultaneously.
D Airbag sensor assembly judges whether or not to inflate the airbag in accordance with ON/OFF of the
front airbag sensor and the deceleration detected by the airbag sensor.
Front Airbag
Sensor ON / OFF
BE
Safing Sensor
ON
AND Ignition
Airbag Sensor
ON
147BE08
Range of Operation 146BE17
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JCRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. General
Once the system is set to a desired vehicle speed, the engine throttle position is adjusted automatically to
maintain the vehicle speed at that speed without depressing the accelerator pedal.
This system in the Land Cruiser has the following features:
D On the 2UZ-FE engine models, in conjunction with the adoption of the ETCS-i in the engine, a cruise con-
trol system that uses the throttle control motor, which is a part of the ETCS-i, has been adopted. Also, the
cruise control ECU has been integrated with the engine ECU.
D On the 1HD-FTE engine models, a cruise control system that controls the speed through the use of fuel
injection control has been adopted. Also, as in the 2UZ-FE engine models, the cruise control ECU has been
integrated with the engine ECU.
D On the 1HD-T engines models, a new motor type actuator that is both lightweight and simple in construc-
tion has been adopted. Also, the cruise control ECU has been made more compact.
" System Diagram A
Throttle Valve
Injection
Pump
Throttle Control
Motor
Cruise Cruise
Control Engine Control Engine
Switch ECU Switch ECU
156BE04 147BE18
2UZ-FE Engine Model 1HD-FTE Engine Model
Injection
Pump
Actuator
Cruise Cruise
Control Engine
Control
Switch ECU
ECU
147BE19
1HD-T Engine Model
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
2UZ-FE Engine Model
1) Actuator (Throttle Control Motor)

The 2UZ-FE engine model uses a throttle control motor, which is a part of the ETCS-i (Electronic
Throttle Control System-intelligent). Based on the signals received from the engine ECU, the throttle
control motor controls the throttle valve opening so that the current vehicle speed matches the desired
vehicle speed that is set in the system.
For details of construction and operation of throttle control motor, see page 94.
2) Engine ECU
The cruise control ECU has been integrated with the engine ECU. The engine ECU receives the signals
from the sensors and controls all cruise control functions.
1HD-FTE Engine Model
1) Injection Pump
The 1HD-FTE engine model uses a electronically controlled distributor type injection pump.
Based on the signals received from the engine ECU, the injection pump controls the fuel injection volume
so that the current vehicle speed matches the desired vehicle speed that is set in the system.
For details of construction and operation of injection pump, see page 128.
2) Engine ECU
The cruise control ECU has been integrated with the engine ECU. The engine ECU receives the signals
from the sensors and controls all cruise control functions.
BE
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
1HD-T Engine Model
1) Actuator
The 1HD-T engine model uses a new motor type actuator.
The potentiometer that measured the opening angle of the control link and transmitted the signals to the
cruise control ECU has been discontinued in the new actuator. The new actuator is equipped it with a
compact motor. As a result, the new actuator is made both lightweight and simple in construction.
Without the potentiometer, the new actuator continuously regulates the opening angle of the control link.
This is made possible by the ECU, which compares the current vehicle speed input with the desired ve-
hicle speed that is stored in memory, and the result of that comparison is transmitted to the actuator.
Limit Switch Potentiometer
Limit Switch
147BE04 147BE05
New Previous
2) Cruise Control ECU

The cruise control ECU has been made more compact by changing its internal circuits into an IC and by
reducing the number of connector terminals by revising the functions.
Also, the backup power source has been discontinued with the adoption of the EEPROM (Electrical Eras-
able Programmable ROM).
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Function
The functions of the cruise control system are basically the same as those of the previous model, except for
the functions listed below.
Constant Speed Control Function

As in the previous model, the constant speed control function of the 2UZ-FE engine model and 1HD-T en-
gine model controls the vehicle speed through the use of an actuator that regulates the throttle valve opening.
The vehicle speed of the 1HD-FTE engine model is controlled by enabling the injection pump to regulate
the fuel injection volume.
Manual Cancel Function

The following manual cancel has been changed.
New Previous
D Transmission shifted to “N” position
Transmission shifted to positions other than “D”
D Pull up the parking brake lever
Auto Cancel Function

When the vehicle is being driven under cruise control, if any of the following conditions is present, the ve-
hicle speed stored in memory is deleted, the control is lifted, the current to the actuator is disrupted, and the
power indicator light is made to flash.
Engine Type Condition How to Reactivate

2UZ-FE An abnormal condition in the ETCS-i components.
1HD-FTE An abnormal condition in the fuel injection pump. Turn off the ignition switch,
D Continuous current applied to the motor’s accel- and turn it back on. Then turn
1HD-T eration output. on the main switch. BE
D The motor did not move.
D An open or short circuit in the stop light switch.
2UZ-FE and
D An abnormal condition of the vehicle speed sig-
1HD-FTE
nal.
D Excessive current flowed to the motor or magnet-
Turn the main switch back on.
ic clutch drive transistor.
1HD-T D Open circuit in magnetic clutch.
D The vehicle speed signal is not sent for a predeter-
mined period of time (approx. 140 msec.)
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Diagnosis Function
Among the conditions in which the cruise control becomes canceled, a diagnosis function which uses a pow-
er indicator light, is implemented for some of the conditions.
For details of inspection, diagnostic trouble codes and repair procedures, see Land Cruiser Chassis and
Body Repair Manual (Pub. No. RM616E).
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JMOON ROOF
1. General
The moon roof in the Land Cruiser has the following features:
D A tilt-and-slide type power moon roof with “one-touch operation (except models for Australia)” and “jam
protection” functions has been adopted.
The “one-touch operation” function enables the moon roof to effect a fully open or a fully closed tilt-and-
slide operation.
The “jam protection” function detects if a foreign object gets caught while the moon roof is closing (in
the slide-close mode).
D The sliding roof microcomputer and the sliding roof motor have been integrated to reduce the number of
components.
Sliding Roof
Glass
Tilt
Sliding Roof Switch
Control
Computer Rail
Sliding Roof
Motor
Drive Cable Slide
155BE31
Swich 155BE32
BE
3. Wiring Diagram
Power Source
Circuit Sliding Roof Control Computer
From Battery
Moon Roof
Switch
Sliding Roof
IC Motor
Courtesy Switch
(Driver’s Door)
Hall IC
Limit Switch 155BE36
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Construction
Sliding Roof Drive Gear Assembly

D The sliding roof drive gear assembly consists of a microcomputer that contains a Hall IC and a drive unit
that contains a sliding roof motor and a drive gear.
D The sliding roof drive gear assembly contains a pulse sensor to detect if any foreign object gets caught
in the sliding roof.
The pulse sensor consists of a magnet and a hall IC. The magnet rotates with the sliding roof motor. The
hall IC detects a polarity change which is caused by the rotation of the magnet, and converts it into a pulse
signal. The pulse sensor (hall IC) outputs a pulse signal to the microcomputer.
Sliding Roof
Sliding Roof Motor Control Computer
Output Pulse Signal

155BE39 155BE38
Drive Gear Assembly
5. Operation
One-Touch Operation
When one of the moon roof switches (the slide switch or the tilt switch) is pressed longer than 0.3 seconds,
the microcomputer causes the sliding moon roof motor to rotate in accordance with the switch operation.
At the same time, the timer function in the microcomputer activates, allowing the current to be applied to
the motor even if the finger is released from the switch. Thus, the moon roof will carry out the slide-open,
slide-close, tilt-up, and tilt-down operations even if the switch is no longer pressed.
The one-touch operation stops its operation when one of the conditions given below is met.
D The microcomputer determines that the motor has seized (by the activation of the “jam protection” func-
tion), according to the signals from the Hall IC.
D The moon roof fully opens or fully closes during a tilt-up or down operation or a slide-open or close op-
eration.
D One of the moon roof switches (the slide switch or the tilt switch) is pressed during the moon roof opera-
tion.
D The slide switch and the tilt switch are turned ON simultaneously.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
Jam Protection Operation

If an object becomes jammed between the moon roof and the body during slide close operation, the sliding
roof motor’s speed decrease ( 1 ). Accordingly, the amplitude of the pulse signals that are output by the
pulse sensor to microcomputer increases.
When the motor’s deceleration rate exceeds a predetermined value or the seizure of the motor is detected,
the microcomputer determines that jamming has occurred.
Then, the microcomputer stops the close movements of the moon roof, and automatically moves the moon
roof open.
If jamming occurs during a slide-close operation, the moon roof slide opens until the roof opening is 200
mm (7.9 in.) or more ( 2 ).
Foreign Object Jammed

1
2
Sliding Roof
Glass
t1 t2
Foreign Object 155BE34

t1 < t2 155BE23
Slide Operation Output Pulse Signal
BE
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JOUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR
1. General
The outside rear view mirror in the Land Cruiser has the following features:
D An electrical remote control type outside rear view mirror that enables mirror angle to be adjusted by a
switch operation is provided on all models.
D An internal heater which operates in conjunction with the rear window defogger have been adopted on
models for Europe.
D The RHD model for Europe is provided with a power retraction function in which the mirrors can be re-
tracted or reinstated by operating a switch.
2. Wiring Diagram
Battery Ignition
Switch
Rear View
Reverse Mirror
Switch (Left Side)
Mirror ECU
Rear View
Mirror
(Right Side)
Mirror Switch
155BE37
RHD models for Europe
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Power Retraction Function (RHD models for Europe)
Construction
1) Outside Rear View Mirror

A photo coupler for detecting the seizure amperage has been adopted in the power retraction system to
ensure a compact retraction unit.
2) Retractable Switch
The retractable switch is located on the instrument panel, together with the mirror control switch. The
retractable switch is a lock type switch.
Retractable
Switch
155BE44
Operation BE
D When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position, operating the retractable switch causes the mirror
to retract or reinstate.
D If the ignition switch is turned OFF during the retraction or reinstating operation, the mirror immediately
stops its movement. Then, when the ignition switch is turned back to the ACC or ON position, the mirror
will resume its retraction or reinstating operation.
D If the setting of the retractable switch and the position of the mirror do not match (e.g., the retractable
switch is set to the retraction side while the mirror itself is in its extended state), turning the ignition
switch to the ACC or ON position will cause the mirror to retract or reinstate in order to match the setting
of the retractable switch.
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
JSEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
1. General
The seat belt warning system illuminates the warning light or sounds the buzzer to inform the driver or the
front passenger that their seat belts have not been buckled, if the driver or the front passenger has not buckled
the respective seat belt when the ignition switch is turned ON.
This system is provided as shown in the following table.
" Availability A
Destination and Grade Europe Australia G.C.C. Countries General Countries
Seat for Warning Warning Method VX VX GX STD VX GX STD VX GX STD
Light and
Driver and F f f
Front Buzzer
Passenger Light F F f f F f f
Light and
F F
Driver Buzzer
Light F F F F
2. Wiring Diagram
+B IG IG
1
Seat Belt Seat Belt Occupant LED
Buckle 1 Warning Detection Seat Belt
Switch Light Sensor Warning
Light
Seat Belt
Buckle
Switch Center Cluster
Combination Meter
146BE20 146BE21
1 : Driving Flashing Circuit
For Driver For Front Passenger
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3. Seat Belt Warning for Driver
Construction
The seat belt warning for the driver consists of the driver seat belt buckle switch, seat belt warning light for
the driver and warning buzzer for driver (models with warning buzzer).
1) Driver Seat Belt Buckle Switch

The driver seat belt buckle switch is enclosed in the seat belt buckle of the driver seat to detect whether
or not the seat belt for the driver is being worn.
2) Seat Belt Warning Light for Driver

The seat belt warning light for the driver is located in the combination meter. This light flashes to warn
if the driver does not have the seat belt buckled.
3) Warning Buzzer for Driver (Models with Warning Buzzer)

The warning buzzer for the driver is located in the combination meter.
The warning buzzer sounds for several seconds if the driver’s seat belt is not buckled.
Operation
If the driver’s seat belt is not buckled when the ignition switch is turned ON, the warning light in the
combination meter flashes. The warning light continues to flash until the driver wears the seat belt.
The models with warning buzzer sounds the warning buzzer for several seconds simultaneously with the
flashing of the warning light.
ON
Ignition Switch
OFF
BE
Driver Seat Belt ON
Buckle Switch OFF
Seat Belt Warningg ON

Light for Driver OFF
Warningg Buzzer ON
for Driver OFF
146BE22
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
4. Seat Belt Warning for Front Passenger
Construction
The seat belt warning for the front passenger consists of the front passenger seat belt buckle switch, occu-
pant detection sensor, seat belt warning light for the front passenger.
1) Front Passenger Seat Belt Buckle Switch

The front passenger seat belt buckle switch is enclosed in the seat belt buckle of the front passenger seat
to detect whether or not the seat belt for the front passenger is being worn.
2) Belt Warning Occupant Detection Sensor

The occupant detection sensor, which is enclosed in the seat cushion of the front passenger seat, is used
to detect whether or not the front passenger seat is occupied.
This sensor, which is shaped as illustrated below, consists of a construction in which two sheets of elec-
trodes sandwich a spacer. When the occupant is seated, the electrode sheets come in contact with each
other through the hole that is provided in the spacer portion, thus enabling the current to flow.
Thus, the sensor detects whether or not an occupant is seated in the front passenger seat.
Electrode Sheet
Spacer
Occupant Detection
Sensor
Electrode Sheet
156BE19
Sensor OFF
Occupant
Front Passenger Seat

147BE23
156BE20
Sensor ON
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
3) Seat Belt Warning Light for Front Passenger

The seat belt warning light for the front passenger is located in the display of the center cluster. This light
flashes to warn if the front passenger does not have the seat belt buckled.
Warning Light for

Front Passenger 156BE14
Operation
When an occupant is seated in the front passenger seat, the occupant detection sensor activates, thus enab-
ling the system to recognize that the occupant has seated. When the ignition switch is turned ON, a warning
light flashes if the front passenger is not wearing the seat belt. The warning light continues to flash until
the front passenger wears the seat belt.
If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the warning light remains extinct regardless of the condition of
the seat belt.
BE
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
306 APPENDIX
MAJOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Area Europe
Item
Body Type Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door)
Vehicle Grade VX
Model Code UZJ100R-GNPEKW UZJ100L-GNPEKW HDJ100R-GNMEZW HDJ100R-GNPEZW
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*1 z z z 5
Overall Wide mm (in.) 1940 (76.4) z z z
Height* mm (in.) 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, 3 z z z
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) z z z
Front mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) z z z
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) z z z 10
Length mm (in.) 2505 (98.6)*4 z z z
Room Wide mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) z z z
Major Dimensions & Vehicle Weights
Height mm (in.) 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 z z z

Length mm (in.) 335 (13.2)*4 z z z
Cargo Space Wide mm (in.) — — — — 15
Height mm (in.) 995 (39.2)*4 z z z
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2)*1 z z z
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1) z z z
Min. Running Ground Clearance mm (in.) — — — —
Angle of Approach degrees — — — — 20
Angle of Departure degrees — — — —
Front kg (lb) 1370 (3020) z 1475 (3252) 1495 (3296)
Curb Weight Rear kg (lb) 1150 (2535) z 1135 (2502) 1145 (2524)
Total kg (lb) 2520 (5555) z 2610 (5754) 2640 (5820)
Front kg (lb) 1415 (3120) z 1535 (3384) 1560 (3439) 25
Gross Vehicle Weight Rear kg (lb) 1845 (4068) z 1725 (3803) 1700 (3748)
Total kg (lb) 3260 (7187) z z z
Fuel Tank Capacity ȏ (Imp.gal.) 96 (21.1) z z z
Luggage Compartment Capacity m3 (cu.ft.) — — — —
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 175 (109) z 160 (99) 175 (109) 30
Max. Cruising Speed km / h (mph) — — — —
1st Gear km / h (mph) 23 (14)*5, 57 (35)*6 z 14 (9)*5, 36 (22)*6 18 (11)*5, 45 (28)*6
Performance
Max. Permissible 2nd Gear km / h (mph) 42 (26)*5, 104 (65)*6 z 26 (16)*5, 64 (40)*6 35 (22)*5, 87 (54)*6
Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) — — 40 (25)*5, 98 (61)*6 —
4th Gear km / h (mph) — — 59 (37)*5, 147 (91)*6 — 35
Tire m (ft.) 5.9 (19.4) z z z
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.3 (20.7) z z z
Engine Type 2UZ-FE z 1HD-FTE z
Valve Mechanism 32-Valve, DOHC z 24-Valve, OHC z
Bore x Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) z 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) z 40
Displacement cm3 (cu.in.) 4664 (284.5) z 4164 (254.0) z
Engine
Compression Ratio 9.6 : 1 z 18.8 : 1 z

Fuel System EFI z Distributor Type z
Research Octane No. or Cetane No. 96 z 48 or higher z
Max. Output kW / rpm 173 / 4800 (EEC) z 150 / 3400 (EEC) z 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 434 / 3400 (EEC) z 430 / 1400 X 3200 (EEC) z
12-55, 64*7 z 12-55 x 2, 64 x 2*7 z
Electrical
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. Hr.

Engine
Generator Output Watts 960 z 960, 1440*7 z

Starter Output 2.0 z 3.0 z
Clutch Type — — Dry, single, Diaphragm — 50
Transaxle Type A343F z H151F A442F
In First 2.804 z 4.081 2.950
In Second 1.531 z 2.294 1.530
Transmission Gear In Third 1.000 z 1.490 1.000
Ratio In Fourth 0.753 z 1.000 0.765 55
In Fifth — — 0.881 —
In Reverse 2.393 z 4.313 2.678
Transfer Gear Ratio H4 / L4 1.000 / 2.488 z z z
Differential Gear Ratio (Front / Rear) 4.300 / 4.300 z 3.909 / 3.909 4.100 / 4.100
Differential Gear Size (Front / Rear) in. 8” / 9.5” z z z 60
Chassis
Front Ventilated Disc z z z

Brake Type
Rear Ventilated Disc z z z
Parking Brake Type Drum z z z
Brake Booster Type Hydraulic z z z
Proportioning Valve Type P & B Valve z z z 65
Front Double Wishbone z z z
Suspension Type
Rear 4-Lilnk with Lateral Rod z z z
Front STD z z z
Stabilizer Bar
Rear STD z z z
Steering Gear Type Rack & Pinion z z z 70
Steering Gear Ratio (Overall) 19.8 z z z
Power Steering Type Integral Type z z z
*: Unladed Vehicle *5: Transfer in Low
*1: With Electrical Winch +50 mm (2.0 in.) *6: Transfer in High
*2: With Roof Rail +40 mm (1.6 in.) *7: Option
*3: With AHC & Skyhook TEMS *8: With 275 / 70R16 Tire
*4: With 3rd Seat *9: With ABS
*15: With Moon Roof
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
APPENDIX 307
Europe Australia
Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)
VX STD GX STD
HDJ100L-GNMEZW HDJ100L-GNPEZW FZJ105R-GCMRKQ FZJ105R-GNMNKQ FZJ105R-GNPNKQ HZJ105R-GCMRSQ
5 z z 4890 (192.5) z z z
z z z z z z
z z 1920 (75.6) 1920 (75.6), 1915 (75.4)*8 z 1920 (75.6)
z z z z z z
z z 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2), 1620 (63.8)*8 z 1605 (63.2)
10 z z 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0), 1615 (63.6)*8 z 1600 (63.0)
z z 1805 (71.1) z z z
z z 1615 (63.6) z z z
z z 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 z 1180 (46.5)
z z 1085 (42.7) z z z
15 — — — — — —
z z 1065 (41.9) z z z
z z 895 (35.2) z z z
z z z z z z
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1475 (3252) 1495 (3296) 1190 (2624) 1240 (2734) 1260 (2778) 1230 (2712)
1135 (2502) 1145 (2524) 1120 (2469) 1160 (2557) z 1130 (2491)
2610 (5754) 2640 (5820) 2310 (5093) 2400 (5291) 2420 (5335) 2360 (5203)
25 1535 (3384) 1560 (3439) 1330 (2932) 1355 (2987) 1380 (3042) z
1725 (3803) 1700 (3748) 1850 (4079) 1825 (4023) 1800 (3968) z
z z 3180 (7011) z z z
z z 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) z z z
— — — — — —
30 160 (99) 175 (109) 180 (112) z z 155 (96)
— — — — — —
14 (9)*5, 36 (22)*6 18 (11)*5, 45 (28)*6 16 (10)*5, 40 (25)*6 z 21 (13)*5, 53 (33)*6 13 (8)*5, 33 (21)*6
26 (16)*5, 64 (40)*6 35 (22)*5, 87 (54)*6 29 (18)*5, 71 (44)*6 z 41 (25)*5, 102 (63)*6 25 (15)*5, 61 (83)*6
40 (25)*5, 98 (61)*6 — 44 (27)*5, 110 (68)*6 z — 40 (25)*5, 100 (62)*6
35 59 (37)*5, 147 (91)*6 — 66 (41)*5, 164 (102)*6 z — 58 (36)*5, 143 (89)*6
z z 6.0 (19.7) z z z
z z 6.4 (21.0) z z z
z z 1FZ-FE z z 1HZ
z z 24-Valve, DOHC z z 12-Valve, OHC
40 z z 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) z z 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94)
z z 4477 (573.1) z z 4164 (254.0)
z z 9.0 : 1 z z 22.4 : 1
z z EFI z z Distributor Type
z z 91 z z 48 or higher
45 z z 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) z z 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET)
z z 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET) z z 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET)
z z 12-55 z z 12-64
z z 1200 z z 960, 1440*7
z z 1.4 z z 2.5
50 Dry, Single, Diaphragm — Dray, Single, Diaphragm z — Dry, Single, Diaphragm
H151F
4.081
A442F
2.950
H151F
4.081
z
z
A442F
2.950
R151F
4.313
AP
2.294 1.530 2.294 z 1.530 2.330
1.490 1.000 1.490 z 1.000 1.436
55 1.000 0.765 1.000 z 0.765 1.000
0.881 — 0.881 z — 0.838
4.313 2.678 4.313 z 2.678 4.220
z z z z z z
3.909 / 3.909 4.100 / 4.100 4.300 / 4.300 z z z
60 z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*7 Ventilated Disc z L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*7
z z z z z z
z z Vacuum Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 z Vacuum
65 z z LSP & BV LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 z LSP & BV
z z Leading Arm, Coil z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
70 z z Recerculating Ball z z z
z z 18.59 z z z
z z z z z z
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
308 APPENDIX
Area Australia G.C.C. Countries

Item
Body Type Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)
Vehicle Grade GX VX GX
Model Code HZJ105R-GNMNSQ HZJ105R-GNPNSQ UZJ100R-GNPEKQ HZJ105L-GCMNSV
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5) z z 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 5
Height* mm (in.) 1920 (75.6), 1915 (75.4)*8 z 1890 (74.4), 1850 (72.8)*3 1905 (75.0)*11, 1885 (74.2)*8, 11
Front mm (in.) 1605 (63.2), 1620 (63.8)*8 z 1620 (63.8) 1605 (63.2)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1600 (63.0), 1615 (63.6)*8 z 1615 (63.6) 1600 (63.0) 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) z 2505 (98.6) —
Room Wide mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) z 1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6)
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 z 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) z 335 (13.2) —
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) z 995 (39.2) —
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2) z z 895 (35.2)*1
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1) z z 1145 (45.1)*10
Front kg (lb) 1270 (2800) 1300 (2866) 1310 (2888) 1315 (2899)
Curb Weight Rear kg (lb) 1170 (2579) 1180 (2601) 1270 (2800) 1305 (2877)
Total kg (lb) 2440 (5379) 2480 (5467) 2580 (5688) 2620 (5776)
Front kg (lb) 1390 (3064) 1425 (3142) 1440 (3175) 1430 (3153) 25
Gross Vehicle Weight Rear kg (lb) 1790 (3946) 1755 (3869) 1820 (4012) 1730 (3814)
Total kg (lb) 3180 (7011) z 3260 (7187) 3160 (6967)
Fuel Tank Capacity ȏ (Imp.gal.) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) z 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 155 (96) 145 (90) 190 (118) 155 (96) 30
1st Gear km / h (mph) 13 (8)*5, 33 (21)*6 19 (12)*5, 46 (29)*6 22 (14)*5, 54 (34)*6 13 (8)*5, 33 (21)*6
Performance
Max. Permissible 2nd Gear km / h (mph) 25 (15)*5, 61 (38)*6 36 (22)*5, 89 (55)*6 42 (26)*5, 104 (65)*6 25 (15)*5, 61 (38)*6
Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) 40 (25)*5, 100 (62)*6 — — 40 (25)*5, 100 (62)*6
4th Gear km / h (mph) 58 (36)*5, 143 (89)*6 — — 58 (36)*5, 143 (89)*6 35
Tire m (ft.) 6.0 (19.7) z 5.9 (19.4) 6.0 (19.7)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.4 (21.0) z 6.3 (20.7) 6.4 (21.0)
Engine Type 1HZ z 2UZ-FE 1HZ
Valve Mechanism 12-Valve, OHC z 32-Valve, DOHC 12-Valve, OHC
Bore x Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) z 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 40
Displacement cm3 (cu.in.) 4164 (254.0) z 4664 (284.5) 4164 (254.0)
Engine
Compression Ratio 22.4 : 1 z 9.6 : 1 22.4 : 1

Fuel System Distributor Type z EFI Distributor Type
Research Octane No. or Cetane No. 48 or higher z 91 48 or higher
Max. Output kW / rpm 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) z 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 100 / 3800 (SAE-GROSS) 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) z 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET) 290 / 2200 (SAE-GROSS)
z z
Electrical
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. Hr. 12-64 12-55

Engine
Generator Output Watts 960, 1440*7 z 1200 840, 960*7

Starter Output 2.5 z 1.4 2.5
Clutch Type Dry, Single, Diaphragm — — Dry, Single, Diaphragm 50
Transaxle Type R151F A442F z R151F
In First 4.313 2.950 z 4.313
In Second 2.330 1.530 z 2.330
Transmission Gear In Third 1.436 1.000 z 1.436
Ratio In Fourth 1.000 0.765 z 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.838 — — 0.838
In Reverse 4.220 2.678 z 4.220
Differential Gear Ratio (Front / Rear) 4.300 / 4.300 z z z
Chassis

Brake Type
Rear Ventilated Disc z z L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*7
Brake Booster Type Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 z z Vacuum, Hydraulic*9
Proportioning Valve Type LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 z z LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 65
Front Leading Arm, Coil z Double Wishbone Leading Arm, Coil
Suspension Type
Rear 4-Link with Lateral Rod z z z
Front STD z z z
Stabilizer Bar
Rear STD z z z
Steering Gear Type Recerculating Ball z Rack & Pinion Recerculating Ball 70
Steering Gear Ratio (Overall) 18.59 z 19.8 18.59
*: Unladed Vehicle *8: With 275 / 70R16 Tire
*1: With Electrical Winch +50 mm (2.0 in.) *9: With ABS
*3: With AHC & Skyhook TEMS *10: With Back Door-Mounted Spare Tire, Tire Size 235 / 85R16 +295 mm (11.6 in.),
*5: Transfer in Low Tire Size 275 / 70R16 +305 (12.0 in.), Tire Size 7.50R16 +265 mm (10.4 in.)
*6: Transfer in High *11: With Roof Rack +230 mm (9.1 in.)
*7: Option 12
* : With Grille Guard +75 mm (3.0 in.)
*15: With Moon Roof
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
APPENDIX 309
G.C.C. Countries
Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)
STD GX GX GX GX VX
FZJ100L-GCMRKV FZJ100L-GCMNKV FZJ100L-GNMNKV FZJ100L-GCPNKV FZJ100L-GNPNKV UZJ100L-GCMEKV
5 z z z z z 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12
z z z z z z
1880 (74.0)*11 1880 (74.0)*11, 1860 (73.2)*8,11 z z z 1860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3,11
z z z z z z
1640 (64.6) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 z z z 1620 (63.8)
10 1635 (64.4) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 z z z 1615 (63.6)
1805 (71.1) — 1805 (71.1) — 1805 (71.1) —
1615 (63.6) z z z z 1620 (63.8)
1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3) z z z 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15
1085 (42.7) — 1085 (42.7) — 1085 (42.7) —
15 — — — — — —
1065 (41.9) — 1065 (41.9) — 1065 (41.9) —
z z z z z 895 (35.2)*1, 12
z z z z z 1145 (45.1)*10
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1280 (2822) 1305 (2877) 1310 (2888) 1340 (2954) 1345 (2965) 1370 (3020)
1240 (2734) 1325 (2921) 1275 (2810) 1340 (2954) 1290 (2844) 1360 (2998)
2520 (5556) 2630 (5798) 2585 (5698) 2680 (5908) 2635 (5809) 2730 (6019)
25 1375 (3031) 1420 (3131) 1410 (3109) 1420 (3131) 1415 (3120) 1445 (3186)
1785 (3935) 1740 (3836) 1750 (3858) 1740 (3836) 1745 (3847) 1815 (4001)
z z z z z 3260 (7187)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) z 95 + 45 (20.9 + 11.0) z z z
— — — — — —
30 180 (112) z z z z 190 (118)
— — — — — —
16 (10)*5, 40 (25)*6 z z 21 (13)*5, 53 (33)*6 z 17 (10)*5, 41 (26)*6
29 (18)*5, 71 (44)*6 z z 41 (25)*5, 102 (63)*6 z 29 (18)*5, 73 (46)*6
44 (27)*5, 110 (68)*6 z z — — 45 (28)*5, 113 (70)*6
35 66 (41)*5, 164 (102)*6 z z — — 68 (42)*5, 168 (104)*6
5.9 (19.4) z z z z z
6.3 (20.7) z z z z z
1FZ-FE z z z z 2UZ-FE
24-Valve, DOHC z z z z 32-Valve, DOHC
40 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) z z z z 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31)
4477 (573.1) z z z z 4664 (284.5)
9.0 : 1 z z z z 9.6 : 1
EFI z z z z EFI
91 z z z z 91
45 179 / 4600 (SAE-GROSS) z z z z 186 / 4800 (SAE-GROSS)
407 / 3600 (SAE-GROSS) z z z z 432 / 3400 (SAE-GROSS)
z z z z z z
960, 1200*7 z z z z 960
1.4 z z z z z
50 z z z — — Dry, Single, Diaphragm
H151F
4.081
z
z
z
z
A442F
2.950
z
z
H151F
4.081
AP
2.294 z z 1.530 z 2.294
1.490 z z 1.000 z 1.490
55 1.000 z z 0.765 z 1.000
0.881 z z — — 0.881
4.313 z z 2.678 z 4.313
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
60 z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
65 z z z z z z
Double Wishbone z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
70 Rack & Pinion z z z z z
19.8 z z z z z
z z z z z z
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
310 APPENDIX
Area G.C.C. Countries General Countries

Item
Body Type Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)VX
Vehicle Grade VX VX VX STD
Model Code UZJ100L-GNMEKV UZJ100L-GCPEKV UZJ100L-GNPEKV FZJ105L-GCMRK
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 z z 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 5
Height* mm (in.) 1860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3,11 z z 1925 (75.8)*2,11, 1930 (76.0)*2,11,13
Front mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) z z 1605 (63.2)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) z z 1600 (63.0) 10
Length mm (in.) 2505 (98.6) — 2505 (98.6) 1805 (71.1)
Room Wide mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) z z 1615 (63.6)
Height mm (in.) 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 z z 1180 (46.5)

Length mm (in.) 335 (13.2) — 335 (13.2) 1085 (42.7)
Height mm (in.) 995 (39.2) — 995 (39.2) 1065 (41.9)
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2)*1, 12 z z 895 (35.2)*1
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1)*10 z z z
Front kg (lb) 1370 (3020) 1380 (3042) z 1280 (2822)
Curb Weight Rear kg (lb) 1390 (3064) 1360 (2998) 1390 (3064) 1230 (2712)
Total kg (lb) 2760 (6085) 2740 (6041) 2770 (6107) 2510 (5534)
Front kg (lb) 1460 (3219) 1455 (3208) 1475 (3252) 1370 (3020) 25
Total kg (lb) 3260 (7187) z z 3160 (6967)
Fuel Tank Capacity ȏ (Imp.gal.) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) z z 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 190 (118) z z 175 (109) 30
1st Gear km / h (mph) 17 (10)*5, 41 (26)*6 22 (14)*5, 54 (34)*6 z 16 (10)*5, 49 (25)*6
Performance
Max. Permissible 2nd Gear km / h (mph) 29 (18)*5, 73 (46)*6 42 (26)*5, 104 (65)*6 z 29 (18)*5, 71 (44)*6
Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) 45 (28)*5, 113 (70)*6 — — 44 (27)*5, 110 (68)*6
4th Gear km / h (mph) 68 (42)*5, 168 (104)*6 — — 66 (41)*5, 164 (102)*6 35
Tire m (ft.) 5.9 (19.4) z z 6.0 (19.7)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.3 (20.7) z z 6.4 (21.0)
Engine Type 2UZ-FE z z 1FZ-FE
Valve Mechanism 32-Valve, DOHC z z 24-VAlve, DOHC
Bore x Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) z z 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 40
Displacement cm3 (cu.in.) 4664 (284.5) z z 4477 (573.1)
Engine
Compression Ratio 9.6 : 1 z z 9.0 : 1

Fuel System EFI z z EFI
Research Octane No. or Cetane No. 91 z z 91
Max. Output kW / rpm 186 / 4800 (SAE-GROSS) z z 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 432 / 3400 (SAE-GROSS) z z 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET)
z z z
Electrical
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. Hr. 12-55

Engine
Generator Output Watts 960 z z z

Starter Output 1.4 z z 1.4, 2.0*7
Clutch Type Dry, Single, Diaphragm z z Dry, Single, Diaphragm 50
Transaxle Type H151F A442F z H151F
In First 4.081 2.950 z 4.081
In Second 2.294 1.530 z 2.294
Transmission Gear In Third 1.490 1.000 z 1.490
Ratio In Fourth 1.000 0.765 z 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.881 — — 0.881
In Reverse 4.313 2.678 z 4.313
Chassis

Brake Type
Rear L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*7 z z z
Brake Booster Type Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 z z Vacuum
Proportioning Valve Type LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 z z LSP & BV 65
Front Double Wishbone z z Leading Arm, Coil
Suspension Type
Front STD z z z
Stabilizer Bar
Rear STD z z z
Steering Gear Type Rack & Pinion z z Recerculating Ball 70
Steering Gear Ratio (Overall) 19.8 z z 18.59
*: Unladed Vehicle *8: With 275 / 70R16 Tire
*1: With Electrical Winch +50 mm (2.0 in.) *9: With ABS
*2: With Roof Rail +40 mm (1.6 in.) *10: With Back Door-Mounted Spare Tire, Tire Size 235 / 85R16 +295 mm (11.6 in.),
*3: With AHC & Skyhook TEMS Tire Size 275 / 70R16 +305 (12.0 in.), Tire Size 7.50R16 +265 mm (10.4 in.)
*5: Transfer in Low *11: With Roof Rack +230 mm (9.1 in.)
*6: Transfer in High 12
* : With Grille Guard +75 mm (3.0 in.)
*7: Option *13: With 7.50R16 Tire
*15: With Moon Roof
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
APPENDIX 311
General Countries
Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)
GX GX STD GX
FZJ105L-GCMNK FZJ105L-GNMNK FZJ105R-GNMNK HZJ105R-GCMRS HZJ105L-GCMRS HZJ105R-GCMNS
5 z z z z z z
z z z z z z
1925 (75.8)*2,11, 1920 (75.6)*2,8,11,
1925 (75.8)*2,11, 1920 (75.6)*2,8,11,
1930 (76.0)*2,11,13 z z 1925 (75.8)*2,11, 1930 (76.0)*2,11,13 z 1930 (76.0)*2,11,13
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
10 z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z 1180 (46.5) z 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15
1085 (42.7) z z z z z
15 — — — — — —
1065 (41.9) z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1315 (2899) 1295 (2855) 1300 (2866) 1320 (2910) 1330 (2932) 1360 (2998)
1255 (2767) 1265 (2789) 1270 (2800) 1240 (2734) z 1260 (2778)
2570 (5666) 2560 (5644) 2570 (5666) 2560 (5644) 2570 (5666) 2620 (5776)
25 1415 (3120) 1395 (3075) 1360 (2998) 1420 (3131) 1430 (3153) 1425 (3142)
1745 (3847) 1765 (3891) 1800 (3968) 1740 (3836) 1730 (3814) 1735 (3825)
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
— — — — — —
30 z z z 155 (96) z z
— — — — — —
z z z 13 (8)*5, 33 (21)*6 z z
z z z 25 (15)*5, 61 (38)*6 z z
z z z 40 (25)*5, 100 (62)*6 z z
35 z z z 58 (36)*5, 143 (89)*6 z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z 1HZ z z
z z z 12-Valve, OHC z z
40 z z z 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) z z
z z z 4164 (254.0) z z
z z z 22.4 : 1 z z
z z z Distributor Type z z
z z z 48 or higher z z
45 z z z 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) z z
z z z 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) z z
z z z 12-55, 64*7 12-55, 64*7, 64 x 2*7 12-55, 64*7
z z z 840 84,960*7 840
z z z 2.5 2.5, 3.0*7 2.5
50 z z z z z z
z
z
z
z
z
z
R151F
4.313
z
z
z
z
AP
z z z 2.330 z z
z z z 1.436 z z
55 z z z 1.000 z z
z z z 0.838 z z
z z z 4.220 z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
60 z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 z z Vacuum Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 z
65 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 z z LSP & BV LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
70 z z z z z z
z z z z z z
z z z z z z
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
312 APPENDIX
Area General Countries

Item
Body Type Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door)
Vehicle Grade GX GX GX VX
Model Code HZJ105R-GNMNS HZJ105L-GCMNS HZJ105L-GNMNS UZJ100L-GNMEK
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 z z 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 5
Height* mm (in.) 1925 (75.8)*2,11, 1920 (75.6)*2,8,11,
1930 (76.0)*2,11,13 z z 1920 (75.6)*2,11,14, 1900 (74.8)*2,8,11,14

Front mm (in.) 1605 (63.2) z z 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1600 (63.0) z z 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) z z 2505 (98.6)*4
Room Wide mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) z z 1620 (63.8)*4
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 z z 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) z z 335 (13.1)*4
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) z z 995 (39.2)*4
Front mm (in.) 859 (35.2)*1 z z 895 (35.2)*1, 12
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1)*10 z z z
Front kg (lb) 1330 (2932) 1355 (2987) 1375 (3031) 1370 (3020)
Curb Weight Rear kg (lb) 1270 (2800) 1255 (2767) z 1340 (2954)
Total kg (lb) 2600 (5732) 2610 (5754) 2630 (5798) 2710 (5975)
Front kg (lb) 1395 (3075) 1460 (3219) 1485 (3274) 1435 (3164) 25
Total kg (lb) 3160 (6967) z z 3260 (7187)
Fuel Tank Capacity ȏ (Imp.gal.) 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 z z 96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*7
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 155 (96) z z 180 (112) 30
1st Gear km / h (mph) 13 (8)*5, 33 (21)*6 z z 17 (11)*5, 42 (26)*6
Performance
Max. Permissible 2nd Gear km / h (mph) 25 (15)*5, 61 (38)*6 z z 30 (19)*5, 75 (47)*6

Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) 40 (25)*5, 100 (62)*6 z z 46 (29)*5, 116 (72)*6
4th Gear km / h (mph) 58 (36)*5, 143 (89)*6 z z 69 (43)*5, 172 (107)*6 35
Tire m (ft.) 6.0 (19.7) z z 5.9 (19.4)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.4 (21.0) z z 6.3 (20.7)
Engine Type 1HZ z z 2UZ-FE
Valve Mechanism 12-Valve, OHC z z 32-Valve, DOHC
Bore x Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) z z 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 40
Displacement cm3 (cu.in.) 4164 (254.0) z z 4664 (284.5)
Engine
Compression Ratio 22.4 : 1 z z 9.6 : 1

Fuel System Distributor Type z z EFI
Research Octane No. or Cetane No. 48 or Higher z z 91
Max. Output kW / rpm 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) z z 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) z z 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET)
12-55, 64*7 12-55, 64*7, 64 x 2*7 z
Electrical
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. Hr. 12-55

Engine
Generator Output Watts 840 840, 960*7 z 960

Starter Output 2.5 2.5, 3.0*7 z 1.4
Clutch Type Dry, Single, Diaphragm z z z 50
Transaxle Type R151F z z H151F
In First 4.313 z z 4.081
In Second 2.330 z z 2.294
Transmission Gear In Third 1.436 z z 1.490
Ratio In Fourth 1.000 z z 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.838 z z 0.881
In Reverse 4.220 z z 4.313
Chassis

Brake Type
Rear L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*7 z z z
Brake Booster Type Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 z z z
Proportioning Valve Type LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 z z z 65
Front Leading Arm, Coil z z Double Wishbone
Suspension Type
Front STD z z z
Stabilizer Bar
Rear STD z z z
Steering Gear Type Recerculating Ball z z Rack & Pinion 70
Steering Gear Ratio (Overall) 18.59 z z 19.8
*: Unladed Vehicle *9: With ABS
*1: With Electrical Winch +50 mm (2.0 in.) *10: With Back Door-Mounted Spare Tire, Tire Size 235 / 85R16 +295 mm (11.6 in.),
*2: With Roof Rail +40 mm (1.6 in.) Tire Size 275 / 70R16 +305 (12.0 in.), Tire Size 7.50R16 +265 mm (10.4 in.)
*3: With AHC & Skyhook TEMS *11: With Roof Rack +230 mm (9.1 in.)
*4: With 3RD Seat *12: With Grille Guard +75 mm (3.0 in.)
*5: Transfer in Low *13: With 7.50R16 Tire
*6: Transfer in High *14: With AHC & Skyhook TEMS –50mm (2.0 in.)
*7: Option *15: With Moon Roof
*8: With 275 / 70R16 Tire
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
APPENDIX 313
General Countries
Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door)
VX VX VX
UZJ100L-GNPEK HDJ100R-GNMEX HDJ100L-GCMEX HDJ100L-GNMEX HDJ100L-GNPEX
5 z z z z z
z z z z z
z z 1920 (75.6)*2,11, 1900 (4.8)*2,8,11 z z
z z z z z
z z z z z
10 z z z z z
z z — 2505 (98.6)*4 z
z z z 1620 (63.8)*4 z
z z z z z
z z — 335 (13.1)*4 z
15 — — — — —
z z — 995 (39.2)*4 z
z z z z z
z z z z z
— — — — —
20 — — — — —
— — — — —
1380 (3042) 1440 (3175) 1410 (3109) 1440 (3175) 1480 (3263)
z 1350 (2976) 1290 (2844) 1350 (2976) z
2720 (5997) 2790 (6151) 2700 (5953) 2790 (6151) 2830 (6239)
25 1445 (3186) 1515 (3340) 1520 (3351) 1515 (3340) 1565 (3450)
1815 (4001) 1745 (3847) 1740 (3836) 1745 (3847) 1695 (3737)
z z z z z
z z z z z
— — — — —
30 z 150 (93) z z 165 (103)
— — — — —
22 (14)*5, 55 (34)*6 13 (8)*5, 33 (21)*6 z z 18 (11)*5, 44 (27)*6
43 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 24 (15)*5, 59 (37)*6 z z 34 (21)*5, 85 (53)*6
— 37 (23)*5, 92 (57)*6 z z —
35 — 55 (34)*5, 136 (85)*6 z z —
z z z z z
z z z z z
z 1HD-T z z z
z 12-Valve, OHC z z z
40 z 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) z z z
z 4164 (254.0) z z z
z 18.6 : 1 z z z
z Distributor Type z z z
z 48 or Higher z z z
45 z 118 / 3800 (SAE-NET) z z z
z 360 / 2200 (SAE-NET) z z z
z 12-55, 64*7 z z z
z 840, 960*7 z z 960
z 2.5 z z z
50 — Dry, Single, Diaphragm z z —
A442F
2.950
H151F
4.081
z
z
z
z
A442F
2.950
AP
1.530 2.294 z z 1.530
1.000 1.490 z z 1.000
55 0.765 1.000 z z 0.765
— 0.881 z z —
2.678 4.313 z z 2.678
z z z z z
z z z z z
60 z z z z z
z z z z z
z z z z z
z z z z z
z z z z z
65 z z z z z
z z z z z
z z z z z
z z z z z
z z z z z
70 z z z z z
z z z z z
z z z z z
LAND
CRUISER
NCF147E
136 LAND CRUISER (100 series) – OUTLINE OF NEW FEATURES
LAND CRUISER (100 series)
OUTLINE OF NEW FEATURES

The following changes are made for the new Land Cruiser (100 series).
1. Model Line-up
D An A750F automatic transmission has been added to the 2UZ-FE engine model and the 1HD-FTE engine
model for Australia and General countries.
D The 1FZ-FE engine has been discontinued and the 2UZ-FE engine has been re-introduced on the model
for Australia.
D The 1HD-T engine has been discontinued and the 1HD-FTE engine has been introduced on the model for
General countries.
2. Exterior
D The designs of the front bumper and radiator grille have been changed.
D The outer lens color of the turn-signal lights in the rear combination lights has been changed from amber
to clear.
D The design of the back door molding has been changed.
D The design of the side stripes, provided as an option on all models, have been changed.
D 275/65R17 tires and newly designed 17 x 8JJ-60 wheels are provided on the GX and VX grade
independent front suspension models as standard or optional equipment.
D 275/60R18 tires and newly designed 18 x 8JJ-60 wheels are provided on the VX grade model for Europe
as optional equipment.
D The following exterior colors have been added:
Added Color No. Added Color Name

4R3 Gold Mica Metallic
1E9 Dark Gray Mica Metallic
3Q2 Dark Red Mica Metallic
2. Interior
D The design of the center cluster has been changed.
D The design of the combination meter has been changed.
D The steering wheel with steering pad switch is used.
D The designs of the center pillar garnish and roof side portion have been changed.
D The design of the assist grip and coat hook has been changed on the model with the curtain shield airbags.
LAND CRUISER (100 series) – OUTLINE OF NEW FEATURES 137
3. 2UZ-FE Engine
D The ETCS-i (Electronic Control System-intelligent) continues to be used from the previous model.
However, on the new model, the accelerator cable has been discontinued and an accelerator position sensor
has been provided on the accelerator pedal.
D A no-contact type throttle position sensor has been adopted on all models.
D A TWC (Three-Way Catalytic Converter) is used on the model for Australia to comply with the European
STEP-II regulations.
D The composition of the TWC (Three-Way Catalytic Converter) has been changed for the G.C.C. countries
model (for Saudi Arabia) to comply with the European STEP-II regulations.
D Cranking hold function has been adopted. Once the ignition switch is turned to the START position, this
control continues to operate the starter until the engine starts.
4. 1FZ-FE Engine
A TWC (Three Way Catalytic Converter) construction change or addition has been implemented for
G.C.C.countries (for Saudi Arabia, FZJ100L-GNMKNKV for China and Peru and FZJ100L-GNPNKV for
China) models to comply with the European STEP-II or STEP-I regulations.
6
5. 1HZ Engine
The following features have been adopted on the model for Australia and the HZJ105L-GCMNSV model
for China to comply with the European STEP-II regulations:
D Emission Control System
D EGR System
D Injection Pump with TCV (Timing Control Valve) and BACS (Boost Altitude Compensation System)
6. 1HD-FTE Engine
D A pipe, which retrieves the engine oil that has accumulated in the intercooler pipe, is provided on the
throttle body.
D An intake restrictor control system, which uses the same step motor type intake restrictor valve that is used
on the Europe model, has been adopted on the models for Australia and general countries.
D An oxidation catalytic converter has been provided on the model for Australia to comply with the
European STEP-II regulations.
7. A750F Automatic Transmission

D A newly developed A750F 5-speed automatic transmission [Super ECT (Electronically Controlled
Transmission)] has been adopted on all the 2UZ engine models and on the 1HD-FTE engine models for
Australia and general countries.
D The gate type shift lever has been adopted.
8. Transfer
The same HF2A type transfer that was used on the previous model is used on the A750F automatic transmis-
sion model.
9. Propeller Shaft
Along with the adoption of the A750F automatic transmission, the construction of the front and rear propeller
shafts has been changed as follows:
D All the joints of both the front and rear propeller shafts have been optimized and have been strengthened
while maintaining the same shape as the previous model.
D The tube diameter of both the front and rear propeller shafts has been increased to improve their strength.
New Previous
Propeller Tube Diameter
(A750F) (A343F, A442F)
Front 65.0 mm (2.6 in.) 54.0 mm (2.1 in.)
Rear 75.0 mm (3.0 in.) 65.0 mm (2.6 in.)
10. Differential
The differential gear ratio has been optimized for use with the A750F automatic transmission.
Gear Ratio
Type
(Front and Rear Diff.)
2UZ-FE 4.100
A750F
1HD-FTE 3.909
11. Brake Control System (ABS with EBD, Brake Assist, A-TRC, and VSC system)
D The deceleration sensor that is provided for the brake control system (ABS with EBD, Brake Assist,
A-TRC, and VSC system) has been integrated in the yaw rate sensor.
D Information on the steering angle, vehicle speed, and the actual turning angle of the wheels can now be
exchanged between the skid control ECU and the VGRS ECU, which has been newly added for the VGRS
(Variable Gear Ratio Steering).
D By changing the resistance value of the coil of the solenoid valves in the hydraulic brake booster
established in A-TRC as shown in the following table, the heat resistance has been improved. As a result,
the consecutive operation time of this system has increased.
Solenoid Valve New Model Previous Model

SA3, SFRH, SFLH,
Approx. 7.2 W Approx. 5.0 W
SRRH, SRLH
STR, SA1, SA2 Approx. 4.3 W Approx. 3.7 W
12. Steering (for Models with Rack-and-Pinion Type Steering Gear)

D A VGRS (Variable Gear Ratio Steering) system, which variably controls the steering angle in accordance
with the vehicle speed, has been adopted as optional equipment on the model for Europe.
D The construction and specifications of the steering gear box and the power steering pump have been
changed on the models with the rack-and-pinion type steering gear.
D In the optional memory system of the Europe model, the DTC outputs of the tilt-and-telescopic ECU has
been changed so that they can be output even when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
13. Body
D Noise and vibration have been reduced through the adoption of the following features:
– The urethane pad at the bottom of the center pillar has been changed to a foam material.
– A sealing material has been provided on the door frame (on VX grade and GX-R grade for G.C.C.
countries).
– The capacity of the silencer that is provided on the fender apron has been increased (1HD-FTE engine
model).
D An ISO-FIX bar for securing a child seat has been provided on the No. 1 rear seat of the Europe model.
14. Body Electrical System Control

D The configuration of the BEAN (Body Electronics Area Network) has been changed in accordance with
the addition of equipment.
D The instrument ECU is based on the previous model. On the new model, the body ECU provides additional
control functions in order to comprehensively control the body electrical system.
D A customized body electronic system is used in order to set the control functions of the ECUs through the
use of a hand-held tester.
15. Combination Meter

6
The design and construction of the combination meter has been changed.
16. Wiper System (Only for Europe Model)

A wiper system with a raindrop sensing function has been adopted on the VX grade Europe model as optional
equipment.
17. Air Conditioner

D A rear air conditioner has been provided on the 1HD-FTE engine model for Europe, Australia, and General
Countries. The basic construction and operation are the same as the previous model.
D A seal and a baffle plate that prevent the detour of warm air from the engine compartment has been adopted
to improve the cooling performance of the 2UZ-FE and 1HD-FTE engine models with a rear air
conditioner and the 1FZ-FE engine model for the G.C.C. countries. Accordingly, the electric fan that was
provided on the models equipped with a rear air conditioner for Europe, Australia, and General Countries
has been discontinued. As a result, a reduction in weight and fan noise has been achieved.
18. Multi Display (Only for Europe Model)

A multi display has been provided on the center cluster panel as an option for Europe model. The display,
which consists of a wide 7.0-inch LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) screen with a pressure sensitive touch panel,
offers improved ease of use.
19. Multi Information Display

A multi-information display has been adopted on the VX grade models.
20. Power Window System

D The one-touch auto-up operation and jam protection function for all the seats, which is already used on
the model for Europe, has been adopted on all VX grade models as standard equipment, and as optional
equipment on other grades.
D A correction function has been added to the jam protection function to prevent it from activating
unintendedly while the vehicle is driven on rough roads.
21. Door Lock Control System

For improved theft deterrence, a double locking system has been added as standard equipment on the RHD
models for Europe and as optional equipment on the LHD models for Europe.
22. Engine Immobiliser System (Only for 2UZ-FE Engine Model)

On the previous model, the engine ECU used to control the system. However, a change is made on new model
that a transponder key ECU is newly adopted to control the system.
23. Theft Deterrent System

D A theft deterrent system has been provided on the models for Europe and G.C.C. countries as standard or
optional equipment. Its basic construction and operation are the same as the model for general countries.
However, unlike other models, the model for Europe uses a self-power siren in place of the security horn.
D The warning specifications of this system are listed below.
Interior Light Illuminates

Hazard Light Flashing
Warning
g Vehicle Horn Sounds a warning at approx. 0.4 second cycles
Method Security Horn*1 Sounds a warning at approx. 0.4 second cycles
Self Power Siren*2 Sounds a warning at the cycle of the self-powered siren itself.
Door Lock Motor Locking
Warning Time 30 sec.
*1: except European Model
*2: Only for European Model
24. SRS Airbag System

D The side and curtain shield airbags have been adopted as optional equipment on the model for Europe.
D Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags control has been adopted in order to deploy the curtain shield airbags
and the seat belt pretensioners for the driver and front passenger, in the event that the vehicle rolls over.
A roll sensing of curtain shield airbags cutoff switch is provided on the driver side of the instrument panel
to enable the driver to disable this system.
D A dual-stage SRS airbag system has been adopted for the driver and front passenger airbags on the model
for Europe as standard equipment.
D In accordance with the adoption of the dual-stage SRS airbag system, a seat position sensor has been
established for the driver seat.
D On the new model, the previous mechanical type front airbag sensor assembly (consisting of movable and
stationary contact points) has been changed to an electrical (deceleration sensor) type front airbag sensor
assembly.
D Front passenger airbag door is made invisible. This means that without the airbag door, the airbag will be
inflated by breaking to open the cleavage line stored in the instrument panel inflating.
D 2UZ-FE engine model has adopted a fuel cut control that stops the fuel pump when the airbag is deployed.
25. Power Seat System (Only for European Model)

Infrared communication has been newly adopted between the seat ECU and the power seat operation switch,
which are used in the power seat system that is provided as optional equipment for Europe.
26. Moon Roof

The functions listed below have been changed or added.
Destination Australia
Function New Previous
Ignition
Slide Manual with Jam Protection Manual
Switch OFF
(43 sec after
Tilt Manual with Jam Protection Manual
ignition OFF)
Ignition Slide Manual z
Switch ON Tilt Manual z
Destination Europe
Ignition
Slide Manual with Jam Protection
Switch OFF
(43 sec after
Tilt Manual
ignition OFF) 6
Press switch more than 0.3 sec.
# Automatic close operation with
Automatic close operation with Jam Protection
Ignition
g Slide Jam Protection
Switch ON Press switch less than 0.3 sec.
#
Manual
Tilt Manual
Destination Others
Press switch more than 0.3 sec.
#
Ignition
Automatic close operation with
Switch OFF Slide and
Jam Protection
(43 sec after Tilt
Press switch less than 0.3 sec.
ignition OFF)
#
Manual p
Press switch more than 0.3 sec. Jam Protection
#
Ignition Slide and
Jam Protection
Switch ON Tilt
Press switch less than 0.3 sec.
#
Manual
27. Audio System

D An RSAS (Rear Seat Audio System) has been adopted as optional equipment on the model for Europe.
D A steering wheel with a steering pad switch has been adopted as optional equipment on the VX grade.
142 LAND CRUISER (100 series) – MODEL CODE
MODEL CODE
UZJ100 L – G N A E K W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BASIC MODEL CODE GEAR SHIFT TYPE

CODE ENGINE SUSPENSION P : 4-Speed Automatic, Floor
FZJ100 1FZ-FE A : 5-Speed Automatic, Floor
(Double Wishbone)
HDJ100 1HD-FTE GRADE
FZJ105 1FZ-FE RFS*2 R : STD
HZJ105 1HZ (Leading Arm) 6 N : GX
E : VX

ENGINE SPECIFICATION
2 L : Left-Hand Drive
R : Right-Hand Drive 7 K : DOHC and EFI
S : Diesel
BODY TYPE
3
G : Station Wagon DESTINATION
W : Europe
8 Q : Australia
BACK DOOR TYPE V : G.C.C. (Gulf Cooperation Council)
4 C : Swing Back Door : Countries
N : Lift-Up Back Door Bank : General Countries
LAND CRUISER (100 series) – MODEL LINE-UP 143
MODEL LINE-UP
6
268 LAND CRUISER (100 series) – MAJOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Area Europe
Item
Vehicle Grade VX
Model Code UZJ100R-GNAEKW UZJ100L-GNAEKW HDJ100R-GNMEZW HDJ100R-GNPEZW
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 5
Overall Width mm (in.) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
Height mm (in.) 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, 3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, 3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, 3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, 3
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 10
Length mm (in.) 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4
Room Width mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Height mm (in.) 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15
Length mm (in.) 335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4
Cargo Space Width mm (in.) — — — — 15
Height mm (in.) 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
Front kg (lb) 1190 - 1340 (2623 - 2954) 1190 - 1340 (2623 - 2954) 1350 -1495 (2976 - 3296) 1355 - 1430 (2987 - 3153)
Curb Weight*19 Rear kg (lb) 1080 - 1135 (2381 - 2502) 1080 - 1135 (2381 - 2502) 1095 - 1145 (2414 -2524) 1105 - 1180 (2436 - 2601)
Total kg (lb) 2270 - 2475 (5004 - 5456) 2270 - 2475 (5004 - 5456) 2445 - 2640 (5390 - 5820) 2460 - 2610 (5423 - 5754)
Front kg (lb) — — — — 25
Gross Vehicle Weight Rear kg (lb) — — — —
Total kg (lb) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
Fuel Tank Capacity (Imp.gal.) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1)
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 180 (112) 180 (112) 160 (99) 175 (109) 30
19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 14 (9)*5, 35 (22)*6 18 (11)*5, 44 (27)*6
Performance
1st Gear km / h (mph)

4th Gear km / h (mph) — — 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 — 35
Tire m (ft.) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
Engine Type 2UZ-FE 2UZ-FE 1HD-FTE 1HD-FTE
Valve Mechanism 32-Valve, DOHC 32-Valve, DOHC 24-Valve, OHC 24-Valve, OHC
Bore x Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 40
Displacement cm3 (cu.in.) 4664 (284.5) 4664 (284.5) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0)
Engine
Compression Ratio 9.6 : 1 9.6 : 1 18.5 : 1 18.5 : 1

Carburetor Type or Injection Pump Type (Diesel) EFI EFI Distributor Type Distributor Type
Research Octane No. or Cetane No. (Diesel) 95 95 48 or higher 48 or higher
Max. Output kW / rpm 175 / 4800 (EEC) 175 / 4800 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 434 / 3400 (EEC) 434 / 3400 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC)
12 - 55, 64*7 12 - 55, 64*7 12 - 55 x 2, 64 x 2*7 12 - 55 x 2, 64 x 2*7
Electrical
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. hr.

Engine
Alternator Output Watts 960 960 960, 1440*7 960, 1440*7

Starter Output kW 2.0 2.0 3.0 3.0
Clutch Type — — Dry, Single, Diaphragm — 50
Transmission Type A750F A750F H151F A442F
In First 3.520 3.520 4.081 2.950
In Second 2.042 2.042 2.294 1.530
Transmission Gear In Third 1.400 1.400 1.490 1.000
Ratio In Fourth 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.765 55
In Fifth 0.716 0.716 0.881 —
In Reverse 3.224 3.224 4.313 2.678
Transfer Gear Ratio H4 / L4 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488
Differential Gear Ratio (Front / Rear) 4.100 / 4.100 4.300 / 4.300 3.909 / 3.909 4.100 / 4.100
Chassis
Differential Gear Size (Front / Rear) in. 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 60
Front Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc
Brake Type
Rear Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc
Parking Brake Type Drum Drum Drum Drum
Brake Booster Type and Size in. Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic
Proportioning Valve Type P & B Valve, —*16 P & B Valve, —*16 P & B Valve P & B Valve 65
Front Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone
Suspension Type
Rear 4-Link with Lateral Rod 4-Link with Lateral Rod 4-Link with Lateral Rod 4-Link with Lateral Rod
Front STD STD STD STD
Stabilizer Bar
Rear STD STD STD STD
Steering Gear Type Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion 70
Steering Gear Ratio (Overall) 17.3, 12.4 - 18.0*18 17.3, 12.4 - 18.0*18 17.3 17.3
Power Steering Type Integral Type Integral Type Integral Type Integral Type
*: Unladed Vehicle *5: Transfer in Low *10: With Back Door-Mounted Spare Tire, Tire Size 235 / 85R16 +295 mm (11.6 in.),
*1: With Electrical Winch +50 mm (2.0 in.) *6: Transfer in High Tire Size 275 / 70R16 +305 (12.0 in.), Tire Size 7.50R16 +265 mm (10.4 in.)
*2: With Roof Rail +40 mm (1.6 in.) *7: Option *11: With Roof Rack +230 mm (9.1 in.)
*3: With AHC *8: With 275 / 70R16 Tire *12: With Grille Guard +75 mm (3.0 in.)
*4: With 3rd Seat *9: With ABS *13: With 7.50R16 Tire
LAND CRUISER (100 series) – MAJOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 269
Europe Australia
VX STD GX VX
HDJ100L-GNMEZW HDJ100L-GNPEZW HDJ100L-GCMRZW UZJ100R-GNMNKQ UZJ100R-GNANKQ UZJ100R-GNAEKQ
5 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, 3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, 3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, 3 1890 (74.4) 1890 (74.4) 1890 (74.4)
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17
10 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17
2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 2505 (98.6)
1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1620 (63.8)
1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15
335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 335 (13.2)
15 — — — — — —
995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 1665 (41.9) 1665 (41.9) 995 (39.2)
895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2)
1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1350 - 1495 (2976 - 3296) 1355 - 1430 (2987 - 3153) 1375 - 1405 (3031 - 3097) 1245 - 1265 (2745 - 2789) 1260 - 1280 (2778 - 2822) 1290 - 1305 (2844 - 2877)*20
1095 - 1145 (2414 - 2524) 1105 - 1180 (2436 - 2601) 1060 - 1100 (2337 - 2425) 1060 - 1080 (2337 - 2381) 1065 - 1085 (2348 - 2392) 1190 - 1215 (2623 - 2679)*20
2445 - 2640 (5390 - 5820) 2460 - 2610 (5423 - 5754) 2435 - 2505 (5368 - 5523) 2305 - 2345 (5082 - 5170) 2325 - 2365 (5126 - 5214) 2480 - 2520 (5467 - 5556)*20
25 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
3260 (7187)
96 (21.1)
3260 (7187)
96 (21.1)
3260 (7187)
96 (21.1)
3260 (7187)
95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)
3260 (7187)
95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)
3260 (7187)
95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 6
— — — — — —
30 160 (99) 175 (109) 160 (99) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112)
— — — —
14 (9)*5, 35 (22)*6 18 (11)*5, 44 (28)*6 14 (9)*5, 35 (22)*6 17 (11)*5, 40 (25)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6
26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6 35 (22)*5, 85 (53)*6 26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6 29 (18)*5, 72 (45)*6 33 (20)*5, 81 (50)*6 33 (20)*5, 81 (50)*6
39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 — 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 45 (28)*5, 111 (69)*6 — —
35 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 — 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 67 (42)*5, 165 (102)*6 — —
5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
1HD-FTE 1HD-FTE 1HD-FTE 2UZ-FE 2UZ-FE 2UZ-FE
24-Valve, OHC 24-Valve, OHC 24-Valve, OHC 32-Valve, DOHC 32-Valve, DOHC 32-Valve, DOHC
40 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31)
4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4664 (284.5) 4664 (284.5) 4664 (284.5)
18.5 : 1 18.5 : 1 18.5 : 1 9.6 : 1 9.6 : 1 9.6 : 1
Distributor Type Distributor Type Distributor Type EFI EFI EFI
48 or higher 48 or higher 48 or higher 91 or more 91 or more 91 or more
45 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET)
430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET) 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET) 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET)
12 - 55 x 2, 64 x 2*7 12 - 55 x 2, 64 x 2*7 12 - 64 x 2 12 - 55 12 - 55 12 - 55
960, 1440*7 960, 1440*7 1440 1200 1200 1200
3.0 3.0 3.0 1.4 1.4 1.4
50 Dry, Single, Diaphragm — Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm — —
H151F A442F H151F H151F A750F A750F
4.081 2.950 4.081 4.081 3.520 3.520
2.294 1.530 2.294 2.294 2.042 2.042
1.490 1.000 1.490 1.490 1.400 1.400
55 1.000 0.765 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.881 — 0.881 0.881 0.716 0.716
4.313 2.678 4.313 4.313 3.224 3.224
1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488
3.909 / 3.909 4.100 / 4.100 3.909 / 3.909 4.300 / 4.300 4.100 / 4.100 4.100 / 4.100
60 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5”
Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc
Drum Drum Drum Drum Drum Drum
Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic Hydraulic
65 P & B Valve P & B Valve P & B Valve P & B Valve P & B Valve P & B Valve
Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone
4-Link with Lateral Rod 4-Link with Lateral Rod 4-Link with Lateral Rod 4-Link with Lateral Rod 4-Link with Lateral Rod 4-Link with Lateral Rod
STD STD STD STD STD STD
70 Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion
17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3
Integral Type Integral Type Integral Type Integral Type Integral Type Integral Type
*14: With AHC –50 mm (2.0 in.) *17: With 235 / 85R16 Tire *20: Seating Capacity: 8
*15: With Moon Roof *18: With VGRS
*16: With VSC *19: Separate Seat, Seating Capacity: 5
Area Australia
Item
Body Type Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door)
Vehicle Grade STD GX
Model Code HZJ105R-GCMRSQ HZJ105R-GNMNSQ HDJ100R-GNMNZQ HDJ100R-GNANZQ
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 5
Height mm (in.) 1920 (75.6), 1915 (75.4)*8 1920 (75.6), 1915 (75.4)*8 1890 (74.4) 1890 (74.4)
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (11.2) 2850 (11.2)
Front mm (in.) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1615 (63.6), 635 (64.4)*17 1615 (63.6), 635 (64.4)*17 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1)
Room Width mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7)
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9)
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2)
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
Front kg (lb) 1195 - 1230 (2634 - 2712) 1205 - 1230 (2657 - 2712) 1330 - 1350 (2932 - 2976) 1355 - 1375 (2987 - 3031)
Curb Weight*19 Rear kg (lb) 1130 - 1155 (2491 - 2546) 1120 - 1140 (2469 - 2513) 1150 - 1170 (2535 - 2579) 1155 - 1175 (2546 - 2590)
Total kg (lb) 2325 - 2385 (5126 - 5258) 2325 - 2370 (5126 - 5225) 2480 - 2520 (5467 - 5556) 2510 - 2550 (5534 - 5622)
Front kg (lb) — — — — 25
Total kg (lb) 3180 (7011) 3180 (7011) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
Fuel Tank Capacity (Imp.gal.) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 155 (96) 155 (96) — — 30
13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 14 (9)*5, 35 (22)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6
Performance

Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 —
4th Gear km / h (mph) 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 — 35
Tire m (ft.) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0)
Engine Type 1HZ 1HZ 1HD-FTE 1HD-FTE
Valve Mechanism 12-Valve, OHC 12-Valve, OHC 24-Valve, OHC 24-Valve, OHC
Bore x Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 40
Engine

Carburetor Type or Injection Pump Type (Diesel) Distributor Type Distributor Type Distributor Type Distributor Type
Research Octane No. or Cetane No. (Diesel) 48 or higher 48 or higher 48 or higher 48 or higher
Max. Output kW / rpm 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC)
Electrical
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. hr. 12 - 64 12 - 64 12 - 55 x 2 12 - 55 x 2

Engine
Alternator Output Watts 960, 1440*7 960, 1440*7 1440 1440

Clutch Type Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm — 50
Transmission Type R151F R151F H151F A750F
In First 4.313 4.313 4.081 3.520
In Second 2.330 2.330 2.294 2.042
Ratio In Fourth 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.838 0.838 0.881 0.716
In Reverse 4.220 4.220 4.313 3.224
Chassis
Brake Type
Rear L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*7 Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc Ventilated Disc
Brake Booster Type and Size in. Vacuum Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Hydraulic Hydraulic
Proportioning Valve Type LSP &BV LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 P & B Valve P & B Valve 65
Front Leading Arm, Coil Leading Arm, Coil Double Wishbone Double Wishbone
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar
Steering Gear Type Rack & Pinion Recerculating Ball Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion 70
Steering Gear Ratio (Overall) 17.3 18.59 17.3 17.3
Australia G.C.C. Countries

VX GX STD GX
HDJ100R-GNAEZQ HZJ105L-GCMNSV FZJ100L-GCMRKV FZJ100L-GCMNKV FZJ100L-GNMNKV FZJ100L-GCPNKV
5 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1890 (74.4) 1905 (75.0)*11, 1885 (74.2)*8, 11 1880 (74.0)*11 1880 (74.0)*11, 1860 (73.2)*8, 11 1880 (74.0)*11, 1860 (73.2)*8, 11 1880 (74.0)*11, 1860 (73.2)*8, 11
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17 1605 (63.2) 1640 (64.6) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8
10 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17 1600 (63.0) 1635 (64.4) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8
2505 (98.6) — 1805 (71.1) — 1805 (71.1) —
1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)
335 (13.2) — 1085 (42.7) — 1085 (42.7) —
15 — — — — — —
995 (39.2) — 1065 (41.9) — 1065 (41.9) —
895 (35.2) 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1
1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1405 - 1415 (3097 - 3120)*20 1215 - 1310 (2679 - 2888) 1175 - 1255 (2590 - 2767) 1195 - 1295 (2635 - 2855) 1185 - 1290 (2612 - 2844) 1225 - 1325 (2701 - 2921)
1240 - 1265 (2734 - 2789)*20 1095 - 1275 (2414 - 2811) 1110 - 1225 (2447 - 2701) 1095 - 1290 (2414 - 2844) 1120 - 1280 (2469 - 2822) 1100 - 1295 (2425 - 2855)
2645 - 2680 (5831 - 5908)*20 2310 - 2585 (5093 – 5699) 2285 - 2480 (5038 - 5467) 2290 - 2585 (5049 - 5699) 2305 - 2570 (5082 - 5666) 2325 - 2620 (5126 - 5776)
25 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
3260 (7187)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
3160 (6967)
95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)
3160 (6967)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
3160 (6967)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
3160 (6967)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
3160 (6967)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 6
— — — — — —
30 — 155 (96) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112)
— — — — — —
16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 21 (13)*5, 51 (31)*6
27 (17)*5, 67 (42)*6 25 (16)*5, 60 (37)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6
— 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107(66)*6 —
35 — 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 —
6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
1HD-FTE 1HZ 1FZ-FE 1FZ-FE 1FZ-FE 1FZ-FE
24-Valve, OHC 12-Valve, OHC 24-Valve, DOHC 24-Valve, DOHC 24-Valve, DOHC 24-Valve, DOHC
40 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74)
4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1)
18.8 : 1 22.4 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1
Distributor Type Distributor Type EFI EFI EFI EFI
48 or higher 48 or higher 91 91 91 91
45 150 / 3400 (EEC) 100 / 3800 (SAE-GROSS) 179 / 4600 (SAE-GROSS) 179 / 4600 (SAE-GROSS) 179 / 4600 (SAE-GROSS) 179 / 4600 (SAE-GROSS)
430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 290 / 2200 (SAE-GROSS) 407 / 3600 (SAE-GROSS) 407 / 3600 (SAE-GROSS) 407 / 3600 (SAE-GROSS) 407 / 3600 (SAE-GROSS)
12 - 55 x 2 12 - 55, 12 - 64 x 2*7 12 - 55 12 - 55 12 - 55 12 - 55
1440 840, 960*7 960 960, 1200*7 960, 1200*7 960, 1200*7
3.0 2.5, 3.0*7 1.4 1.4 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4
50 — Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm —
A750F R151F H151F H151F H151F A442F
3.520 4.313 4.081 4.081 4.081 2.950
2.042 2.330 2.294 2.294 2.294 1.530
1.400 1.436 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.000
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.765
0.716 0.838 0.881 0.881 0.881 —
3.224 4.220 4.313 4.313 4.313 2.678
1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488
3.909 / 3.909 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300
60 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5”
Ventilated Disc L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9
Hydraulic Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9
65 P & B Valve LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9
Double Wishbone Leading Arm, Coil Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone
70 Rack & Pinion Recerculating Ball Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion
17.3 18.59 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3
*14: With AHC –50 mm (2.0 in.) *19: Separate Seat, Seating Capacity: 5
*15: With Moon Roof *20: Seating Capacity: 8
*16: With VSC
Area G.C.C. Countries

Item
Body Type Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)
Vehicle Grade GX VX
Model Code FZJ100L-GNPNKV UZJ100L-GCMEKV UZJ100L-GNMEKV UZJ100L-GCAEKV
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 5
Height mm (in.) 1880 (74.0)*11, 1860 (73.2)*8, 11 1860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3, 11 1860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3, 11 1860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3, 11
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) — 2505 (98.6) —
Room Width mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3) 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) — 335 (13.2) —
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) — 995 (39.2) —
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
Front kg (lb) 1215 - 1320 (2679 - 2910) 1230 - 1345 (2712 - 2965) 1240 - 1345 (2734 - 2965) 1240 – 1365 (2734 - 3009)
Total kg (lb) 2345 - 2610 (5170 - 5754) 2320 - 2620 (5115 - 5776) 2320 - 2650 (5115 - 5842) 2330 - 2630 (5137 - 5798)
Front kg (lb) — — — — 25
Total kg (lb) 3160 (6967) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112) 30
21 (13)*5, 51 (31)*6 17 (11)*5, 40 (25)*6 17 (11)*5, 40 (25)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6
Performance

Max. Permissible 2nd Gear km / h (mph) 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 29 (18)*5, 72 (45)*6 29 (18)*5, 72 (45)*6 33 (20)*5, 81(50)*6
Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) — 45 (28)*5, 111 (69)*6 45 (28)*5, 111 (69)*6 —
4th Gear km / h (mph) — 67 (42)*5, 165 (102)*6 67 (42)*5, 165 (102)*6 — 35
Tire m (ft.) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
Engine Type 1FZ-FE 2UZ-FE 2UZ-FE 2UZ-FE
Valve Mechanism 24-Valve, DOHC 32-Valve, DOHC 32-Valve, DOHC 32-Valve, DOHC
Engine

Carburetor Type or Injection Pump Type (Diesel) EFI EFI EFI EFI
Research Octane No. or Cetane No. (Diesel) 91 91 91 91
Max. Output kW / rpm 179 / 4600 (SAE-GROSS) 185 / 4800 (SAE-GROSS) 185 / 4800 (SAE-GROSS) 185 / 4800 (SAE-GROSS) 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 407 / 3600 (SAE-GROSS) 430 / 3400 (SAE-GROSS) 430 / 3400 (SAE-GROSS) 430 / 3400 (SAE-GROSS)
Electrical
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. hr. 12 - 55 12 - 55 12 - 55 12 - 55

Engine
Alternator Output Watts 960, 1200*7 960 960 960

Starter Output kW 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4 1.4 1.4
Clutch Type — Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm 50
Transmission Type A442F H151F H151F A750F
In First 2.950 4.081 4.081 3.520
In Second 1.530 2.294 2.294 2.042
Ratio In Fourth 0.765 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth — 0.881 0.881 0.716
In Reverse 2.678 4.313 4.313 3.224
Chassis
Brake Type
Rear L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9
Brake Booster Type and Size in. Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9
Proportioning Valve Type LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9, —*16 65
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar
G.C.C. Countries General Countries

Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) VX Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)
VX STD GX STD
UZJ100L-GNAEKV FZJ105L-GCMRK FZJ105L-GCMNK FZJ105L-GNMNK FZJ105R-GNMNK HZJ105R-GCMRS
5 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1920 (75.6)*2, 8, 11, 1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1920 (75.6)*2, 8, 11, 1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1920 (75.6)*2, 8, 11,
1860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3, 11 1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13 1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13 1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13 1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13
1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1620 (63.8) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2)
10 1615 (63.6) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0)
2505 (98.6) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1)
1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5)
335 (13.2) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7)
15 — — — — — —
995 (39.2) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9)
895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1
1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1250 - 1370 (2756 – 3020) 1160 - 1250 (2557 - 2756) 1170 - 1300 (2579 - 2866) 1165 - 1290 (2568 - 2844) 1165 - 1285 (2568 - 2833) 1200 - 1290 (2646 - 2844)
1080 - 1295 (2381 - 2855) 1090 - 1230 (2403 - 2712) 1080 - 1240 (2381 - 2739) 1090 - 1245 (2403 - 2745) 1090 - 1245 (2403 - 2745) 1080 - 1220 (2381 - 2690)
2330 - 2665 (5137 - 5875) 2250 - 2480 (4960 - 5467) 2250 - 2540 (4960 - 5660) 2255 - 2535 (4971 - 5589) 2255 - 2530 (4971 - 5578) 2280 - 2510 (5027 - 5534)
25 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
3260 (7187)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
3160 (6967)
95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7
3160 (6967)
95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7
3160 (6967)
95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7
3160 (6967)
95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7
3160 (6967)
95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 6
— — — — — —
30 180 (112) 175 (109) 175 (109) 175 (109) 175 (109) 155 (96)
— — — — — —
19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6
33 (20)*5, 81 (50)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 25 (16)*5, 60 (37)*6
— 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6
35 — 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6
5.9 (19.4) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7)
6.3 (20.7) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0)
2UZ-FE 1FZ-FE 1FZ-FE 1FZ-FE 1FZ-FE 1HZ
32-Valve, DOHC 24-Valve, DOHC 24-Valve, DOHC 24-Valve, DOHC 24-Valve, DOHC 12-Valve, OHC
40 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94)
4664 (284.5) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4164 (254.0)
9.6 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 22.4 : 1
EFI EFI EFI EFI EFI Distributor Type
91 91 91 91 91 48 or higher
45 185 / 4800 (SAE-GROSS) 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET)
430 / 3400 (SAE-GROSS) 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET)
12 - 55 12 - 55 12 - 55 12 - 55 12 - 55 12 - 55, 64*7
960 960 960 960 960 840
1.4 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4, 2.0*7 2.5
50 Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm
A750F H151F H151F H151F H151F R151F
3.520 4.081 4.081 4.081 4.081 4.313
2.042 2.294 2.294 2.294 2.294 2.330
1.400 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.436
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.716 0.881 0.881 0.881 0.881 0.838
3.224 4.313 4.313 4.313 4.313 4.220
1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488
4.100 / 4.100 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300
60 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5”
L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9
Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum
65 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9, —*16 LSP & BV LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV
Double Wishbone Leading Arm, Coil Leading Arm, Coil Leading Arm, Coil Leading Arm, Coil Leading Arm, Coil
70 Rack & Pinion Recerculating Ball Recerculating Ball Recerculating Ball Recerculating Ball Recerculating Ball
17.3 18.59 18.59 18.59 18.59 18.59
*15: With Moon Roof
*16: With VSC

Item
Body Type Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)
Model Code HZJ105L-GCMRS HZJ105R-GCMNS HZJ105R-GNMNS HZJ105L-GCMNS
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 5
1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1920 (75.6)*2, 8, 11, 1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1920 (75.6)*2, 8, 11, 1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1920 (75.6)*2, 8, 11,
Height mm (in.) 1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13 1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13 1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13 1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1)
Room Width mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7)
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9)
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 859 (35.2)*1 859 (35.2)*1
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
Front kg (lb) 1200 - 1300 (2646 - 2866) 1210 - 1340 (2668 - 2954) 1205 - 1330 (2657 - 2932) 1210 - 1340 (2668 - 2954)
Curb Weight*19 Rear kg (lb) 1080 - 1220 (2381 -2690) 1090 - 1245 (2403 - 2745) 1100 - 1250 (2425 - 2756) 1090 - 1250 (2403 - 2756)
Total kg (lb) 2280 - 2520 (5027 - 5556) 2300 - 2585 (5071 - 5699) 2305 - 2580 (5082 - 5688) 2300 - 2590 (5071 - 5710)
Front kg (lb) — — — — 25
Total kg (lb) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967)
Fuel Tank Capacity (Imp.gal.) 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 155 (96) 155 (96) 155 (96) 155 (96) 30
13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6
Performance

Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)?6
4th Gear km / h (mph) 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 35
Tire m (ft.) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0)
Engine Type 1HZ 1HZ 1HZ 1HZ
Engine

Carburetor Type or Injection Pump Type (Diesel) Distributor Type Distributor Type Distributor Type Distributor Type
Max. Output kW / rpm 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET)
12 - 55, 64*7, 64 x 2*7 12 - 55, 64*7 12 - 55, 64*7 12 - 55, 64*7, 64 x 2*7
Electrical

Engine
Alternator Output Watts 84, 960*7 840 840 840, 960*7

Starter Output kW 2.5, 3.0*7 2.5 2.5 2.5, 3.0*7
Clutch Type Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm 50
Transmission Type R151F R151F R151F R151F
In First 4.313 4.313 4.313 4.313
In Second 2.330 2.330 2.330 2.330
Ratio In Fourth 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.838 0.838 0.838 0.838
In Reverse 4.220 4.220 4.220 4.220
Chassis
Brake Type
Proportioning Valve Type LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 65
Front Leading Arm, Coil Leading Arm, Coil Leading Arm, Coil Leading Arm, Coil
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar
Steering Gear Type Recerculating Ball Recerculating Ball Recerculating Ball Recerculating Ball 70
General Countries
Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door)
GX VX
HZJ105L-GNMNS UZJ100L-GNAEK HDJ100R-GNMEZ HDJ100L-GCMEZ HDJ100L-GNMEZ HDJ100L-GNAEZ
5 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1925 (75.8)*2, 11, 1920 (75.6)*2, 8, 11,
1930 (76.0)*2, 11, 13 1920 (75.6)*2, 11, 14, 1900 (74.8)*2, 8, 11, 14 1920 (75.6)*2, 11, 14, 1900 (74.8)*2, 8, 11, 14 1920 (75.6)*2, 11, 1900 (4.8)*2, 8, 11 1920 (75.6)*2, 11, 1900 (4.8)*2, 8, 11 1920 (75.6)*2, 11, 1900 (4.8)*2, 8, 11
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1605 (63.2) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8
10 1600 (63.0) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8
1805 (71.1) 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4
1615 (63.6) 1620 (63.8)*4 1620 (63.8)*4 1620 (63.8)*4 1620 (63.8)*4 1620 (63.8)*4
1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4
1085 (42.7) 335 (13.1)*4 335 (13.1)*4 335 (13.1)*4 335 (13.1)*4 335 (13.1)*4
15 — — — — — —
1065 (41.9) 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4
895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12
1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1205 - 1330 (2657 - 2932) 1220 - 1385 (2690 - 3053) 1280 - 1425 (2822 - 3142)*21 1280 - 1375 (2822 - 3031) 1280 - 1425 (2822 - 3142) 1320 - 1435 (2910 - 3164)
1100 - 1255 (2425 - 2767) 1110 - 1280 (2447 - 2822) 1120 - 1305 (2469 - 2877)*21 1150 - 1280 (2535 - 2822) 1120 - 1305 (2469 - 2877) 1120 - 1310 (2469 - 2888)
2305 - 2585 (5082 - 5699) 2330 - 2665 (5137 - 5875) 2400 - 2730 (5291 - 6019)*21 2430 - 2655 (5357 - 5853) 2400 - 2730 (5291 - 6019) 2440 - 2745 (5379 - 6052)
25 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
3160 (6967)
95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7
3260 (7187)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
3260 (7187)
96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*7
3260 (7187)
96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*7
3260 (7187)
96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*7
3260 (7187)
96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*7 6
— — — — — —
30 155 (96) — — — — —
— — — — — —
13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 14 (19)*5, 35 (22)*6 14 (19)*5, 35 (22)*6 14 (19)*5, 35 (22)*6 14 (19)*5, 35 (22)*6
25 (16)*5, 60 (37)*6 33 (20)*5, 81 (50)*6 26 (16)*5,63 (39)*6 26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6 26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6 26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6
40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 — 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6
35 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 — 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6
6.0 (19.7) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
6.4 (21.0) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
1HZ 2UZ-FE 1HD-FTE 1HD-FTE 1HD-FTE 1HD-FTE
12-Valve, OHC 32-Valve, DOHC 24-Valve, OHC 24-Valve, OHC 24-Valve, OHC 24-Valve, OHC
40 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94)
4164 (254.0) 4664 (284.5) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0)
22.4 : 1 9.6 : 1 18.8 : 1 18.8 : 1 18.8 : 1 18.8 : 1
Distributor Type EFI Distributor Type Distributor Type Distributor Type Distributor Type
48 or higher 91 48 or higher 48 or higher 48 or higher 48 or higher
45 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC)
285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC)
12 - 55, 64*7, 64 x 2*7 12 - 55 12 - 55 x 2 12 - 55 x 2 12 - 55 x 2 12 - 55 x 2
840, 960*7 960 840, 960*7 960 840, 960*7 960
2.5 1.4 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
50 Dry, Single, Diaphragm — Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm Dry, Single, Diaphragm —
R151F A750F H151F H151F H151F A750F
4.313 3.520 4.081 4.081 4.081 3.520
2.330 2.042 2.294 2.294 2.294 2.042
1.436 1.400 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.400
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.838 0.716 0.881 0.881 0.881 0.716
4.220 3.224 4.313 4.313 4.313 3.224
1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488
4.300 / 4.300 4.100 / 4.100 4.100 / 4.100 4.100 / 4.100 4.100 / 4.100 3.909 / 3.909
60 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5”
L. T Drum L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9 L. T Drum, Ventilated Disc*9
Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9 Vacuum, Hydraulic*9
65 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9, —*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9
Leading Arm, Coil Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone Double Wishbone
70 Recerculating Ball Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion
18.59 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3
*15: With Moon Roof *21: Bench Seat, Seating capacity: 10
*16: With VSC
2 GENERAL FEATURES
GENERAL FEATURES
DESCRIPTION
The new TOYOTA models have the following systems:
System Outline Model Name

To comply with the OBD-II regulations, all the DTC
(Diagnostic Trouble Code) have been made to correspond
DTC Land Cruiser
to the SAE controlled codes. Some of the DTC have been
(Diagnostic Trouble Code) (Only for 2UZ-FE Engine)
further divided into smaller detection areas than in the
past, and new DTC have been assigned to them.
GENERAL FEATURES 3
The following table shows part of DTC subdivided from the old DTC. See Repair Manual of each new TOYOTA
model for the details.
Old New
Detection Item
Old New
Detection Item
1
DTC DTC DTC DTC
Oxygen sensor circuit
P0110 Intake air temperature circuit P0150
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
Intake air temperature circuit Oxygen sensor signal stuck lean
P0110 P0112 P0150 P2197
low input (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
Intake air temperature circuit Oxygen sensor signal stuck rich
P0113 P2198
high input (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
Oxygen sensor heater control circuit
P0115 Engine coolant temperature circuit P0051
low (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
P0155
Engine coolant temperature circuit Oxygen sensor heater control circuit
P0115 P0117 P0052
low input high (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
P0118 P0057
high input low (Bank 2 Sensor 2)
P0161
P0116 P0058
range/ Performance problem high (Bank 2 Sensor 2)
P0116
Insufficient coolant temperature for Oxygen sensor heater control circuit
P0125 P0063
closed loop fuel control low (Bank 2 Sensor 3)
P0167
Oxygen sensor circuit no activity Oxygen sensor heater control circuit
P0134 P0064
detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1) high (Bank 2 Sensor 3)
Oxygen sensor circuit no activity Knock sensor 1 circuit
P0154 P0325
detected (Bank 2 Sensor 1) (Bank 1 or Signal sensor)
P0125
A/ F sensor circuit no activity Knock sensor 1 circuit low input
P1134 P0327
A/ F sensor circuit no activity Knock sensor 1 circuit high input
P1154 P0325 P0328
Oxygen sensor signal stuck lean Knock sensor 2 circuit low input
P2195 P0332
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) (Bank 2)
P0130
Oxygen sensor signal stuck rich Knock sensor 2 circuit high input
P2196 P0333
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) (Bank 2)
Oxygen sensor heater control circuit Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit
P0031 P0340
low (Bank 1 Sensor 1) (Bank 1 or Signal sensor)
P0135 Camshaft position sensor “A” circuit
P0032 P0341 range/ Performance
high (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0340 (Bank 1 or Signal sensor)
P0037 P1340
low (Bank 1 Sensor 2) Camshaft pposition sensor “A”
P0141
Oxygen sensor heater control circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P0038 P1341
P0043 P1130 A/ F sensor circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
low (Bank 1 Sensor 3)
P0147 P1130
Oxygen sensor heater control circuit A/ F sensor circuit low
P0044 P1131
high (Bank 1 Sensor 3) (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
4 GENERAL FEATURES
New Old New Old

Detection Item Detection Item
DTC DTC DTC DTC
Throttle / Pedal position sensor / Oxygen sensor circuit no activity
P0120 P1230 P0166 —
Switch “A” circuit detected (Bank 2 Sensor 3)
Throttle / Pedal position sensor /
P0122 — P0169 — Incorrect fuel composition
Switch “A” circuit low input
P0123 — P0170 — Fuel trim bank 1
Switch “A” circuit high input
Insufficient coolant temperature for
P0125 P0116 P0173 — Fuel trim bank 2
close loop fuel control
Oxygen sensor circuit no activity
P0134 P0125 P0176 — Fuel composition sensor circuit
detected (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Oxygen sensor heater circuit Fuel composition sensor circuit
P0135 — P0177 —
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) range/ performance
Oxygen sensor circuit low voltage Fuel composition sensor circuit
P0137 — P0178 —
(Bank 1 Sensor 2) low input
Oxygen sensor circuit high voltage Fuel composition sensor circuit
P0138 — P0179 —
(Bank 1 Sensor 2) high input
Oxygen sensor circuit no activity Fuel temperature sensor “A” circuit
P0140 — P0182 —
detected (Bank 1 Sensor 2) low input
Oxygen sensor circuit low voltage Fuel temperature sensor “A” circuit
P0143 — P0183 —
(Bank 1 Sensor 3) high input
Oxygen sensor circuit high voltage Fuel temperature sensor “B” circuit
P0144 — P0187 —
(Bank 1 Sensor 3) low input
Oxygen sensor circuit slow Fuel temperature sensor “B” circuit
P0145 — P0188 —
response (Bank 1 Sensor 3) high input
P0146 — P0195 — Engine oil temperature sensor
Engine oil temperature sensor
P0148 — Fuel delivery error P0196 —
range/ performance
P0149 — Fuel timing error P0197 — Engine oil temperature sensor low
Oxygen sensor circuit high voltage

P0152 — P0198 — Engine oil temperature sensor high
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
Oxygen sensor circuit no activity Engine oil temperature sensor
P0154 P0125 P0199 —
detected (Bank 2 Sensor 1) intermittent
Oxygen sensor circuit low voltage
P0157 — P1215
(Bank 2 Sensor 2)
Oxygen sensor circuit high voltage
P0158 — P0200 P1264 Injector circuit open
(Bank 2 Sensor 2)
P0160 — P1265
Oxygen sensor circuit low voltage
P0163 — P0219 P1678 Engine overspeed condition
(Bank 2 Sensor 3)
Oxygen sensor circuit high voltage Throttle / Pedal position switch /
P0164 — P0220 P0120
(Bank 2 Sensor 3) switch “B” circuit
Oxygen sensor circuit slow Throttle / Pedal position sensor /
P0165 — P0222 —
response (Bank 2 Sensor 3) switch “B” circuit low input
GENERAL FEATURES 5
New Old New Old

DTC DTC DTC DTC
P0223 —
switch “B” circuit high input
P0299 P1255 Turbo / super charger under boost 1
Throttle / Pedal position sensor / Knock sensor 1 circuit
P0224 — P0326 —
switch “B” circuit intermittent range/ performance
Throttle / Pedal position sensor / Knock sensor 1 circuit low input
P0225 — P0327
switch “C” circuit (Bank 1 or Signal sensor)
Throttle / Pedal position sensor / P0325
Knock sensor 1 circuit high input
P0226 — switch “C” circuit P0328
(Bank 1 or Signal sensor)
range/ performance
Knock sensor 1 circuit
P0227 — P0329 — input intermittent
switch “C” circuit low input
Throttle / Pedal position sensor / Knock sensor 2 circuit
P0228 — P0331 —
switch “C” circuit high input range/ performance (Bank 2)
Throttle / Pedal position sensor / Knock sensor 2 circuit low input
P0229 — P0332
switch “C” circuit intermittent (Bank 2)
P0325
Knock sensor 2 circuit high input
P0230 P1200 Fuel pump primary circuit P0333
(Bank 2)
Knock sensor 2 circuit
P0231 P1202 Fuel pump secondary circuit low P0334 —
input intermittent (Bank 2)
P0232 — Fuel pump secondary circuit high P1355

Crankshaft position sensor “A”
A
Fuel pump secondary circuit P0336
P0233 — P1356 circuit range / performance
intermittent
Crankshaft position sensor “A”
P1256 P0337 —
Turbo / super
p charger
g overboost circuit low input
P0234
condition Crankshaft position sensor “A”
P1512 P0338 —
circuit high input
Turbo / Super charger boost sensor Crankshaft position sensor “A”
P0235 P1405 P0339 P1335
“A” circuit circuit intermittent
Turbo / Super charger boost sensor Camshaft position sensor “A”
P0236 P1406 P0340 P1345
“A” circuit range / performance circuit (Bank 1 or Signal sensor)
Camshaft position sensor “A”
Turbo / Super charger boost sensor
P0237 — P0341 P0340 circuit range / Performance
“A” circuit low
Turbo / super charger boost sensor
P0238 — P1345 circuit range / Performance
“A” circuit high
P0263 P1267 Cylinder 1 contribution / balance P0342 circuit low input
P0266 P1268 Cylinder 2 contribution / balance P0343 circuit high input
P0269 P1269 Cylinder 3 contribution / balance P0344 — circuit intermittent
(Bank 1 or signal sensor)
P0272 P1270 Cylinder 4 contribution / balance P0345 P1350
circuit (Bank 2)
6 GENERAL FEATURES
New Old New Old

DTC DTC DTC DTC
Camshaft position sensor “A” Camshaft position sensor “B”
P0346 P0392 —
circuit range / Performance (Bank 2) circuit low input (Bank 2)
P0347 P1350 P0393 —
circuit low input (Bank 2) circuit high input (Bank 2)
P0348 P0394 —
circuit high input (Bank 2) circuit intermittent (Bank 2)
Camshaft position sensor “A” Exhaust gas recirculation control
P0349 — P0403 P1673
circuit intermittent (Bank 2) circuit
Ignition coil primary / secondary Exhaust gas recirculation control
P0350 — P0404 —
circuit circuit range / performance
Ignition coil “A” primary / Exhaust gas recirculation sensor
P0351 P1300 P0405 P1410
Secondary circuit “A” circuit low
Ignition coil “B” primary / Exhaust gas recirculation sensor
P0352 P1305 P0406 —
Secondary circuit “A” circuit high
Ignition coil “C” primary / Exhaust gas recirculation sensor
P0353 P1310 P0409 P1411
Secondary circuit “A” circuit
Ignition coil “D” primary / Secondary air injection system
P0354 P1315 P0411 P1205
Secondary circuit incorrect flow detected
Ignition coil “E” primary / Catalyst temperature sensor
P0355 P1320 P0425 —
Secondary circuit (Bank 1)
Ignition coil “F” primary / Catalyst temperature sensor
P0356 P1325 P0426 —
Secondary circuit range/ performance (Bank 1)
Ignition coil “G” primary / Catalyst temperature sensor
P0357 P1330 P0427 P1110
Secondary circuit low input (Bank 1)
Ignition coil “H” primary / Catalyst temperature sensor
P0358 P1340 P0428 P1111
Secondary circuit high input (Bank 1)
Camshaft position sensor “B” Evaporative emission control
P0365 P1360 P0440 —
circuit (Bank 1) system
Camshaft position sensor “B” Evaporative emission control
P0366 P1357 P0442 P0440
circuit range / performance (Bank 1) system leak detected (small leak)
Camshaft position sensor “B” Evaporative emission system vent
P0367 — P0448 P1239
circuit low input (Bank 1) control circuit shorted
Evaporative emission control
Camshaft position sensor “B”
P0368 — P0452 — system pressure sensor / switch
circuit high input (Bank 1)
low input
P0369 — P0453 — system pressure sensor / switch
circuit intermittent (Bank 1)
high input
P0390 P1365 P0456 P0442 system leak detected
circuit (Bank 2)
(very small leak)
P0391 P1358 P0475 P1273 Exhaust pressure control valve
circuit range / performance (Bank 2)
GENERAL FEATURES 7
New Old New Old

DTC DTC DTC DTC
P0475 P1274 Exhaust pressure control valve P0559 —

Brake booster pressure sensor 1
circuit intermittent
P0475 P1420 Exhaust pressure control valve P0560 P1600 System voltage
P0480 B1305 Fan 1 control circuit P0571 P1520 Brake system “A” circuit
Exhaust gas recirculation throttle Internal control module random

P0488 P1222 P0604 P1633
position control range / performance access memory (RAM) error
Vehicle speed sensor “A”
P0503 P0500 P0605
intermittent/ Erratic / High
P0606 ECM/ PCM processor
P0504 P1520 Brake switch “A” / “B” correlation P1633
P0511 P0505 Idle air control circuit P1565
P0512 P1545 Starter request circuit P0607 P1566 Control module performance
P0513 B2795 Incorrect immobilizer key P1633
Battery temperature sensor circuit

P0516 — P0613 P0740 TCM processor
low
Battery temperature sensor circuit
P0517 — P0615 P1522 Starter relay circuit
high
Exhaust gas temperature sensor
P0544 P1280 P0627 P1228 Fuel pump control circuit / Open
circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Exhaust gas temperature sensor Actuator supply voltage
P0545 — P0657 P1633
circuit low (Bank 1 Sensor 1) circuit/ Open
Exhaust gas temperature sensor Intake manifold turning valve
P0546 — P0660 P1651
circuit high (Bank 1 Sensor 1) control circuit / Open (Bank 1)
Power steering pressure Intake manifold turning valve
P0552 — P0663 P1666
sensor/ Switch circuit low input control circuit / Open (Bank 2)
Power steering pressure Transmission range sensor circuit
P0553 — P0705 P1780
sensor/ Switch circuit high input malfunction (PRNDL input)
Brake booster pressure sensor Transmission fluid temperature
P0555 P1540 P0712 —
circuit sensor “A” circuit low input
Transmission fluid temperature
C1201 P0713 —
Brake booster pressure sensor sensor “A” circuit high input
P0556
circuit range / Performance
P1541 P0715
Brake booster pressure sensor Input / Turbine speed sensor “A”

P0557 P0717 P1707
circuit low input circuit No signal
C1200
Brake booster pressure sensor
P0558 P1727
circuit high input
8 GENERAL FEATURES
New Old New Old

DTC DTC DTC DTC
Transmission fluid pressure
P0720 P1700 Output speed sensor circuit P0842 —
sensor/ Switch “A” circuit low
P1702 P0843 —
Output speed sensor circuit no sensor/ Switch “A” circuit high
P0722
signal
P1827 P0850 P1780 Park / Neutral switch input circuit
Pressure control solenoid “A”

P0724 P1520 Brake switch “B” circuit high P0962 —
control circuit low
Torque converter clutch circuit Pressure control solenoid “A”
P0741 P0770 P0963 —
performance or Stuck off control circuit high
Torque converter clutch circuit Pressure control solenoid “B”
P0743 P0773 P0966 —
electrical control circuit low
Pressure control solenoid “A” Pressure control solenoid “B”
P0746 P0750 P0967 —
performance or Stuck off control circuit high
Pressure control solenoid “A” Shift solenoid “A” control circuit
P0748 P0753 P0973 —
electrical low
Shift solenoid “A” performance or Shift solenoid “A” control circuit
P0751 P0750 P0974 —
Stuck off high
Shift solenoid “B” performance or Shift solenoid “B” control circuit
P0756 P0755 P0976 —
Stuck off low
Shift solenoid “C” performance or Shift solenoid “B” control circuit
P0761 P0760 P0977 —
Stuck off high
Shift solenoid “D” performance or Shift solenoid “C” control circuit
P0766 P0765 P0979 —
Stuck off low
Shift solenoid “E” performance or Shift solenoid “C” control circuit
P0771 P1816 P0980 —
Stuck off high
Pressure control solenoid “B” Shift solenoid “D” control circuit
P0776 P0755 P0982 —
performance or Stuck off low
Pressure control solenoid “B” Shift solenoid “D” control circuit
P0778 P0758 P0983 —
electrical high
Shift solenoid “E” control circuit
P0787 — Shift / Timing solenoid low P0985 —
low
Shift solenoid “E” control circuit
P0788 — Shift / Timing solenoid high P0986 —
high
Intermediate shaft speed sensor “A” Shift solenoid “F” control circuit
P0793 P1732 P0998 —
circuit no signal low
Pressure control solenoid “C” Shift solenoid “F” control circuit
P0796 P0760 P0999 —
performance or stuck off high
Pressure control solenoid “C”
P0798 P0763 P1010 P1690 OCV for VVTL circuit (Bank 1)
electrical
Driveline disconnect switch input OCV for VVTL open malfunction
P0818 P1783 P1011 P1692
circuit (Bank 1)
Transmission fluid pressure OCV for VVTL close malfunction
P0840 P1845 P1012 P1693
sensor/ Switch “A” circuit (Bank 1)
P0841 P1846 sensor/ Switch “A” circuit P1020 P1695 OCV for VVTL circuit (Bank 2)
range/ Performance
GENERAL FEATURES 9
New Old New Old

DTC DTC DTC DTC
P1021 P1697
OCV for VVTL open malfunction
(Bank 2)
P2010 —
Intake manifold runner control
circuit high (Bank 2)
1
OCV for VVTL close malfunction Intake manifold runner position
P1022 P1698 P2014 P1415
(Bank 2) sensor/ Switch circuit (Bank 1)
A/ F sensor heater circuit low Intake manifold runner position
P1031 P2016 —
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) sensor/ Switch circuit low (Bank 1)
P1135
A/ F sensor heater circuit high Intake manifold runner position
P1032 P2017 —
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) sensor/ Switch circuit high (Bank 1)
A/ F sensor heater circuit low Exhaust gas temperature sensor
P1051 P2031 P1281
(Bank 2 Sensor 1) circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P1155
A/ F sensor heater circuit high Exhaust gas temperature sensor
P1052 P2032 —
(Bank 2 Sensor 1) circuit low (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
A/ F sensor circuit low Exhaust gas temperature sensor
P1131 P2033 —
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) circuit high (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
P1130
A/ F sensor circuit high Reductant injector circuit / Open
P1132 P2047 P1385
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) (Bank 1 Unit 1)
A/ F sensor circuit no activity
Throttle actuator control motor
P1134 P0125 detected P2102
circuit low
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) P1125
A/ F sensor circuit low Throttle actuator control motor
P1151 P2103
(Bank 2 Sensor 1) circuit high
P1150
A/ F sensor circuit high Throttle actuator control system –
P1152 P2111
(Bank 2 Sensor 1) Stuck open
P1128
A/ F sensor circuit no activity Throttle actuator control system –
P1154 P0125 P2112
detected (Bank 2 Sensor 1) Stuck closed
Throttle actuator control motor
P1550 P1542 Battery current sensor circuit P2118 P1127
current range / Performance
Throttle actuator control throttle
P1551 — Battery current sensor circuit low P2119 P1129
body range / Performance
P1552 — Battery current sensor circuit high P2120 P1120
Switch “D” circuit
P1660 P1668 VSV for AICVS circuit P2121 P1121
Switch “D” circuit range / Performance
Intake manifold runner control Throttle / Pedal position sensor /
P2004 — P2122 —
stuck open (Bank 1) Switch “D” circuit low input
P2006 — P2123 —
stuck close (Bank 1) Switch “D” circuit high input
P1416 P2125 P1120
Switch “E” circuit
P2008 P1653 P2127 —
circuit open (Bank 1) Switch “E” circuit low input
P1667 P2128 —
Switch “E” circuit high input
P2009 — P2135 P0120
circuit low (Bank 1) Switch “A” / “B” voltage correlation
10 GENERAL FEATURES
New Old New Old

DTC DTC DTC DTC
P2138 P1120 P1755 Torque converter clutch pressure
Switch “D” / “E” voltage correlation
P2759 control solenoid control circuit
Oxygen sensor signal stuck lean
P2195 P1898 electrical
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P0130
Oxygen sensor signal stuck rich Torque converter clutch pressure
P2196 P2763 —
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) control solenoid control circuit high
Oxygen sensor signal stuck lean Torque converter clutch pressure
P2197 P2764 —
(Bank 2 Sensor 1) control solenoid control circuit low
P0150
Oxygen sensor signal stuck rich Input / Turbine speed sensor “B”
P2198 P2767 P1822
(Bank 2 Sensor 1) no signal
A/ F sensor circuit range /
P2226 P1100 Barometric pressure circuit P3195 Performance lean side
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P1130
Barometric pressure circuit low
P2228 — P3196 Performance rich side
input
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Barometric pressure circuit high
P2229 — P3197 Performance lean side
input
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
P1150
A/ C refrigerant distribution valve
P2611 — P3198 Performance rich side
control circuit / Open
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor plus minus circuit
P1761 P3231
Pressure control solenoid “D” correlation (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P2714 P1130
performance or stuck off A/ F sensor plus minus circuit
P1885 P3232
correlation low (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P1763 P3233 P1130
correlation high (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Pressure control solenoid “D” A/ F sensor plus minus circuit
P2716 P1853 P3234
electrical correlation (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
P1888 P3235 P1150
Pressure control solenoid “F” A/ F sensor plus minus circuit
P2734 P1890 P3236
electrical correlation high (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
Transmission fluid temperature A/ F sensor plus circuit
P2740 P1745 P3243
sensor “B” circuit (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Transmission fluid temperature A/ F sensor plus circuit low voltage
P2741 P1746 P3245 P1130
sensor “B” circuit range (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Transmission fluid temperature A/ F sensor plus circuit high voltage
P2742 — P3246
sensor “B” circuit low (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
Transmission fluid temperature A/ F sensor plus circuit
P2743 — P3247
sensor “B” circuit high (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor plus circuit low voltage
P0770 P3249 P1150
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
Torquee con
Torq converter
erter clutch
cl tch pressure
press re
A/ F sensor plus circuit high voltage
P2757 P1895 control solenoid control circuit P3250
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
performance or stuck off
A/ F sensor minus circuit
P1896 P3251 P1130
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
GENERAL FEATURES 11
New Old
Detection Item
DTC DTC
A/ F sensor minus circuit low 1
P3252 voltage
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P1130
A/ F sensor minus circuit high
P3253 voltage
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P3254
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor minus circuit low
P3255
P1150 voltage (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
P3256 voltage
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
High speed CAN communication
U0001 P1647
bus
Lost communication with
U0100 P1631
ECM/ PCM
Lost communication with vehicle
U0122 P1630
dynamics control module
12 GENERAL FEATURES
The following table shows part of DTC which were modified from the old DTC and which were newly estab-
lished. See Repair Manual of each new TOYOTA model for the details.
Old New New Old

DTC DTC DTC DTC
Fuel shutoff valve control circuit Turbo / super charger boost control
P0005 P1165 P0048 P1254
open solenoid circuit high
Fuel shutoff valve control circuit Oxygen sensor heater control circuit
P0006 — P0051
low low (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
P0155
Fuel shutoff valve control circuit Oxygen sensor heater control circuit
P0007 — P0052
high high (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
Camshaft position “A” actuator Oxygen sensor heater control circuit
P0010 P1656 P0057
circuit (Bank 1) low (Bank 2 Sensor 2)
Camshaft position “A” – timing P0161
P0011 over-advanced or system P0058
P1349 performance (Bank 1)
Camshaft position “A” – timing Oxygen sensor heater control circuit
P0012 P0063
over-retarded (Bank 1) low (Bank 2 Sensor 3)
P0167
P0336 Crankshaft position – camshaft P0064
P0016 position correlation
P1346 (Bank 1 Sensor A) P0087 P1233 Fuel rail / system pressure too low
Crankshaft position – Camshaft

P0018 P1351 position correlation P0088 P1237 Fuel rail / system pressure too high
(Bank 2 Sensor A)
Camshaft position “A” actuator
P0020 P1663 P0093 P1226 Fuel system leak detected large leak
circuit (Bank 2)
Camshaft position “A” – Timing
P0021 over-advanced or system P0095 P1115 Intake air temperature sensor 2 circuit
Camshaft position “A” – Timing Intake air temperature sensor
P0022 P0097 —
over-retarded (Bank 2) 2 circuit low
Oxygen sensor heater control circuit Intake air temperature sensor
P0031 P0098 —
low (Bank 1 Sensor 1) 2 circuit high
P0135
Oxygen sensor heater control circuit Mass or volume air flow circuit
P0032 P0102 —
High (Bank 1 Sensor 1) low input
Oxygen sensor heater control circuit Mass or volume air flow circuit
P0037 P0103 —
low (Bank 1 Sensor 2) high input
P0141
Oxygen sensor heater control circuit Manifold absolute pressure / Barometric
P0038 P0107 —
High (Bank 1 Sensor 2) pressure circuit low input
Oxygen sensor heater control circuit Manifold absolute pressure / Barometric
P0043 P0108 —
low (Bank 1 Sensor 3) pressure circuit high input
P0147
P0044 P0112 Intake air temperature circuit low input
High (Bank 1 Sensor 3)
P0110
Intake air temperature circuit
P1250 P0113
Turbo / super
p charger
g boost control high input
P0045
solenoid circuit open Engine coolant temperature circuit
P1252 P0117
low input
P0115
Turbo / super charger boost control Engine coolant temperature circuit
P0047 P1253 P0118
solenoid circuit low high input
GENERAL FEATURES 13
Old New Old New

DTC DTC DTC DTC
P1132
A/ F sensor circuit high
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P3236
correlation high (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
1
A/ F sensor plug circuit low voltage
P3195 Performance lean side P3249
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor plus circuit high voltage
P3196 Performance rich side P3250
P1150 (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor plus minus circuit A/ F sensor minus circuit
P3231 P3254
correlation (Bank 1 Sensor 1) (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor plus minus circuit A/ F sensor minus circuit low voltage
P3232 P3255
correlation low (Bank 1 Sensor 1) (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor plus minus circuit A/ F sensor minus circuit high voltage
P1130 P3233 correlation high (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P3256
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor plus circuit A/ F sensor heater circuit
P3243 P1155
(Bank 1 Sensor 1) (Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor plus circuit low voltage A/ F sensor heater circuit low
P3245 P1155 P1051
A/ F sensor plus circuit high voltage A/ F sensor heater circuit high
P3246 P1052
P3251 P0201 Injector circuit / Open – (Cylinder 1)
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor minus circuit low
voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
voltage (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor heater circuit
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
P1215
A/ F sensor heater circuit low
P1135 P1031 P0205 Injector circuit / Open – (Cylinder 5)
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor heater circuit high
(Bank 1 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor circuit
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor heater circuit low
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
A/ F sensor heater circuit high
P1152 P0341 circuit range / Performance
(Bank 2 Sensor 1)
P1150 A/ F sensor circuit range / Camshaft position sensor “A”

P3197 Performance lean side P1345 P0342 circuit low input
(Bank 2 Sensor 1) (Bank 1 or Signal sensor)
A/ F sensor circuit range / Camshaft position sensor “A”
P3198 Performance rich side P0343 circuit high input
(Bank 2 Sensor 1) (Bank 1 or Signal sensor)
Camshaft position “A” – timing
P3235 P1349 P0011 over-advance or system performance
(Bank 1)
14 GENERAL FEATURES
Old New Old New

DTC DTC DTC DTC
Camshaft position “A” – Timing
Camshaft position “A” – timing
P1349 P0012 P0021 over-advanced or system
over-retarded (Bank 1)
Camshaft position “A” circuit Camshaft position “A” – Timing
P0345 P0022
(Bank 2) over-retarded (Bank 2)
Camshaft position sensor “A” Brake booster pressure sensor circuit
P0346 P0557
circuit range / Performance (Bank 2) low input
P1350 C1200
Camshaft position sensor “A” Brake booster pressure sensor circuit
P0347 P0558
circuit low input (Bank 2) high input
P0348 — — —
circuit high input (Bank 2)
214 LAND CRUISER (100 series) – NEW FEATURES
JBRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

ABS with EBD, Brake Assist, A-TRC and VSC System)
D The deceleration sensor that is provided for the brake control system (ABS with EBD, Brake Assist,
A-TRC, and VSC system) has been integrated in the yaw rate sensor.
D Information on the steering angle, vehicle speed, and the actual turning angle of the wheels can now be
exchanged between the skid control ECU and the VGRS ECU, which has been newly added for the VGRS
(Variable Gear Ratio Steering) system. These pieces of information are used for controlling the VGRS
system.
" System Diagram A
: Added
Combination Meter
Steering Angle Sensor Brake Warning light
ABS warning Light
VSC / TRAC Warning Light
Hydrauric Brake Booster Slip Indicator Light
(Including Brake Actuator) VSC OFF Indicator Light
A-TRC Operating Indicator Light
Warning Buzzer
Brake Fluid Level Warning Switch
Master Cylinder Pressure Sensor

Stop Light Switch Yaw Rate Sensor
Front Speed Deceleration Sensor

Sensor a
b
Pump
Motor Solenoid Relay
Pressure Switches
Pump Motor Relay
(High and Low) Pump Motor Relay Skid Control Rear Speed
ECU Sensor
Front Speed Sensor
L4 Position Switch
Center Diff, Lock Detection Switch
VGRS ECU*
Shift Position Switches
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
Throttle Control motor Engine & Throttle Position Sensor

ECT ECU
230LX21
a: Switching Solenoid Valves

b: Control Solenoid Valves
*: Only for Models with VGRS System
JDOOR LOCK CONTROL SYSTEM

D For improved theft deterrence performance, a double locking system has been added as standard
equipment on the RHD models for Europe and optional equipment on the LHD models for Europe.
D The double lock ECU communicates with the body ECU.
D The double locking system has the following functions.:
1) The double locking system also prevents the doors from being opened through the operation of the
inside door knobs. Thus, the doors cannot be opened either from the inside or the outside of the vehicle.
2) To lock the doors with this system, pressing the transmitter’s LOCK switch, then pressing it again
within 5 seconds activates the double locking system.
3) However, as an emergency unlocking maneuver, the driver’s and passenger’s door can be unlocked with
key.
Unlock Warning
Switch
Key Lock Switch Double Double

Lock ECU Lock Motor
BEAN
Double Lock
Manual Door Motor Position
Lock Switch Body ECU Switch
Wireless Door
Lock Receiver
Door
Courtesy Switch Lock Motor
D P RR RL
229LC156
CAUTION
Never activate the double locking system when there are people in the vehicle because the doors
cannot be opened from the inside of the vehicle.
If locking the doors by accident, press “Unlock” button of the transmitter.
NEW FEATURES
JEXTERIOR
1. Front Design
The designs of the front bumper and radiator grille have been changed.
Radiator Grille
New Front Bumper Previous 229LC101
2. Rear Design
to clear.
Back Door Molding

Rear Combination Light
New Previous
229LC102
NEW FEATURES
JEXTERIOR
1. Front Design
The designs of the front bumper and radiator grille have been changed.
Radiator Grille
New Front Bumper Previous 229LC101
2. Rear Design
to clear.
Back Door Molding

Rear Combination Light
New Previous
229LC102
LAND CRUISER (100 series) – NEW FEATURES 145
3. Side Design
The design of the side stripes, provided as an option on all models, have been changed.
STD and GX Grade
VX Grade
6
229LC103
4. Tire and Disc Wheel

Tire Size 275/ 60R18 275/ 65R17

Disc Wheel Size 18 x 8JJ 17 x 8JJ
Disc Wheel Material Aluminum z
P.C.D.* mm (in.) 150 (5.9) z
Off Set mm (in.) 60 (2.4) z
Wheel Design
229LC105 229LC104
*: Pitch Circle Diameter

3. Side Design
STD and GX Grade
VX Grade
6
229LC103
4. Tire and Disc Wheel

Tire Size 275/ 60R18 275/ 65R17

Disc Wheel Size 18 x 8JJ 17 x 8JJ
Disc Wheel Material Aluminum z
P.C.D.* mm (in.) 150 (5.9) z
Off Set mm (in.) 60 (2.4) z
Wheel Design
229LC105 229LC104
*: Pitch Circle Diameter

JINTERIOR
1. Instrument Panel
D The design of the combination meter has been changed. For details, refer to the Combination Meter section
of the page 239.
Combination Meter
Center Cluster
229LC106
2. Pillar Garnish and Roof Side Portion

D The design of the assist grip and coat hook have been changed on the model with the curtain shield airbags.
Assist Grip
Center Pillar Garnish Coat Hook

229LC107
JINTERIOR
1. Instrument Panel
D The design of the combination meter has been changed. For details, refer to the Combination Meter section
of the page 239.
Combination Meter
Center Cluster
229LC106
2. Pillar Garnish and Roof Side Portion

D The design of the assist grip and coat hook have been changed on the model with the curtain shield airbags.
Assist Grip
Center Pillar Garnish Coat Hook

229LC107
J2UZ-FE ENGINE
1. General
The main features described below have been adopted on the new Land Cruiser (100 series). Refer to the
“Major Difference” indicated on the next page for details on the changes.
D The ETCS-i (Electronic Control System-intelligent) continues to be used from the previous model.
However, on the new model, the accelerator cable has been discontinued and an accelerator pedal position
sensor has been provided on the accelerator pedal.
D A no-contact type throttle position sensor has been adopted on all models.
D The composition of the TWC (Three-Way Catalytic Converter) has been changed for the G.C.C. countries
model (for Saudi Arabia) to comply with the European STEP-II regulations.
D Cranking hold function has been adopted. Once the ignition switch is turned to the START position, this
control continues to operate the starter until the engine starts.
" Engine Specifications A

6
New Land Cruiser Previous Land Cruiser
Model
(100 series) (100 series)
Australia and
Destination z
G.C.C. Countries Model*1
No. of Cyls. & Arrangement 8-Cylinder, V Type z
32-Valve DOHC,
Valve Mechanism z
Belt & Gear Drive
Combustion Chamber Pentroof Type z
Fuel System EFI z
Ignition System DIS z
Open 3_ BTDC z
Intake
Close 36_ ABDC z
Valve Timing
Open 46_ BBDC z
Exhaust
Close 3_ ATDC z
Firing Order 1-8-4-3-6-5-7-2 z
Research Octane Number 91 or more z
—*2
Emission Regulation European STEP II
European STEP I*1
Oil Grade API SL-EC, SJ-EC or ILSAC z
Engine Service Mass kg (lb) 229 (505) z
*1: G.C.C. Countries Model (for Saudi Arabia)
*2: Australia Model
2. Major Difference
Item Outline
Destination Australia G.C.C. Countries (for Saudi Arabia)
Intake and D Adoption of the link-less type ETCS-i D Adoption of the link-less type ETCS-I
Exhaust D Adoption of TWC D Changed composition of TWC
System D Discontinuance of air cleaner warning D Discontinuance of air cleaner warning
(See Page 149) switch switch
D A tether has been provided on the fuel filler D A tether has been provided on the fuel filler
Fuel System
cap. cap.
(See Page 150)
D Changed capacity of charcoal canister* D Changed capacity of charcoal canister*
D Changed engine ECU to 32-bit type
D Discontinuance of variable resistor D Changed engine ECU to 32-bit type
D Adoption of the heated oxygen sensor D Adoption of the no-contact type throttle
D Adoption of the no-contact type throttle position sensor.
position sensor. D Accelerator pedal position sensor located on
Engine
D Accelerator pedal position sensor located on the accelerator pedal
Control
the accelerator pedal D Adoption of the cranking hold function*
System
D Adoption of the cranking hold function* D Changed failsafe control of accelerator
(See Page 151)
D Changed failsafe control of accelerator pedal position sensor and throttle position
pedal position sensor and throttle position sensor
sensor D Correspondence of all DTC (Diagnostic
D Correspondence of all DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Codes) to SAE-controlled codes
Trouble Code) to SAE-controlled codes
Other Configuration and structure are the same as previous model
Item Outline
General Countries and
Destination Europe
G.C.C. Countries (except Saudi Arabia)
Intake and
D Adoption of the link-less type ETCS-i
Exhaust
Adoption of the link-less type ETCS-i D Discontinuance of air cleaner warning
System
switch
(See Page 149)
Fuel System Configuration and structure are the same as
A tether has been provided on the fuel filler cap.
(See Page 150) previous model
D Adoption of the no-contact type throttle D Changed engine ECU to 32-bit type
position sensor. D Adoption of the no-contact type throttle
D Accelerator pedal position sensor located on position sensor.
the accelerator pedal D Accelerator pedal position sensor located on
Engine
D Changed fuel pump control the accelerator pedal
Control
D Adoption of the cranking hold function* D Adoption of the cranking hold function*
System
D Changed failsafe control of accelerator D Changed failsafe control of accelerator
(See Page 151)
pedal position sensor and throttle position pedal position sensor and throttle position
sensor sensor
D Correspondence of all DTC (Diagnostic D Correspondence of all DTC (Diagnostic
Trouble Codes) to SAE-controlled codes Trouble Codes) to SAE-controlled codes
Other Configuration and structure are the same as previous model
*: Only for Automatic Transmission Model
3. Intake and Exhaust System

Throttle Body
D The link-less type ETCS-i is used, providing excellent throttle control. For details of ETCS-i control,
refer to see page 157.
D The no-contact type throttle position sensor has been adopted.
Hall IC Throttle Control Motor
(for Throttle Position Sensor)
Throttle Valve
Throttle Return
Spring
Reduction Gears
Magnet
6
(for Throttle Position Sensor) 229LC108
TWC (Three-Way Catalytic Converter)

D The composition of the TWC has been changed for the G.C.C. countries model (for Saudi Arabia) to
comply with the European STEP-II regulations.
Rear TWC
Front TWC
229LC109
" Specifications A
New Previous
Location (Australia and G.C.C. countries model*) (G.C.C. countries model*)
Cell Density Volume Material Cell Density Volume Material
62 cells / cm2 875 cm3 62 cells / cm2 697 cm3
Front x 2 Ceramic Metallic
(400 cells / in.2) (53.4 cu in.) (400 cells / in.2) (42.5 cu in.)
62 cells / cm2 1083 cm3 62 cells / cm2 1291 cm3
Rear x 2 Ceramic Ceramic
(400 cells / in.2) (66.1 cu in.) (400 cells / in.2) (78.8 cu in.)
*: Only for Saudi Arabia Model
4. Fuel System
D A tether has been provided on the fuel filler cap to prevent the cap from being lost, which results in
preventing the leakage of fuel or the evaporative gas.
D The capacity of the charcoal canister on the automatic transmission models for Australia and G.C.C.
countries (for Saudi Arabia) has been increased to reduce evaporative emissions.
" Charcoal Canister Capacity A
New Previous
2.45 liters (2.59 US qts, 2.16 Imp. qts) 1.4 liters (1.48 US qts, 1.23 Imp. qts)
5. Engine Control System
General
The engine control system of the 2UZ-FE engine on the new Land Cruiser (100 series) and 2UZ-FE engine
on the previous model are compared below.
System Outline New Previous

EFI
An L-type EFI system directly detects the intake air mass with a
Electronic f f
hot wire type mass air flow meter.
Fuel Injection
ESA Ignition timing is determined by the engine ECU based on signals
Electronic Spark from various sensors. The engine ECU corrects ignition timing in f f
Advance response to engine knocking.
Optimally controls the throttle valve opening in accordance with
the amount of accelerator pedal effort and the condition of the f f
ETCS-i
engine and the vehicle
Electronic
Throttle Control D A link less type is used, without an accelerator cable.
System-intelligent D An accelerator pedal position sensor is provided on the
(See page 157) f —
accelerator pedal.
D No-contact type throttle position sensor has been adopted.
6
The fuel pump ECU has been used to execute 3-step fuel pump
— f*1
speed control.
Fuel Pump Control The fuel pump speed is controlled by the fuel pump relay and the
f f*2
(See page 158) fuel pump resistor.
A fuel cut control is adopted to stop the fuel pump when the airbag
f —
is deployed.
Maintains the temperature of the oxygen sensor at an appropriate
Oxygen Sensor f*3
level to increase accuracy of detection of the oxygen f*5
Heater Control —*4
concentration in the exhaust gas.
The engine ECU controls the purge flow of evaporative emission
Evaporative
(HC) in the charcoal canister in accordance with engine f f
Emission Control
conditions.
Air Conditioner By turning the air conditioning compressor ON or OFF in
f f
Cut-off Control accordance with the engine condition, drivability is maintained.
Prohibits fuel delivery and ignition if an attempt is made to start
Engine Immobiliser f f
the engine with an invalid ignition key.
Starting System*6 Once the ignition switch is turned to the START position, this
f —
(See page 159) control continues to operate the starter until the engine starts.
When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine ECU
f f
Diagnosis
g diagnoses and memorizes the failed section.
(See page 161) All the DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) have been made to
f —
correspond to the SAE controlled codes.
When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine ECU
Fail-Safe
stops or controls the engine according to the data already stored f f
(See page 161)
in the memory.
*1: Europe Model *2: except Europe Model
*3: Europe and *4: Australia and General Countries Model
G.C.C. Countries Model (for Saudi Arabia) *6: Models with Automatic Transmission
5
* : except General Countries Model and
G.C.C. Countries Model (except Saudi Arabia)
Construction
The configuration of the engine control system of the 2UZ-FE engine is as shown in the following chart.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
VG EFI
AIR FLOW METER
#10
No.1 INJECTOR
#20
THA No.2 INJECTOR
INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR #30
No.3 INJECTOR
#40
No.4 INJECTOR
NE #50
CRANKSHAFT No.5 INJECTOR
#60
POSITION SENSOR No.6 INJECTOR
#70
No.7 INJECTOR
G2 #80
CAMSHAFT No.8 INJECTOR
POSITION SENSOR
ESA
VTA1 IGT1, 4, 6, 7
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IGNITION COIL with IGNITER
VTA2
IGF1 Nos. 1, 4, 6 and 7
IGT2, 3, 5, 8
ACCELERATOR PEDAL VPA1 IGNITION COIL with IGNITER

POSITION SENSOR VPA2 IGF2 Nos. 2, 3, 5 and 8
THW SPARK PLUGS SPARK PLUGS

WATER TEMP. SENSOR Nos. 2, 3, 5 and 8 Nos. 1, 4, 6 and 7
Engine
VAF ECU ETCS-i
VARIABLE RESISTOR*1
M
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR*2 OX1A

FUEL PUMP CONTROL
(Bank 1, Sensor 1)
FPR
FUEL PUMP RELAY FUEL PUMP
OX2A FC
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR*2 CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY
(Bank 2, Sensor 1)
AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL*3
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR*2 OX1B ACMG AIR CONDITIONER

(Bank 1, Sensor 2) MAGNET CLUTCH
EVAP CONTROL
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR*2 OX2B
(Bank 2, Sensor 2) PRG
VSV
KNK1 STARTER CONTROL*4

KNOCK SENSORS
KNK2 STAR
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SP2 STA

(for Transmission) STARTER RELAY
(Continued)
229LC110
IGNITION SWITCH OXYGEN SENSOR

STSW
D Starting Signal (ST Terminal) HEATER CONTROL*2
D Ignition Signal (IG Terminal) IGSW
HT1A HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
NEUTRAL START SWITCH HEATER (Bank1, Sensor1)
NSW
D Neutral Start Signal
D Sift Lever Position Signal HT2A HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
HEATER (Bank2, Sensor1)
IMI
TRANSPONDER KEY ECU*5
IMO HT1B HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
ELS HEATER (Bank1, Sensor2)
TAIL LIGHT RELAY
HT2B HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
STP HEATER (Bank2, Sensor2)
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
SNWI
2ND START SWITCH*4
MPX1
MPX2 COMBINATION METER
TRANSFER NEUTRAL
DETECTION SWITCH
TFN Engine
ECU
6
SPD
TRANSFER L4 L4
DETECTION SWITCH
TACH
RL
REGULATOR SWITCH
W
CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT
PATTERN SELECT PWR
INDICATOR LIGHT*4
TC, SIL
PATTERN SELECT SWITCH*4 DLC 3
WFSE
F / PS
AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
MREL
EFI MAIN RELAY
CCS
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH*6
ACCR LCKI
AIR CONDITIONER RELAY*3 A/ C LOCK SENSOR
+B BATT

229LC111
*1: for General Countries Model and G.C.C. Countries Model (except Saudi Arabia)
*2: except General Countries Model and G.C.C. Countries Model (for Saudi Arabia)
*3: Models with Air Conditioner
*4: Models with Automatic Transmission
*5: Models with Engine Immobiliser System
*6: Models with Cruise Control System
Engine Control System Diagram
Ignition
Fuel Pump Resistor
Circuit Opening
Relay
Fuel Pump Charcoal
Intake Air Fuel Pump Canister
Relay
Temp. Sensor
Air Flow Meter Accelerator
Pedal Position
Sensor
Throttle Position
Sensor VSV (for EVAP)
Injector Throttle Control

Motor
Injector
Camshaft Position
Ignition Coil Sensor
with Igniter
Ignition Coil
*1 with Igniter
*2 *2
Knock
Knock Sensor
Sensor
*2 *2
Crankshaft
Position Sensor
Engine
ECU
Air
Conditioner Output Speed
Sensor
(for Transmission)
Check Engine Starter Starter

Battery Warning light Relay*4
Variable DLC3
Resistor*3
ECT Solenoid Valves*4
229LC112
*1: Water Temp. Sensor

*2: Heated Oxygen Sensor
*3: for Models without Heated Oxygen Sensor
*4: for Models with Automatic Transmission
Main Component of Engine Control System
1) General
The following table compares the main components.
Model Type New Previous
Component Outline Quantity Outline Quantity

z*2
Engine ECU 32 bit CPU
32-bit 1
16-bit CPU*3
Air Flow Meter Hot-wire Type 1 z
Crankshaft Position Pick-up Coil Type
1 z
Sensor (Rotor Teeth) (36-2)
Camshaft Position Pick-up Coil Type
1 z
Sensor (Rotor Teeth) (1)
Linear Type
Accelerator Pedal Linear Type
(Mounted on accelerator 1 1
Position Sensor (Mounted on throttle body)
pedal) 6
Throttle Position
No-contact Type 1 Linear Type 1
Sensor
Built-in Piezoelectric
Knock Sensor 2 z
Type
Oxygen Sensor
(Bank 1, Sensor 1)
z*4
(Bank 1, Sensor 2) with Heater*1 4
—*5
(Bank 2, Sensor 1)
(Bank 2, Sensor 2)
Injector 4-Hole Type 8 z
*1: except General Countries Model and G.C.C. Countries Model (except Saudi Arabia)
*2: Europe Model
*3: except Europe Model
*4: Europe and G.C.C. Countries Model (for Saudi Arabia)
*5: Australia, General Countries Models and G.C.C. Countries Model (except Saudi Arabia)
2) Engine ECU
The 32-bit CPU of the engine ECU is used to increase the speed for processing the signals.
Service Tip
The length of time to clear the DTC via the battery terminal has been changed from 10 seconds
to 1 minute.
3) Throttle Position Sensor (No-Contact Type)

To detect the opening angle of the throttle valve, the throttle position sensor converts the magnetic flux
density into electric signals that change when the magnetic yoke (located on the same axis as the throttle
shaft) rotates around the hall IC.
Magnet
V
VTA1 5
4 VTA2
E
Engine Output 3
VC ECU Voltage 2 VTA1
1
VTA2
0
Close Open
Magnet
Hall IC Throttle Valve Opening Angle
230LX13
230LX12
4) Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

D This sensor converts the accelerator pedal depressed angles into electric signals with two differing
characteristics and outputs them to the engine ECU. One is the VPA signal that linearly outputs the
voltage along the entire range of the accelerator pedal depressed angle. The other is the VPA2 signal
that outputs on offset voltage.
D The accelerator pedal position sensor is attached to the accelerator pedal.
Open Close
Close Open
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor
EP2 VPA2 VCP2 EP1 VPA1 VCP1
VPA2
VPA1
Throttle Valve Throttle Valve

230LX14
Fully Close Fully Open
Accelerator Pedal Depressed Angle 199EG40
ETCS-i (Electronic Throttle Control System-intelligent)

In the conventional throttle body, the throttle valve opening is determined invariably by the amount of the
accelerator pedal effort. In contrast, the ETCS-i uses the engine ECU to calculate the optimal throttle valve
opening that is appropriate for the respective driving condition and uses a throttle control motor to control
the opening.
In contrast to the ETCS-i on the previous model, the following items have been changed on the new model:
D The accelerator cable and link have been discontinued, and an accelerator position sensor has been
provided on the accelerator pedal.
D No-contact type throttle position sensor has been adopted.
D Accordingly, the limp-mode control, in the fail-safe mode has been changed.
" System Diagram A
Throttle Valve
Accelerator Pedal
Throttle Control
6
Position Sensor
Motor
Combination Vehicle
Meter Speed
Air Flow Engine
Meter ECU
2nd Start
Switch
Ignition Fuel
Coil Injection
230LX11
Fuel Pump Control

D On the previous model for Europe, the fuel pump ECU effected 3-step fuel pump speed control. However,
on all the new models, the control has been changed to 2-step fuel pump speed control, which is effected
by the fuel pump relay and the fuel pump resistors.
D This control system increases the fuel pump output by switching the fuel pump speed to high if a large
volume of fuel is required by the engine ECU. In normal operations where the engine speeds are low,
the fuel pump rotates at low speed to reduce unnecessary consumption of electric power and to maintain
fuel pump durability.
D A fuel cut control is adopted to stop the fuel pump when the airbag is deployed. In this system, the airbag
deployment signal from the airbag sensor assembly is detected by the engine ECU, which turns OFF the
circuit opening relay.
After the fuel cut control has been activated, turning the ignition switch from OFF to ON cancels the fuel
cut control, thus engine can be restarted.
" System Diagram A
Front Airbag
Sensor Circuit
Assembly Opening
Relay
Side Airbag Airbag

Sensor Engine
Sensor ECU
Assembly Assembly
Fuel Pump
Resistor
Curtain
Shield Airbag
Assembly Fuel Pump
Relay Fuel Pump
Motor
230LX15
Cranking Hold Function
1) General
D The new Land Cruiser (100 series) with automatic transmission has adopted a cranking hold function.
Once the ignition switch is turned to the START position, this control continues to operate the starter
until the engine starts, without having to hold the ignition switch in the START position. This prevents
starting failures and the engine from being cranked after it has started.
D When the engine ECU detects a start signal from the ignition switch, this system monitors the engine
speed (NE) signal and continues to operate the starter until it has determined that the engine has started.
Furthermore, even if the engine ECU detects a start signal from the ignition switch, it will not operate
the starter if it has determined that the engine has already started.
" System Diagram A
Starter Relay
ACC
Cut Relay 6
ACC
Neutral
Start Switch
ST2
Ignition
Engine Switch
ECU
Engine Speed
Signal
Starter
Battery
230LX16
2) Operation
D As indicated in the timing chart shown below, when the engine ECU detects a start signal from the
ignition switch, it energizes the starter relay to operate the starter. If the engine is already running, the
engine ECU will not energize the starter relay.
D After the starter operates and the engine speed becomes higher than approximately 500 rpm, the
engine ECU determines that the engine has started and stops the operation of the starter.
D If the engine has any failure and will not work, the starter operates as long as its maximum continuous
operation time and stops automatically. The maximum continuous operation time is approximately
2 seconds through 25 seconds depending on the engine coolant temperature condition. When the
engine coolant temperature is extremely low, it is approximately 25 seconds and when the engine is
warmed up sufficiently, it is approximately 2 seconds.
D This system cuts off the current that powers the accessories while the engine is cranking to prevent
the accessory illumination from operating intermittently due to the unstable voltage that is associated
with the cranking of the engine.
" Timing Chart A
START
Ignition SW
(Start Signal) ON
Cranking Limit
Approx. 2 X 25 sec.
Starter ON
Relay
OFF
ON
ACC Cut Relay
(Accessory Power)
OFF
Successful
Starting of Engine
Engine Speed Failed Starting of

Signal (NE) Engine
Engine ECU determines that the 230LX17

engine has started successfully
when the engine speed is
approximately 500 rpm.
Diagnosis
D When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine ECU makes a diagnosis and memorizes the
failed section. Furthermore, the check engine warning light in the combination meter illuminates or
blinks to inform the driver. The engine ECU will also store the DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) of the
malfunctions. The DTC can be accessed the use of the hand-held tester or SST (09843-18040).
D All the DTC have been made to correspond to the SAE controlled codes. Some of the DTC have been
further divided into smaller detection areas than in the past, and new DTC have been assigned to them.
For details, see the General Features Section.
Fail-Safe
1) General
When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the engine ECU stops or controls the engine according to
the data already stored in the memory.
" Fail-Safe Control List A

: New
Location on Malfunction Description Control 6
In case of a signal malfunction, the engine could operate poorly or the catalyst
could overheat if the engine continues to be controlled with the signals from the
Air Flow Meter sensors.
Therefore, the engine ECU effects control by using the values in the engine ECU
or stops the engine.
In case of a signal malfunction, the engine ECU calculates the accelerator pedal
Accelerator Pedal
opening angle that is limited by the dual circuits sensor value and continues
Position Sensor
effecting throttle valve control. If both circuits malfunction, the engine ECU
(For details, see page 162)
considers that the accelerator pedal is fully closed.
In case of a signal malfunction, the engine ECU cuts off the current to the throttle
control motor. The throttle valve returns to the prescribed opening by the force
of the return spring. The engine ECU then adjusts the engine output by controlling
the fuel injection and ignition timing in accordance with the accelerator pedal
opening angle to enable the vehicle to continue driving.
In case of a signal malfunction, the use of the values from the sensors will make
Water Temp. Sensor the air-fuel ratio become too rich or too lean, which could causes the engine to
and stall or to run poorly during cold operation. Therefore, the engine ECU fixes the
Intake Air Temp. Sensor air-fuel ratio to the stoichiometric ratio and uses the constant values of 80_C
water temperature and 20_C intake air temperature to perform the calculation.
In case of a malfunction in the knock sensor or in the knocking signal system
(open or short circuit), the engine could become damaged if the timing is
Knock Sensor advanced despite the presence of knocking. Therefore, if a malfunction is
detected in the knock sensor system, the engine ECU turns the timing retard
correction of the knock sensor into the maximum retard value.
In case of a malfunction in the ignition system, such as an open circuit in the
ignition coil, the catalyst could be become overheated due to engine misfire.
Ignition Coil
Therefore, if the (IGF) ignition signal is not input twice or more in a row, the
(with Igniter)
engine ECU determines that a malfunction occurred in the ignition system and
stops only the injection of fuel into the cylinder with the malfunction.
2) Fail-Safe of Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

D The accelerator pedal position sensor comprises two (main, sub) sensor circuits. If a malfunction
occurs in either one of the sensor circuits, the engine ECU detects the abnormal signal voltage
difference between these two sensor circuits and switches to the limp mode. In the limp mode, the
remaining circuit is used to calculate the accelerator pedal opening, in order to operate the vehicle
under limp mode control.
Engine ECU
Accelerator Pedal
Open
Position Sensor
Main
Sub Main
Sub
Throttle Valve Return Throttle
Throttle Spring Control
Position Motor
Sensor
Accelerator Pedal Throttle Body

199EG45
D If both circuits malfunction, the engine ECU detects the abnormal signal voltage between these two
sensor circuits and regards that the opening angle of the accelerator pedal is fully opened and then
continues the throttle control. At this time, the vehicle can be driven within its idling range.
Engine ECU
Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor Close
Main
Sub Main
Sub
Return
Throttle
Throttle Spring
Throttle Valve Control
Position Motor
Sensor

199EG46
3) Fail-Safe of Throttle Position Sensor

D The throttle position sensor comprises two (main, sub) sensor circuits. If a malfunction occurs in either
one of the sensor circuits, the engine ECU detects the abnormal signal voltage difference between
these two sensor circuits, cuts off the current to the throttle control motor, and switches to the limp
mode. Then, the force of the return spring causes the throttle valve to return and stay at the prescribed
opening. At this time, the vehicle can be driven in the limp mode while the engine output is regulated
through the control of the fuel injection and ignition timing in accordance with the accelerator
opening.
D The same control as above is effected if the engine ECU detects a malfunction in the throttle control
motor system.
Injectors Engine ECU Ignition Coils
Accelerator Pedal
6
Position Sensor Open
Main Sub Main

Sub
Return
Throttle
Throttle Throttle Valve Spring
Control
Position Motor
Sensor

199EG47
J1FZ-FE ENGINE
1. General
A TWC (Three Way Catalytic Converter) construction change or addition has been implemented as shown
in the following table for G.C.C.countries (for Saudi Arabia, FZJ100L-GNMNKV for China and Peru and
FZJ100L-GNPNKV for China) models to comply with the European STEP-II or STEP-I regulations.
New Model Previous Model

Destination Countries TWC Emission TWC Emission
Specification Regulation Specification Regulation
European
M/T 1.3 ȏ z
G.C.C. Countries Step-I
(for Saudi Arabia) European
A/T 0.9 ȏ + 1.3 ȏ — —
STEP-I
G.C.C. Countries M/T — — z
(Others) A/T — — z
European
FZJ100L-GNMNKV European 1.3 ȏ*1
M/T 0.9 ȏ + 1.3 ȏ Step-I*1
(for China and Peru) STEP II
STEP-II
—*2 —*2
FZJ100L-GNPNKV European
A/T 0.9 ȏ + 1.3 ȏ — —
(for China) STEP-II
*1: for Chaina
*2: for Peru
G.C.C. Countries G.C.C. Countries

Model
(Saudi Arabia, China and Peru) (Others)
No. of Cyls. & Arrangement 6-Cylinder, In-line z
Valve Mechanism 24-Valve DOHC, Chain Drive z
Combustion Chamber Pentroof Type z
Fuel System EFI z
Ignition System ESA z
SAE-NET 155 kW @ 4600 rpm*1 —
Max Output
Max.
SAE-GROSS 179 kW @ 4600 rpm*2 z
SAE-NET 373 N.m @ 3600 rpm*1 —
Max Torque
Max.
N.m rpm*2 z
SAE-GROSS 407 @ 3600
6
Open 5_BTDC z
Intake
Close 40_ABDC z
Valve Timing
Open 40_BBDC z
Exhaust
Close 5_ATDC z
Firing Order 1-5-3-6-2-4 z
Research Octane Number 91 or more z
European STEP I*2
Emission Regulation —
European STEP II*1
Oil Grade API SL-EC or ILSAC z
M/ T : 257 (566.6)
Engine Service Mass kg (lb.) z
A/ T : 243 (535.7)
*1: China and Peru
*2: Saudi Arabia
2. Major Difference (from Previous Model)

Item Outline
D Addition of TWC*1
Intake and Exhaust System D Changed composition of TWC*2
D Discontinuance of air cleaner warning switch*3
Fuel System A tether has been provided on the fuel filler cap*3
Cooling System Changed radiator core size *4
Other Configuration and structure are the same as previous model*3
*1:G.C.C. Countries model with automatic transmission (for Saudi Arabia), FZJ100L-GNPNKV for China
and FZJ100L-GNMNKV for Peru
*2:FZJ100L-GNMNKV for China
*3:All Model
*4:G.C.C. countries model with automatic transmission
3. TWC (Three-Way Catalytic Converter)

Two TWCs are used to comply with the European STEP-I or European STEP-II regulations.
TWC (0.9 ȏ) TWC (1.3 ȏ)
229LC113
" Specifications A
G.C.C. countries model*2

Location (M/ T Model for Saudi Arabia)
62 cells / cm2 875 cm3
Ceramic
(400 cells / in2) (53.4 cu in.) 62 cells / cm2 1291 cm3
Front Ceramic
62 cells / cm2 1291 cm3 (400 cells / in2) (78.8 cu in.)
Ceramic
(400 cells / in2) (78.8 cu in.)
and FZJ100L-GNMNKV for China and Peru
2
* :G.C.C. Countries model with manual transmission (for Saudi Arabia)
2. Major Difference (from Previous Model)

Item Outline
D Addition of TWC*1
Intake and Exhaust System D Changed composition of TWC*2
D Discontinuance of air cleaner warning switch*3
Fuel System A tether has been provided on the fuel filler cap*3
Cooling System Changed radiator core size *4
Other Configuration and structure are the same as previous model*3
and FZJ100L-GNMNKV for Peru
*2:FZJ100L-GNMNKV for China
*3:All Model
*4:G.C.C. countries model with automatic transmission
3. TWC (Three-Way Catalytic Converter)

Two TWCs are used to comply with the European STEP-I or European STEP-II regulations.
TWC (0.9 ȏ) TWC (1.3 ȏ)
229LC113
" Specifications A

Location (M/ T Model for Saudi Arabia)
62 cells / cm2 875 cm3
Ceramic
(400 cells / in2) (53.4 cu in.) 62 cells / cm2 1291 cm3
Front Ceramic
62 cells / cm2 1291 cm3 (400 cells / in2) (78.8 cu in.)
Ceramic
(400 cells / in2) (78.8 cu in.)
and FZJ100L-GNMNKV for China and Peru
2
* :G.C.C. Countries model with manual transmission (for Saudi Arabia)
4. Cooling System
The size of the radiator core has been changed on the automatic transmission model for the G.C.C. countries,
resulting in improved cooling performance.
" Specifications A
Item New Previous

Core Size 703.8 x 510 x 48 703.8 x 510 x 3 6
WxHxL mm (in.) (27.7 x 20.1 x 1.9) (27.7 x 20.1 x 1.4)
Fin Pitch mm (in.) 4.0 mm (0.16) 3.5 mm (0.14)
6
J1HZ ENGINE
1. General
The following features have been adopted on the model for Australia and the HZJ105L-GCMNSV model
for China to comply with the European STEP-II regulations:
D Emission Control System
D EGR System
D Injection Pump with TCV (Timing Control Valve) and BACS (Boost Altitude Compensation System)
Australia and G.C.C. and

Model
HZJ105L-GCMNSV for China General Countries
12-Valve OHC,
Valve Mechanism z
Gear and Belt Drive
Combustion Chamber Swirl Type z
Distributor Type
Fuel System z
(Mechanically Controlled)
Open 8_BTDC z
Intake
Close 36_ABDC z
Valve Timing
Open 51_BBDC z
Exhaust
Close 5_ATDC z
Fuel Cetane Number 48 or more z
Emission Regulation European STEP II —
Oil Grade API CF-4 z
Engine Service Mass kg (lb) 317 (699) 313 (690)
2. Major Difference
Item Outline
Lubrication System*1 Adoption of oil level sensor
D Adoption of EGR system
Intake and Exhaust System*2 D Adoption of stainless steel EGR pipe
(See Page 170) D Changed shape of intake pipe to mount EGR valve
D Provided EGR pipe mounting flange on exhaust manifold
D Adopted BACS and TCV in injection pump*2
Fuel System
D Changed injection nozzle needle diameter*2
(See Page 172)
D A tether has been provided on the fuel filler cap*3
D Adoption of the emission control ECU
D Adoption of the throttle position sensor
D Adoption of the water temperature sensor
D Adoption of the vacuum sensor
Emission Control System*2
D Adoption of the engine speed sensor
(See Page 173)
D Adoption of diagnosis system and failsafe function
D Discontinuance of pre-heating timer
D The glow plug control that was previously handled by the pre-heating 6
timer, has now been changed to the emission control ECU.
Other*3 Configuration and structure are the same as previous model
*1: Only for G.C.C Countries Model
*2: Australia and HZJ105L-GCMNSV for China
*3: All Model
General
D An EGR valve has been provided in the intake passage.
D The shape of the intake pipe has been changed to mount the EGR valve.
D A flange for mounting the EGR pipe has been provided on the exhaust manifold.
D A stainless steel EGR pipe that excels in heat resistance and rust resistance has been adopted.
Exhaust Manifold
EGR Valve
Intake Air
EGR Pipe
Connector
Intake Pipe
Exhaust Manifold
Intake Manifold
Intake Pipe
to EGR
Valve
to Intake
Manifold
New
to Intake
Air Connector
to Intake
Previous Manifold
229LC114
EGR Valve
By adopting the EGR valve in the intake pipe,
this makes it possible to lower the temperature of
the EGR valve and re-circulate the great amount
of exhaust gas. For details of EGR control, see
page 180.
from Exhaust Manifold

229LC115
6
4. Fuel System
General
Along with the adoption of the emission control system, a throttle position sensor, engine speed sensor,
TCV, and BACS have been installed in the injection pump.
The basic construction and operation of the injection pump are the same as on the previous model.
BACS
BACS
Engine Speed
Sensor
TCV
Front View Side View
229LC116
Injection Nozzle
The diameter of the nozzle needle has been changed (ø1.2 mm ! ø1.0 mm) to optimize its injection charac-
teristics.
ø1.0 mm ø1.2 mm
New Previous
Nozzle Needle
229LC117
5. Emission Control System
General
The engine control system of the 1HZ engine has following system.
System Outline
Controls the length of time when the current is applied to the glow plugs,
Glow Plug Control
in accordance with engine coolant temperature.
Controls the vacuum that is applied to the BACS in accordance with the
BACS Control
engine conditions, thus controlling the maximum injection volume and
restraining the discharge of black smoke.
TCV Control Controls the fuel injection timing in accordance with the engine
(For details, see page 179) conditions.
EGR Control Controls the EGR volume via EGR valve in accordance with the engine
(For details, see page 180) condition.
Diagnosis When the emission control ECU detects a malfunction, the ECU
(For details, see page 181) diagnoses and memorizes the failed section.
Fail-Safe
When the emission control ECU detects a malfunction, the ECU stops or
controls the EGR control, fuel injection volume control and fuel injection
6
timing control according to the data already stored in the memory.
Construction
The configuration of the emission control system in 1HZ engine is shown in the following chart.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
NE
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR BACS CONTROL
VBAC
VSV (for BACS)
PIM
VACUUM SENSOR
FUEL INJECTION
TIMING CONTROL
THW
WATER TEMP. SENSOR TCV2
TIMING CONTROL VALVE
VA Emission
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Control EGR CONTROL
ECU
EGR VACUUM
REGULATING VALVE
IGNITION SWITCH
STA
D Starting Signal (ST Terminal) +B
VEGR
VSV (for EGR)
D Ignition Signal (IG Terminal)
TAC
SP1 TACHOMETER
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A/C
A/ C MAGNETIC CLUTCH
BATT TC
BATTERY CHECK CONNECTOR
229LC118
Emission Control System Diagram
Throttle Position
Sensor
Glow Indicator Light
Check Connector
Injection Starter Signal
Emission
Pump Vehicle Speed Signal
Control
ECU A / C Signal
Engine Speed TCV
Sensor
VSV
Glow Plug (for BACS) Vacuum
Relay Sensor
E-VRV
VSV
(for EGR)
6
Air Cleaner
Glow Plug
EGR
Valve
Water Temp.
Sensor
229LC119
Main Component of Emission Control System
1) General
The main components of the emission control system are as follows:
Components Outline Quantity

Vacuum Sensor Semiconductor Type 1
Engine Speed sensor (Rotor Teeth) Pick-Up Coil Type (37) 1
Throttle Position Sensor Linear Type 1
Water Temperature Sensor Thermistor Type 1
2) Vacuum Sensor
The vacuum sensor consists of a semiconductor, which utilizes the characteristic of a silicon chip that
changes its electrical resistance when pressure is applied to it. The sensor converts the pressure into an
electrical signal, and sends it to the emission control ECU in an amplified form.
Sensor Unit
5
Output
Voltage
(V.)
0
60 86.7 206.7 Kpa
(450) (650) (1550) (mmHg)
Absolute Pressure
215EG09 215EG10
3) Throttle Position Sensor
The throttle position sensor is mounted on the adjusting lever of the injection pump. It converts the accel-
erator opening into voltage and sends it as the throttle position signal to the ECU. A 5V constant voltage
is applied to the VC terminal from the emission control ECU. As the contact point slides along the resistor
in accordance with the accelerator opening, voltage is applied to the VA terminal in proportion to this
angle.
Full Open Output

Voltage
(V.)
Close
VC VA E2 0
6
Full Open Close
229LC120
Accelerator Opening
229LC121
4) Engine Speed Sensor
The engine speed is detected by way of the flyweight gear teeth (37 teeth), which is driven by the drive
shaft of the injection pump, and the pick-up coil of the engine speed sensor.
Engine Speed Sensor
Flyweight
Drive Shaft
Pump Body
Drive Gear
229LC122
BACS Control
D When the intake air volume decreases while the vehicle is being driven at high altitudes, the emission
control ECU, by way of the E-VRV, reduces the vacuum that acts on the bottom of the vacuum chamber
diaphragm. Accordingly, the pushrod lifts up and the spill ring moves in the direction to reduce the
injection volume, in order to reduce the maximum injection volume and restrain the discharge of black
smoke.
D During sudden acceleration, the emission control ECU calculates the target BACS vacuum valve in
accordance with the signals from the sensors (which determine the conditions of the engine). Then, by
way of the E-VRV and VSV (for BACS), the emission control ECU controls the vacuum that acts on the
bottom of the vacuum chamber diaphragm in order to control the maximum injection volume and restrain
the discharge of black smoke.
Push Rod
Atmospheric Pressure
VSV
Vacuum
Chamber
Injection
Volume Reduction
Vacuum
Pump
Vacuum Dumper Engine Speed
Sensor
Throttle
Emission
Position Sensor
Control
ECU Water Temp.
Sensor
Vacuum Sensor
Injection Pump
VSV
(for BACS Control) E-VRV
229LC123
TCV Control
The TCV uses an automatic timer to optimize the timing advance control in accordance with the signals
from the emission control ECU. As a result, it restrains the discharge of black smoke while the engine is
operating at partial load.
D Engine operating at a full load:
The TCV is inactive during a full load operation. Therefore, as with the previous model, the fuel pressure
that is applied to the timer piston is mechanically controlled by way of the feed pump and the regulating
valve in order to control the injection timing.
D Engine operating at a partial load:
The TCV controls the fuel pressure that is applied to the timer piston in accordance with the signals from
the emission control ECU in order to control the injection timing towards the retard side.
From Fuel Filter

6
Water Temp. Engine Speed Regulating

Feed Pump
Sensor Sensor Valve
to Pump
Chamber
Emission Control ECU High Pressure

Chamber
Vacuum Throttle Position Low Pressure

Sensor Sensor Chamber
Automatic
Timer
Timer Piston
TCV 203EG31
EGR System
D This system is designed to reduce and control NOx formation due to a slight reduction of peak
temperature in the engine combustion chamber, which is accomplished by introducing a small amount
of inert gas into intake manifold.
D By sensing the engine driving conditions, the emission control ECU electrically operates both the E-VRV
and VSV (for EGR valve close), which controls the magnitude of vacuum introduced into diaphragm
of EGR valve.
Vacuum
Pump
Vacuum Dumper
Engine Speed
Sensor
Throttle
EGR Valve Emission
Position Snsor
Control
Intake Water Temp.
ECU
Manifold Sensor
Vacuum
Sensor
VSV E-VRV
(for EGR
Valve Close)
Engine
229LC124
Exhaust Manifold
Diagnosis
D When the emission control ECU detects a malfunction, the emission control ECU makes a diagnosis and
memorizes the failed section. Furthermore, glow indicator light in the combination meter illuminates or
blinks to inform the driver. The emission control ECU will also store the DTC (Diagnosis Trouble Code)
of the malfunctions.
D The DTC can be accessed by connecting the SST (09843-18020) to the check connector terminal TE1
and E1, and reading the blinking of the glow indicator light.
" DTC List A
DTC No. Detection Item DTC No. Detection Item

Engine Speed Sensor Circuit Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal
13 42
Malfunction Circuit Malfunction
Water Temp. Sensor Circuit
22 43 Starter Signal Circuit Malfunction
Malfunction
Vacuum Sensor Circuit Switch Condition Signal Circuit
31 51
Malfunction Malfunction
41
Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
71 EGR System Malfunction
6
Malfunction
Fail Safe
When the emission control ECU detects a malfunction, the emission control ECU stops or controls the EGR,
BACS, TCV control according to the data already stored in the memory.
" Fail Safe Control List A
Location of Malfunction Description of Control

Water Temp. Sensor
D St
Stops EGR control
t l
Throttle Position sensor
D Stops BACS control
Vacuum Sensor
D Stops TCV control
Engine Speed Sensor
J 1HD-FTE ENGINE
1. General
D A pipe, which retrieves the engine oil that has accumulated in the intercooler pipe, is provided on the
throttle body.
D An intake restrictor control system, which uses the same step motor type intake restrictor valve that is used
on the Europe model, has been adopted on the models for Australia and general countries.
D An oxidation catalytic converter has been provided on the model for Australia to comply with the
European STEP-II regulations.
Model Australia General Countries

24-Valve OHC,
Valve Mechanism z
Gear and Belt Drive
Combustion Chamber Direcrt Injection Type z
Fuel System EFI z
Max. Output SAE-NET 150 kW @ 3400 rpm 151 kW @ 3400 rpm
Max. Torque SAE-NET 430 N.m @ 1400 X 3200 rpm 431 N.m @ 1800 rpm
Open 12_ BTDC z
Intake
Close 24_ ABDC z
Valve Timing
Open 54_ BBDC z
Exhaust
Close 12_ ATDC z
Fuel Cetane Number 48 or more z
Emission Regulation European STEP II —
Oil Grade API CF-4 z
M/ T : 348 (767) M/ T : 347 (765)
Engine Service Mass kg (lb.)
A/ T : 341 (752) A/ T : 340 (750)
2. Major Difference
Item Outline
Destination Australia and General Countries Models Europe Model
Valve
D Change in surface treatment of intake valve
Mechanism
D Change in material of intake valve seat
(See Page 183)
D Adoption of the step motor type intake
D Provision of pipe on throttle body to
restrictor valve
retrieve engine oil that has accumulated
Intake and D Discontinuance of intake shutter
in intercooler pipe
Exhaust System D Provision of pipe on throttle body to retrieve
D Adoption of metal gasket between
(See Page 184) engine oil that has accumulated in intercooler
turbocharger and exhaust manifold, and
pipe
metal gasket for turbine outlet elbow
D Adoption of Oxidation Catalytic Converter*
Fuel System A tether has been provided on the fuel filler cap.
Engine
Control System Adoption of the intake restrictor control system Configuration and structure are the same as
(See Page 186) previous Europe model
Configuration and structure are the same as 6
Other
previous Europe model
*: Australia Model
3. Valve Mechanism
D To help protect the environment, a lead-free
material has been adopted for the intake valve
seat.
D The thickness of the tufftride process layer has
been increased to improve the rigidity of the
intake valve face.
Valve Face
229LC125
2. Major Difference
Item Outline
Destination Australia and General Countries Models Europe Model
Valve
D Change in surface treatment of intake valve
Mechanism
D Change in material of intake valve seat
(See Page 183)
D Adoption of the step motor type intake
D Provision of pipe on throttle body to
restrictor valve
retrieve engine oil that has accumulated
Intake and D Discontinuance of intake shutter
in intercooler pipe
Exhaust System D Provision of pipe on throttle body to retrieve
D Adoption of metal gasket between
(See Page 184) engine oil that has accumulated in intercooler
turbocharger and exhaust manifold, and
pipe
metal gasket for turbine outlet elbow
D Adoption of Oxidation Catalytic Converter*
Fuel System A tether has been provided on the fuel filler cap.
Engine
Control System Adoption of the intake restrictor control system Configuration and structure are the same as
(See Page 186) previous Europe model
Configuration and structure are the same as 6
Other
previous Europe model
*: Australia Model
3. Valve Mechanism
D To help protect the environment, a lead-free
material has been adopted for the intake valve
seat.
D The thickness of the tufftride process layer has
been increased to improve the rigidity of the
intake valve face.
Valve Face
229LC125
Throttle Body
D A step motor type intake restrictor valve is used to improve EGR performance and to reduce the vibration
when stopping the engine.
D A pipe, which utilizes the vacuum generated after the intake restrictor valve to retrieve the engine oil that
has accumulated in the intercooler hose, has been provided.
Intake Restrictor Valve
Step Motor
to Intercooler
Reduction Gear Hose
229LC126
Turbocharger
On the Europe model, metal gaskets that excel in sealing performance are used in the following areas:
between the turbocharger and the exhaust manifold, and at the turbine outlet elbow.
Turbine
Outlet Elbow
Turbine Outlet
Elbow Gasket
Turbine
Turbo to Exhaust
Manifold Gasket
229LC127
Exhaust Pipe
An oxidation catalytic converter has been provided on the model for Australia to comply with the European
Main Muffler
Oxidation
Catalytic Converter
Sub Muffler
229LC128
6
5. Engine Control System

General
The engine control system of the 1HD-FTE engine on the new Land Cruiser (100 series) is basically same
in construction and operation as that of the 1HD-FTE engine on the previous model.
The engine control system for the 1HD-FTE engine has following systems.
New Previous
Australia Australia
System Outline and and
Europe
General General
Countries Countries
Based on the signals received from the sensors, the
Fuel Injection
engine ECU determines the fuel injection volume in f f f
Volume Control
accordance with the engine condition.
Fuel Injection
engine ECU determines the fuel injection timing in f f f
Timing Control
The engine ECU determines the idle speed in
accordance with the engine condition, and controls
Idle Speed Control f f f
the fuel injection volume in order to achieve the
target idle speed.
Corrects the fuel injection volume that is directed to
Stable Idling Control each cylinder during idling, thus reducing engine f f f
vibration.
Controls the vehicle speed by regulating the injection
volume in accordance with the instructions received
Cruise Control f f f
from the cruise control ECU that is integrated in the
engine ECU
Intake Restrictor Fully close the intake restrictor valve in order to
f f f
Control reduce the vibration when the engine is stopped.
Controls the EGR volume in accordance with the
— — f
engine condition.
EGR Control Based on the signals received from the sensors, the
engine ECU determines the EGR volume via EGR
f f —
valve and intake restrictor valve in accordance with
the engine condition.
Turbo Pressure
engine ECU controls the actuator via VRV in — f —
Control
Controls the length of time when the current is
Intake Heater
applied to the intake heater in accordance with the f f f
Control
coolant temperature.
D By turning the air conditioning compressor ON or
OFF in accordance with the engine condition,
Air Conditioner
drivability is maintained. f f f
Cut-off Control
D Also controls the power heater on the models
equipped with a power heater.
Prohibits fuel delivery and ignition if an attempt is
Engine Immobiliser f f f
made to start the engine with an invalid ignition key.
When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the
Diagnosis engine ECU diagnoses and memorizes the failed f f f
section.
When the engine ECU detects a malfunction, the
Fail-Safe engine ECU stops or controls the engine according to f f f
the data already stored in the memory.
JA750F AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
1. General
A newly developed A750F 5-speed automatic transmission [Super ECT (Electronically Controlled Trans-
mission)] has been adopted on all the 2UZ-FE engine models and on the 1HD-FTE engine models for Austra-
lia and general countries.
In addition, the vehicle’s fuel economy and driving performance have been improved by the change into a
5-speed.
229LC170
" Specifications A
Model New Previous

Transmission Type A750F A343F A442F
Engine Type 2UZ-FE 1HD-FTE* 2UZ-FE 1HD-FTE
1st 3.520 z 2.804 2.950
2nd 2.042 z 1.531 1.530
3rd 1.400 z 1.000 1.000
Gear Ratio
4th 1.000 z 0.754 0.765
5th 0.716 z — —
Reverse 3.224 z 2.393 2.678
Fluid Capacity
10.8 (11.4, 9.5) 11.4 (12.0, 10.0) 12.0 (12.7, 10.6) 14.0 (14.8, 12.3)
Liters (US qts, Imp. qts)
ATF D-II
Fluid Type ATF Type T-IV z z
or equivalent
Dry Weight kg (lb) 79.9 (176.1) 85.7 (188.9) 78.6 (173.3) 100.0 (220.5)
*: except Europe Model
C2
C3
F1 B1
B3 F3
B4
Input Shaft B2
Rear Planetary
Gear
C1
Center Planetary Gear
F2 Front Planetary Gear
229LC171
" Specifications A
A750F
Model
2UZ-FE 1HD-FTE
C1 No.1 Clutch 6 7
C2 No.2 Clutch 5 6
C3 No.3 Clutch 5 z
B1 No.1 Brake The No. of Discs 3 4
B2 No.2 Brake 3 4
B3 No.3 Brake 4 z
B4 No.4 Brake 8 z
F1 No.1 One-Way Clutch 24 z
F2 No.2 One-Way Clutch The No. of Sprags 25 z
F3 No.3 One-Way Clutch 26 z
The No. of Sun Gear Teeth 40 z
Inner 21 z
Front Planetary Gear The No.
No of Pinion Gear Teeth
Outer 22 z
The No. of Ring Gear Teeth 91 z
Center Planetary Gear The No. of Pinion Gear Teeth 23 z
Rear Planetary Gear The No. of Pinion Gear Teeth 19 z
2. Torque Converter
D A compact, lightweight and high-capacity torque converter has been adopted.
D Compared to the previous model, this torque converter offers improved transmission efficiency and a more
compact and lightweight construction by optimizing the fluid passages and the impeller configuration.
D The torque converter clutch of the 2UZ-FE engine model for Europe supports flex lock-up clutch control,
thus improving the fuel economy.
For 2UZ-FE Engine For 1HD-FTE Engine

229LC172 229LC173
" Specification A
A/ T type A750F A343F A442F
Engine type 2UZ-FE 1HD-FTE 2UZ-FE 1HD-FTE
Type 3-Element, 1-Step, 2-Phase z z z
Stall Torque Ratio 1.80 1.85 1.80 1.85
Dry Weight
15.2 (33.5) 19.6 (43.2) 16.2 (35.7) 18.3 (40.3)
kg (lb.)
3. Oil Pump
A new type oil pump is used in which the shape of the teeth in the oil pump have been changed and the crescent
has been discontinued. As a result, the oil pump has been made more compact, and the driving torque has
been reduced, thus attaining excellent volumetric efficiency during low-speed operation.
Crescent
A750F Conventional
165CH10
2. Torque Converter
D A compact, lightweight and high-capacity torque converter has been adopted.
D Compared to the previous model, this torque converter offers improved transmission efficiency and a more
compact and lightweight construction by optimizing the fluid passages and the impeller configuration.
D The torque converter clutch of the 2UZ-FE engine model for Europe supports flex lock-up clutch control,
thus improving the fuel economy.
For 2UZ-FE Engine For 1HD-FTE Engine

229LC172 229LC173
" Specification A
A/ T type A750F A343F A442F
Engine type 2UZ-FE 1HD-FTE 2UZ-FE 1HD-FTE
Type 3-Element, 1-Step, 2-Phase z z z
Stall Torque Ratio 1.80 1.85 1.80 1.85
Dry Weight
15.2 (33.5) 19.6 (43.2) 16.2 (35.7) 18.3 (40.3)
kg (lb.)
3. Oil Pump
A new type oil pump is used in which the shape of the teeth in the oil pump have been changed and the crescent
has been discontinued. As a result, the oil pump has been made more compact, and the driving torque has
been reduced, thus attaining excellent volumetric efficiency during low-speed operation.
Crescent
A750F Conventional
165CH10
4. Planetary Gear Unit
Construction
D The 5-speed configuration has been achieved without increasing the number of planetary gears, thus
creating a 5-speed automatic transmission, practically the same as the previous 4-speed automatic
transmission.
D The front planetary carrier is made of aluminum to reduce the weight.
D A centrifugal fluid pressure canceling mechanism has been adopted in the C1, C2, and C3 clutches that
are applied when shifting from 2nd to 3rd, from 3rd to 4th and from 4th to 5th. For details, refer to page
195.
B3 B1 B2 B4
F2 F1 F3
Front Planetary Rear Planetary Gear
C3 Gear
C1
Input Output
San Gear
C2
Input Shaft Intermediate Shaft
Center Planetary Gear 229LC160
Function of Component
Component Function
C1 No.1 Clutch Connects input shaft and intermediate shaft.
C2 No.2 Clutch Connects input shaft and center planetary carrier.
C3 No.3 Clutch Connects input shaft and front sun gear.
Prevents front planetary carrier from turning either clockwise or
B1 No.1 Brake
counterclockwise.
Prevents front and center ring gear from turning either clockwise or
B2 No.2 Brake
counterclockwise.
B3 No.3 Brake Prevents outer race of F2 from turning either clockwise or counterclockwise.
B4 No.4 Brake Prevents rear ring gear from turning either clockwise or counterclockwise.
F1 No.1 One-Way Clutch Prevents front planetary carrier from turning counterclockwise.
When B3 is operating, prevents planetary sun gear from turning
F2 No.2 One-Way Clutch
counterclockwise.
Prevents center planetary carrier and rear ring gear from turning
F3 No.3 One-Way Clutch
counterclockwise.
These gears change the route through which driving force is transmitted, in
Planetary Gears accordance with the operation of each clutch and brake, in order to increase
or reduce the input and output speed.
Transmission Power Flow
Shift Solenoid Valve Clutch Brake One-way

Lever Gear
Position S1 S2 SR SL1 SL2 SLU C1 C2 C3 B1 B2 B3 B4 F1 F2 F3
P Park ON ON
R Reverse* ON ON f f f f
N Neutral ON ON
1st ON ON f f
2nd ON ON ON f f f f
D 3rd ON ON f f F f
4th ON ON f f F F
5th ON ON ON f f f F
1st ON ON f f
2nd ON ON ON f f f f
4
3rd ON ON f f F f
4th ON ON f f F F
f f
1st ON ON
6
3 2nd ON ON ON f f f f
3rd* ON f f f F
1st ON ON f f
2
2nd* ON ON ON f f f
L 1st* ON f f
f : Operation
F : Operate but is not related to power transmission
* : with Engine Brake
1st Gear (D, 4, 3 or 2 Position)
B3 B1 B2 B4
F2 F1 Front Planetary F3
Gear
C3
C1
Output Shaft
Input Shaft Sun Gear Intermediate Shaft
C2 Rear Planetary Gear
229LC174
2nd Gear (D, 4 or 3 Position)
B3 B1 B2 B4
F2 F1 F3
Front Planetary
C3 Gear
C1
Input Shaft Output Shaft

Sun Gear
C2 Intermediate Shaft
Rear Planetary Gear
3rd Gear (D or 4 Position)
B3 B1 B2 B4
Gear
C3
C1
Output Shaft
Input Shaft Sun Gear
Intermediate Shaft
C2 Rear Planetary Gear

4th Gear (D or 4 Position)
B3 B1 B2 B4
F2 F1 F3
Front Planetary
C3 Gear
C1

Sun Gear
Intermediate Shaft
C2
Rear Planetary Gear
5th Gear (D Position)

6
B3 B1 B2 B4
Gear
C3
C1
Input Shaft Sun Gear Output Shaft

Rear Planetary Gear
1st Gear (L Position)
B3 B1 B2 B4
Gear
C3
C1
Input Shaft Sun Gear Output Shaft
Rear Planetary Gear
232CH118
2nd Gear (2nd Position)
B3 B1 B2 B4
Gear
C3
C1

Sun Gear
Rear Planetary Gear
232CH119
3rd Gear (3rd Position)
B3 B1 B2 B4
Gear
C3
C1

Sun Gear
Rear Planetary Gear
232CH120
Reverse Gear (R Position)
B3 B1 B2 B4
Gear
C3
C1

Sun Gear
Rear Planetary Gear
229LC169
Centrifugal Fluid Pressure Canceling Mechanism

There are two reasons for improving the conventional clutch mechanism:
D To prevent the generation of pressure by centrifugal force applied to the fluid in the piston fluid pressure
chamber (hereafter referred to as “chamber A”) when the clutch is released, a check ball is provided.
Therefore, before the clutch could be subsequently applied, it took time to fill chamber A.
D During shifting, in addition to the original clutch pressure that is controlled by the valve body, centrifugal
pressure acts on the fluid in the chamber A exerting increased pressure depending on RPM.
To address these two needs for improvement, a canceling fluid pressure chamber (hereafter referred to as
“chamber B”) has been provided opposite chamber A.
Piston C1 Clutch
6
Chamber A Chamber B
229LC168
By utilizing the lubrication fluid such as that of the shaft, the same amount of centrifugal force is applied,
thus canceling the centrifugal force that is applied to the piston itself. Accordingly, it is not necessary to
discharge the fluid through the use of a check ball, and a highly responsive and smooth shifting
characteristic has been achieved.
Centrifugal Fluid Pressure Clutch

Applied to the Chamber A
Target Fluid Pressure
Centrifugal Fluid Pressure

Applied to Chamber B
Piston Fluid
Pressure
Chamber B
Chamber
(Lubrication Fluid)
Fluid Pressure
Applied to Piston
Shaft Side
157CH17
Fluid pressure Centrifugal fluid pressure Target fluid pressure

— =
applied to piston applied to chamber B (original clutch pressure)
5. Valve Body Unit
General
The valve body consists of the upper and lower valve bodies and 7 solenoid valves.
No.2 Upper Solenoid Valve SR

Valve Bode
Solenoid Valve SLU
Lover Valve Body

Solenoid Valve SL2
No.1 Upper
Valve Bode
Solenoid Valve S2
Solenoid Valve S1
Solenoid Valve SLT

229LC161
Solenoid Valve SL1
" No.2 Upper Valve Body A
Coast Brake
Relay Valve 229LC163
" No. 1 Upper Valve Body A
Solenoid
Clutch 2-3 Shift Valve
Modulator Valve
Lock Valve 1-2 Shift Valve
B1 Apply
Control Valve
B-1
Accumulator
Lock-up Brake Control Valve 6

Secondary
Regulator Valve Control Valve
Lock-up C-3 Check Valve 3-4 Shift Valve
Relay Valve
229LC162
" Lower Valve Body A
Clutch Apply
Control Valve
Sequence Valve
SLT
Damper
Clutch
Control Valve
Primary Accumulator
Regulator Valve Control Valve 229LC164
Solenoid Valve
1) Solenoid Valve S1, S2 and SR

D Solenoid valves S1 and SR use a 3-way solenoid valve.
D Solenoid valve S2 uses a 2-way solenoid valve.
D A filter has been provided at the tip of the solenoid valve to further improve operational reliability.
Filter Drain
Line
Pressure
Control Pressure Control Pressure
Solenoid Valve S1 OFF Solenoid Valve S1 ON

229LC165
Control Pressure
Filter
Line
Pressure
Solenoid Valve S2 OFF Solenoid Valve S2 ON
229LC166
" Function of Solenoid Valve S1, S2 and SR A
Solenoid Valve Type Function

S1 3-way Switches the 2-3 shift valve.
D Switches the 1-2 shift valve.
S2 2 way
2-way
D Switches the 3-4 shift valve.
SR 3-way Switches the clutch apply control valve.
2) Solenoid Valve SL1, SL2, SLT and SLU

D In order to provided a hydraulic pressure that is proportion to current that flows to the solenoid coil,
the solenoid valve SL1, SL2, SLT, and SLU linearly controls the line pressure and clutch and brake
engagement pressure based on the signals it receives from the Engine & ECT ECU.
D The solenoid valves SL1, SL2, SLT, and SLU have the same basic structure.
Spool Valve Solenoid Coil
Sleeve
Solenoid Valve SLT
Hydraulic Hydraulic
Pressure Pressure
Current Current
Solenoid Valve SL1, SL2 and SLT Solenoid Valve SLU 229LC181
" Function of Solenoid Valve SL1, SL2, SLT and SLU A
Solenoid Valve Function

D C1 clutch ppressure control
SL1
D Accumulator back pressure control
SL2 B1, B2 and B4 clutch pressure control
D Line ppressure control
SLT
D Lock-up
p clutch ppressure control
SLU
6. Electronic Control System
General
1HD-
System Function 2UZ-FE
FTE
D Controls the pressure that is applied directly to B1 brake and C1
clutch by actuating the linear solenoid valves SL1 and SL2 in
Clutch Pressure
accordance with the engine & ECT ECU signals.
Control f f
D The solenoid valve SLT and SL1 minutely controls the clutch
(See Page 205)
pressure in accordance with the engine output and driving
conditions.
Line Pressure Actuates the solenoid valve SLT to control the line pressure in
Optimal Control accordance with information from the engine & ECT ECU and the f f
(See Page 206) operating conditions of the transmission.
Retards the engine ignition timing temporarily to improve shift
f —
Engine
g Torque
q feeling during up or down shifting.
Control Effects engine torque control in accordance with the fuel injection
— f
volume to reduce the shift shock
Shift Timing The engine & ECT ECU sends current to the solenoid valve S1, S2
f f
Control and/ or SR based on signals from each sensor and shifts the gear.
Flex Lock-up Controls the solenoid valve SLU, provides an intermediate mode
Clutch Control between the ON / OFF operation of the lock-up clutch, and increase f* —
(See Page 207) the operating range of the lock-up clutch to improve fuel economy.
The engine & ECT ECU sends current to the shift solenoid valve
Lock-up Timing
SLU based on signals from each sensor and engages or disengages f f
Control
the lockup clutch.
“N” to “D” When the shift lever is shifted from “N” to “D” position, the gear
f f
Squat Control is temporarily shifted to 2nd and then to 1st to reduce vehicle squat.
Enabling the vehicle to take off in the 2nd gear and thus make it easy
2nd Start System f f
to take off on snowy, sandy or muddy terrain.
AI
Based on the signals from various sensors, the engine & ECT ECU
(artificial
determines the road conditions and the intention of the driver. Thus,
Intelligence) f f
the shift pattern is automatically regulated to an optimal level, thus
-SHIFT
improving drivability.
(See Page 208)
When the engine & ECT ECU detects a malfunction, the engine &
f f
ECT ECU makes a diagnosis and memorizes the failed section.
Diagnosis
To increase the speed for processing the signals, the 32-bit CPU of
f f
the engine & ECT ECU has been adopted.
Even if a malfunction is detected in the sensors or solenoids, the
Fail-safe engine & ECT ECU effects fail-safe control to prevent the vehicle’s f f
drivability from being affected significantly.
Construction
The configuration of the electronic control system in the 2UZ-FE engine model’s A750F is as shown in the
following chart.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
VG ESA
AIR FLOW METER
IGT1,4,6,7
IGF1
NE Nos. 1, 4, 6 and 7
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR IGT2,3,5,8
IGF2 Nos. 2, 3, 5 and 8
VTA1
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VTA2
SPARK PLUGS SPARK PLUGS
WATER TEMP. SENSOR THW Nos. 2, 3, 5 and 8 Nos. 1, 4, 6 and 7
S1
FLUID TEMP. SENSOR
OIL SOLENOID VALVE S1
6
OIL2
S2
SOLENOID VALVE S2
NT
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
SL1
SOLENOID VALVE SL1
PATTERN SELECT SWITCH PER Engine &
ECT ECU
SL2
SOLENOID VALVE SL2
SNWI
2nd MODE SWITCH
SLT
SOLENOID VALVE SLT
TRANSFER NEUTRAL TFN
DETECTION SWITCH
SLU
SOLENOID VALVE SLU
L4
TRANSFER L4 DETECTION SWITCH
SR
SOLENOID VALVE SR
NEUTRAL START SWITCH NSW

R, D, 3, 2 SNWO
4, L PWR
TRANSMISSION CONTROL SWITCH
SP2 W
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT
STP SIL, TC
STOP LIGHT SWITCH DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3
WFSE
229LC129
The configuration of the electronic control system in the 1HD-FTE engine model’s A750F is as shown in
the following chart.
SENSORS ACTUATORS
PIM
TURBO PRESSURE SENSOR FUEL INJECTION
VOLUME CONTROL
NE
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR SPVD
EDU
SPVF
ACCELERATOR PEDAL VA
POSITION SENSOR VAS SPILL CONTROL VALVE
NT
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
S1 SOLENOID VALVE S1
OIL
FLUID TEMP. SENSOR S2
OIL2 SOLENOID VALVE S2
THW
WATER TEMP. SENSOR SL1
SOLENOID VALVE SL1
PWR Engine
PATTERN SELECT SWITCH & SL2
ECT ECU SOLENOID VALVE SL2
SNWI
2nd START SWITCH SLT
SOLENOID VALVE SLT
TRANSFER NEUTRAL TFN

SLU
DETECTION SWITCH SOLENOID VALVE SLU
TRANSFER L4 L4
DETECTION SWITCH SR
SOLENOID VALVE SR
NSW
NEUTRAL START SWITCH SNWO
R, D, 3, 2 2nd START INDICATOR LIGHT
TRANSMISSION 4, L
PWR
CONTROL SWITCH POWER INDICATOR LIGHT
SP2 W
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT
STP SIL, TC
STOP LIGHT SWITCH DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3
WFSE
229LC130
Layout of Component
Power Indicator Light 2nd Start Indicator Light
Pattern Select Switch and

2nd Mode Switch
Engine &
ECT ECU
DLC3
Check Engine Warning Light
Stop Light Switch
Transmission Control Switch 6
Output Speed Sensor
Input Speed Sensor
Neutral Start Solenoid Valve SL1

Switch
Solenoid Valve SL1
Solenoid Valve S1
Solenoid Valve S2
Fluid Temp. Sensor
Solenoid Valve SL2
Solenoid Valve SR
Solenoid Valve SUL 229LC131
Construction and Operation of Main Component
1) Fluid Temperature Sensor No.1 and No.2

D Fluid temperature sensor No.1 (OIL) is
Fluid Temperature
used for hydraulic pressure control. This Sensor No.1 (OIL)
sensor is used for revision of clutches and
brakes pressure to keep smooth shift
quality every time.
D Fluid temperature sensor No.2 (OIL2) is
used for the switching of the shift timing Front
control of ECT when the fluid temperature
is high and ATF temp. warning light
control.
Fluid Temperature
Sensor No.2 (OIL2)
229LC132
2) Transmission Control Switch

The transmission control switch is installed
inside shift lever assembly to detect the shift Transmission Control
lever position (“4th” or “D” and “2nd” or “L”) Switch
and to inform engine & ECT ECU the shift
position indicator light in the combination
meter.
229LC133
3) Output Speed Sensor and Input Speed Sensor

D A rotor is provided on the output shaft of the transmission, and the output speed sensor on the right
side of the transmission case detects the speed and outputs it to the engine & ECT ECU.
D The input speed sensor detects the input speed of the transmission. The direct clutch drum is used as
the timing rotor for this sensor.
Clutch Pressure Control

1) Clutch to Clutch Pressure Control
This control has been adopted for shifting from the 4th to 5th gear and from the 5th to 4th gear.
Actuates solenoid valves SL1 and SL2 in accordance with the signals from the Engine & ECT ECU, and
guides this output pressure directly to the control valves B1 and C1 in order to regulate the line pressure
that acts on the B1 brake and C1 clutches.
As a result, high response and excellent shift characteristics have been realized.
Sensor Signal
Engine & D Input Turbine Speed Sensor
ECT ECU D Vehicle Speed Sensor
SL1 SL2 D Throttle Position Sensor *1
D Air Flow Meter *2
D Fluid Temp. Sensors
C1 Control Valve B1 Control Valve D Water Temp. Sensor
D Accelerator Pedal
Position Sensor *2
C1 B1
C1 B1 6
4th ! 5th OFF ON
5th ! 4th ON OFF
Line Pressure
*1: for 2UZ-FE Engine Model
229LC134
*2: for 1HD-FE Engine Model
2) Clutch Pressure Optimal Control
The Engine & ECT ECU monitors the signals from various types of sensor such as the input turbine speed
sensor, allowing shift solenoid valves SLT and SL1 to minutely control the clutch pressure in accordance
with engine output and driving conditions.
As a result, smooth shift characteristics have been realized.
Engine & ECT ECU
Target rpm Change
Ratio Transmission
EngineCPU
CPU
Input Shaft
rpm
Practical rpm Change Ratio
Output
Time
Speed Sensor
Input
Speed Sensor
Fluid Temp
Accumlator Sensor
Control Valve SLT, SL1
Clutch / Block Output Shaft

Pressure Torque
Solenoid Drive Signal Time
229LC135
Line Pressure Optimal Control

Through the use of the solenoid valve SLT, the line pressure is optimally controlled in accordance with the
engine toque information, as well as with the internal operating conditions of the toque converter and the
transmission.
Accordingly, the line pressure can be controlled minutely in accordance with the engine output, traveling
condition, and the ATF temperature, thus realizing smooth shift characteristics and optimizing the workload
in the oil pump.
Line Pressure
Primary Regulator Solenoid Valve SLT
Solenoid Drive Signal
Fluid Input Speed Sensor

Pressure Trans-
mission Fluid Temperature
CPU Shift Position
Current
Pump Throttle Pressure Throttle Valve Opening*

Engine Intake Air Volume*
Water Temperature
CPU Engine rpm
Engine & ECT ECU
161ES26
*: for 2UZ-FE Engine Model

Flex Lock-up Clutch Control (Only for 2UZ-FE Engine Model)

In addition to the conventional lock-up timing control, a flex lock-up clutch control is used.
In the low-to mid-speed range, this flex lock-up clutch control regulates the solenoid valve SLU to provide
an intermediate mode between the ON/OFF operation of the lock-up clutch in order to improve the energy
transmitting efficiency in this range.
As a result, the operating range of the lock-up clutch has been increased and fuel economy has been im-
proved. The flex lock-up clutch control operates in the 4th and 5th gears in the D range and 4th gear in the
4 range.
Engine & ECT ECU
Engine Transmission
CPU CPU
Engine Speed
Duty Ratio
Engine Speed
Engine Speed Signal
Water Temp. Signal
Throttle Position Signal Engine Speed

Input Turbine
Signal Speed Signal
Throttle Position
Sensor Input Speed
Signal
Vehicle Speed
6
Duty Ratio
Linear
Input Speed
Solenoid
Sensor
Signal
Time
Linear
Water Temp.
Solenoid
Sensor
Signal
Lock-up Fluid Temp. Sensor

Control Valve
Solenoid Valve SLU
189CH11
Large Lock-up Operating Range
Flex Lock-up Operating Range
Throttle
Opening
Angle
Vehicle Speed High
151CH26
AI (Artificial Intelligence)-SHIFT Control
1) General
In addition to the switching of the shift pattern through the pattern select switch, the AI-SHIFT control
enables the engine & ECT ECU to estimate the road conditions and the driver’s intention in order to auto-
matically switch the optimal shift pattern. As a result, comfortable ride has been realized at high levels.
Input Signal
D Throttle Valve Basic Shift
Pattern
Opening Angle*2
Control*1
D Accelerator
Pedal Position*3 AI-SHIFT
D Vehicle Speed Road Condition
D Engine Speed Road Condition
Estimate the Grade Support Control
D Brake Signal
D Vehicle Driver’s Intention
Acceleration D Acceleration
S Pedal Estimating Driver’s
Operation the Driver’s Intention
S D Vehicle Intention Support Control
S Condition
204CH26
*1: Shift control that is determined by the PWR or 2nd mode that is selected by the pattern select switch,
or by the normal mode.
*2: for 2UZ-FE Engine Model
*3: for 1HD-FTE Engine Model
2) Road Condition Support Control

Under road condition support control, the engine & ECT ECU determines the road condition where the
vehicle is being driven through the throttle valve opening angle and the vehicle speed.
3) Driver’s Intention Support Control

Estimates the driver’s intention based on the accelerator operation and vehicle condition to switch to a
shift pattern that is well-suited to each driver, without the need to operate the shift pattern select switch.
Diagnosis
D When the Engine & ECT ECU detects a malfunction, the Engine & ECT ECU makes a diagnosis and
memorizes the failed section. Furthermore, the check engine warning light in the combination meter
illuminates or blinks to inform the driver.
D At the same time, the DTC (Diagnosis Trouble Codes) are stored in memory. The DTCs can be read by
the SST (09843-18040) between the Tc and CG terminals DLC3 and observing the blinking of the check
engine warning light, or by connecting a hand-held tester.
Service Tip
The length of time to clear the DTC by the battery terminal disconnection has been changed from
the previous 10 seconds to 1 minute.
Fail Safe
This function minimizes the loss of operability when any abnormality occurs in each sensor or solenoid.
" Fail-Safe Control List A
Malfunction Part Function

6
During an output speed sensor malfunction, shift control is effected through the
Output Speed Sensor (SP2)
input speed sensor signal.
During a fluid temperature sensor No.1 malfunction, 5th upshift and flex lock-up
Fluid Temp. Sensor No.1
clutch control are prohibited.
The current to the failed solenoid valve is cut off and control is effected by
Solenoid Valve operating the other solenoid valves with normal operation.
S1, S2 and SR Shift control is effected depending on the failed solenoid as described in the table
on the next page.
Solenoid Valve
During a solenoid valve SL1 or SL2 malfunction, 5th upshift is prohibited.
SL1 and SL2
During a solenoid valve SLU malfunction, the current to the solenoid valve is
Solenoid Valve SLU stopped. Because this stops lock-up control and flex lock-up control, the fuel
economy decreases.
During a solenoid valve SLT malfunction, the current to the solenoid valve is
Solenoid Valve SLT stopped. Because this stops line pressure optimal control, the shift shock
increases. However, shifting is effected through normal clutch pressure control.
Normal Shift Solenoid Valve S1 Malfunction

Position Shift Solenoid Shift Solenoid
Gear Gear
S1 S2 SR SL1 SL2 S1 S2 SR SL1 SL2
OFF 4th !
ON OFF OFF OFF ON 1st x OFF OFF ON
! ON 3rd
ON ON OFF OFF ON 2nd x ON OFF OFF ON 3rd
D
OFF ON OFF OFF ON 3rd x ON OFF OFF ON 3rd
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 4th x OFF OFF OFF ON 4th
OFF OFF ON ON OFF 5th x OFF ON ON OFF 5th
OFF 4th !
ON OFF OFF OFF ON 1st x OFF OFF ON
! ON 3rd
4 ON ON OFF OFF ON 2nd x ON OFF OFF ON 3rd
OFF ON OFF OFF ON 3rd x ON OFF OFF ON 3rd
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 4th x OFF OFF OFF ON 4th
3rd !
OFF ON !
ON OFF OFF OFF ON 1st x OFF OFF 3rd
! ON OFF
(E / B)
3rd !
3 ON !
ON ON OFF OFF ON 2nd x ON OFF OFF 3rd
OFF
(E / B)
3rd 3rd
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF x ON OFF OFF OFF
(E / B) (E / B)
ON OFF OFF OFF ON 1st x OFF OFF OFF ON 1st
2 2nd 3rd
ON ON ON OFF OFF x ON ON OFF OFF
(E / B) (E / B)
1st 1st
L ON OFF OFF OFF OFF x OFF OFF OFF OFF
(E / B) (E / B)
Shift Solenoid Valve S2 Malfunction Shift Solenoid Valve SR Malfunction

Gear Gear
ON x OFF OFF ON 1st ON OFF x OFF ON 1st
ON! 1st !
x OFF OFF ON ON ON x OFF ON 2nd
OFF 4th
D
OFF x OFF OFF ON 4th OFF ON x OFF ON 3rd
OFF x OFF OFF ON 4th OFF OFF x OFF ON 4th
OFF x ON ON OFF 5th OFF OFF x ON OFF 4th
ON ! 1st !
x OFF OFF ON ON ON x OFF ON 2nd
4 OFF 4th
OFF x OFF OFF ON 4th OFF ON x OFF ON 3rd
OFF x OFF OFF ON 4th OFF OFF x OFF ON 4th
1st !
ON ! ON !
x OFF OFF 3rd ON ON x OFF ON 2nd
OFF OFF
3 (E / B)
3rd
3rd OFF
OFF x OFF OFF OFF OFF ON x OFF (E / B)
(E / B) ! ON
! 3rd
2nd
2 ON ! OFF
x ON OFF (E / B) ON ON x OFF OFF 2nd
OFF ! ON
! 4th
1st 1st
L ON x OFF OFF OFF ON OFF x OFF OFF
(E / B) (E / B)
E/B: Engine Brake

Shift Solenoid Valve S1 and S2 Malfunction Shift Solenoid Valve S1 and SR Malfunction
Gear Gear
OFF 4th !
x x OFF OFF ON 4th x x OFF ON
! ON 3rd
x x OFF OFF ON 4th x ON x OFF ON 3rd
D x x OFF OFF ON 4th x ON x OFF ON 3rd
x x OFF OFF ON 4th x OFF x OFF ON 4th
ON! OFF
x x ON ON OFF 5th x OFF x 4th
OFF ! ON
OFF 4th !
x x OFF OFF ON 4th x x OFF ON
! ON 3rd
4 x x OFF OFF ON 4th x ON x OFF ON 3rd
x x OFF OFF ON 4th x ON x OFF ON 3rd
x x OFF OFF ON 4th x OFF x OFF ON 4th
3rd !
ON ! OFF
x x OFF OFF 3rd x x OFF ON 3rd
OFF ! ON
(E / B)
3rd !
ON !
3 x x OFF OFF 3rd x ON x OFF ON 3rd
OFF
(E / B)
x x OFF OFF OFF

3rd
x ON x OFF
OFF
3rd
(E / B)
6
(E / B) ! ON
! 3rd
x x OFF OFF ON 1st x OFF x OFF ON 1st
2 OFF
x x ON OFF 4th x ON x OFF OFF 2nd
! ON
1st 1st
L x x OFF OFF OFF x OFF x OFF OFF
(E / B) (E / B)
Shift Solenoid Valve S2 and SR Malfunctio Shift Solenoid Valve S1, S2 and SR Malfunction
Gear Gear
ON x x OFF ON 1st x x x OFF ON 4th
ON ! 1st !
x x OFF ON x x x OFF ON 4th
OFF 4th
D OFF x x OFF ON 4th x x x OFF ON 4th
OFF x x OFF ON 4th x x x OFF ON 4th
ON ! OFF ON ! OFF
OFF x x 4th x x x 4th
OFF ! ON OFF ! ON
ON x x OFF ON 1st x x x OFF ON 4th
ON ! 1st !
x x OFF ON x x x OFF ON 4th
4 OFF 4th
ON x x OFF ON 1st x x x OFF ON 3rd
ON ! 1st !
x x OFF ON x x x OFF ON 3rd
OFF 3rd
3
3rd 3rd
OFF OFF !
OFF x x OFF (E / B) x x x OFF (E / B)
! ON ON
! 3rd ! 3rd
ON x x OFF ON 1st x x x OFF ON 1st
2 1st 1st
OFF OFF
ON x x OFF (E / B) x x x OFF (E / B)
! ON ! ON
! 1st ! 1st
1st 1st
L ON x x OFF OFF x x x OFF OFF
(E / B) (E / B)
E/B: Engine Brake

7. Shift Control Mechanism
General
D A gate type shift lever is used in conjunction with the installation of the 5-speed automatic transmission.
With the gate type, the shift lever button and the overdrive switch of the straight type shift lever have been
discontinued. Similar functions are achieved through a single-shift operation (fore-aft and side-to-side).
D The shift lock system consists of the key interlock device and shift lock mechanism.
LHD RHD
229LC136 211CH23 211CH22
Shift Lock System
1) General
D A shift lock system with key interlock device and shift lock mechanism, that helps prevent the
unintended operation of the shift lever has been provided.
D An electrical key interlock device and an electrical shift lock mechanism are used.
Shift Lock ECU

Stop Light Switch
Ignition Switch
Override Button
Shift Lock Solenoid 229LC137
2) Key Interlock Device

The activation of the key interlock solenoid
that is mounted on the upper column bracket
moves the lock pin to restrict the movement of
the key cylinder. Therefore, if the shift lever
is shifted to any position other than “P”, the
ignition key cannot be moved from “ACC” to
the “LOCK” position.
Key Interlock
Solenoid
Lock Pin
229LC138
3) Shift Lock Mechanism

D The shift lock mechanism prevents the shift lever from being shifted out of the “P” position to any
other position unless the ignition switch is turned ON and the brake pedal is pressed. 6
D A shift lock override button, which manually overrides the shift lock mechanism, is provided.
" System Diagram A
Stop Light Switch

Shift Lock
ECU
Ignition Switch
Shift Lock
Solenoid
229LC139
JSTEERING (for Models with Rack-and-Pinion type Steering Gear)

1. Steering Gear
D Internal-external tube bushings are now used to mount the steering gear assembly on the vehicle in order
to facilitate a natural steering feel.
D A variable gear ratio type rack bar has been adopted. This rack bar its gear ratio established to increase
the stroke ratio gradually as it changes from the steering neutral position to the end position. With this,
steering maneuver will become reduced.
D A low friction rack guide and a cold-forged pinion are used in the power steering gear. A natural steering
feeling has been realized through these features.
Low-friction
Rack Guide
A
6
Cold-Forged Pinion
Internal-External
Tube Bushing
Steering
Neutral Position
Steering
A – A Cass Section End Position
Rack Bar
Increasing
Stroke Ratio 230LX22
" Specifications A
Item Models with VGRS System Models without VGRS System

12.4 - 18.0*
Gear Ratio (Overall) 17.3
(Low Speed - High Speed)
2.4 - 3.5* 3.3
No. of Turns Lock to Lock
(Low Speed - High Speed) (All Speed)
Fluid Type ATF Type DEXRON) II or III z
*: The gear ratio and the number of lock-to-lock turns are made variable for the VGRS system.
2. Vane Pump
A compact and lightweight vane pump, which
uses die-cast aluminum as the material for its
housing, has been adopted.
By optimizing its internal construction, this vane
pump has realized a low-friction operation, which
leads to low fuel consumption.
To match the characteristics of the engine that has
been adopted in the new model, this vane pump
differs slightly in construction, fluid discharge
volume, and control flow volume.
2UZ-FE Engine Model for Europe
230LX23
" Specifications A
Engine 2UZ-FE 1FZ-FE 1HD-FTE

Operating Speed rpm 500 - 7,000 z z
Theoretical Discharge Rate l / min 13* z z
Relief Pressure MPa (kgf / cm2, psi) 10 (102, 1450) 8.3 (85, 1204) 10 (102, 1450)
*: at 1,000 rpm
3. VGRS (Variable Gear Ratio Steering) System
General
D A VGRS (Variable Gear Ratio Steering) system, which variably controls the steering angle in accordance
with the driving speed, has been adopted as optional equipment on the model for Europe.
D This system is controlled by the VGRS ECU, which operates the VGRS actuator that is mounted on the
steering intermediate shaft. The operating angle of the actuator is thus added to the steering angle of the
intermediate shaft in order to vary the turning angle of the front wheels in accordance with the vehicle
speed.
D The VGRS ECU is equipped with a diagnosis function and a fail-safe function.
" System Diagram A
ECM
6
Steering Angle
Signal (Main)
Steering
*1 Angle
Skid control ECU *2 Sensor
Vehicle Yaw Rate

Speed VGRS
Sensor Sensor ECU
VGRS
Actuator
*3
Suspension Control ECU
VGRS Warning Light
Steering Gear
DLC3 Assembly
230LX24
*1: VGRS ECU Input Signal (Vehicle speed, Steering Angle (Sub), Steering Wheel Neutral Position)
*2: VGRS ECU Output Signal (VGRS Actuator Operating Angle)
*3: VGRS ECU Output Signal (Steering Wheel Steering Angle + VGRS Actuator Operating Angle)
218 LADN CRUISER (100 series) – NEW FEATURES
Outline of VGRS System
1) General
In the conventional steering system, the gear ratio is set primarily for the high-speed driving mode to
prevent the vehicle from making over-sensitive movements in response to the driver’s steering angle.
For this reason, it requires a large the driver’s steering angle while driving at low speeds.
In the VGRS system, the steering gear ratio can be changed at will. Thus, the VGRS ECU operates the
VGRS actuator in order to constantly realize an optimal gear ratio in accordance with the driving condi-
tions of the vehicle. Thus, it attains a high level of maneuverability and stability between the low- and
the high-speed driving ranges.
D In the extremely low-speed range, which is used when the driver is attempting to park the vehicle, this
system changes the steering gear into the smallest gear ratio in order to reduce the driver’s steering
angle.
D In the low- to medium-speed range, which is used when driving on city streets or on a winding road,
this system changes the steering gear ratio to an optimal level in accordance with the vehicle speed.
As a result, the vehicle responds with more agility and handles more easily.
D In the high-speed range, the steering gear ratio is set to the maximum level to prevent the vehicle from
making over-sensitive movements in response to the driver’s steering angle. Thus, this system ensures
a stable vehicle response.
D If a vehicle that is driven straight ahead over a road surface with different friction coefficients brakes
suddenly and causes the VSC to activate, the vehicle posture becomes disrupted, thus requiring the
driver to operate the steering wheel. When this occurs, the steering gear ratio is rendered even smaller
than that of the ordinary VGRS system in order to reduce the driver’s steering angle.
" Imaginary Diagram of Steering Gear Ratio A
Large
Without VGRS Model
Steering
Gear Ratio
With VGRS Model
Small
Low Speed High Speed

Vehicle Speed
230LX25
2) Main Function
D In accordance with the vehicle speed signals that are obtained from the skid control ECU, the VGRS
ECU selects the driver’s steering angle and direction (which are obtained from the steering angle
sensor signals) and the actuator operating angle data (which is preset in the VGRS ECU in accordance
with the vehicle speed). Based on these two pieces of information, the VGRS ECU controls the VGRS
actuator in order to attain the proper actuator target operating angle.
D The VGRS actuator, which is mounted on the steering shaft, rotates constantly in unison with the shaft.
The turning angle of the front wheels is the sum of the optimal operating angle of the VGRS actuator
that the VGRS ECU has determined from the vehicle speed and the angle of the steering wheel that
the driver has steered.
D As shown in the previously mentioned imaginary diagram, the VGRS actuator rotates in the direction
that increases the turning angle of the front wheels in the low-speed range (in which a reduction in the
steering wheel operating effort is desired) or in the medium-speed range (in which a more agile vehicle
response is desired). In the high-speed range (in which an over-sensitive movement response of the
vehicle is not desired), the VGRS actuator rotates in the direction to slightly decrease the turning angle
of the front wheels.
The VGRS actuator rotates only when the driver turns the steering wheel. Furthermore, when the
VGRS actuator rotates in the negative direction, its rotation will not exceed the steering effort of the 6
driver.
D This system contains a lock mechanism. When the VGRS ECU detects a system failure, it stops the
operation of the actuator and locks it to prevent it from rotating. Thus, even if the system fails, the
steering function of the conventional steering system is ensured. To protect the system, this lock
mechanism activates even when the engine is stopped.
Front Wheel
Turning Angle (d)
Effectiveness of
VGRS System
VGRS Actuator (b) Steering

Wheel
(c) (a)
Reduction Mechanism Lock Mechanism
DC Motor
(c) (a)
Front Wheel Steering Wheel
Turning Angle (d) Steering Angle
(b)
VGRS Actuator
Operating Angle
230LX26
3) Control with a signal from the skid control ECU

If a vehicle that is driven straight ahead over a road surface with different friction coefficients brakes
suddenly and causes the VSC to activate, the vehicle posture becomes disrupted, thus requiring the driver
to operate the steering wheel. When this occurs, the skid control ECU transmits signals to the VGRS
ECU. When the VGRS ECU receives these signals, it calculates the target operating angle for the VGRS
actuator based on the driver’s steering angle and direction (which are obtained from the steering angle
sensor signals) and the vehicle speed signal (which is obtained from the skid control ECU). Then, the
VGRS ECU operates the VGRS actuator to make the steering gear ratio smaller than that during usual
VGRS system operation, thus reducing the driver’s steering ability.
Slippery
Surface
(b)
(a)
(a): Driver’s steering wheel angle by the control with a signal

from the skid control ECU.
(b): Driver’s steering wheel angle by the control without a
signal from the skid control ECU.
230LX27
Layout of Main Components
VGRS
Warning
Light
Suspension
Control ECU
VGRS ECU
Steering Gear
Skid Control ECU
Assembly 6
VGRS
Actuator
229LC179
Function of Main Components
Components Function
DC Motor Rotates to create the operating angle of the actuator.
Reduction Uses a strain wave gear type reduction mechanism to reduce the rotation of the DC
Mechanism motor to the 1:50 ratio.
Has practically the same construction as the spiral cable that is used for the driver’s
VGRS
airbag of the SRS airbag system. It functions as the contact point for the wiring
Actuator Spiral Cable
harness between the DC motor and the lock solenoid in the rotating actuator and the
VGRS ECU.
Lock Locks the motor shaft so that the DC motor will not rotate in case of a system failure
Mechanism or when the system is stopped due to the stopping of the engine.
Effects comprehensive control of the VGRS system. It primarily controls the
following items:
VGRS ECU D Operates the DC motor by calculating the operating angle of the actuator based on
the signals from the steering angle sensor and the vehicle speed sensor.
D Controls the failsafe function and the diagnosis function.
Detects the steering angle and direction of the steering wheel and transmits them to
the VGRS ECU.
Transmits the vehicle speed signal, steering neutral position information, and the
engine speed signal to the VGRS ECU.
Skid Control ECU
Furthermore, it transmits the operating signal to enable this system to effect the
control with a signal from the skid control ECU.
VGRS Warning Light Illuminates to alert the driver if a failure occurs in the VGRS system.
Receives from the VGRS ECU the steered angle of the steering wheel (the sum of the
Suspension Control ECU steered angle of the steering wheel operated by the driver and the operating angle of
the actuator), which is necessary for controlling the active height control suspension.
Construction and Operation of Main Components
1) VGRS Actuator
a. General
D The VGRS actuator mainly consists of a housing, DC motor, reduction mechanism, spiral cable, lock
mechanism and output shaft.
D The VGRS actuator is integrated with the rubber coupling.
Reduction
Lock Mechanism Mechanism
Output Shaft
Steering Steering
Wheel Gear
DC Motor
Rubber Coupling Spiral Cable 230LX29
Housing
b. DC Motor
D A DC motor that is compact, has high power output, generates less noise, and is brushless, has been
adopted. This DC motor is mounted on the housing.
D This DC motor mainly consists of a magnet, coil, and motor shaft. The motor shaft is coupled to the
wave generator of the reduction mechanism in order to transmit the rotational movement of the motor
to the reduction mechanism.
D This DC motor, which is controlled by the duty cycle signal from the VGRS ECU, rotates either
clockwise or counterclockwise, depending on the steered direction of the steering wheel.
D This DC motor contains an rotational angle sensor. When the VGRS ECU receives the signals from
this sensor, it calculates the operating angle of the VGRS actuator based on the rotational angle and
the rotational direction of the DC motor.
Magnet
Coil
Reduction Mechanism
(Wave Generator)
Motor
View from Top Side Shaft
230LX30
c. Reduction Mechanism
i) General
D A strain wave gear type reduction mechanism is used.
D This reduction mechanism mainly consists of a driven gear, stator gear, flexible gear and wave
generator.
D This reduction mechanism reduces the rotation to the 1:50 ratio.
Strain Wave Gear Type

Reduction Mechanism
a. Stator Gear b. Driven Gear c. Flexible Gear d. Wave Generator
230LX31
D The construction of the main components of the reduction mechanism is shown in the table below.
Item Construction
D Has a rigid body, a ring shape, and contains 102 teeth along the inner
circumference.
a Stator Gear
D Positioned parallel with the driven gear.
D Coupled to the housing of the VGRS actuator.
D Has a rigid body, a ring shape, and contains 100 teeth along the inner
Driven Gear circumference.
b
(Output) D Positioned parallel with the stator gear.
D Coupled to the output shaft of the VGRS actuator.
D Has a flexible metal body that forms a belt shape and contains 100 teeth along
the outer circumference.
c Flexible Gear
D Located outside of the wave generator, and positioned in such a way that its gear
teeth are meshed with the inside of both stator gear and driven gear.
D Consists of an oval-shaped cam and a ball bearing that is fitted around the cam.
Wave Generator
d D Coupled to the motor shaft of the DC motor, and rotates inside the flexible gear
(Input)
while pushing the flexible gear against the stator gear and the driven gear.
ii) Operating Principle of Reduction Mechanism

D The flexible gear is fitted inside the driven gear and the stator gear as illustrated. Furthermore, the
wave generator is fitted inside the flexible gear.
The flexible gear is flexed into an oval shape by the wave generator. The teeth at the long axis of
the oval shape meshes with the teeth of the driven gear and stator gear, and the teeth at the short
axis are disengaged.
Stator Gear Stator Gear

Flexible Gear Driven Gear
Flexible Gear
230LX32
Wave Generator Wave Generator
D For example, if the wave generator (input) rotates clockwise while pushing the flexible gear, due
to the rotational movement of the DC motor, the meshed area of the flexible gear and the driven
gear and stator gear moves in sequence.
230LX33
D When the wave generator makes one turn, the flexible gear moves counterclockwise by 2 teeth
because the flexible gear has 2 fewer teeth than the stator gear. The driven gear and the flexible gear
have the same number of teeth, so their rotational movements are identical. Therefore, the driven
gear (output) moves by 2 teeth.
Moves
by 2 teeth
The Driven Gear moves 6

Counterclockwise by
2 teeth.
230LX34
D Due to the aforementioned principle, when the DC motor rotates clockwise, the rotational
movement that is input by the wave generator (which is coupled to the motor shaft) outputs to the
output shaft of the VGRS actuator (which is coupled to the driven gear). As a result, the output shaft
rotates counterclockwise at the 1:50 gear ratio. This rotational angle is added to the actual steered
angle of the steering wheel, thus changing the turning angle of the front wheels.
Housing
Output
Shaft
From
To Steering
Steering
Gear
Wheel
Driven Gear Stator Gear Flexible Gear Wave DC Motor

(100 Teeth) (102 Teeth) (100 Teeth) Generator
230LX35
d. Lock Mechanism
D This system contains a lock mechanism that mechanically locks the DC motor so that the motor will
not rotate if a failure occurs or when the engine is not running. With this, the housing and the output
shaft become united.
D The lock mechanism is mounted on the DC motor. It consists primarily of a lock holder that is secured
to the motor shaft, a lock lever that is mounted on the housing, and a solenoid that operates the lock
lever.
Lock Holder Solenoid
A A Return Spring
Lock Lever
A – A Cross Section
230LX36
D When the lock mechanism is activated, the VGRS ECU turns OFF the current to the solenoid, and
the return spring pushes the lock lever against the lock holder. Then, the lock lever meshes with the
groove in the lock holder in order to mechanically lock the movement of the DC motor.
When the lock is disengaged, the VGRS ECU turns ON the current to the solenoid, thus disengaging
the lock lever and the lock holder and freeing the movement of the DC motor.
Lock Lever Lock Holder
Solenoid Solenoid
(OFF State) (ON State)
Return Spring
230LX37 230LX38
Lock State Unlock State
e. Spiral Cable
D The construction of the spiral cable is almost identical as that of the one used for the driver’s airbag
of the SRS airbag system. It functions as the contact point for the wiring harness between the DC
motor and the lock solenoid in the rotating actuator and the VGRS ECU.
D This spiral cable is mounted above the housing.
D The spiral cable is an internal flexible flat cable with a dual winding construction, which consists of
two systems: the power system and the signal system.
D The operating range of this spiral cable is 5.0 turns.
Flexible Flat Cable
230LX39
Cross Section
Service Tip
If the VGRS actuator must be removed from the vehicle and reinstalled or disconnect the steer-
ing linkage, it is necessary to verify the neutral position of the spiral cable for VGRS System
and spiral cable for SRS Airbag System. For details, refer to the Land Cruiser Chasis and Body
Repair Manual Supplement (Pub. No. RM970E).
2) Steering Torpue Transmission
a. Low and Middle Speed Range

This system rotates the VGRS actuator in the positive direction in the low-speed range (in which a
reduction in the steering wheel operating effort is desired) or in the medium-speed range (in which a
more agile vehicle response is desired).
For example, if the driver turns the steering wheel clockwise, the torque is transmitted as illustrated
below.
In order to create the target operating angle for the actuator that has been determined by the VGRS ECU,
the DC motor in the VGRS actuator rotates counterclockwise. Then, the rotational movement of the
DC motor is input into the reduction mechanism by way of the wave generator. The rotational
movement is reduced to a 1:50 gear ratio, and is output from the output shaft in the clockwise direction.
This operating angle of the VGRS actuator is then added to the angle in which the steering wheel is
steered by the driver. Thus, the intermediate shaft rotates more clockwise than the steered angle of the
steering wheel by the amount of the operating angle of the VGRS actuator. As a result, the front wheels
turn more to the right.
DC Motor
Output VGRS Actuator
Shaft
Effectiveness
of VGRS
System
Wave
Generator
VGRS Actuator
Steering Wheel VGRS Actuator
Operating Angle
Steering Wheel
Steering Angle Operating Angle
(Positive Direction) Steering Angle
230LX40
b. High Speed Range

In the high-speed range (in which an over-sensitive movement response of the vehicle is not desired),
the VGRS actuator of this system rotates slightly in the negative direction.
For example, if the driver turns the steering wheel clockwise, the torque is transmitted as illustrated
below.
In order to create the target operating angle for the actuator that has been determined by the VGRS ECU,
the DC motor in the VGRS actuator rotates clockwise. Then, the rotational movement of the DC motor
is input into the reduction mechanism by way of the wave generator. The rotational movement is
reduced to a 1:50 gear ratio, and is output a little from the output shaft in the counterclockwise direction.
This operating angle of the VGRS actuator is then subtracted from the angle in which the steering wheel
is steered by the driver. Thus, the intermediate shaft rotates less clockwise than the steered angle of the
steering wheel by the amount of the operating angle of the VGRS actuator. As a result, the front wheels
turn less to the right.
When the VGRS actuator rotates in the negative direction, it will not rotate in excess of the driver’s
steering angle.
6
DC Motor
Effectiveness
of VGRS
System
Wave
Generator
VGRS Actuator
Steering Wheel VGRS Actuator Operating Angle Steering Wheel
Steering Angle Operating Angle
(Negative Direction) Steering Angle
230LX41
3) VGRS ECU
a. General
D In accordance with the vehicle speed signals that are obtained from the skid control ECU, the VGRS
ECU selects the driver’s steering angle and direction (which are obtained from the steering angle
sensor signals) and the actuator operating angle data (which is preset in the VGRS ECU in
accordance with the vehicle speed). Based on these two pieces of information, the VGRS ECU
controls the VGRS actuator in order to attain the proper actuator target operating angle.
D The VGRS ECU is located near the area where the brake pedal is mounted.
D The VGRS ECU stores in its memory the neutral position of the VGRS actuator that has been
determined as desired. Thus, the VGRS ECU effects control by using this neutral position as a
reference. Furthermore, the VGRS ECU constantly stores in its memory the operating angle of the
VGRS actuator. These data that have been stored in memory will not be erased even if the battery
terminals are disconnected.
D The VGRS ECU is equipped with a diagnosis function and a fail-safe function.
Service Tip
The VGRS ECU stores in its memory the neutral position of the VGRS actuator that has been
determined as desired. If the VGRS ECU or the VGRS actuator must be replaced, it is necessary
to correct the neutral position with respect to the operating angle of the VGRS actuator.
For details, refer to the Land Cruiser Chasis and Body Repair Manual Supplement (Pub. No.
RM970E).
b. Diagnosis
D If the VGRS ECU detects a malfunction in the VGRS system, it will immediately stop the operation
of the system, and illuminate the VGRS warning light that is provided in the combination meter in
order to alert the driver.
At the same time, the DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) are stored in memory.
The DTC can be read by connecting the SST (09843-18040) between the Tc and CG terminals of
DLC3 and observing the blinking of the VGRS warning light or by connecting a hand-held tester.
D The table below indicates the DTCs that are associated with this system. For details concerning the
DTCs, see the Land Cruiser Chasis and Body Repair Manual Supplement (Pub. No. RM970E).
C1511 / 11 C1551 / 51 IG Power Source Voltage Malfunction
Malfunction
VGRS Actuator Neutral DC Motor Power Source voltage
C1515 / 15 C1552 / 52
Position undone Malfunction
VGRS Actuator Neutral
C1516 / 16 C1554 / 54 Power Source Relay Failure
Position undone
C1521 / 21 VGRS Actuator Malfunction C1555 / 55 Predriver Source Relay Failure
C1522 / 22 VGRS Actuator Malfunction C1561 / 61 Lock Mechanism Malfunction
Lock Mechanism Insertion
C1527 / 27 VGRS Actuator Malfunction C1567 / 67
Malfunction
C1528 / 28 VGRS Actuator Malfunction C1568 / 68 Lock Holder Deviation Detection
C1531 / 31 VGRS ECU Malfunction C1569 / 69 Lock Mechanism Release Incomplete
Vehicle Speed Sensor Malfunction
C1532 / 32 VGRS ECU Malfunction C1571
(FLO)
Vehicle Speed Sensor Malfunction
C1533 / 33 VGRS ECU Malfunction C1572
(FRO)
Skid Control System
C1541 / 41 C1575 Steering Angle Sensor Malfunction
Malfunction
Skid Control System DC Motor Revolution Angle Sensor
C1549 / 49 C1576
Communication Malfunction Malfunction
c. Fail-Safe
D If the VGRS ECU detects a malfunction in the VGRS system, it will take the actions indicated in the
table below.
D The VGRS ECU has a built-in temperature sensor in order to effect failsafe control if it overheats.
Furthermore, this ECU monitors any changes in the actuating voltage of the DC motor in order to
detect the overheating of the motor.
VGRS DTC
Malfunction Item Description of Control Warning Memory
Light*1 Condition*2
Steering Angle Sensor Malfunction Stops the control f f
DC Motor Malfunction " f f
VGRS ECU Malfunction " f f
DC Motor Circuit Malfunction " f f
Lock Mechanism Circuit Malfunction " f f
Vehicle Speed Signal Malfunction " f f
Skid Control ECU Communication
Signal Malfunction
" f f 6
First, the control is stopped; then, the
DC Motor Overheat control resumes after the system — —
resumes its normal operation.
VGRS ECU Overheat " — —
PIG Power Source Drop Voltage
" — —
Malfunction
VGRS Actuator Malfunction*3 " — —
*1: f = VGRS Warning Light lights up
— = VGRS Warning Light does not light up.
*2: f = Memorize
— = None
*3: Specific Examples:
(1) When the steering is operated while the output of the power steering pump is unstable,
immediately after starting a cold engine.
(2) If the driver attempts to operate the steering wheel further after it has been steered entirely to
the rack end.
JBODY
1. Low Vibration and Low Noise Body

D The urethane pad at the bottom of the center pillar has been changed to a foam material. As a result, noise
and vibration have been reduced.
D A sealing material has been provided on the door frame of the VX grade and the GX-R grade for the G.C.C.
countries. As a result, noise and vibration have been reduced.
D The capacity of the silencer that is provided in the fender apron of the 1HD-FTE engine model has been
increased in order to reduce engine noise.
Seal Material
A
Foam Material
B
B – B Cross Section
B
229LC140
2. No.1 Rear Seat

An ISO-FIX bar for securing a child seat has been provided on the No. 1 rear seat of the Europe model.
6
ISO-FIX Bar
229LC141
JBODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM CONTROL

1. Multiplex Communication System
General
D The configuration of the BEAN (Body Electronics Area Network) has been changed in accordance with
the addition of equipment.
This system is divided into two buses: the bus in which communication is centered on the body ECU,
and the bus in which communication is centered on the engine ECU.
D The instrument ECU is based on the previous model. On the new model, the body ECU provides
additional control functions in order to comprehensively control the body electrical system.
D The communication between the control signals related to the audio and visual systems and the gateway
ECU is established via the AVC-LAN (Audio Visual Communication-Local Area Network). The
transmission of the signals exchanged between BEAN and AVC-LAN is carried out by the gateway
function of the gateway ECU.
D A customized body electronic system is used in order to set the control functions of the ECUs through
the use of a hand-held tester.
" ECUs that Support Multiplex Communication System A

G.C.C. and
Destination Australia Europe
General Countries Model
1FZ-FE 2UZ-FE 2UZ-FE 2UZ-FE
Engine 1HZ 1HD-FTE 2UZ-FE
1HZ 1HD-FTE 1HD-FTE 1HD-FTE
STD
Grade VX STD GX VX VX VX
GX
Body ECU f f f f f f f
Driver
n f — n f f f
Door ECU
Theft Deterren
n f — — — f f
ECU
Double Lock
— — — — — n n
ECU
Power Seat
— — — — — n n
ECU
Tilt &
Telescopic — n — — n n n
ECU
Remote
Control Mirror — — — — — n n
ECU
Wiper ECU — — — — — n n
Rain Sensor — — — — — n n
Engine ECU — f — f f — f
Meter ECU — f — f f — f
A/ C ECU — — — — — — n
Gateway ECU — — — — — n n
Multi Display — — — — — n n
f: Standard n: Option —: Not supported or not provided
System Diagram
: BEAN
Body ECU
Remote Control
Mirror ECU Wiper ECU
Double Lock Rain Sensor

ECU
Theft Deterrent Tilt &
ECU Telescopic ECU
Driver Door Power Seat

ECU ECU
6
229LC142
Bus centered on Body ECU
Multi Display
AVC-LAN
Gateway
Meter ECU
ECU
Engine ECU A / C ECU
229LC143
Bus centered on Engine ECU
Layout of Main Component
Theft Deterrent
Multi Display
Combination Meter ECU A/ C ECU
(Meter ECU)
Engine ECU
Tilt &
Telescopic ECU
Double Lock ECU
Gateway ECU
Seat ECU
Rain Sensor
Driver Door ECU
Remote Control
Mirror ECU
Body ECU
Wiper ECU
229LC167
2. System Operation
General
The ECUs that pertain to the body electrical system perform the functions and system controls described
in the following chart.
ECU Function and System Control
D Exterior Light Control
D Interior Light Control
D Warning Control
D Door Lock Control
(for models with door lock control system)
D Passenger and Rear Power Window Control
Body ECU
(for models with power window system)
D Wireless Door Lock Remote Control
(for models with wireless door lock control system)
D Theft Deterrent System Control
(for models with theft deterrent system)
D Customize
Driver Door ECU
D Power Window System Control
(for models
D Customize
with power window system) 6
Theft Deterrent ECU
D Theft Deterrent System Control
(for models
Bus centered D Customize
with theft deterrent system)
on Body ECU Double Lock ECU
Double Lock System Control
(for models with double lock system)
D Power Seat Function
Power Seat ECU
D Memory System
(for models with Power Seat)
D Customize
Tilt & Telescopic ECU
D Power Tilt and Telescopic Steering Column Control
(for models with power tilt and
D Customize
telescopic steering column)
Remote Control Mirror ECU
D Outside Rear View Mirror Control
(for models
D Customize
with remote control mirror)
Wiper ECU
D Wiper control
(for models with wiper system
D Customize
with raindrop sensing function)
Rain Sensor
D Raindrop Sensing Function
(for models with wiper system
D Customize
with raindrop sensing function)
D Engine Control
D A/ T Control
Engine ECU
D Cruise Control
(for models with cruise control system)
D Combination Meter Display
Meter ECU
Bus centered D Buzzer System
on A/ C ECU
Air Conditioner Control
Engine
g ECU (for models with multi display)
Gateway ECU
Gateway Function
(for models with multi display)
D Navigation System
Multi Display
D Air Conditioner System Operation Function
(for models with multi display)
D Trip Information Function
Customized Body Electronics System
1) General
The customized body electronics system enables the control function settings of the ECUs to be changed
through the use of a hand-held tester.
However, this system can change the settings of only the ECUs that belong to the bus in which commu-
nication is centered on the body ECU.
2) Operation
Operating a hand-held tester can change the specifications of the systems and functions.
The changed contents that are open to users are shown in the following list.
Hand-Held Tester
System Contents Default Selection
Display Content
AUTO LOCK DELAY To change the time until re-locking after 30 sec.
30 sec.
(Auto lock time) unlocking with the wireless door lock function. / 60 sec.
Function to light up the all turn signal light
HAZARD ANS BACK once when pressing the transmitter lock button
(Hazard answer back of and twice when pressing the unlock button ON ON/ OFF
Wireless the wireless) under the condition that the Engine Hood, all
Door Lock the doors are closed.
Remote Function to operate the theft deterrent system
Control ALARM by keeping pressing the lock button of the
System FUNCTION*1 transmitter for 2.5 seconds. If there is the panic ON ON/ OFF
(Panic function) button, press the panic button instead of the
lock button.
WIRELESS OPER
(Wireless door lock ON/ OFF of the wireless door lock function. ON ON/ OFF
control function)
OFF/ 3
Function to change time until operating the
REWIPE CONTROL SPD sec.
wiper to prevent dropping after having used
(Rewipe control) MOD / SPD
the washer.
Wiper
p MOD
System*2 Function to change to the intermittent
AVAIL
SPEED MODE operation when the vehicle comes to a stop (0
AVAIL / NOT
(Speed mode) vehicle speed) from running condition in case
AVAIL
that the wiper switch is at the LO position.
I / L ON / UNLOCK Function to light up the interior light, ignition
(Interior light ON light and step light when unlocking with the ON ON/ OFF
w/ door key unlock) door key cylinder.
Illuminated To change the lighting time after closing the 7.5 sec.
LIGHT CONTROL
Entry door. (It will quickly fade out in case of turning 15 sec. / 15 sec.
(Lighting time)
System the ignition ON.) / 30sec.
I / L ON / ACC OFF Function to light the interior light when the
(Light the I / L ignition switch is operated from “ACC” to ON ON/ OFF
when ACC OFF) “LOCK”.
*1: Only for General countries models with Theft Deterrent System
*2: Only for Europe models with wiper system with a rain drop sensing function
JCOMBINATION METER
1. General
D The design of the combination meter has been changed.
D The movement for actuating the indicator of the speedometer and the tachometer has been changed from
the cross-coil type of the previous model to a step-motor type.
D An optitron display type combination meter has been adopted on the VX grade for Europe. The optitron
display type meter realizes excellent visibility through the use of smoke acrylic in the protective panel,
and LEDs (Light Emitting Diodes) that is vary bright and has high contrast for illuminating the indicator
and the dial.
D A fade-in function that gradually turns ON the illumination, and a fade-out function that gradually turns
OFF the illumination, have been adopted on the models with the Optitron display type combination meter
to enhance product appeal.
D A speed warning system that sounds a buzzer and blinks a warning light has been adopted on the models
for the G.C.C. countries.
Optitron type for Europe LHD Model

229LC144
Conventional type for G.C.C. Countries Model

229LC145
2. System Diagram
Combination Meter
Engine ECU *1 Vehicle Speed Sensor
D Water Temp. Signal

D Signal for Trip BEAN
Information Skid Control ECU
Engine ECU *2 AHC ECU *5
Engine Speed Signal
Meter
Engine Speed Sensor*3 Airbag Sensor Assembly
ECU
Each Senders
D Water Temp *2 Rheostat

D Fuel (Main / Sub)
Body ECU *4
Each Switches
D Key Unlock Warning

Switch
D Engine Oil Level
etc. Combination Switch *4
229LC159
*1: Models with Multi-Information Display or Multi-Display

*2: Models without Multi-Information Display or Multi-Display
*3: 1HZ Engine Model (except Australia Model)
*4: Models with Optitron Display type Combination Meter
*5: Models with AHC (Active Height Control)
3. Construction
D The indicator actuation movement for the speedometer and the tachometer has been changed from the
cross coil type to the step-motor type. This has resulted in a thinner indicator actuation movement, thus
achieving a lightweight and compact construction.
D In the case of the step-motor type, when the power to the combination meter is turned ON through the
reconnection of the battery terminal, the step-motor initializes once to recognize the zero point of the
indicator in relation to the step-motor. However, if the ignition switch is turned ON after 60 seconds or
more have elapsed after the initialization, the step-motor initializes again.
Compact
A Construction
Step-motor
A A – A Cross Section
229LC146
D A point illumination, in which a blue light is emitted from the tip of the indicator of the speedometer and
the tachometer, has been adopted on the Optitron display type combination meter to enhance product
appeal.
Point Illumination
A A
229LC147
4. Speed Warning System

On the previous model for the G.C.C. countries,
the buzzer of the speed warning system continues
to sound at speeds of 120 km/h or higher. This has
been changed to a system that sounds the buzzer
in the combination meter for a prescribed duration
(6 seconds) and then blinks the speed warning
light in the combination meter.
Speed Warning Light

229LC148
JWIPER SYSTEM (Only for Europe Model)
1. General
D A wiper system with a raindrop sensing function has been adopted on the VX grade for Europe as optional
equipment.
D As a rule, the control of the wiper operation is effected by the wiper ECU. However, the control of the rain
drop sensing function is effected by the rain sensor.
D This system has the following function.
Function Outline
Vehicle Speed-Sensing,
This function controls the wiper interval time in accordance with the vehicle speed
Adjustable Interval INT
when the wiper switch is in the AUTO position.
Function
Vehicle Speed Switching This function automatically switches the operating condition of the wipers while
Function the vehicle is stopped or starting off, when the wiper switch is in the LO position.
Washer-Linked Wiper with To prevent the fluid from dripping after the washer has been operated, this function
Drip-Preventive Function operates the wipers once after they have operated in unison with the washer.
Raindrop Sensing Function

This function controls the wiping timing in accordance with the amount of 6
raindrops when the wiper switch is in the AUTO position.
" System Diagram A
Combination
BEAN Switch
Body ECU
Ignition Switch
Wiper
ECU
Rain Sensor Stop Light Switch
Neutral Start Switch
229LC149
2. Layout of Main Component
Rain Sensor
Wiper Motor
Stop Light Switch
Combination Switch
Wiper ECU
229LC150
3. Vehicle Speed-Sensing, Adjustable Interval INT Function

This function controls the interval time of the wipers in accordance with the vehicle speed when the wiper
switch is in the AUTO position. The interval time adjusting range consists of 3 steps, which can be selected
by operating the interval adjuster. The interval time can be controlled steplessly within each range.
Sec.
Sec. Vehicle Speed
15
0 km / h
Interval Adjuster 1 X 20 km / h
SLOW Position 10 23 km / h or more
10
Interval Interval Time Interval
Time Adjusting Range Time
5
5
Interval Adjuster
FAST Position
LO
Operation
0 20 40 60 km/ h “F” “S”
Vehicle Speed Interval Adjuster Position
189BE87 229LC180
Rain Sensor
Wiper Motor
Stop Light Switch
Combination Switch
Wiper ECU
229LC150
3. Vehicle Speed-Sensing, Adjustable Interval INT Function

This function controls the interval time of the wipers in accordance with the vehicle speed when the wiper
switch is in the AUTO position. The interval time adjusting range consists of 3 steps, which can be selected
by operating the interval adjuster. The interval time can be controlled steplessly within each range.
Sec.
Sec. Vehicle Speed
15
0 km / h
Interval Adjuster 1 X 20 km / h
SLOW Position 10 23 km / h or more
10
Interval Interval Time Interval
Time Adjusting Range Time
5
5
Interval Adjuster
FAST Position
LO
Operation
0 20 40 60 km/ h “F” “S”
Vehicle Speed Interval Adjuster Position
189BE87 229LC180
4. Vehicle Speed Switching Function
General
This function that automatically switches to the intermittent operation when the wiper switch is in the LO
position and the vehicle is stopped. To perform this function, the stopping and driving conditions of the ve-
hicle are determined as described below.
When the vehicle speed is other than 0 km / h, or the stop light and the perking brake
Driving Judgment
are OFF and the shift lever is in a position other than P or N.
Stopping Judgment When a condition other than the driving judgment has been detected.
Operation
When the vehicle is stopped, operating the wiper switch from the AUTO or HI position to the LO position
causes the wipers to operate 3 times at the low speed, and then automatically switch to intermittent operation
with an interval time of approximately 2.5 seconds. When the vehicle is being driven and the switch is in
the LO position, stopping the vehicle causes the wipers to operate twice, and then switch to intermittent
operation with an interval time of approximately 2.5 seconds.
6
Driving
LO Stopping
HI or INT (AUTO) Approx. 2.5 sec. Approx. 2.5 sec.
OFF
Wiper
Wiper Operation
Operation LO
HI or INT LO Operation INT Operation LO Operation Operation
Operation INT Operation
189BE89
5. Washer-Linked Wiper with Drip-Preventive Function

With this function, when the wiper switch is in the Approx. 0.2 sec.
OFF or AUTO position, turning the washer switch
Washer ON
ON for approximately 0.2 seconds or longer Switch OFF
causes the washers to operate, and after the washer
Washer ON
switch has been turned OFF, the wipers operate in Motor OFF
unison 3 times at the low speed. Approximately 3
seconds (when the vehicle speed is between 0 to Wiper ON
Motor OFF
59 km/h) after the low-speed operation of the wip- T
ers has been completed, the wipers operate once Washer-linked Drip-prevention
again to wipe off the washer fluid that has dripped. Operation Operation
The drip prevention interval times are shown in T: Varies according to the vehicle speed.
the table below, according to the vehicle speed.
189BE91
Vehicle Speed Interval Time Vehicle Speed Interval Time

0 to 59 km / h Approx. 3 sec. 120 to 159 km / h Approx. 5 sec.
80 to 119 km / h Approx. 7 sec. 170 km / h or more No Operation
4. Vehicle Speed Switching Function
General
This function that automatically switches to the intermittent operation when the wiper switch is in the LO
position and the vehicle is stopped. To perform this function, the stopping and driving conditions of the ve-
hicle are determined as described below.
When the vehicle speed is other than 0 km / h, or the stop light and the perking brake
Driving Judgment
are OFF and the shift lever is in a position other than P or N.
Stopping Judgment When a condition other than the driving judgment has been detected.
Operation
When the vehicle is stopped, operating the wiper switch from the AUTO or HI position to the LO position
causes the wipers to operate 3 times at the low speed, and then automatically switch to intermittent operation
with an interval time of approximately 2.5 seconds. When the vehicle is being driven and the switch is in
the LO position, stopping the vehicle causes the wipers to operate twice, and then switch to intermittent
operation with an interval time of approximately 2.5 seconds.
6
Driving
LO Stopping
HI or INT (AUTO) Approx. 2.5 sec. Approx. 2.5 sec.
OFF
Wiper
Wiper Operation
Operation LO
HI or INT LO Operation INT Operation LO Operation Operation
Operation INT Operation
189BE89
5. Washer-Linked Wiper with Drip-Preventive Function

With this function, when the wiper switch is in the Approx. 0.2 sec.
OFF or AUTO position, turning the washer switch
Washer ON
ON for approximately 0.2 seconds or longer Switch OFF
causes the washers to operate, and after the washer
Washer ON
switch has been turned OFF, the wipers operate in Motor OFF
unison 3 times at the low speed. Approximately 3
seconds (when the vehicle speed is between 0 to Wiper ON
Motor OFF
59 km/h) after the low-speed operation of the wip- T
ers has been completed, the wipers operate once Washer-linked Drip-prevention
again to wipe off the washer fluid that has dripped. Operation Operation
The drip prevention interval times are shown in T: Varies according to the vehicle speed.
the table below, according to the vehicle speed.
189BE91
Vehicle Speed Interval Time Vehicle Speed Interval Time

80 to 119 km / h Approx. 7 sec. 170 km / h or more No Operation
6. Raindrop Sensing Function
General
When the wiper switch is in the AUTO position, this function uses a rain sensor that is mounted on the front
windshield glass to detect the amount of raindrops, and controls an optimal wiping timing accordingly.

The rain sensor consists mainly of an LED (Light Emitting Diode) that emits infrared rays, and a photo diode
that receives those rays. The detection method is based on the infrared rays that are reflected by the front
windshield glass.
For example, if no raindrops are present in the detection area, the infrared rays emitted by the LED are all
reflected from the windshield glass and are received by the photo diode. If raindrops are present in the detec-
tion area, a portion of the emitted infrared rays penetrates with the change of index of reflection outward
of the windshield glass via the raindrops, thus reducing the amount of infrared rays that are received by the
photo diode. The amount of this reduction is then used to detect the amount of raindrops. Thus, this function
controls the INT, LO, and HI operations in order to operate the wipers at an optimal wiping timing.
Windshield Infrared
Glass Penetrated Infrared Rays
Detection Area Rays
Raindrop
Photo Diode LED
If no raindrops are present If raindrops are present

189BE93
Service Tip
If the rain sensor tape has been peeled during a windshield glass replacement, make sure to affix a
new rain sensor tape. Failure to do so will lead to a system malfunction.
JMULTI DISPLAY (Only for Europe Model)
1. General
D A multi display has been provided on the center cluster panel as an option only for Europe model. The
display, which consists of a wide 7.0-inch LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) screen with a pressure sensitive
touch panel, offers improved ease of use.
D Through the use of the GPS (Global Positioning System) and map data in a DVD (Digital Versatile Disc),
this navigation system analyzes the position of the vehicle and indicates that position on the map that is
displayed on the screen. Additionally, it provides voice instructions to guide the driver through the route
to reach the destination that has been selected.
D Upon receiving the vehicle information that is transmitted by the gateway ECU, the navigation
information that is transmitted by the navigation ECU, the trip information that is transmitted by the meter
ECU and the operation information from audio unit, multi display displays theses data on the display.
2. System Diagram
: AVC-LAN
Speaker
6
: BEAN
Gateway Multi Navigation Vehicle

ECU Display ECU Speed
RGB Signal
Audio Head
Unit
Meter ECU A/ C ECU

D Trip Information D A / C Operating
Display Signal
230LX96
JMULTI DISPLAY (Only for Europe Model)
1. General
D A multi display has been provided on the center cluster panel as an option only for Europe model. The
display, which consists of a wide 7.0-inch LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) screen with a pressure sensitive
touch panel, offers improved ease of use.
D Through the use of the GPS (Global Positioning System) and map data in a DVD (Digital Versatile Disc),
this navigation system analyzes the position of the vehicle and indicates that position on the map that is
displayed on the screen. Additionally, it provides voice instructions to guide the driver through the route
to reach the destination that has been selected.
D Upon receiving the vehicle information that is transmitted by the gateway ECU, the navigation
information that is transmitted by the navigation ECU, the trip information that is transmitted by the meter
ECU and the operation information from audio unit, multi display displays theses data on the display.
2. System Diagram
: AVC-LAN
Speaker
6
: BEAN
Gateway Multi Navigation Vehicle

ECU Display ECU Speed
RGB Signal
Audio Head
Unit
Meter ECU A/ C ECU

D Trip Information D A / C Operating
Display Signal
230LX96
3. Layout of Component
Multi Display
Multi Display
Wide 7.0-inch
Operation Switches
LCD Screen
Gateway ECU
A/ C Operation Switches
A/ C ECU
Engine ECU
Audio
Head Unit GPS Antennee
Speaker
Navigation ECU
229lc152
Multi Display
1) General
Listed below are the main functions of the multi display.
Function Outline
D Status of audio equipment and audio operation screen indication.
Audio Screen Display
D Sound quality adjustment screen indication.
D Display the operating condition of the air conditioner.
On-screen Display
D Display the outside temperature.
Adjustment Screen Display Image quality adjustment screen indication.
D Instant Fuel Consumption.
D Average Fuel Consumption after refueling.
Trip Information Display
D Drivable Distance.
(See page 250)
D Average vehicle speed after starting.
D Driven distance after starting.
D Language selector display.
6
D Enlargement/ reduction, rotation and movement of map.
D Indication of current position and direction of travel.
Navigation Screen Display
D Correction of current position.
(See page 251)
D Setting change and indication of route.
D Voice guidance.
There are many additional functions.
D Service Check Menu.
Diagnosis Screen Display
D Display Check.
(See page 252)
D Navigation Check.
2) Trip Information Display
(1) Instant Fuel Consumption
(2) Average Fuel Consumption

After Refueling
(3) Drivable Distance

(4) Average Vehicle Speed After
Starting
(5) Driven Distance After Starting
230LX56
Item Outline
D Displays the value that has been calculated by the meter ECU, which is
based on the driven distance and the fuel consumption volume (fuel
Instant
(1) injection signal from No. 1 injector), provided that the ignition switch is
Fuel Consumption
turned ON.
D The display updates every 2 seconds.
based on the driven distance after refueling and the fuel consumption
Average Fuel
volume (fuel injection signal from No. 1 injector).
(2) Consumption
D The meter ECU determines that the vehicle has been refueled in accordance
After Refueling
with the signal from the fuel sender gauge.
based on the fuel consumption data that the meter ECU continuously
(3) Drivable Distance monitors and stores in its memory and the residual fuel volume data,
provided that the ignition switch is turned ON.
D The display updates every mile or kilometer.
based on the elapsed time and driven distance after the ignition switch has
Average Vehicle
(4) been turned ON or the RESET button has been pressed 0.8 seconds or
Speed After Starting
longer.
D Displays the driven distance that is output by the meter ECU after the
Driven Distance ignition switch has been turned ON or the RESET button has been pressed
(5)
After Starting 0.8 seconds or longer.
D The display updates every mile or kilometer.
3) Navigation Screen Display

Based on the map data on the DVD, signal from the GPS satellites, signals from the built-in gyro sensor,
and signals from the vehicle’s speed sensor, the vehicle’s present position, direction of travel, and driven
distance are calculated and displayed on the navigation display. This screen has the display functions
listed below.
Item Function
Enables smooth scrolling by connecting the touch points on the
Linear Touch Scroll
screen.
Scrolls the center of the cursor forward and reverse constantly
On-route Scroll
along the route.
Displays the map so that the direction of the route progression
Heading Up
head up during route guidance.
Map Color Change Automatically changes the map display color by season.
Displays a map in the direction of travel of the vehicle in an
Front Wide
enlarged form. (Heading up only)
Map
Changes the scale of the map from the basic 13 steps to an even
Display Step-less Scale Display
finer display.
Direct Scale Change Directly selects and displays the map scale. 6
Multi-step Scale Display Changes and displays the map scale in 13 stages.
Split-view Display Displays different modes on a screen that is split into two views.
Points-of-Interest Display Displays selected types of marks on the map.
Taillight-interlocked Map Changes the displayed color on the map screen when the taillights
Color Change are turned ON.
Road Number Sign Board
Displays the road number on the map.
Display
Stores 20 locations of coordinates, names and times that have
Last Destination Memory
been set as destinations in the past.
Hybrid Points-of-interest Narrows the search by names of the points-of-interest, category,
Search and areas.
Points-of-interest Pinpoint
Pinpoints and displays the position of the point-of-interest.
Display
Destination House Number Search Searches for a house number.
Search Preset Destinations Sets a pre-registered point as a destination point while driving.
Nearest Point-of-interest
Searches nearest points-of-interest and displays a list.
Search List Display
By specifying two streets, the point at which they intersection is
Intersection Search
set as the destination point.
Motorway Entrance / Searches for the destination by the name of the street that
Exit Search connects to a motorway entrance / exit.
Multiple Destination Sets multiple destinations. It can also rearrange the sequence of
Setting the destinations.
Route Search Searches for multiple routes.
Route Search Condition
Searches for the recommended, shortest, and other routes.
Search Designation
Regulated Road
Performs search while considering regulated roads.
Consideration
Avoidance Area Avoids a designated area and searches a route.
(Continued)
Item Function
Destination Direction Function to display the direction from the current position to the
Arrow Display destination in case of being off the route during the guidance.
Function to display the route ahead on the route guidance line in
Off-Route Arrow Display
case of being off the route during the guidance.
Rotary Guidance To guide with a special voice phrase in the rotary.
Right or Left Turn
Voice guidance to instruct the direction of travel to be taken.
Guidance
Motorway Direction of Voice guidance to instruct the direction of travel to take on the
Guidance Travel Guidance motorway.
Distance Display
Displays the distance from the present location to the destination.
Destination
Motorway Branch Type
Type specimen for guidance to a motorway branch.
Specimen Guidance
Intersection Zoom-in
Zoom-in display when approaching an intersection.
Display
Displays a turn list on the right side of the two-screen display when
Turn List Display
approaching an intersection.
The language of the text displayed on the navigation screen and of
Language Selector
Others the voice guidance can be selected from 8 languages.
Calendar Enables calendar display until 2020 and memo registration.
4) Diagnosis Screen Display

The navigation display is equipped with a
self-diagnosis system and can display the
diagnosis menus shown on the right.
The diagnosis menu contains the following
three items.
a) Service Check Menu
b) Display Check
c) Navigation Check
187BE37
Service Tip
The diagnosis menu screen can be displayed according to the procedure given below.
1) Vehicle speed should be 0 km/h (0 mph).
2) Apply the parking brake.
3) Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON. Concealed
4) Push the DISPLAY button. Touch Switch
5) Activate the screen adjustment screen.
6) Alternately touch the upper and lower bottom
parts of the left end of the screen 3 times. 199BE404
For details, refer to the Land Cruiser Chassis and Body Repair Manual Supplement (Pub. No.
RM970E).
JMULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY
1. General
D A multi-information display has been adopted on the VX grade of all models (except models with multi
display).
D In this system, the respective ECUs that are connected to the display calculate the contents that are
displayed above. However, the accessories meter ECU in the display controls the displays.
D The multi information display has following functions:
VX Grade
Function VX Grade
(1HD-FTE model for Europe)
Clock Display f f
Ambient Temp. Display f f
Security Indicator Light f f
Trip Information Display f —
English/ Metric
f —
Switching function
6
2. System Diagram
A/ C ECU
Multi-Information Tail Light
Display
Transponder Key
Amplifier
Meter ECU*2
BEAN
Engine ECU*2
229LC153
*1: Only for Models with Optitron Display type Combination Meter
*2: Except 1HD-FTE Engine Model for Europe
JMULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY
1. General
D A multi-information display has been adopted on the VX grade of all models (except models with multi
display).
D In this system, the respective ECUs that are connected to the display calculate the contents that are
displayed above. However, the accessories meter ECU in the display controls the displays.
D The multi information display has following functions:
VX Grade
Function VX Grade
(1HD-FTE model for Europe)
Clock Display f f
Ambient Temp. Display f f
Security Indicator Light f f
Trip Information Display f —
English/ Metric
f —
Switching function
6
2. System Diagram
A/ C ECU
Multi-Information Tail Light
Display
Transponder Key
Amplifier
Meter ECU*2
BEAN
Engine ECU*2
229LC153
*1: Only for Models with Optitron Display type Combination Meter
*2: Except 1HD-FTE Engine Model for Europe
3. Display Portion
Clock Clock Security

Trip Information Ambient Temp.
Display Display Indicator Light
Display Display
Security Indicator Light

VX Grade (except. 1HD-FTE Model for Europe) 1HD-FTE Engine Model for Europe
229LC154
Item Display Contents Outline

Clock and D Clock display
Ambient Temperature D Displays ambient temperature in accordance
Display 229LC155 with the ambient temperature sensor signal.
D Displays the value that has been calculated by
the meter ECU, which is based on the elapsed
Average Vehicle
time and driven distance after the ignition
Speed After
switch has been turned ON or the RESET
Starting
button has been pressed 0.8 seconds or longer.
211BE08 D The display updates every 10 seconds.
the meter ECU, which is based on the driven

distance after refueling and the fuel
Average Fuel consumption volume (fuel injection signal
Consumption After from No. 1 injector).
Refueling D The meter ECU determines that the vehicle has
been refueled in accordance with the signal
from the fuel sender gauge.
230LX60 D The display updates every 10 seconds.
the meter ECU, which is based on the driven
Instant
distance and the fuel consumption volume
Fuel
(fuel injection signal from No. 1 injector),
Consumption
230LX61 D The display updates every 2 seconds.
(Continued)

D Displays the driven distance that is output by
Display Contents the meter ECU after the ignition switch has
After been turned ON or the RESET button has been
Starting pressed 0.8 seconds or longer.
230LX62 D The display updates every kilometer.
the meter ECU, which is based on the fuel
consumption data that the meter ECU
Drivable Distance continuously monitors and stores in its
memory and the residual fuel volume data,
4. Switch
Switch Function
D Pressing MODE switch changes the contents of the multi-information display in the 6
following sequence:
Average Vehicle Speed After Starting

#
Driven Distance After Starting
#
Drivable Distance
#
MODE Average Fuel Consumption After Refueling
#
Instant Fuel Consumption
D If the MODE switch is pressed 1.7 seconds or longer while the ignition switch is ON,
the display changes into the display unit switching mode (by blinking the display unit).
By pressing the RESET switch at this time, a display unit that matches the destination
of the vehicle can be selected.
RESET Pressing the RESET switch 0.8 seconds or longer resets the display contents of each mode.

D Displays the driven distance that is output by
Display Contents the meter ECU after the ignition switch has
After been turned ON or the RESET button has been
Starting pressed 0.8 seconds or longer.
the meter ECU, which is based on the fuel
consumption data that the meter ECU
Drivable Distance continuously monitors and stores in its
memory and the residual fuel volume data,
4. Switch
Switch Function
D Pressing MODE switch changes the contents of the multi-information display in the 6
following sequence:
Average Vehicle Speed After Starting

#
Driven Distance After Starting
#
Drivable Distance
#
MODE Average Fuel Consumption After Refueling
#
Instant Fuel Consumption
D If the MODE switch is pressed 1.7 seconds or longer while the ignition switch is ON,
the display changes into the display unit switching mode (by blinking the display unit).
By pressing the RESET switch at this time, a display unit that matches the destination
of the vehicle can be selected.
RESET Pressing the RESET switch 0.8 seconds or longer resets the display contents of each mode.
JSRS AIRBAG SYSTEM
1. General
D On the new Land Cruiser, a curtain shield airbag system that helps reduce the impact applied to the front
and rear seat occupants with a single curtain shield airbag has been adopted as optional equipment for
Europe.
In conjunction with this system, a side and curtain shield airbag sensor assembly has been provided at the
bottom of the center pillar and a curtain shield airbag sensor assembly at the bottom of the rear pillar.
D In this system, a front side collision is detected by the side and curtain shield airbag sensor assembly in
order to simultaneously deploy the side and curtain shield airbags. A rear side collision is detected by the
curtain shield airbag sensor assembly and the airbag sensor assembly in order to deploy only the curtain
shield airbag.
D Dual-stage SRS airbags system, that controls the airbag inflating output optimum by judging the extent
of impact and seat position, has been used for the driver and front passenger airbags on the model for 6
Europe as standard equipment.
assembly.
D This system has adopted a fuel cut control that stops the fuel pump when the airbag is deployed.
D Along with the aforementioned changes, new DTCs (Diagnostic Trouble Codes) have been added.
2. System Diagram
" Front Airbag Operation A
Driver
Front Airbag Seat Belt
Sensor Assembly Buckle Switch
Driver and Front
Passenger Airbag
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
Collision Impact
Engine ECU
Seat Position Sensor
(Driver)
231LX12
" Side and Curtain Shield Airbag Operation A
Side Airbag
Side and
Curtain
Shield Airbag Airbag Sensor Curtain Shield
Sensor Assembly Airbag
Assembly
Collision Impact Engine ECU
231LX13
" Curtain Shield Airbag Operation A
Curtain Shield
Airbag
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
Engine ECU
Curtain Shield Airbag

Collision Impact Sensor Assembly
231LX14
" Roll Sensing of Curtain Shield Airbags Operation A
RSCA Cutoff
Rollover Switch
D LH and RH Curtain Shield Airbag

D Front LH and RH
Airbag Sensor
Assembly Side Airbag of Collision Side*
Curtain Shield Airbag of collision Side

D Front LH and RH Seat Belt Pretensioner
Side Collision
And Rollover D Curtain Shield
Airbag Sensor Engine
Assembly*
D Side and Curtain
ECU
Shield Airbag
Sensor Assembly
231LX15
*: Activates depending on the condition of the collision.

JSRS AIRBAG SYSTEM
1. General
D On the new Land Cruiser, a curtain shield airbag system that helps reduce the impact applied to the front
and rear seat occupants with a single curtain shield airbag has been adopted as optional equipment for
Europe.
In conjunction with this system, a side and curtain shield airbag sensor assembly has been provided at the
bottom of the center pillar and a curtain shield airbag sensor assembly at the bottom of the rear pillar.
D In this system, a front side collision is detected by the side and curtain shield airbag sensor assembly in
order to simultaneously deploy the side and curtain shield airbags. A rear side collision is detected by the
curtain shield airbag sensor assembly and the airbag sensor assembly in order to deploy only the curtain
shield airbag.
D Dual-stage SRS airbags system, that controls the airbag inflating output optimum by judging the extent
of impact and seat position, has been used for the driver and front passenger airbags on the model for 6
Europe as standard equipment.
assembly.
D This system has adopted a fuel cut control that stops the fuel pump when the airbag is deployed.
D Along with the aforementioned changes, new DTCs (Diagnostic Trouble Codes) have been added.
2. System Diagram
" Front Airbag Operation A
Driver
Front Airbag Seat Belt
Sensor Assembly Buckle Switch
Driver and Front
Passenger Airbag
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
Collision Impact
Engine ECU
Seat Position Sensor
(Driver)
231LX12
" Side and Curtain Shield Airbag Operation A
Side Airbag
Side and
Curtain
Shield Airbag Airbag Sensor Curtain Shield
Sensor Assembly Airbag
Assembly
Collision Impact Engine ECU
231LX13
" Curtain Shield Airbag Operation A
Curtain Shield
Airbag
Airbag Sensor
Assembly
Engine ECU

Collision Impact Sensor Assembly
231LX14
" Roll Sensing of Curtain Shield Airbags Operation A
RSCA Cutoff
Rollover Switch

D Front LH and RH
Airbag Sensor
Assembly Side Airbag of Collision Side*
Curtain Shield Airbag of collision Side

D Front LH and RH Seat Belt Pretensioner
Side Collision
And Rollover D Curtain Shield
Airbag Sensor Engine
Assembly*
D Side and Curtain
ECU
Shield Airbag
Sensor Assembly
231LX15

3. Layout of Main Components
Front Passenger
Airbag
SRS Warning
Light Made Invisible
RSCA Cutoff
Switch Airbag Sensor
Assembly The instrument panel will
break open toward the
arrow-marked direction
and the airbag will inflate.
Driver Airbag
Curtain Shield
Front Airbag Airbag Assembly (LH) 6
Sensor (RH) Curtain Shield
Airbag Assembly (RH)
Front Airbag
Sensor (LH)
Side Airbag
Assembly (RH)
Side Airbag Side and Curtain

Assembly (LH) Shield Airbag
Sensor Assembly (RH)
Side and Curtain
Shield Airbag
Sensor Assembly (LH)
Front Seat Belt Sensor Assembly (RH)
Pretensioner (LH)

Seat Position Sensor Assembly (LH) Front Seat Belt
Sensor Pretensioner (RH)
Driver Seat Belt

Buckle Switch
LHD Model
230LX68

Dual-stage SRS Airbags System
1) General
In this system, when the front airbag sensors and airbag sensor assembly detect the front collision, the
airbag sensor assembly judges the extent of impact and seat position, Thus making the airbag inflating
output optimum by delaying the inflating timing of the 2nd initiator and the 1st initiator.
Service Tip
In accordance with the structure change of the driver and front passenger inflators on new Land
Cruiser, a SST (09082-00800) used for scrapping driver and front passenger airbag assemblies
of the vehicle has been newly established.
2) Seat Position Sensor

D The seat position sensor, which is attached to the seat rail of the driver seat, detects the sliding position
of the seat. In addition, the shielding plate to make the seat position sensor judge the seat position is
installed on this seat rail.
D The seat position sensor use a Hall IC for its sensor and has magnet portion on its opposite side.
Seat position Sensor
Seat position
Sensor Magnet
Portion
A
Seat Rail
A
Hall IC
Shielding
Plate A – A Cross Section
230LX69
LHD Model
D The seat position detection by the seat position sensor judges that the seat position is rearward if the
shielding plate is between the sensor and the seat position is forward if the shielding plate is not
between the sensor.
" Seat position is rearward A " Seat position is forward A
Rearward Forward
Shielding
Plate
Seat Position
Sensor
230LX91
230LX92
LHD Model
Roll Sensing of Curtain Shield Airbags Control
1) General
D In this system, the airbag sensor assembly contains a roll rate sensor 1 and roll rate sensor 2 (that
determine the inclination angle of the vehicle) and a lateral deceleration sensor (that determine the
lateral force that is applied to the vehicle). These sensors detect the vehicle’s roll angle (a), rotational
speed (b), and lateral acceleration speed (c).
D Based on the information obtained from the sensors, the airbag sensor assembly makes an overall
judgment of the vehicle’s roll angle (a), rotational speed (b), and lateral acceleration speed (c). If the
airbag sensor assembly determines that the vehicle has rolled over due to a cause other than the side
collision, it deploys the right and left curtain shield airbags and the front right and left seat belt
pretensioners.
If the airbag sensor assembly determines that the vehicle has rolled over due to a cause such as a side
collision, it deploys the side and curtain shield airbags on the side of the vehicle that has sustained the
collision, as well as the curtain shield airbag of the opposite side and the front right and left seat belt
pretensioners.
D This system provides a roll sensing of curtain shield airbags cutoff switch on the driver side of the
instrument panel with which the driver can stop the operation of the function.
However, by operating this cutoff switch and while the roll sensing of the curtain shield airbag control
6
is OFF, and when the airbag sensor assembly judges to operate the side and curtain shield airbag
system in the event of side collision, it is no need to prohibit this operation.
" Rollover Detection A
(a) (b) Airbag Sensor Assembly LH and RH Curtain

Shield Airbag
Roll Rate Sensor 1
Roll Rate Sensor 2

Front LH and RH
Lateral Deceleration Sensor
230LX71
" Side Collision and Rollover Detection A

Curtain Shield
Airbag Sensor
Assembly*
Side Airbag of Collision
Side*
(b) Airbag Sensor Assembly
Roll Rate Sensor 1

LH and RH Curtain Shield
Roll Rate Sensor 2 Airbag
Lateral Deceleration
Sensor
(c) Front LH and RH
Side and Curtain
Shield Airbag
Sensor Assembly*
230LX72
2) Roll Sensing of Curtain Shield Airbags Cutoff Switch

D The roll sensing of curtain shield airbags cutoff switch is mounted on the driver side of the instrument
panel.
D Pressing this switch longer than 2 seconds, it enables to cut off the operation of the roll sensing of the
curtain shield airbags control.
D This switch is a momentary type. Each time when the ignition switch is turned ON, in spite of the
condition selected previously, roll sensing of the curtain shield airbags control will return to ON
condition.
D When this switch is turned ON, an indicator light in the combination meter illuminates to inform the
driver that the operation of the roll sensing of curtain shield airbags control has been disabled.
RSCA Cutoff
Indicator Light
RSCA* Cutoff Switch
229LC184
LHD Model
*: RSCA (Roll Sensing of Curtain Shield Airbags)

Front Airbag Sensor Assembly

D The front airbag sensor assembly is mounted on the radiator support.
D The deceleration sensor is enclosed in the front airbag sensor assembly based on the deceleration of the
vehicle that occurs during a front collision. The distortion that is created in the sensor is converted into
an electric signal. Accordingly, the extent of the initial collision can be detected in detail.
Diagnosis Function
The following DTC is newly added.

B1180/ 17 Short in D squib (2nd step) circuit B0100/ 43 Short in side squib (RH) circuit
B1181/ 18 Open in D squib (2nd step) circuit B0111 / 44 Open in side squib (RH) circuit
Short in D squib (2nd step) circuit Short in side squib (LH) circuit
B1182/ 19 B0117/ 45
(to ground) (to ground)
Short in D squib (2nd step) circuit Short in side squib (LH) circuit
B1183/ 22 B0118/ 46
(to B+) (to B+)
Seat position sensor assembly
B1153/ 25 B0115/ 47 Short in side squib (LH) circuit
malfunction 6
Seat belt buckle switch (RH)
*1B0121/ 26 B0116/ 48 Open in side squib (LH) circuit
malfunction
Seat belt buckle switch (RH) Short in P squib (2nd step) circuit
*1B0122/ 26 B1187/ 55
malfunction (to ground)
Seat belt buckle switch (LH) Short in P squib (2nd step) circuit
*2B0126/ 27 B1188/ 56
malfunction (to B+)
Seat belt buckle switch (LH)
*2B0127/ 27 B1185/ 57 Short in P squib (2nd step) circuit
malfunction
RSCA*3 cutoff indicator light
B1628/ 29 B1186/ 58 Open in P squib (2nd step) circuit
malfunction
Side airbag sensor assembly (RH) Short in curtain shield airbag
B1140/ 32 B1162/ 81
malfunction (RH) circuit (to ground)
Side airbag sensor assembly (LH) Short in curtain shield airbag
B1141/ 33 B1163/ 82
malfunction (RH) circuit (to B+)
Front airbag sensor (RH) Short in curtain shield airbag
B1148/ 36 B1160/ 83
malfunction (RH) squib circuit
Front airbag sensor (LH) Open in curtain shield airbag
B1149/ 37 B1161/ 84
malfunction (RH) squib circuit
Curtain shield airbag sensor Short in curtain shield airbag
B1154/ 38 B1167/ 85
assembly (RH) malfunction (LH) circuit (to ground)
Curtain shield airbag sensor Short in curtain shield airbag
B1155/ 39 B1168/ 86
assembly (LH) malfunction (LH) circuit (to B+)
Short in side squib (RH) circuit Short in curtain shield airbag
B0112/ 41 B1165/ 87
(to ground) (LH) squib circuit
Short in side squib (RH) circuit Open in curtain shield airbag
B0113/ 42 B1166/ 88
(to B+) (LH) squib circuit
*1: Only for RHD model
*2: Only for LHD model
*3: RSCA (Roll sensing of curtain shield airbags)
JPOWER SEAT SYSTEM (Only for Europe Model)

1. General
D Infrared communication has been newly adopted between the driver seat ECU that is used in the power
seat system and the power seat operation switch. As a result, the number of parts have been reduced.
D When the driver operates the power seat switch, this switch emits an infrared operation signal from the
infrared emitter that is located in the power seat switch. Then, the receiver that is located in the seat ECU
receives this signal in order to actuate the motor.
D In the event that a malfunction occurs during infrared communication, this system has a failsafe function
to only slide the seat.
" System Diagram A

Motor
B
E
Power Seat Infrared Rays

Switch Seat ECU
FS
Wiring Harness for Failsafe 230LX76
Infrared Rays
Infrared Ray Infrared Ray

Receiver Emitter
Front
Front
Power Seat Switch
Seat ECU
Infrared Ray
Receiver
LHD Model 230LX77
JPOWER SEAT SYSTEM (Only for Europe Model)

1. General
D Infrared communication has been newly adopted between the driver seat ECU that is used in the power
seat system and the power seat operation switch. As a result, the number of parts have been reduced.
D When the driver operates the power seat switch, this switch emits an infrared operation signal from the
infrared emitter that is located in the power seat switch. Then, the receiver that is located in the seat ECU
receives this signal in order to actuate the motor.
D In the event that a malfunction occurs during infrared communication, this system has a failsafe function
to only slide the seat.
" System Diagram A

Motor
B
E
Power Seat Infrared Rays

Switch Seat ECU
FS
Wiring Harness for Failsafe 230LX76
Infrared Rays
Infrared Ray Infrared Ray

Receiver Emitter
Front
Front
Power Seat Switch
Seat ECU
Infrared Ray
Receiver
LHD Model 230LX77
JAUDIO SYSTEM
1. RSAS (Rear Seat Audio System)
General
D An RSAS (Rear Seat Audio System) has been adopted as optional equipment on the model for Europe.
D In this system, a rear audio control panel is provided behind the center console. By using headphones
on this panel, the rear seat occupants can listen to an audio mode different from the one that is currently
selected in the front head unit.
D The table below shows the modes that can be selected with this system.
Rear Radio
OFF Cassette CD Changer
Front AM FM
OFF f f f f f
AM f f* — f f
Radio
FM f — f* f f
Cassette f f f f f
CD Changer f f f f f 6
*: It is not possible to tune to a different radio station between the front and rear seats.
System Diagram
Speaker
Navigation ECU
AVC-LAN
Audio
Amplifier RGB Signal
Steering
Rear Audio
Wheel Audio Head Unit
Control Panel Multi Display*1
Pad Switch*2
Sound Signal Local

AVC-LAN
Sound Signal
CD Changer
229LC157
*1: Optional Equipment for Europe

*2: Optional Equipment for All Models
Rear Audio Control Panel
229LC158
2. Steering Pad Switch

D The steering wheel with steering pad switch has been adopted as optional equipment on the VX grade.
D The audio control switches with a high use frequency have located on the steering pad in the form of
steering pad switches to improve the ease of use.
Steering Pad Switch
230LX90
Rear Audio Control Panel
229LC158
2. Steering Pad Switch

D The steering wheel with steering pad switch has been adopted as optional equipment on the VX grade.
D The audio control switches with a high use frequency have located on the steering pad in the form of
steering pad switches to improve the ease of use.
Steering Pad Switch
230LX90

1. Model Line-up
A442F Automatic Transmission of the 1HD-FTE Engine on the Europe model has been discontinued and
the A750F Automatic Transmission has been re-introduced.
2. Exterior
STD and GX Grade
VX Grade 258LC04
3. Interior
The steering wheel of the 5-speed automatic transmission mode has been changed from urethane to a
leather-wrapped type.
4. All Engines
The TOYOTA genuine Super Long Life Coolant (SLLC) has been adopted. As result, the maintenance inter-
val has been extended.
5. A750F Automatic Transmission

The following areas of the A750F automatic transmission have been changed.
D Fluid type has been changed from the ATF type T-IV to the ATF WS. For details, see page 291.
D ATF level detection mechanism has been adopted. For details, see page 292.
6. Brake Control System

(ABS with EBD, Brake Assist, A-TRC and VSC System)
D The brake control system (ABS with EBD, Brake Assist, A-TRC and VSC system) has been added to the
models equipped with the 1HD-FTE engine and 5-speed automatic transmission for Australia and Europe,
It is available as a set with the VGRS (Variable Gear Ratio Steering) system on the models equipped with
the 1HD-FTE engine and 5-speed automatic transmission for Europe.
D Along with the changes made to the skid control ECU, the diagnosis detection performance has been
improved.
7. Rear No.1 Seat

A CRS tether anchor bracket for securing a child seat has been provided on the Europe model.
CRS Tether anchor bracket
258LC05
8. Wind Washer System 5

The inlet of the washer tank has been widened in order to shorten the length of time it takes to fill the washer
tank.
9. Headlight Leveling System

The headlight leveling system has been added to the models for Saudi Arabia, expect for the model with the
active height control suspension and skyhook TEMS (Toyota Electronic Modulated Suspension).
10. Heater Control Panel

An outside temperature indication function has been added to the heater control panel on the GX and STD
grades for the G.C.C. countries.
Outside Temperature Indication
258LC08

D VSC and VGRS (Variable Gear Ratio Steering) indicators have been added to the 1HD-FTE engine model
for Europe.
D A VSC indicator has been added to the 1HD-FTE engine model for Australia.
D Along with the new provision of the 5-speed automatic transmission on the 1HD-FTE engine model for
Europe, the shift indicator in the combination meter has been changed for 5-speed application.
12. Multi Display

D The multi display contains an updated navigation system in which new functions have been added.
D A hands-free function that supports the Bluetooth communication protocol has been newly added in the
multi display.
13. Rear View Monitor System
The rear view monitor system has been newly added as an option in Europe.
LAND CRUISER (100 series) – MODEL CODE 287
MODEL CODE
UZJ100 L–G N A E K W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

M: 5-Speed Manual, Floor
CODE ENGINE FRONT 5 P : 4-Speed Automatic, Floor
SUSPENSION
A: 5-Speed Automatic, Floor
FZJ100 1FZ-FE
1 1
UZJ100 2UZ-FE IFS*
(Double Wishbone)
HDJ100 1HD-FTE GRADE
FZJ105 1FZ-FE RFS*2 R: STD
HZJ105 1HZ (Leading Arm) 6 N: GX 5
E : VX

2 L: Left-Hand Drive ENGINE SPECIFICATION
R: Right-Hand Drive K: DOHC and EFI
7 S: Diesel
Z: Multi Valve, Turbocharger and EFI
BODY TYPE
3
G: Station Wagon
DESTINATION
W: Europe
BACK DOOR TYPE 8 Q: Australia
4 C: Swing Back Door V: G.C.C. (Gulf Cooperation Council)
N: Lift-up Back Door Countries

288 LAND CRUISER (100 series) – MODEL LINE-UP
MODEL LINE-UP
: New

Area Europe
Item
Vehicle Grade VX
Model Code UZJ100R-GNAEKW UZJ100L-GNAEKW HDJ100R-GNMEZW HDJ100R-GNAEZW
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 5
Height mm (in.) 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, *3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, *3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, *3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, 3
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 10
Length mm (in.) 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4
Width mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Room
Height mm (in.) 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15
Length mm (in.) 335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4
Height mm (in.) 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
Front kg (lb) 1190 - 1340 (2623 - 2954) 1190 - 1340 (2623 - 2954) 1350 - 1495 (2976 - 3296) 1355 - 1430 (2987 - 3153)
Total kg (lb) 2270 - 2475 (5004 - 5456) 2270 - 2475 (5004 - 5456) 2445 - 2640 (5390 - 5820) 2460 - 2610 (5423 - 5754)
Front kg (lb) — — — — 25
Total kg (lb) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
Fuel Tank Capacity (Imp.gal.) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1)
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 180 (112) 180 (112) 170 (105) 180 (112) 30
1st Gear km / h (mph) 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 14 (9)*5, 35 (22)*6 18 (11)*5, 44 (27)*6
Performance
4th Gear km / h (mph) — — 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 — 35
Tire m (ft.) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
Engine

Fuel System EFI EFI Distributor Type Distributor Type
Max. Output kW/ rpm 175 / 4800 (EEC) 175 / 4800 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 434 / 3400 (EEC) 434 / 3400 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC)
12-55, 64*7 12-55, 64*7 12-55 x 2, 64 x 2*7 12-55 x 2, 64 x 2*7
Electrical

Engine
Alternator Output Watts 960 960 960, 1440*7 960, 1440*7

Clutch Type — — Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm — 50
In First 3.520 3.520 4.081 3.520
In Second 2.042 2.042 2.294 2.042
Ratio In Fourth 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.716 0.716 0.881 0.716
In Reverse 3.224 3.224 4.313 3.224
Chassis

Brake Type
Proportioning Valve Type P & B Valve, -*16 P & B Valve, -*16 P & B Valve P & B Valve 65
Suspension Type
Front Standard Standard Standard Standard
Stabilizer Bar
Rear Standard Standard Standard Standard
Europe Australia
VX STD GX VX
HDJ100L-GNMEZW HDJ100L-GNAEZW HDJ100L-GCMRZW UZJ100R-GNMNKQ UZJ100R-GNANKQ UZJ100R-GNAEKQ
5 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1 4890 (192.5)*1
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, *3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, *3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2, *3 1890 (74.4) 1890 (74.4) 1890 (74.4)
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17
10 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17
2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 2505 (98.6)
1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1620 (63.8)
1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15
335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4 335 (13.2)*4 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 335 (13.2)
15 — — — — — —
995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 1665 (41.9) 1665 (41.9) 995 (39.2)
895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2)
1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1350 - 1495 (2976 - 3296)
1095 - 1145 (2414 - 2524)
1355 - 1430 (2987 - 3153)
1105 - 1180 (2436 - 2601)
1375 - 1405 (3031 - 3097)
1060 - 1100 (2337 - 2425)
1245 - 1265 (2745 - 2789)
1060 - 1080 (2337 - 2381)
1260 - 1280 (2778 - 2822)
1065 - 1085 (2348 - 2392)
1290 - 1305 (2844 - 2877)*20
1190 - 1215 (2623 - 2679)*20 5
2445 - 2640 (5390 - 5820) 2460 - 2610 (5423 - 5754) 2435 - 2505 (5368 - 5523) 2305 - 2345 (5082 - 5170) 2325 - 2365 (5126 - 5214) 2480 - 2520 (5467 - 5556)*20
25 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)
— — — — — —
30 170 (105) 180 (112) 170 (105) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112)
— — — —
14 (9)*5, 35 (22)*6 18 (11)*5, 44 (28)*6 14 (9)*5, 35 (22)*6 17 (11)*5, 40 (25)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6
26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6 35 (22)*5, 85 (53)*6 26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6 29 (18)*5, 72 (45)*6 33 (20)*5, 81 (50)*6 33 (20)*5, 81 (50)*6
39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 — 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 45 (28)*5, 111 (69)*6 — —
35 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 — 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 67 (42)*5, 165 (102)*6 — —
5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
40 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31)
4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4664 (284.5) 4664 (284.5) 4664 (284.5)
18.5 : 1 18.5 : 1 18.8 : 1 9.6 : 1 9.6 : 1 9.6 : 1
48 or higher 48 or higher 48 or higher 91 or higher 91 or higher 91 or higher
45 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET)
430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET) 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET) 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET)
12-55 x 2, 64 x 2*7 12-55 x 2, 64 x 2*7 12-64 x 2 12-55 12-55 12-55
960, 1440*7 960, 1440*7 1440 1200 1200 1200
3.0 3.0 3.0 1.4 1.4 1.4
50 Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm — Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm — —
H151F A750F H151F H151F A750F A750F
4.081 3.520 4.081 4.081 3.520 3.520
2.294 2.042 2.294 2.294 2.042 2.042
1.490 1.400 1.490 1.490 1.400 1.400
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.881 0.716 0.881 0.881 0.716 0.716
4.313 3.224 4.313 4.313 3.224 3.224
1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488
3.909 / 3.909 4.100 / 4.100 3.909 / 3.909 4.300 / 4.300 4.100 / 4.100 4.100 / 4.100
60 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5”
65 P & B Valve P & B Valve P & B Valve P & B Valve P & B Valve P & B Valve
Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3
*14: With AHC -50 mm (2.0 in.) *17: With 235 / 85R16 Tire *20: Seating Capacity : 8
*15: With Moon Roof *18: With VGRS
*16: With VSC *19: Separate Seat, Seating Capacity : 5
Area Australia
Item
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 5
Height mm (in.) 1920 (75.6), 1915 (75.4)*8 1920 (75.6), 1915 (75.4)*8 1890 (74.4) 1890 (74.4)
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17 1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1)
Width mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
Room
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7)
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9)
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2)
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
Front kg (lb) 1195 - 1230 (2634 - 2712) 1205 - 1230 (2657 - 2712) 1330 - 1350 (2932 - 2976) 1355 - 1375 (2987 - 3031)
Total kg (lb) 2325 - 2385 (5126 - 5258) 2325 - 2370 (5126 - 5225) 2480 - 2520 (5467 - 5556) 2510 - 2550 (5534 - 5622)
Front kg (lb) — — — — 25
Total kg (lb) 3180 (7011) 3180 (7011) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 155 (96) 155 (96) 175 (109) 180 (112) 30
1st Gear km / h (mph) 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 14 (9)*5, 35 (22)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6
Performance
Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 —
4th Gear km / h (mph) 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 — 35
Tire m (ft.) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0)
Engine

Fuel System Distributor Type Distributor Type Distributor Type Distributor Type
Max. Output kW/ rpm 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 45
Max. Torque N.m / rpm 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC)
Electrical
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. hr. 12-64 12-64 12-55 x 2 12-55 x 2
Engine

Clutch Type Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm — 50
In First 4.313 4.313 4.081 3.520
In Second 2.330 2.330 2.294 2.042
Ratio In Fourth 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.838 0.838 0.881 0.716
In Reverse 4.220 4.220 4.313 3.224
Chassis

Brake Type
Proportioning Valve Type LSP &BV LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 P & B Valve P & B Valve 65
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar
Steering Gear Type Rack & Pinion Recerculating Ball Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion 70

VX GX STD GX
5 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
890 (74.4) 1905 (75.0)*11, 1885 (74.2)*8, *11 1880 (74.0)*11 1880 (74.0)*11, 1860 (73.2)*8, *11 1880 (74.0)*11, 1860 (73.2)*8, *11 1880 (74.0)*11, 1860 (73.2)*8, *11
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1620 (63.8), 1640 (64.6)*17 1605 (63.2) 1640 (64.6) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8
10 1615 (63.6), 1635 (64.4)*17 1600 (63.0) 1635 (64.4) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8
2505 (98.6) — 1805 (71.1) — 1805 (71.1) —
1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)
335 (13.2) — 1085 (42.7) — 1085 (42.7) —
15 — — — — — —
995 (39.2) — 1065 (41.9) — 1065 (41.9) —
895 (35.2) 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1
1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1405 - 1415 (3097 - 3120)*20
1240 - 1265 (2734 - 2789)*20
1215 - 1310 (2679 - 2888)
1095 - 1275 (2414 - 2811)
1175 - 1255 (2590 - 2767)
1110 - 1225 (2447 - 2701)
1195 - 1295 (2635 - 2855)
1095 - 1290 (2414 - 2844)
1185 - 1290 (2612 - 2844)
1120 - 1280 (2469 - 2822)
1225 - 1325 (2701 - 2921)
1100 - 1295 (2425 - 2855) 5
2645 - 2680 (5831 - 5908)*20 2310 - 2585 (5093 - 5699) 2285 - 2480 (5038 - 5467) 2290 - 2585 (5049 - 5699) 2305 - 2570 (5082 - 5666) 2325 - 2620 (5126 - 5776)
25 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
3260 (7187) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
— — — — — —
30 180 (112) 155 (96) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112)
— — — — — —
16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 21 (13)*5, 51 (31)*6
27 (17)*5, 67 (42)*6 25 (16)*5, 60 (37)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6
— 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 —
35 — 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 —
6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
40 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74)
4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1)
18.8 : 1 22.4 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1
45 150 / 3400 (EEC) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 161 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 161 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 161 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 155 / 4600 (SAE-NET)
430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 116 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 116 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 116 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 113 / 3600 (SAE-NET)
12-55 x 2 12-55, 12-64 x 2*7 12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55
1440 840, 960*7 960 960, 1200*7 960, 1200*7 960, 1200*7
3.0 2.5, 3.0*7 1.4 1.4 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4
50 — Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm —
A750F R151F H151F H151F H151F A442F
3.520 4.313 4.081 4.081 4.081 2.950
2.042 2.330 2.294 2.294 2.294 1.530
1.400 1.436 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.000
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.765
0.716 0.838 0.881 0.881 0.881 —
3.224 4.220 4.313 4.313 4.313 2.678
1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488
3.909 / 3.909 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300
60 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5”
17.3 18.59 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3
*14: With AHC -50 mm (2.0 in.) *19: Separate Seat, Seating Capacity : 5
*15: With Moon Roof *20: Seating Capacity : 8
*16: With VSC
Area G.C.C. Countries

Item
Vehicle Grade GX VX
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*1, *10 4890 (192.5)*1, *10, *12 4890 (192.5)*1, *10, *12 4890 (192.5)*1, *10, *12 5
Height mm (in.) 1880 (74.0)*11, 1860 (73.2)*8, *11 1860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3, *11 1860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3, *11 1860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3, *11
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) — 2505 (98.6) —
Width mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Room
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3) 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) — 335 (13.2) —
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) — 995 (39.2) —
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1, *12 895 (35.2)*1, *12 895 (35.2)*1, *12
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
Front kg (lb) 1215 - 1320 (2679 - 2910) 1230 - 1345 (2712 - 2965) 1240 - 1345 (2734 - 2965) 1240 - 1365 (2734 - 3009)
Total kg (lb) 2345 - 2610 (5170 - 5754) 2320 - 2620 (5115 - 5776) 2320 - 2650 (5115 - 5842) 2330 - 2630 (5137 - 5798)
Front kg (lb) — — — — 25
Total kg (lb) 3160 (6967) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112) 30
1st Gear km / h (mph) 21 (13)*5, 51 (31)*6 17 (11)*5, 40 (25)*6 17 (11)*5, 40 (25)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6
Performance
Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) — 45 (28)*5, 111 (69)*6 45 (28)*5, 111 (69)*6 —
4th Gear km / h (mph) — 67 (42)*5, 165 (102)*6 67 (42)*5, 165 (102)*6 — 35
Tire m (ft.) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
Engine

Fuel System EFI EFI EFI EFI
Max. Output kW/ rpm 155 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 45
Electrical
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. hr. 12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55
Engine

Starter Output kW 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4 1.4 1.4
Clutch Type — Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm — 50
In First 2.950 4.081 4.081 3.520
In Second 1.530 2.294 2.294 2.042
Ratio In Fourth 0.765 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth — 0.881 0.881 0.716
In Reverse 2.678 4.313 4.313 3.224
Chassis

Brake Type
Proportioning Valve Type LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9, -*16 65
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar

Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) VX Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)
VX STD GX STD
UZJ100L-GNAEKV FZJ105L–GCMRK FZJ105L–GCMNK FZJ105–GNMNK FZJ105R–GNMNK HZJ105R–GCMRS
5 4890 (192.5)*1, *10, *12 4890 (192.5)*1, *10 4890 (192.5)*1, *10 4890 (192.5)*1, *10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
860 (73.2)*11, 1850 (72.8)*3, *11 1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13 1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1920 (75.6)*2, *8, *11, 1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1920 (75.6)*2, *8, *11, 1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1920 (75.6)*2, *8, *11, 1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13
1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13 1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13 1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13 1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1620 (63.8) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2)
10 1615 (63.6) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0)
2505 (98.6) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1)
1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5)
335 (13.2) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7)
15 — — — — — —
995 (39.2) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9)
895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1
1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1250 - 1370 (2756 - 3020)
1080 - 1295 (2381 - 2855)
1160 - 1250 (2557 - 2756)
1090 - 1230 (2403 - 2712)
1170 - 1300 (2579 - 2866)
1080 - 1240 (2381 - 2739)
1165 - 1290 (2568 - 2844)
1090 - 1245 (2403 - 2745)
1165 - 1285 (2568 - 2833)
1090 - 1245 (2403 - 2745)
1200 - 1290 (2646 - 2844)
1080 - 1220 (2381 - 2690) 5
2330 - 2665 (5137 - 5875) 2250 - 2480 (4960 - 5467) 2250 - 2540 (4960 - 5660) 2255 - 2535 (4971 - 5589) 2255 - 2530 (4971 - 5578) 2280 - 2510 (5027 - 5534)
25 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
3260 (7187) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967)
6 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7
— — — — — —
30 180 (112) 175 (109) 175 (109) 175 (109) 175 (109) 155 (96)
— — — — — —
19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 16 (10)*5, 39 (24)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6
33 (20)*5, 81 (50)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 28 (17)*5, 70 (43)*6 25 (16)*5, 60 (37)*6
— 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 44 (27)*5, 107 (66)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6
35 — 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 65 (40)*5, 160 (99)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6
5.9 (19.4) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7)
6.3 (20.7) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0)
40 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 100.0 x 95.0 (3.97 x 3.74) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94)
4664 (284.5) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4164 (254.0)
9.6 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 9.0 : 1 22.4 : 1
45 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 165 / 4600 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET)
410 / 3400 (SAE-NET) 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 387 / 3600 (SAE-NET) 285 / 2200 (SAE-NET)
12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55, 64*7
960 960 960 960 960 840
1.4 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4, 2.0*7 1.4, 2.0*7 2.5
50 — Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm
A750F H151F H151F H151F H151F R151F
3.520 4.081 4.081 4.081 4.081 4.313
2.042 2.294 2.294 2.294 2.294 2.330
1.400 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.436
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.716 0.881 0.881 0.881 0.881 0.838
3.224 4.313 4.313 4.313 4.313 4.220
1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488
4.100 / 4.100 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300 4.300 / 4.300
60 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5”
65 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9, -*16 LSP & BV LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV
17.3 18.59 18.59 18.59 18.59 18.59
*15: With Moon Roof
*16: With VSC

Item
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 5
1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1920 (75.6)*2, *8, *11, 1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1920 (75.6)*2, *8, *11, 1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1920 (75.6)*2, *8, *11,
Height mm (in.) 1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13 1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13 1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13 1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1)
Width mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
Room
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7)
Cargo Space Width mm (in.) - — — — 15
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9)
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1 859 (35.2)*1 859 (35.2)*1
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
Front kg (lb) 1200 - 1300 (2646 - 2866) 1210 - 1340 (2668 - 2954) 1205 - 1330 ( 2657 - 2932) 1210 - 1340 (2668 - 2954)
Total kg (lb) 2280 - 2520 (5027 - 5556) 2300 - 2585 (5071 - 5699) 2305 - 2580 (5082 - 5688) 2300 - 2590 (5071 - 5710)
Front kg (lb) — — — — 25
Total kg (lb) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967)
Fuel Tank Capacity (Imp.gal.) 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7
Max. Speed km / h (mph) 155 (96) 155 (96) 155 (96) 155 (96) 30
1st Gear km / h (mph) 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6
Performance
Speed 3rd Gear km / h (mph) 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6
4th Gear km / h (mph) 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 35
Tire m (ft.) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7)
Min. Turning Radius
Body m (ft.) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0)
Engine

Max. Output kW/ rpm 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 45
12-55, 64*7, 64 x 2*7 12-55, 64*7 12-55, 64*7 12-55, 64*7, 64 x 2*7
Electrical

Engine

Clutch Type Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm 50
In First 4.313 4.313 4.313 4.313
In Second 2.330 2.330 2.330 2.330
Ratio In Fourth 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.838 0.838 0.838 0.838
In Reverse 4.220 4.220 4.220 4.220
Chassis

Brake Type
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar
General Countries
GX VX
HZJ105L-GNMNS UZJ100L-GNAEK HDJ100R-GNMEZ HDJ100L-GOMEZ HDJ100L-GNMEZ HDJ100L-GNAEZ
5 4890 (192.5)*1, 10 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12 4890 (192.5)*1, 10, 12
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1925 (75.8)*2, *11, 1920 (75.6)*2, *8, *11, 1920 (75.6)*2, *11, *14, 1920 (75.6)*2, *11, *14,
1930 (76.0)*2, *11, *13 1900 (74.8)*2, *8, *11, *14 1900 (74.8)*2, *8, *11, *14 1920 (75.6)*2, *11, 1900 (4.8)*2, *8, *11 1920 (75.6)*2, 11, 1900 (4.8)*2, 8, 11 1920 (75.6)*2, *11, 1900 (4.8)*2, *8, *11
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1605 (63.2) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*8
10 1600 (63.0) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*8
1805 (71.1) 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4 2505 (98.6)*4
1615 (63.6) 1620 (63.8)*4 1620 (63.8)*4 1620 (63.8)*4 1620 (63.8)*4 1620 (63.8)*4
1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*15 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*4
1085 (42.7) 335 (13.1)*4 335 (13.1)*4 335 (13.1)*4 335 (13.1)*4 335 (13.1)*4
15 — — — — — —
1065 (41.9) 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4 995 (39.2)*4
895 (35.2)*1 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12 895 (35.2)*1, 12
1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10 1145 (45.1)*10
— — — — — —
20 — — — — — —
— — — — — —
1205 - 1330 (2657 - 2932)
1100 - 1255 (2425 - 2767)
1220 - 1385 (2690 - 3053)
1110 - 1280 (2447 - 2822)
1280 - 1425 (2822 - 3142)*21
1120 - 1305 (2469 - 2877)*21
1280 - 1375 (2822 - 3031)
1150 - 1280 (2535 - 2822)
1280 - 1425 (2822 - 3142)
1120 - 1305 (2469 - 2877)
1320 - 1435 (2910 - 3164)
1120 - 1310 (2469 - 2888) 5
2305 - 2585 (5082 - 5699) 2330 - 2665 (5137 - 5875) 2400 - 2730 (5291 - 6019)*21 2430 - 2655 (5357 - 5853) 2400 - 2730 (5291 - 6019) 2440 - 2745 (5379 - 6052)
25
3160 (6967) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*7 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*7 96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*7 96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*7 96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*7
— — — — — —
30 155 (96) 180 (112) 175 (109) 175 (109) 175 (109) 180 (112)
— — — — — —
13 (8)*5, 32 (20)*6 19 (12)*5, 47 (29)*6 14 (19)*5, 35 (22)*6 14 (19)*5, 35 (22)*6 14 (19)*5, 35 (22)*6 14 (19)*5, 35 (22)*6
25 (16)*5, 60 (37)*6 33 (20)*5, 81 (50)*6 26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6 26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6 26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6 26 (16)*5, 63 (39)*6
40 (25)*5, 97 (60)*6 — 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6 39 (24)*5, 97 (60)*6
35 57 (35)*5, 140 (87)*6 — 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6 59 (37)*5, 144 (89)*6
6.0 (19.7) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
6.4 (21.0) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
40 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 84.0 (3.70 x 3.31) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94) 94.0 x 100.0 (3.70 x 3.94)
4164 (254.0) 4664 (284.5) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0)
22.4 : 1 9.6 : 1 18.8 : 1 18.8 : 1 18.8 : 1 18.8 : 1
45 96 / 3800 (SAE-NET) 170 / 4800 (SAE-NET) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC) 150 / 3400 (EEC)
285 / 2200 (SAE-NET) 410 / 3400 (SAE-NET) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430 / 1400 - 3200 (EEC)
12-55, 64*7, 64 x 2*7 12-55 12-55 x 2 12-55 x 2 12-55 x 2 12-55 x 2
840, 960*7 960 840, 960*7 960 840, 960*7 960
2.5 1.4 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
50 Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm — Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm —
R151F A750F H151F H151F H151F A750F
4.313 3.520 4.081 4.081 4.081 3.520
2.330 2.042 2.294 2.294 2.294 2.042
1.436 1.400 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.400
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.838 0.716 0.881 0.881 0.881 0.716
4.220 3.224 4.313 4.313 4.313 3.224
1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488 1.000 / 2.488
4.300 / 4.300 4.100 / 4.100 4.100 / 4.100 4.100 / 4.100 4.100 / 4.100 3.909 / 3.909
60 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5” 8” / 9.5”
65 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9, -*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*9
18.59 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3
*15: With Moon Roof *21: Bench Seat, Seating Capacity : 10
*16: With VSC
314 LAND CRUISER (100 series)
– MEMO –
JBRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM

(ABS with EBD, Brake Assist, A-TRC and VSC System)
D The conditions for detecting malfunctions in the speed sensor have been added to realize an excellent
malfunction detection performance.
D The TS terminal, which was located at the DLC1 and DLC3 connectors to enable the brake control system
to check the speed sensors, has been discontinued. Therefore, use a hand-held tester to check the speeds
sensors.
" Speed Sensor Malfunction Detection Conditions A

: New
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition
Detection of any of conditions 1. through 4.:
1. At vehicle speed of 10km / h(6 mph) or more, pulses are not input for 15 sec.
2. Momentary interruption of the speed sensor signal occurs at least 7 times in the time between 5
switching it OFF.
C0200 / 31
3. Continuous noise occurs into the speed sensor signals with the vehicle speed at 20 km / h
C0205 / 32
(12 mph) or more.
C0210 / 33
4. The condition that the speed sensor signal circuit is open continues for 0.12 sec. Or more.
C0215 / 34
5. ABS inactive.
6. Brake pedal released.
7. Parking brake lever disengaged.
8. Rear differential unlocked.
NEW FEATURES
JALL ENGINES
Cooling System
The TOYOTA genuine Super Long Life Coolant (SLLC) has been adopted. As result, the maintenance inter-
val has been extended. The following chart for all engine model.
" Specifications for Europe A
Model New Previous

Without Rear
14.8 (15.6, 13.0) z
2UZ-FE Automatic Heater
Engine Transmission With Rear
15.3 (16.2, 13.5) z
Heater
Capacity
Without Rear and
13.2 (14.0, 11.6) z 5
Manual power Heater
Liters
(US qts, Transmission Rear Heater 13.7 (14.5, 12.1) z
1HD-
1HD
Imp. qts) Power Heater 14.2 (15.0, 12.6) z
FTE
Without Rear and
Engine Engine 12.8 (13.5, 11.3) z
Automatic power Heater
Coolant
Transmission Rear Heater 13.3 (14.1, 12.1) z
Power Heater 13.8 (14.6, 12.2) z
TOYOTA Genuine TOYOTA Genuine
Type
(SLLC) (LLC)
Color Pink Red
160,000 km 60,000km
First time
Maintenance (100,000 mile) (37,500 mile)
Intervals Every 80,000 km Every 30,000km
Subsequent
(50,000 mile) (18,000 mile)
D SLLC is pre-mixed (50% coolant and 50% distilled water), so no dilution is needed when adding or
replacing SLLC in the vehicle.
D If LLC is mixed with SLLC, the interval for LLC (every 30,000 km / 18,000 mile or 24 months) should
be used.
D You can also apply the new maintenance interval (every 80,000 km / 50,000 mile) to vehicles initially
filled with LLC (red-colored), if you use SLLC (pink-colored) for the coolant change.
" Australia, G.C.C. and General countries Specifications A
Model New Previous

Without Rear
15.2 (16.1,13.4) z
Manual Heater
Transmission With Rear
15.7 (16.6, 13.8) z
2UZ-FE Heater
Engine Without Rear
14.8 (15.6, 13.0) z
Automatic Heater
15.3 (16.2, 13.5) z
Heater
G.C.C countries 13.9 (14.7, 12.2) z
Without
Rear 13.8 (14.7, 12.3) z
Manual
1FZ-FE Heater
Transmission Other
Capacity Engine With
Liters Rear 14.3 (15.1, 12.6) z
(US pts, Heater
Imp.
Imp qts)
Automatic Transmission 14.0 z
Engine Without Rear and

Manual 13.2 (14.0, 11.6) z
Coolant power Heater
Transmission
1HD-FTE Rear Heater 13.7 (14.5, 12.1) z
Engine Without Rear and
Automatic 12.8 (13.5, 11.3) z
power Heater
Transmission
Rear Heater 13.3 (14.1, 12.1) z
Without Rear
12.9 z
Manual Heater
1HZ
Engine 13.4 z
Heater
Automatic Transmission — z
TOYOTA Genuine TOYOTA Genuine
Type
(SLLC) (LLC)
Color Pink Red
160,000 km Every 40,000km
First time
(100,000 mile) (25,000 mile) or 24
Maintenance Intervals
Every 80,000 km months Whichever
Subsequent
(50,000 mile) come first
D SLLC is pre-mixed (50% coolant and 50% distilled water), so no dilution is needed when adding or
replacing SLLC in the vehicle.
D If LLC is mixed with SLLC, the interval for LLC (every 40,000 km / 25,000 mile or 24 months) should
be used.
D You can also apply the new maintenance interval (every 80,000 km / 50,000 mile) to vehicles initially
filled with LLC (red-colored), if you use SLLC (pink-colored) for the coolant change.
JA750F AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
1. ATF WS
D The T-IV type ATF (Automatic Transmission Fluid) of the A750F automatic transmission on the previous
Land Cruiser has been changed to the WS type on the new Land Cruiser. The reduced viscosity in the
practical operating temperature range of the ATF WS enables to reduce drag loss and improve fuel
economy.
D The ATF WS is not interchangeable with other types of ATF (ATF type T-IV, or D-II).
ATF Type T-IV

Viscosity ATF Type WS
Reduced
Viscosity
High 5
High Temperature
259LSK03
Service Tip
If a vehicle with a transmission filled with ATF WS is replenished with other type of ATF, the vehicle
might not start off at extremely low temperatures. However, it will start off after it has been warmed
up for a few minutes.
2. ATF Filling Procedures

D The ATF level gauge (dip-stick) has been discontinued, and the ATF inspection method and the oil level
inspection method have been changed.
D This mechanism consists of a refill plug, overflow plug, ATF temperature sensor No.2, and A/T OIL
TEMP warning light.
Service Tip
ATF Filling procedures using SST (09843-18020):
When a large amount of ATF needs to be filled (i. e. after removal and installation of oil pan or torque
converter), perform the procedure from step 1. When the small amount of ATF is required (i. e. removal
and installation of the oil cooler tube, repair of oil leak), perform the procedure from step 7.
1) Raise the vehicle keeping it level.
2) Remove the refill plug and overflow plug.
3) Fill ATF from the refill plug until it overflows from the overflow plug.
4) Install the overflow plug.
5) Fill the specified amount of ATF determined by procedure and install the refill plug.
D Example
Procedure Amount Liters (US qts, Imp.qts)
Removal and installation of an oil pan (including oil drainage) 1.7 (1.80, 1.50)
Removal and installation of a transmission valve body 4.3 (4.54, 3,78)
Replacement of a torque converter 5.4 (5.70, 4.75)
6) Lower the vehicle down.

7) Use the SST (09843-18020) to short the terminals Tc and CG of the DLC3 connector:
8) Start the engine and allow it to idle.
D A/C switch must be turned OFF.
9) Move the shift lever slowly through each of the positions from the P to the L position, and move
it back to the P position.
10) Move the shift lever from the D position, and quickly move then back and forth between N and
D (once per less than 1.5 seconds) for at least six seconds. This will activate the oil temperature
detection mode.
Standard: The A/T OIL TEMP warning light remains illuminated for 2 seconds and it goes off.
11) Return the shift lever to the P position and disconnect the terminal Tc.
12) Idle the engine to raise the oil temperature.
13) Immediately after the ATF OIL TEMP warning light turns on, lift the vehicle up.
D The A/T OIL TEMP warning light will indicate the ATF temperature according to the following
table. (Insert table here)
Below proper Proper More than proper
ATF Temp.
ATF temperature ATF temperature ATF temperature
A/T OIL TEMP
Turn OFF Turn ON Blinking
Warning light
14) Remove the overflow plug and adjust oil quantity.

D If the ATF overflows, go to step 17, and if the ATF does not overflow, go to step 15.
15) Remove the refill plug.
16) Fill ATF to the refill plug until it flows out from the overflow plug.
17) When the ATF flow slows to a trickle, install the overflow plug.
18) Install the refill plug (only if the refill plug has been removed).
19) Lower the vehicle down.
20) Turn the ignition switch OFF to stop the engine.
For details about the ATF Filling procedures, see the Land Cruiser Repair Manual (Pub. No.
RM1072E)
JMULTI DISPLAY
1. General
D The design of the screen has been improved in the navigation system in order to improve its visibility.
Furthermore, new functions have been added for improved convenience.
D On the Europe model, a voice recognition function has been adopted in the multi display to enable the user
to turn the air conditioner ON/OFF and set its temperature.
This function recognizes voice commands in English and German.
" System Diagram A
: AVC-LAN
Microphone
Speaker : BEAN
Multi Display
D Onboard Gateway ECU
Navigation Television
Bluetooth
ECU Camera
Unit
ECU
RGB* RGB*
A/C ECU
*: RGB (Red Green Blue) D A/C Operation

Signal
257LC06
Multi Display
Gateway ECU
A/C ECU
Microphone
Navigation ECU
Speaker
Television Camera ECU

257LC14
3. Navigation System
The new Land Cruiser has the GPS voice navigation system functions listed below
:New function
Item Function
Enables smooth scrolling by connecting the touch points on the
Linear Touch Scroll
screen.
Scrolls the center of the cursor forward and reverse constantly along
On-route Scroll
the route.
Displays the map so that the direction of the route progression head
Heading Up
up during route guidance.
Depending on the position of the headlight switch, the screen
Map Color Change
changes to the day mode or night mode.
Displays a map in the direction of travel of the vehicle in an enlarged
Front Wide
form. (Heading up only)
Multi-step Scale Display Changes and displays the map scale in 13 stages.
Changes the scale of the map to the desired scale without the basic
Step-less Scale Display
13 steps.
Map Direct Scale Change Directly selects and displays the map scale.
Display
Split-view Display Displays different modes on a screen that is split into two views.
Points-of-Interest Display Displays selected types of marks on the map.
Road Number Sign Board
Displays the road number on the map.
Display
Displays the direction of travel and detailed data of the present
Compass Mode Screen
location.
RDS-TMC info. Indication Receives FM multiplex broadcasts and displays traffic information
(for Europe model) on the map screen.
Map Coverage info Screen Displays the map area that is recorded on DVD.
Whole Route Function Changes the display scale of the map screen and displays the whole
(except for Australia model) route.
Street Name Indication on Displays the street name and the city name even when the map
Scrolled Map screen is being scrolled.
Stores 20 locations of coordinates, names and times that have been
Last Destination Memory
set as destinations in the past.
Hybrid Points-of-interest Narrows the search by names of the points-of-interest, category, and
Search areas.
Points-of-interest Pinpoint
Pinpoints and displays the position of the point-of-interest.
Display
House Number Search Searches for a house number.
Special Memory Point Sets a pre-registered point as a destination point while driving.
Destination Nearest Point-of-interest

Searches nearest points-of-interest and displays a list.
Search Search List Display
By specifying two streets, the point at which they intersect is set as
Intersection Search
the destination point. (only for the intersections of trunk roads)
Motorway Entrance / Searches for the destination by the name of the street that connects
Exit Search to a Motorway entrance / exit.
Coordinate Search User can input destination like a oasis in the desert etc.
Telephone Number Search
Searches a facility by its telephone number.
(except for Australia model)
POI, Brand Icon Indication
Displays icons for points of interest.
(Continued)
Item Function
Multiple Destination Sets multiple destinations. It can also rearrange the sequence of the
Setting destinations.
Route Search Searches for multiple routes.
Search Condition
Searches for the recommended, shortest, and other routes.
Designation
Regulated Road
Performs search while considering regulated roads.
Consideration
Route
Avoidance Area Avoids a designated area and searches a route.
Search
Route Search Considering
Traffic info. Searches for a route that detours traffic congestion.
(for Europe model)
Motorway Mode Screen Displays information on facilities in the vicinity of the motorway
Border Guidance
exits and entrances.
5
Displays a border mark when crossing a border.
Destination Direction Uses arrows along the road to display the direction of the destination
Arrow Display during route guidance.
Uses arrows to display the direction of the destination during
Off-Route Arrow Display
off-route.
Guidance that renders the entry and exit into a rotary as a single
Roundabout Guidance
branching point.
Right or Left Turn Guidance Voice guidance to instruct the direction of travel to be taken.
Motorway Direction of Voice guidance to instruct the direction of travel to take on the
Guidance
Travel Guidance Motorway.
Distance DisplayDestination Displays the distance from the present location to the destination.
Motorway Branch Type
Specimen Guidance Type specimen for guidance to a Motorway branch.
Intersection Map Display Intersection map appears approaching an intersection.
Turn List Display Displays a turn list on the right side of the two-screen display.
Calendar Anniversary or appointment dates can be input and displayed.
4. Bluetooth Hands Free System
General
Bluetooth is a short-distance, high-speed wireless data communication system that uses the 2.4 GHz
frequency band prescribed by the Bluetooth SIG (Special Interest Group).
Through the use of the Bluetooth communication protocol, various computer and communication devices
can exchange wireless audio or data communication without relying on any cables.
D On the new Land Cruiser, an onboard Bluetooth unit has been integrated in the multi display.
D This enables hands free communication with bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone.
" System Diagram A
Overhead
Console Speaker
Multi Display
Micro- D Onboard Navigation
phone Bluetooth ECU
Unit
Bluetooth-Compatible
Cellular Telephone
257LC07
" Specification A
Item Specifications
Communication Distance Approximate 10 meter radius
Number of devices
1 device (Registration, max 4 phones)
connected simultaneously
Use frequency range 2.45 GHz (ISM band range)
Layout of Main Components
Microphone
Steering Pad
Switch
Onboard
Bluetooth Unit
Speaker
5
257LC08
" Function of Main Components A
Item Outline
The onboard Bluetooth unit consists of an antenna and a module. The
module contains an interface to connect the onboard Bluetooth unit
Onboard Bluetooth Unit
to the multi display. Another function of the module is to process the
data that is being transmitted or received by the antenna.
Contains “on-hook” and “off-hook” switches for operating the
Steering Pad Switch
telephone.
Microphone These items are used by an occupant in the vehicle to operate the
hands free function while talking with another person on the cellular
hands-free
Speaker telephone.
Operation Procedure
D When making a phone call, select a person to call while keeping bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone
in a bag or a shirt pocket. The number is transmitted by the multi display or the steering pad switch to
converse with another person on the cellular telephone circuit via bluetooth communication.
D Unlike in the past, it is not necessary to connect the cellular telephone with the onboard Bluetooth unit.
Also, because Bluetooth communication connects automatically, no complex setups are required to use
it each time. However, a Bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone must be registered initially with the
onboard device.
257LC01
Procedures for Registering, Selecting, and Deleting Bluetooth-Compatible Cellular

Telephones
1) General
D To use the hands-free function, a Bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone must be registered with the
onboard device.
D Once a Bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone has been registered, it connects automatically so that
it can be used subsequently for making hands-free telephone calls. A maximum of four
Bluetooth-compatible cellular telephones can be registered with an onboard Bluetooth unit.
2) Procedure for Registering Cellular Telephones

D On the “Settings” screen of the multi
display, press the “Entry” button.
257LC09
D A screen appears, prompting you to enter

the Bluetooth pass key on a cellular
telephone. Enter the pass key number,
which appears on the screen, on a
Bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone.
257LC10
D A connection will start once the Bluetooth

pass key number has been entered on a
Bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone.
When a connection is completed normally,
the device name of the Bluetooth-compatible
cellular telephone and the Bluetooth unit
address will appear on the screen. This 5
completes the registration process.
257LC11
3) Procedure for Switching Registered Cellular Telephones

D Up to four Bluetooth-compatible cellular
telephones can be registered on the onboard
Bluetooth unit. However, only one
Bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone can
connect automatically. To switch between
multiple Bluetooth-compatible cellular
telephones that have been registered on the
onboard unit, select the device name of the
Bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone on 257LC12
the “Select Telephone” screen. After

completing the foregoing selection, if you
wish to change the connection to another
Bluetooth-compatible cellular telephone,
perform a device selection again.
(The Bluetooth-compatible cellular
telephone that is registered last becomes
activated as default device.)
4) Procedure for Deleting Registered Cellular Telephones

D Perform the following procedure to delete the
registration data of Bluetooth-compatible
cellular telephones from the onboard
Bluetooth unit.
On the “Delete Telephone” screen, select the
device name that you wish to delete, and
press the “OK” button.
The registered data has been deleted from the
257LC13
registration list.
JREAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
1. General
D To assist the driver in parking the vehicle by monitoring the rear view, this system has a television camera
mounted on the back door to display the rearview of the vehicle on the multi display.
257LC02
" System Diagram A
Visual
Signal
Television Camera
AVC-LAN
Television Camera
Neutral Start Switch*1 Multi Display
ECU
RGB*3
Back-Up Light Switch*2
258LC01
*1: For Automatic Transaxle model

*2: For Manual Transaxle model
*3: RGB (Red Green Blue)

Multi Display
Television Camera
Television 5
Camera
ECU
Back-Up Light Switch*2
Neutral Start Switch*1
*1: For Automatic Transaxle model 258LC02

*2: For Manual Transaxle model
" Function of Main Components A
Item Function
D Mounted on the back door to transmit the rearview image of the vehicle
to the Television Camera ECU.
Television Camera
D A color video camera that uses a CCD (Charge Coupled Device) and a
wide-angle lens.
D Transmits video signals, which contain a composite of the rear view of
the vehicle taken with the television camera and the warning message,
Television Camera ECU to the multi display.
D Television camera ECU effects control of the system by receiving the
signal from the Neutral Start Switch (or Back-Up Light Switch).
Receives video signals containing a composite of the rear view of the
Multi Display vehicle and the warning message from the television camera ECU, and
displays on the multi display.
Neutral Start Switch (AT)
Transmits a reverse shift position signal to the Television camera ECU.
ECU
Back-Up Light Switch (MT)
3. Operation
1) General
D With the ignition switch ON, if the driver shifts the shift lever to reverse, the display of the multi
display switches to operate this system. In this state, if the driver moves the shift lever to a position
other than reverse, or switches the modes on the multi display, the rear view display stops and switches
to the display of another mode.
CAUTION
D Never depend on the rear view monitor system entirely when backing up. Always make sure
your intended path is clear. Use caution, just as you would when backing up any vehicle.
D Never back up while locking only at the screen. The image on the screen is different from
actual conditions. Depicted distances between objects and flat surfaces will differ from actual
distance. If you back up while looking only at the screen, you may hit a vehicle, a person or
an object. When backing up, be sure to check visually behind and all around the vehicle, both
directly and with mirrors, before proceeding.
2) Area Displayed on Screen

D On the Multi Display, objects on the right of the vehicle appear on the right side of the display panel,
and objects on the left of the vehicle appear on the left side of the display panel.
D The television camera uses a wide-angle lens. The perceived distance from the image that appears on
the screen differs from the actual distance.
Display Status 257LC05
NOTE:Area displayed on screen may vary according to vehicle status or road conditions.
The area detected by the television camera is limited. The television camera dose not detects
objects close to either corner of the bumper or under bumper.
3) Fail Safe
The table below indicates the conditions of detecting malfunctions in this system.
Malfunction Parts Detection Item Function

Transmission of television camera Stops signal reception and displays a
Television Camera
malfunction signal dark screen
Malfunction of television camera ECU
Television Camera ECU Stops system operation
unit
4) Self-Diagnosis Function
D The rear view monitor system is equipped with a self-diagnosis system and can display the diagnosis
menu.
D The method for starting the diagnosis menu screen is the same as navigation system on the previous
Land Cruiser. For details, refer to the Land Cruiser Repair Manual (Pub. No. RM1072E). 5
4. Handling Precaution
D In the following cases, it may become difficult to see the images on the screen, even when the system is
functioning.
— In the dark (for example, at night)
— When the temperature near the lens is high or low
— When water droplets are adhering to the television camera, or when humidity is high. (for example,
when it rains)
— When foreign matter (for example, snow or mud) is adhering to the television camera
— When the sun or the beam of headlights is shining directly into the television camera lens
D If a bright light (for example, sunlight reflected off the vehicle body) is picked up by the television camera,
the smear effect*, peculiar to the camera, may occur.
Bright Light
232BE26
Display Status
— REFERENCE —
*: Smear effect
A phenomenon that occurs when a bright light is picked up by the television camera; when transmitted by
the television camera, the light source appears to have a vertical streak above and below it.
70 LAND CRUISER (100 series) — OUTLINE OF NEW FEATURES

1. Exterior
D The design of the side stripes, provided as an optional equipment on all models, has been changed.
Standard and GX Grade
276LC01
VX Grade
2. 2UZ-FE Engine
A segment conductor type alternator has been adopted.
3. 1HZ Engine
A snorkel is available as optional equipment on the standard grade model for Australia.
4. Shift Lock System

A shift lock system with an electrical key interlock device and an electrical shift lock mechanism is provided
on the automatic transmission models.
On the models for Europe, the position lamp indicator has been changed to illuminate while the daytime
running lights are operating.
6. Multi Display
On the VX grade model with multi display for Europe, an RDS-TMC (Radio Data System - Traffic Message
Channel) has been added.
NCF
276E
LAND CRUISER (100 series) — MODEL CODE 71
MODEL CODE
UZJ100 L - G N A E K W
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CODE ENGINE
SUSPENSION P : 4-Speed Automatic, Floor
FZJ100 1FZ-FE A : 5-Speed Automatic, Floor
(Double Wishbone)
HDJ100 1HD-FTE
GRADE
FZJ105 1FZ-FE RFS 2
RFS*
(Leading Arm) 6 R : Standard
HZJ105 1HZ N : GX
E : VX 4

2 L : Left-Hand Drive ENGINE SPECIFICATION
R : Right-Hand Drive K : DOHC and EFI
7
S : Diesel
BODY TYPE
3
G: Station Wagon
DESTINATION
W : Europe
8 Q : Australia
BACK DOOR TYPE V : G.C.C. (Gulf Cooperation Council)
4 C : Swing Back Door : Countries
N : Lift-up Back Door Blank: General Countries

NCF
276E
72 LAND CRUISER (100 series) — MODEL LINE-UP
MODEL LINE-UP
TRANSMISSION
DESTINA- BACK FRONT DRIVE 4-Speed 5-Speed
ENGINE GRADE 5-Speed Manual Automatic Automatic
TION DOOR SUSPENSION TYPE
R151F H151F A442F A750F
UZJ100R-
— — — GNAEKW
2UZ FE
2UZ-FE
UZJ100L-
— — — GNAEKW
Lift Up
Lift-Up VX
IFS HDJ100R- HDJ100R-
Europe Full-Time — GNMEZW — GNAEZW
(Double Wishbone)
HDJ100L- HDJ100L-
1HD-FTE — GNMEZW — GNAEZW
HDJ100L-
Swing Standard — GCMRZW — —
UZJ100R- UZJ100R-
GX — GNMNKQ — GNANKQ
2UZ FE
2UZ-FE Lift Up
Lift-Up IFS Full Time
Full-Time
(Double Wishbone) UZJ100R-
VX — — — GNAEKQ
HZJ105R-
Swing Standard Part-Time GCMRSQ — — —
Australia 1HZ RFS
(Leading Arm) HZJ105R-
GNMNSQ — — —
GX
HDJ100R- HDJ100R-
Lift-Up Full-Time — GNMNZQ — GNANZQ
1HD FTE
1HD-FTE IFS
(Double Wishbone) HDJ100R-
VX — — — GNAEZQ
FZJ100L-
Standard Part-Time — GCMRKV — —
Swing
FZJ100L- FZJ100L-
1FZ-FE — GCMNKV GCPNKV —
GX Part-Time
IFS (Full-Time) FZJ100L- FZJ100L-
Lift-Up — GNMNKV GNPNKV —
G.C.C. (Double Wishbone)
Countries UZJ100L- UZJ100L-
Swing — GCMEKV — GCAEKV
2UZ FE
2UZ-FE VX Full Time
Full-Time
UZJ100L- UZJ100L-
Lift-Up — GNMEKV — GNAEKV
RFS Part-Time HZJ105L-
1HZ Swing GX (Leading Arm) (Full-Time) GCMNSV — — —
FZJ105L-
Standard Part-Time — GCMRK — —
Swing
FZJ105L-
— GCMNK — —
1FZ FE
1FZ-FE RFS
(Leading Arm) Part-Time FZJ105R-
GX — GNMNK — —
(Full Time)
(Full-Time)
FZJ105L-
Lift-Up — GNMNK — —
IFS UZJ100L-
2UZ-FE VX (Double Wishbone) Full-Time — — — GNAEK
HZJ105R-
GCMRS — — —
Standard Part-Time
(Full-Time) HZJ105L-
GCMRS — — —
General
Countries Swing
HZJ105R-
GCMNS — — —
1HZ RFS
(Leading Arm) HZJ105L-
GCMNS — — —
GX Part-Time
(Full-Time) HZJ105R-
GNMNS — — —
Lift Up
Lift-Up
HZJ105L-
GNMNS — — —
HDJ100L-
Swing — GCMEZ — —
IFS HDJ100R- HDJ100L-

1HD-FTE VX ((Double Wishbone)) Full-Time — GNMEZ — GNAEZ
Lift Up
Lift-Up
HDJ100L-
— GNMEZ — —
NCF
276E
78 LAND CRUISER (100 series) — MAJOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Item Area Europe
Vehicle Grade VX
Model Code UZJ100R-GNAEKW UZJ100L-GNAEKW HDJ100R-GNMEZW HDJ100R-GNAEZW
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5), 4940 (194.5)*1 4890 (192.5), 4940 (194.5)*1 4890 (192.5), 4940 (194.5)*1 4890 (192.5) 5
Height* mm (in.) 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2 *3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2 *3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2 *3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2 *3
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 10
Length mm (in.) 2505 (98.6)*6 2505 (98.6)*6 2505 (98.6)*6 2505 (98.6)*6
Room Width mm (in.) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Height mm (in.) 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7
Length mm (in.) 335 (13.2)*6 335 (13.2)*6 335 (13.2)*6 335 (13.2)*6
Cargo Space Width mm (in.) - - - - 15
Height mm (in.) 995 (39.2)*6 995 (39.2)*6 995 (39.2)*6 995 (39.2)*6
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2)
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
Min. Running Ground Clearance mm (in.) - - - -
Angle of Approach degrees - - - - 20
Angle of Departure degrees - - - -
Front kg (lb) 1190 - 1340 (2623 - 2954) 1190 - 1340 (2623 - 2954) 1350 - 1495 (2976 - 3296) 1355 - 1430 (2987 - 3153)
Weight 8
Curb Weight* Rear kg (lb) 1080 - 1135 (2381 - 2502) 1080 - 1135 (2381 - 2502) 1095 - 1145 (2414 - 2524) 1105 - 1180 (2436 - 2601)
Total kg (lb) 2270 - 2475 (5004 - 5456) 2270 - 2475 (5004 - 5456) 2445 - 2640 (5390 - 5820) 2460 - 2610 (5423 - 5754)
Front kg (lb) - - - - 25
Gross Vehicle Weight Rear kg (lb) - - - -
Total kg (lb) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
Fuel Tank Capacity ç (Imp. gal.) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1)
Luggage Compartment Capacity m3 (cu.ft.) - - - -
Max. Speed km/h (mph) 180 (112) 180 (112) 170 (105) 180 (112) 30
Max. Cruising Speed km/h (mph) - - - -
1st Gear km/h (mph) 19 (12)*10, 47 (29)*11 19 (12)*10, 47 (29)*11 14 (9)*10, 35 (22)*11 18 (11)*10, 44 (27)*11
Performance
2nd Gear km/h (mph) 33 (20)*10, 81 (50)*11 33 (20)*10, 81 (50)*11 26 (16)*10, 63 (39)*11 35 (22)*10, 85 (54)*11
Max Permissible Speed
Max.
3rd Gear km/h (mph) - - 39 (24)*10, 97 (60)*11 -
4th Gear km/h (mph) - - 59 (37)*10, 144 (89)*11 - 35
Tire m (ft.) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
Min Turning Radius
Min.
Body m (ft.) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
Bore ´ Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31) 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 40
Engine
Compression Ratio 9.6:1 9.6:1 18.5:1 18.5:1

Fuel System EFI EFI Distributor Type Distributor Type
Max. Output kW/rpm 175/4800 (EEC) 175/4800 (EEC) 150/3400 (EEC) 150/3400 (EEC) 45
Max. Torque N·m/rpm 434/3400 (EEC) 434/3400 (EEC) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC)
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. hr. 12-55, 64*12 12-55, 64*12 12-55 ´ 2, 64 ´ 2*12 12-55 ´ 2, 64 ´ 2*12
Electrical
Engine
Alternator Output Watts 960 960 960*12, 1440 960*12, 1440

Clutch Type - - Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm - 50
In First 3.520 3.520 4.081 3.520
In Second 2.042 2.042 2.294 2.042
In Third 1.400 1.400 1.490 1.400
Transmission Gear Ratio
In Fourth 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.716 0.716 0.881 0.716
In Reverse 3.224 3.224 4.313 3.224
Transfer Gear Ratio H4/L4 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488
Differential Gear Ratio (Front/Rear) 4.100/4.100 4.100/4.300 3.909/3.909 4.100/4.100
Differential Gear Size (Front/Rear) in. 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 60
Chassis

Brake Type
Proportioning Valve Type P & B Valve, -*13 P & B Valve, -*13 P & B Valve P & B Valve, -*13 65
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar
*: Unladed Vehicle *3: With AHC *6: With 3rd Seat

*1: With Electrical Winch *4: With Roof Rack +230 mm (9.1 in.) *7: With Moon Roof
*2: With Roof Rail +40 mm (1.6 in.) *5: With 275/70R16 Tire *8: Separate Seat, Seating Capacity : 5
NCF
276E
LAND CRUISER (100 series) — MAJOR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 79
Europe Australia
VX STD GX VX
HDJ100L-GNMEZW HDJ100L-GNAEZW HDJ100L-GCMRZW UZJ100R-GNMNKQ UZJ100R-GNANKQ UZJ100R-GNAEKQ
5 4890 (192.5), 4940 (194.5)*1 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5), 4940 (194.5)*1 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5)
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2 *3 1880 (74.0)*2, 1850 (72.8)*2 *3 1880 (74.0)*2 *4 1890 (74.4) 1890 (74.4) 1890 (74.4)
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1620 (63.8)
10 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1615 (63.6)
2505 (98.6)*6 2505 (98.6)*6 2505 (98.6)*6 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 2505 (98.6)
1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1620 (63.8)
1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7
335 (13.2)*6 335 (13.2)*6 335 (13.2)*6 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 335 (13.2)
15 - - - - - -
995 (39.2)*6 995 (39.2)*6 995 (39.2)*6 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 995 (39.2)
895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2)
1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
- - - - - -
20 - - - - - -
- - - - - -
1350 - 1495 (2976 - 3296) 1355 - 1430 (2987 - 3153) 1375 - 1405 (3031 - 3097) 1245 - 1265 (2745 - 2789) 1260 - 1280 (2778 - 2822) 1290 - 1305 (2844 - 2877)*9
1095 - 1145 (2414 - 2524) 1105 - 1180 (2436 - 2601) 1060 - 1100 (2337 - 2425) 1060 - 1080 (2337 - 2381) 1065 - 1085 (2348 - 2392) 1190 - 1215 (2623 - 2679)*9
2445 - 2640 (5390 - 5820) 2460 - 2610 (5423 - 5754) 2435 - 2505 (5368 - 5523) 2305 - 2345 (5082 - 5170) 2325 - 2365 (5126 - 5214) 2480 - 2520 (5467 - 5556)*9
25 - - - - - -
- - - - - -
3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 96 (21.1) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)
- - - - - -
30 170 (105) 180 (112) 170 (105) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112)
- - - - 4
14 (9)*10, 35 (22)*11 18 (11)*10, 44 (28)*11 14 (9)*10, 35 (22)*11 17 (11)*10, 40 (25)*11 19 (12)*10, 47 (29)*11 19 (12)*10, 47 (29)*11
26 (16)*10, 63 (39)*11 35 (22)*10, 85 (53)*11 26 (16)*10, 63 (39)*11 29 (18)*10, 72 (45)*11 33 (20)*10, 81 (50)*11 33 (20)*10, 81 (50)*11
39 (24)*10, 97 (60)*11 - 39 (24)*10, 97 (60)*11 45 (28)*10, 111 (69)*11 - -
35 59 (37)*10, 144 (89)*11 - 59 (37)*10, 144 (89)*11 67 (42)*10, 165 (102)*11 - -
5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
40 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31) 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31) 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31)
4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4664 (284.5) 4664 (284.5) 4664 (284.5)
18.5:1 18.5:1 18.8:1 9.6:1 9.6:1 9.6:1
45 150/3400 (EEC) 150/3400 (EEC) 150/3400 (EEC) 170/4800 (SAE-NET) 170/4800 (SAE-NET) 170/4800 (SAE-NET)
430/1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC) 410/3400 (SAE-NET) 410/3400 (SAE-NET) 410/3400 (SAE-NET)
12-55 ´ 2, 64 ´ 2*12 12-55 ´ 2, 64 ´ 2*12 12-64 ´ 2 12-55 12-55 12-55
960*12, 1440 960*12, 1440 1440 1200 1200 1200
3.0 3.0 3.0 1.4 1.4 1.4
50 Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm - Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm - -
H151F A750F H151F H151F A750F A750F
4.081 3.520 4.081 4.081 3.520 3.520
2.294 2.042 2.294 2.294 2.042 2.042
1.490 1.400 1.490 1.490 1.400 1.400
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.881 0.716 0.881 0.881 0.716 0.716
4.313 3.224 4.313 4.313 3.224 3.224
1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488
3.909/3.909 4.100/4.100 3.909/3.909 4.300/4.300 4.100/4.100 4.100/4.100
60 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5”
65 P & B Valve P & B Valve, -*13 P & B Valve P & B Valve P & B Valve, -*13 P & B Valve, -*13
17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3, 12.4 - 18.0*14
*9: Seating Capacity : 8 *12: Option

*10: Transfer in Low *13: With VSC
*11: Transfer in High *14: With VGRS
NCF
276E
Item Area Australia

Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5) 5
Height* mm (in.) 1920 (75.6) 1920 (75.6), 1915 (75.4)*5 1890 (74.4) 1890 (74.4)
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1)
Room Width mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7)
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9)
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2) 895 (35.2)
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
Front kg (lb) 1195 - 1230 (2634 - 2712) 1205 - 1230 (2657 - 2712) 1330 - 1350 (2932 - 2976) 1355 - 1375 (2987 - 3031)
Weight*8
Curb Weight Rear kg (lb) 1130 - 1155 (2491 - 2546) 1120 - 1140 (2469 - 2513) 1150 - 1170 (2535 - 2579) 1155 - 1175 (2546 - 2590)
Total kg (lb) 2325 - 2385 (5126 - 5258) 2325 - 2370 (5126 - 5225) 2480 - 2520 (5467 - 5556) 2510 - 2550 (5534 - 5622)
Front kg (lb) - - - - 25
Total kg (lb) 3180 (7011) 3180 (7011) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
Fuel Tank Capacity ç (Imp. gal.) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
Max. Speed km/h (mph) 155 (96) 155 (96) 175 (109) 180 (112) 30
1st Gear km/h (mph) 13 (8)*10, 32 (20)*11 13 (8)*10, 32 (20)*11 14 (9)*10, 35 (22)*11 16 (10)*10, 39 (24)*11
Performance
2nd Gear km/h (mph) 25 (16)*10, 60 (37)*11 25 (16)*10, 60 (37)*11 26 (16)*10, 63 (39)*11 27 (17)*10, 67 (42)*11
Max.
3rd Gear km/h (mph) 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11 39 (24)*10, 97 (60)*11 -
4th Gear km/h (mph) 57 (35)*10, 140 (87)*11 57 (35)*10, 140 (87)*11 59 (37)*10, 144 (89)*11 - 35
Tire m (ft.) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7)
Min Turning Radius
Min.
Body m (ft.) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0)
Bore ´ Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 40
Engine

Max. Output kW/rpm 155/4600 (SAE-NET) 96/3800 (SAE-NET) 150/3400 (EEC) 150/3400 (EEC) 45
Max. Torque N·m/rpm 113/3600 (SAE-NET) 285/2200 (SAE-NET) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC)
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. hr. 12-64 12-64 12-55 ´ 2 12-55 ´ 2
Electrical
Engine

Clutch Type Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm - 50
In First 4.313 4.313 4.081 3.520
In Second 2.330 2.330 2.294 2.042
In Third 1.436 1.436 1.490 1.400
In Fourth 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.838 0.838 0.881 0.716
In Reverse 4.220 4.220 4.313 3.224
Chassis

Brake Type
Proportioning Valve Type LSP & BV LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 P & B Valve P & B Valve-*13 65
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar
Steering Gear Type Recerculating Ball Recerculating Ball Rack & Pinion Rack & Pinion 70
*: Unladed Vehicle *4: With Roof Rack +230 mm (9.1 in.) *8: Separate Seat, Seating Capacity : 5
*1: With Electrical Winch *5: With 275/70R16 Tire *9: Seating Capacity : 8
*2: With Roof Rail +40 mm (1.6 in.) *7: With Moon Roof *10: Transfer in Low
NCF
276E

VX GX STD GX
5 4890 (192.5) 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1890 (74.4) 1905 (75.0)* 2 *4, 1885 (74.2)* 2 *4 *5 1880 (74.0)*2 *4 1880 (74.0)* 2 *4, 1860 (73.2)* 2 *4 *5 1880 (74.0)* 2 *4, 1860 (73.2)* 2 *4 *5 1880 (74.0)* 2 *4, 1860 (73.2)* 2 *4 *5
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1620 (63.8) 1605 (63.2) 1640 (64.6) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5
10 1615 (63.6) 1600 (63.0) 1635 (64.4) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5
2505 (98.6) - 1805 (71.1) - 1805 (71.1) -
1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7
335 (13.2) - 1085 (42.7) - 1085 (42.7) -
15 - - - - - -
995 (39.2) - 1065 (41.9) - 1065 (41.9) -
895 (35.2) 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1
1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15
- - - - - -
20 - - - - - -
- - - - - -
1405 - 1415 (3097 - 3120)*9 1215 - 1310 (2679 - 2888) 1175 - 1255 (2590 - 2767) 1195 - 1295 (2635 - 2855) 1185 - 1290 (2612 - 2844) 1225 - 1325 (2701 - 2921)
1240 - 1265 (2734 - 2789)*9 1095 - 1275 (2414 - 2811) 1110 - 1225 (2447 - 2701) 1095 - 1290 (2414 - 2844) 1120 - 1280 (2469 - 2822) 1100 - 1295 (2425 - 2855)
2645 - 2680 (5831 - 5908)*9 2310 - 2585 (5093 - 5699) 2285 - 2480 (5038 - 5467) 2290 - 2585 (5049 - 5699) 2305 - 2570 (5082 - 5666) 2325 - 2620 (5126 - 5776)
25 - - - - - -
- - - - - -
3260 (7187) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
- - - - - -
30 180 (112) 155 (96) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112)
- - - - - - 4
16 (10)*10, 39 (24)*11 13 (8)*10, 32 (20)*11 16 (10)*10, 39 (24)*11 16 (10)*10, 39 (24)*11 16 (10)*10, 39 (24)*11 21 (13)*10, 51 (31)*11
27 (17)*10, 67 (42)*11 25 (16)*10, 60 (37)*11 28 (17)*10, 70 (43)*11 28 (17)*10, 70 (43)*11 28 (17)*10, 70 (43)*11 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11
- 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11 44 (27)*10, 107 (66)*11 44 (27)*10, 107 (66)*11 44 (27)*10, 107 (66)*11 -
35 - 57 (35)*10, 140 (87)*11 65 (40)*10, 160 (99)*11 65 (40)*10, 160 (99)*11 65 (40)*10, 160 (99)*11 -
6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
40 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 100.0 ´ 95.0 (3.97 ´ 3.74) 100.0 ´ 95.0 (3.97 ´ 3.74) 100.0 ´ 95.0 (3.97 ´ 3.74) 100.0 ´ 95.0 (3.97 ´ 3.74)
4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1)
18.8:1 22.4:1 9.0:1 9.0:1 9.0:1 9.0:1
45 150/3400 (EEC) 96/3800 (SAE-NET) 161/4600 (SAE-NET) 161/4600 (SAE-NET) 161/4600 (SAE-NET) 155/4600 (SAE-NET)
430/1400 - 3200 (EEC) 285/2200 (SAE-NET) 116/3600 (SAE-NET) 116/3600 (SAE-NET) 116/3600 (SAE-NET) 113/3600 (SAE-NET)
12-55 ´ 2 12-64 12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55
1440 840, 960*12 960 960, 1200*12 960, 1200*12 960, 1200*12
3.0 2.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
50 Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm -
A750F R151F H151F H151F H151F A442F
3.520 4.313 4.081 4.081 4.081 2.950
2.042 2.330 2.294 2.294 2.294 1.530
1.400 1.436 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.000
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 0.765
0.716 0.838 0.881 0.881 0.881 -
3.224 4.220 4.313 4.313 4.313 2.678
1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488
3.909/3.909 4.300/4.300 4.300/4.300 4.300/4.300 4.300/4.300 4.300/4.300
60 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5”
17.3 18.59 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3
*11: Transfer in High *15: With Back Door-Mounted Spare Tire, *16: With ABS
*12: Option *15: Tire Size 235/85R16 +295 mm (11.6 in.),
*15: Tire Size 275/70R16 or 275/65R17 +305 mm (12.0 in.),
*15: Tire Size 7.50R16 +265 mm (10.4 in.)
NCF
276E
Item Area G.C.C. Countries

Vehicle Grade GX VX
Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*15, 4940 (194.5)*1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15 *17 *15,17, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15 *17 *15,17, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15 *17 *15,17, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 5
Height* mm (in.) 1880 (74.0)* 2 *4, 1860 (73.2)* 2 *4 *5 1880 (74.0)* 2 *4, 1850 (72.8)* 2 *3 *4 1880 (74.0)* 2 *4, 1850 (72.8)* 2 *3 *4 1880 (74.0)* 2 *4, 1850 (72.8)* 2 *3 *4
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) - 2505 (98.6) -
Room Width mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8) 1620 (63.8)
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) - 335 (13.2) -
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) - 995 (39.2) -
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2)*17, 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2)*17, 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2)*17, 945 (37.2)*1
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15
Front kg (lb) 1215 - 1320 (2679 - 2910) 1230 - 1345 (2712 - 2965) 1240 - 1345 (2734 - 2965) 1240 - 1365 (2734 - 3009)
Weight 8
Total kg (lb) 2345 - 2610 (5170 - 5754) 2320 - 2620 (5115 - 5776) 2320 - 2650 (5115 - 5842) 2330 - 2630 (5137 - 5798)
Front kg (lb) - - - - 25

Total kg (lb) 3160 (6967) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
Fuel Tank Capacity ç (Imp. gal.) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)
Max. Speed km/h (mph) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112) 180 (112) 30
Performance
1st Gear km/h (mph) 21 (13)*10, 51 (31)*11 17 (11)*10, 40 (25)*11 17 (11)*10, 40 (25)*11 19 (12)*10, 47 (29)*11
2nd Gear km/h (mph) 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11 29 (18)*10, 72 (45)*11 29 (18)*10, 72 (45)*11 33 (20)*10, 81 (50)*11
Max.
3rd Gear km/h (mph) - 45 (28)*10, 111 (69)*11 45 (28)*10, 111 (69)*11 -
4th Gear km/h (mph) - 67 (42)*10, 165 (102)*11 67 (42)*10, 165 (102)*11 - 35
Tire m (ft.) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
Min Turning Radius
Min.
Body m (ft.) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
Bore ´ Stroke mm (in.) 100.0 ´ 95.0 (3.97 ´ 3.74) 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31) 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31) 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31) 40
Engine

Fuel System EFI EFI EFI EFI
Max. Output kW/rpm 155/4600 (SAE-NET) 170/4800 (SAE-NET) 170/4800 (SAE-NET) 170/4800 (SAE-NET) 45
Max. Torque N·m/rpm 373/3600 (SAE-NET) 410/3400 (SAE-NET) 410/3400 (SAE-NET) 410/3400 (SAE-NET)
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. hr. 12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55
Electrical
Engine

Clutch Type - Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm - 50
In First 2.950 4.081 4.081 3.520
In Second 1.530 2.294 2.294 2.042
In Third 1.000 1.490 1.490 1.400
In Fourth 0.765 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth - 0.881 0.881 0.716
In Reverse 2.678 4.313 4.313 3.224
Chassis

Brake Type
Proportioning Valve Type LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16, -*13 65
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar
*: Unladed Vehicle *3: With AHC *7: With Moon Roof

*1: With Electrical Winch *4: With Roof Rack +230 mm (9.1 in.) *8: Separate Seat, Seating Capacity : 5
*2: With Roof Rail +40 mm (1.6 in.) *5: With 275/70R16 Tire *10: Transfer in Low
NCF
276E

Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door) Wagon (Lift-Up Back Door) Wagon (Swing Back Door)
VX STD GX STD
UZJ100L-GNAEKV FZJ105L-GCMRK FZJ105L-GCMNK FZJ105L-GNMNK FZJ105R-GNMNK HZJ105R-GCMRS
5 4890 (192.5)* 15 *17 *15,17, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4 *5, 1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4 *5, 1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4 *5,
1880 (74.0)* 2 *4, 1850 (72.8)* 2 *3 *4 1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1930 (76.0)* 2 *4 *18 1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1930 (76.0)* 2 *4 *18
1930 (76.0)*2 *4 *18 1930 (76.0)*2 *4 *18 1930 (76.0)*2 *4 *18
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1620 (63.8) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2)
10 1615 (63.6) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0)
2505 (98.6) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1)
1620 (63.8) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5)
335 (13.2) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7)
15 - - - - - -
995 (39.2) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9)
895 (35.2)*17, 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1
1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15
- - - - - -
20 - - - - - -
- - - - - -
1250 - 1370 (2756 - 3020) 1160 - 1250 (2557 - 2756) 1170 - 1300 (2579 - 2866) 1165 - 1290 (2568 - 2844) 1165 - 1285 (2568 - 2833) 1200 - 1290 (2646 - 2844)
1080 - 1295 (2381 - 2855) 1090 - 1230 (2403 - 2712) 1080 - 1240 (2381 - 2739) 1090 - 1245 (2403 - 2745) 1090 - 1245 (2403 - 2745) 1080 - 1220 (2381 - 2690)
2330 - 2665 (5137 - 5875) 2250 - 2480 (4960 - 5467) 2250 - 2540 (4960 - 5660) 2255 - 2535 (4971 - 5589) 2255 - 2530 (4971 - 5578) 2280 - 2510 (5027 - 5534)
25 - - - - - -
- - - - - -
3260 (7187) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967)
96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12
- - - - - -
30 180 (112)
-
175 (109)
-
175 (109)
-
175 (109)
-
175 (109)
-
155 (96)
-
4
19 (12)*10, 47 (29)*11 16 (10)*10, 39 (24)*11 16 (10)*10, 39 (24)*11 16 (10)*10, 39 (24)*11 16 (10)*10, 39 (24)*11 13 (8)*10, 32 (20)*11
33 (20)*10, 81 (50)*11 28 (17)*10, 70 (43)*11 28 (17)*10, 70 (43)*11 28 (17)*10, 70 (43)*11 28 (17)*10, 70 (43)*11 25 (16)*10, 60 (37)*11
- 44 (27)*10, 107 (66)*11 44 (27)*10, 107 (66)*11 44 (27)*10, 107 (66)*11 44 (27)*10, 107 (66)*11 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11
35 - 65 (40)*10, 160 (99)*11 65 (40)*10, 160 (99)*11 65 (40)*10, 160 (99)*11 65 (40)*10, 160 (99)*11 57 (35)*10, 140 (87)*11
5.9 (19.4) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7)
6.3 (20.7) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0)
40 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31) 100.0 ´ 95.0 (3.97 ´ 3.74) 100.0 ´ 95.0 (3.97 ´ 3.74) 100.0 ´ 95.0 (3.97 ´ 3.74) 100.0 ´ 95.0 (3.97 ´ 3.74) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94)
4664 (284.5) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4477 (573.1) 4164 (254.0)
9.6:1 9.0:1 9.0:1 9.0:1 9.0:1 22.4:1
45 170/4800 (SAE-NET) 165/4600 (SAE-NET) 165/4600 (SAE-NET) 165/4600 (SAE-NET) 165/4600 (SAE-NET) 96/3800 (SAE-NET)
410/3400 (SAE-NET) 387/3600 (SAE-NET) 387/3600 (SAE-NET) 387/3600 (SAE-NET) 387/3600 (SAE-NET) 285/2200 (SAE-NET)
12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55 12-55, 64*12
960 960 960 960 960 840
1.4 1.4, 2.0*12 1.4, 2.0*12 1.4, 2.0*12 1.4, 2.0*12 2.5
50 - Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm
A750F H151F H151F H151F H151F R151F
3.520 4.081 4.081 4.081 4.081 4.313
2.042 2.294 2.294 2.294 2.294 2.330
1.400 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.436
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.716 0.881 0.881 0.881 0.881 0.838
3.224 4.313 4.313 4.313 4.313 4.220
1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488
4.100/4.100 4.300/4.300 4.300/4.300 4.300/4.300 4.300/4.300 4.300/4.300
60 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5”
65 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16, -*13 LSP & BV LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV
17.3 18.59 18.59 18.59 18.59 18.59
*12: Option *15: Tire Size 235/85R16 +295 mm (11.6 in.), *17: With Grille Guard +140 mm (5.5 in.)
*13: With VSC *15: Tire Size 275/70R16 or 275/65R17 +305 mm (12.0 in.), *18: With 7.50R16 Tire
*15: Tire Size 7.50R16 +265 mm (10.4 in.)
NCF
276E
Item Area General Countries

Length mm (in.) 4890 (192.5)*15, 4940 (194.5)*1 *15 4890 (192.5)*15, 4940 (194.5)*1 *15 4890 (192.5)*15, 4940 (194.5)*1 *15 4890 (192.5)*15, 4940 (194.5)*1 *15 5
Width mm (in.) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
Overall
1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4 *5, 1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4 *5, 1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4 *5, 1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4 *5,
Height* mm (in.) 1930 (76.0)*2 *4 *18 1930 (76.0)*2 *4 *18 1930 (76.0)*2 *4 *18 1930 (76.0)*2 *4 *18
Wheel Base mm (in.) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
Front mm (in.) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2) 1605 (63.2)
Tread
Rear mm (in.) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 1600 (63.0) 10
Length mm (in.) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1) 1805 (71.1)
Room Width mm (in.) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6) 1615 (63.6)
Height mm (in.) 1180 (46.5) 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7
Length mm (in.) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7) 1085 (42.7)
Height mm (in.) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9) 1065 (41.9)
Front mm (in.) 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1
Overhang
Rear mm (in.) 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15
Front kg (lb) 1200 - 1300 (2646 - 2866) 1210 - 1340 (2668 - 2954) 1205 - 1330 ( 2657 - 2932) 1210 - 1340 (2668 - 2954)
Weight 8
Total kg (lb) 2280 - 2520 (5027 - 5556) 2300 - 2585 (5071 - 5699) 2305 - 2580 (5082 - 5688) 2300 - 2590 (5071 - 5710)
Front kg (lb) - - - - 25

Total kg (lb) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967) 3160 (6967)
Fuel Tank Capacity ç (Imp. gal.) 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12 95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12
Max. Speed km/h (mph) 155 (96) 155 (96) 155 (96) 155 (96) 30
1st Gear km/h (mph) 13 (8)*10, 32 (20)*11 13 (8)*10, 32 (20)*11 13 (8)*10, 32 (20)*11 13 (8)*10, 32 (20)*11
Performance
2nd Gear km/h (mph) 25 (16)*10, 60 (37)*11 25 (16)*10, 60 (37)*11 25 (16)*10, 60 (37)*11 25 (16)*10, 60 (37)*11
Max.
3rd Gear km/h (mph) 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11 40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11
4th Gear km/h (mph) 57 (35)*10, 140 (87)*11 57 (35)*10, 140 (87)*11 57 (35)*10, 140 (87)*11 57 (35)*10, 140 (87)*11 35
Tire m (ft.) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7) 6.0 (19.7)
Min Turning Radius
Min.
Body m (ft.) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0) 6.4 (21.0)
Bore ´ Stroke mm (in.) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 40
Engine

Max. Output kW/rpm 96/3800 (SAE-NET) 96/3800 (SAE-NET) 96/3800 (SAE-NET) 96/3800 (SAE-NET) 45
Max. Torque N·m/rpm 285/2200 (SAE-NET) 285/2200 (SAE-NET) 285/2200 (SAE-NET) 285/2200 (SAE-NET)
Battery Capacity (5HR) Voltage & Amp. hr. 12-55, 64*12, 64 ´ 2*12 12-55, 64*12 12-55, 64*12 12-55, 64*12, 64 ´ 2*12
Electrical
Engine

Clutch Type Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm 50
In First 4.313 4.313 4.313 4.313
In Second 2.330 2.330 2.330 2.330
In Third 1.436 1.436 1.436 1.436
In Fourth 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 55
In Fifth 0.838 0.838 0.838 0.838
In Reverse 4.220 4.220 4.220 4.220
Chassis

Brake Type
Suspension Type
Stabilizer Bar
*: Unladed Vehicle *4: With Roof Rack +230 mm (9.1 in.) *7: With Moon Roof
*1: With Electrical Winch *5: With 275/70R16 Tire *8: Separate Seat, Seating Capacity : 5
*2: With Roof Rail +40 mm (1.6 in.) *6: With 3rd Seat *10: Transfer in Low
*3: With AHC
NCF
276E
General Countries
GX VX
HZJ105L-GNMNS UZJ100L-GNAEK HDJ100R-GNMEZ HDJ100L-GCMEZ HDJ100L-GNMEZ HDJ100L-GNAEZ
5 4890 (192.5)* 15, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15 *17 *15,17, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15 *17 *15,17, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15 *17 *15,17, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)* 15 *17 *15,17, 4940 (194.5)* 1 *15 4890 (192.5)*15 *17 *15,17
1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4) 1940 (76.4)
1925 (75.8)* 2 *4, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4 *5, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4, 1900 (74.8)* 2 *4 *5, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4, 1900 (74.8)* 2 *4 *5, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4, 1900 (74.8)* 2 *4 *5, 1920 (75.6)* 2 *4, 1900 (74.8)* 2 *4 *5,
1920 (75.6)* 2 *4, 1900 (74.8)* 2 *4 *5
1930 (76.0)*2 *4 *18 1870 (73.6)* 2 *3 *4, 1850 (72.8)* 2 *3 *4 *5 1870 (73.6)* 2 *3 *4, 1850 (72.8)* 2 *3 *4 *5 1870 (73.6)* 2 *3 *4, 1850 (72.8)* 2 *3 *4 *5 1870 (73.6)* 2 *3 *4, 1850 (72.8)* 2 *3 *4 *5
2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2) 2850 (112.2)
1605 (63.2) 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5 1640 (64.6), 1620 (63.8)*5
10 1600 (63.0) 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5 1635 (64.4), 1615 (63.6)*5
1805 (71.1) 2505 (98.6)*6 2505 (98.6)*6 2505 (98.6)*6 2505 (98.6)*6 2505 (98.6)*6
1615 (63.6) 1620 (63.8)*6 1620 (63.8)*6 1620 (63.8)*6 1620 (63.8)*6 1620 (63.8)*6
1180 (46.5), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7 1145 (45.1), 1150 (45.3)*7
1085 (42.7) 335 (13.1)*6 335 (13.1)*6 335 (13.1)*6 335 (13.1)*6 335 (13.1)*6
15 - - - - - -
1065 (41.9) 995 (39.2)*6 995 (39.2)*6 995 (39.2)*6 995 (39.2)*6 995 (39.2)*6
895 (35.2), 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2)*17, 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2)*17, 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2)*17, 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2)*17, 945 (37.2)*1 895 (35.2)*17, 945 (37.2)*1
1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15 1145 (45.1)*15
- - - - - -
20 - - - - - -
- - - - - -
1205 - 1330 (2657 - 2932) 1220 - 1385 (2690 - 3053) 1280 - 1425 (2822 - 3142)*19 1280 - 1375 (2822 - 3031) 1280 - 1425 (2822 - 3142) 1320 - 1435 (2910 - 3164)
1100 - 1255 (2425 - 2767) 1110 - 1280 (2447 - 2822) 1120 - 1305 (2469 - 2877)*19 1150 - 1280 (2535 - 2822) 1120 - 1305 (2469 - 2877) 1120 - 1310 (2469 - 2888)
2305 - 2585 (5082 - 5699) 2330 - 2665 (5137 - 5875) 2400 - 2730 (5291 - 6019)*19 2430 - 2655 (5357 - 5853) 2400 - 2730 (5291 - 6019) 2440 - 2745 (5379 - 6052)
25 - - - - - -
- - - - - -
3160 (6967) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187) 3260 (7187)
95 (20.9), 95 + 50 (20.9 + 11.0)*12 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9) 96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*12 96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*12 96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*12 96 (21.1), 96 + 45 (21.1 + 9.9)*12
- - - - - -
30 155 (96)
-
180 (112)
-
175 (109)
-
175 (109)
-
175 (109)
-
180 (112)
-
4
13 (8)*10, 32 (20)*11 19 (12)*10, 47 (29)*11 14 (19)*10, 35 (22)*11 14 (19)*10, 35 (22)*11 14 (19)*10, 35 (22)*11 14 (19)*10, 35 (22)*11
25 (16)*10, 60 (37)*11 33 (20)*10, 81 (50)*11 26 (16)*10, 63 (39)*11 26 (16)*10, 63 (39)*11 26 (16)*10, 63 (39)*11 26 (16)*10, 63 (39)*11
40 (25)*10, 97 (60)*11 - 39 (24)*10, 97 (60)*11 39 (24)*10, 97 (60)*11 39 (24)*10, 97 (60)*11 39 (24)*10, 97 (60)*11
35 57 (35)*10, 140 (87)*11 - 59 (37)*10, 144 (89)*11 59 (37)*10, 144 (89)*11 59 (37)*10, 144 (89)*11 59 (37)*10, 144 (89)*11
6.0 (19.7) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4) 5.9 (19.4)
6.4 (21.0) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7) 6.3 (20.7)
40 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 84.0 (3.70 ´ 3.31) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94) 94.0 ´ 100.0 (3.70 ´ 3.94)
4164 (254.0) 4664 (284.5) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0) 4164 (254.0)
22.4:1 9.6:1 18.8:1 18.8:1 18.8:1 18.8:1
45 96/3800 (SAE-NET) 170/4800 (SAE-NET) 150/3400 (EEC) 150/3400 (EEC) 150/3400 (EEC) 150/3400 (EEC)
285/2200 (SAE-NET) 410/3400 (SAE-NET) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC) 430/1400 - 3200 (EEC)
12-55, 64*12 12-55 12-55 ´ 2 12-55 ´ 2 12-55 ´ 2 12-55 ´ 2
840 960 840, 960*12 960 840, 960*12 960
2.5 1.4 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
50 Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm - Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm Dry, Single Plate Diaphragm -
R151F A750F H151F H151F H151F A750F
4.313 3.520 4.081 4.081 4.081 3.520
2.330 2.042 2.294 2.294 2.294 2.042
1.436 1.400 1.490 1.490 1.490 1.400
55 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
0.838 0.716 0.881 0.881 0.881 0.716
4.220 3.224 4.313 4.313 4.313 3.224
1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488 1.000/2.488
4.300/4.300 4.100/4.100 4.100/4.100 4.100/4.100 4.100/4.100 3.909/3.909
60 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5” 8”/9.5”
65 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16, -*13 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16 LSP & BV, P & B Valve*16
18.59 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3 17.3
*12: Option *15: Tire Size 235/85R16 +295 mm (11.6 in.), *17: With Grille Guard +140 mm (5.5 in.)
*13: With VSC *15: Tire Size 275/70R16 or 275/65R17 +305 mm (12.0 in.), *18: With 7.50R16 Tire
*15: Tire Size 7.50R16 +265 mm (10.4 in.) *19: Bench Seat, Sating Capacity : 10
NCF
276E
LAND CRUISER (100 series) — NEW FEATURES 73
NEW FEATURES
J2UZ-FE ENGINE
Charging system
D A compact and lightweight Segment Conductor type alternator that generates high amperage output in
a highly efficient manner has been adopted on standard equipment.
D This alternator has a joined segment conductor system, in which multiple segment conductors are welded
together to form the stator. Compared to the conventional winding system, the electrical resistance is
reduced due to the shape of the segment conductors, and their arrangement helps to make the alternator
more compact.
Stator Segment Stator Conductor

Stator Wire
Conductor Stator
Segment
Conductor Conductor Wire
4
A B
Joined
A-A Cross B-B Cross
Section Section
A Joined Segment
Conductor System B Wiring System
206EG40 206EG41
Segment Conductor Conventional Type Alternator

Type Alternator
Stator
Segment
Conductor
Cross Section
206EG42
Stator of Segment Conductor Type Alternator
NCF
276E
74 LAND CRUISER (100 series) — NEW FEATURES
" Wiring Diagram A
100 A Type Alternator

B
IG
Ignition Switch
S
Regulator
L To Discharge
Warning Light
251EG03
80 A Type Alternator
B
IG
Ignition Switch
S
Regulator
L To Discharge
Warning Light
276LC03
Service Tip
Although the charging circuit of a conventional alternator is checked through the F terminal, this check
cannot be performed on the Segment Conductor type alternator through the use of the F terminal because
the F terminal has been eliminated.
For details, refer to the Land Cruiser 100 Repair Manual Supplement (Pub. No. RM1148E).
NCF
276E
JSHIFT CONTROL MECHANISM

1. General
D A gate type shift lever is used in conjunction with the installation of the all automatic transmission. With
the gate type, the shift lever button and the overdrive switch of the straight type shift lever have been
276LC04 276LC05
LHD RHD
276LC06
General
Shift Lock ECU
Stop Light Switch
Ignition Switch
Shift Lock Release Button 276LC07
Shift Lock Solenoid
NCF
276E
Key Interlock Device
The activation of the key interlock solenoid,

mounted on the upper column bracket, moves the
lock pin to restrict the movement of the key
cylinder.
Therefore, if the shift lever is shifted to any position
other than “P”, the ignition key cannot be moved
from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position.
Key Interlock
Solenoid
Lock Pin
229LC138
Shift Lock Mechanism
D The shift lock mechanism prevents the shift lever from being shifted out of the “P” position to any other
position unless the ignition switch is turned ON and the brake pedal is pressed.
D A shift lock release button, which manually overrides the shift lock mechanism, is provided.
" System Diagram A
Stop Light Switch

Shift Lock
ECU
Ignition Switch
Shift Lock
Solenoid
229LC139
NCF
276E
JSHIFT CONTROL MECHANISM

1. General
D A gate type shift lever is used in conjunction with the installation of the all automatic transmission. With
the gate type, the shift lever button and the overdrive switch of the straight type shift lever have been
276LC04 276LC05
LHD RHD
276LC06
General
Shift Lock ECU
Stop Light Switch
Ignition Switch
Shift Lock Release Button 276LC07
Shift Lock Solenoid
NCF
276E
Key Interlock Device
The activation of the key interlock solenoid,

mounted on the upper column bracket, moves the
lock pin to restrict the movement of the key
cylinder.
Therefore, if the shift lever is shifted to any position
other than “P”, the ignition key cannot be moved
from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position.
Key Interlock
Solenoid
Lock Pin
229LC138
Shift Lock Mechanism
D The shift lock mechanism prevents the shift lever from being shifted out of the “P” position to any other
position unless the ignition switch is turned ON and the brake pedal is pressed.
D A shift lock release button, which manually overrides the shift lock mechanism, is provided.
" System Diagram A
Stop Light Switch

Shift Lock
ECU
Ignition Switch
Shift Lock
Solenoid
229LC139
NCF
276E

New Car Spec Toyota

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

New Car Spec Toyota

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

New Car Spec Toyota

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the different types of back doors available?

What are the different types of back doors available?

What does the model code represent?

What does the model code represent?

2

LIFT-UP TYPE BACK DOOR MODEL

SWING TYPE BACK DOOR MODEL

BASIC MODEL CODE GEARSHIFT TYPE

STEERING WHEEL POSITION

*1: IFS (Independent Front Suspension)

Front Passenger Airbag

Front Bumper Foglight

MAIN EQUIPMENT – EXTERIOR –

OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRROR DISC WHEELS

Outside Rear View Mirror

Mirror Control Switch

Aluminum Disc Wheel

Standard Type 147MO08

NEW EQUIPMENT – INTERIOR –

" Dual Auto Air Conditioner A

Power Pole Antenna

CD Magazine CD Auto Changer

NEW EQUIPMENT – INTERIOR –

" 4-Way Vertical Seat A Front Seat Types

" Split Seat A Second-Row Seat Types MO

" Front-Facing Seat A Third-Row Seat Types

For G.C.C. and General Countries

NEW EQUIPMENT – INTERIOR –

3 2 (with Third-Row Seat)

Dual Air Conditioner Type, RH LH

No. of Cyls Maximum Maximum

" 2UZ-FE Engine A

Cross Section Drawing Performance Curve

" 1HD-FTE Engine A kW

" 1HZ and 1HD-T Engine Models A

" 1HD-FTE Engine A kW

" 1HZ and 1HD-T Engine Models A

" Skyhook TEMS (Toyota Electronic Modulated Suspension) A

Independent Front Suspension(IFS)

Head Impact Protection Structure

Head Impact Protection Structure

Front Seat: Separate Seat

CRASH SAFETY BODY

Front Seat: Separate Seat

CRASH SAFETY BODY

The brakes start to operate.

Non-ABS Equipped Vehicle

The illustration shows the image of ABS effect. 155MO31

Light Control Computer

The brakes start to operate.

Non-ABS Equipped Vehicle

The illustration shows the image of ABS effect. 155MO31

Light Control Computer

" Areas Applied with Silencer A

" Areas Applied with Asphalt Sheet A

JENGINE SPECIFICATIONS AND PERFORMANCE CURVES

No. of Cyls. & Arrangement 6-Cylinder, In-Line

" Australia and General Countries (SAE-NET) A